M

Natural History Museum Library

000163700

I

\

/

/

PHILOSOPHICAL

TRANSACTIONS.

GIVING SOME

ACCOUNT

O F T H E

< Trejent Undertakings , Studies , and Labours ,

;

OF THE

INGENIOUS-

t

IN MANY

Confiderable Parts of the WORLD.

VOL. XXXIX. For the Years 173?, 1736.

LONDON:

Printed for T. Woodward, at the Half-Moon, between
the Two Temple-Gates in Fleetjlreet and C. Davis
the Corner of Tater-nofter-row , n wxWarwick-lane
Printers to the Royal Society.

M.dcc.xxxviii.

- .

.

T O

HERMAN BOERHAAVE,

A. L. M. Philos, and M. D,
PROFESSOR of PHYSICK

IN THE

University of LETT) EH,

President of the College of ChirurGions
in that City.

Fellow of the Royal Soci'ety
of LONDON,

AND

M]ember of the Royal Academy of
Sciences at FA R IS, &c.

Honoured S I R,

A N Addrefs to You in Englijh needs no
JlX. Apology, fince it is well known to
all, who have the Happinefs of an intimate
Acquaintance with You, that not only the

' DEDICATION.

EngTtJh , but likewife all the other European
Languages, in which any Pieces valuable for
the Improvement of Learning have been
publifhed, are alike familiar to You.

The Honour You have done me in com-
municating to the Royal Society through
my Hands thofe curious and elaborate Ex-
periments you made upon ^iiickpher, can,
not be acknowledged by me in a fitter Man-
ner, than by dedicating to You this Thirty-
ninth Volume of Ehilofophical Tranfa£tions :
which likewife gives me an Opportunity of
publickly thanking You for the many Marks
of Friendfihip and Efteem I have received
at your Hands, for the Civilities You have
always fihewn my Friends, and the Ho-
nour You have done me in continuing an
Epiftolatoiy Correlpondence ever fince I left
Eeyden.

I reckon it a great Happinefs, the having
been near five Years one of your Pupils,
during which Time You were fo kind as to

. direct

D E D IC AT 10 N.

direct and advife me in all my Studies 5 and
. I gratefully own, that it was You who firft
led me into thofe Philofophical RefearcheSj
which have fince procured me the particular
Favour of our Worthy Prejident , and the
great Honour conferred upon me by Him, the
Council and Fellows of the Royal Society,
in chufing me One of their Secretaries.

Were thefe Volumes publifhed in the
Name of the Royal Society, they would
not require the Patronage of any Particular
Perfon 5 a Sanction from that Illuftrious Body,
which hath all along fo juftly been in the
higheflfEfteem among the Learned, would be
a fufficient Protection for the Publisher : But,
as they contain only fome of the Papers which
have been read at their Aflemblies, the pub-
lication of which is left to the Difcretion of
the Secretaries, the Editor becomes anfwerable
for what he communicates to the Publick 5
therefore, as to the Share I have had in collect-
ing and publifhing thefe Memoirs, I beg Leave
to apply to You for Protection, who are a

thorough

O

D E D IC JTIO N.

thorough Judge of their Ufefulnefs, and who
have, by your univerfal Knowledge, de-
fervedly obtain’d a Place in the firft Rank
of Learned Men.

I hope You will accept this as a Token of
the moft fincere Refpedt and higheft Re-
gard, which I fhall ever retain for You, being,

SIR,

LONDON,
Aug. i. 1738.

Tour moji obliged ,
and moji devoted

humble Servant,

Cromwell Mortimer, M. D.
Secretary to the Royal Society, and
Fellow of the Royal College of
Physicians, LONDON.

N« 436.

CT77* -> S' j? cs n /? F/ii/fl Jranjact 'll11 -d'j. 6'.

>jAe uhSiaTtTridztvM 4%7ute7U'jAa^//Atii,a4 me Aznee 9vAe7v Atm a/ma#--

Se/yefee, <&f a?W7 4//A/e ci/±AA/£<de/i, 9rt// AadiAe/e £7i t/u> i/ea/' 773 6.

$// FRS . Aty/Se/' v/dAe AAyal fflAeAies/tutdiz/ ,JeAml.

2 7 ©* i i

42

it « 4 i

2 . t t m **

42

t 2©.' * *3

3 ©i ** *3 i

43

13 ? *©

4 t Qi ** i

+4

^ 3*© -#2

5 | "'*© * * 4

45

41 © * 4

* © 1 4 4 1

jr / *© *4

7 2* ©7“ ■*■»

*7

7© t * I

<9 7 - 2 € % 4

48

ttc * + 4

>4 1 © « 4

49

* © * I~+4

10 t f ©*j ,2

5°

/ t * © i

^ r © ++ + '

51

' 47© *

22 -J+ © ^ 4 4

J>2

+3 ^ © +2 *

13 2+%n t

53

7* + © 4

24 7 2 © +Z

54

^ J '• 7© f-

24 * © f +

55

t 7 2* © i

2^ 7 ©/ 4

5ff

.7 © 4 + 4

7 ©,1 +2 +2

57

i 4© 4 4

1 8 ©7* +2

58

59

J- 7 7©

27. .2*©+ 2

t ;e U

22 7 © «.r-

So

7 .t 4

22 7 ©7 ■te*2

Si

? / r ?©

22 t t © *-2 +-.?

8%

«® 7 4

£? t f © +.3

63

7/ fi*> _l

24 1 © *2 +.J +2

64

3 7 7© +^

2^ ©+* +2

e5

3 2*1® * +

2<f f ©t +2 +3

6S

+ 2 7 ® J+ +

z 7 7 ©+2 +J

6i

7® « ++2

z8 *+ +j ®+*

6 8

77 C 4

24 "** ■ ©+2+2+2

ff9

*+ 77 © +

1" 2® +* +*

7°

7 777® +

52 1 ©+ + +2

71

J 4 © |

3* t j t ©+

7 2

* 7® 4 ++

33 t f eu

73

77© 4 7

?4 T i ei«

74

‘ 7 7 €K? 4

m. rr^

75

7 7® 4 4

J<4 t 2© -4 1

76

*€ * # 4

3] 3 t® ?

77

* jr jo

38 +2 7© 1 4

78

77 7 t©

<2

■»

IS

77©

4* 4 J 4 J©

So

t*3 *® t

Tn tJi&jeFarnu nSSlSieJade/Atte.* afifiear,iftJici/ aru/d Ac jaw n.’iSi ana/wd J'lyt.vr t/iroiurh a Jlef/ectar. /rudif f-Jiey are view'd —
iArrmf/i a tJe//e/cape. amyio/edofi/vo Cavresr O/iUdeJ. the Order n>i// fo inverted.

Numb. 436.
Beginning Yol. XXXIX.

PHILOSOPHICAL

TRANSACTIONS

for the Months of January >Febr. and March , 1735.

The CONTENTS.

I. A Catalogue of the Fifty Plant s, from
Chelfea- Garden, prefented to the Royal So-
ciety hy the Company of Apothecaries, for the
Tear 1 753. purfuant to theT)ire£lion of Sir Hans
Sloane, ‘Bart. Med. (peg. Fraf. Col. <%eg. Med,
tsr Soc. <fteg. hy Ifaac Rand, Apothecary.
F- S. Hort. Chel. Fr<zf. ac Fr&lec. Botan.

II. A Catalogue of the F-dipfes of JupiterV Sa-
tellites, for the Ihear 1 736. computed to the
Meridian of the RoyalObfervatory at Green-
wich, by James Hodgfon, F. % S. Mafter of
the Fpyal Mathematical School in ChriftT-Hof-
pital, London.

III. The apparent Times of fuch of the Ira me r-
fions and Emerfions of Jupiter'* Satellites ,
as are Yifible at London, in the Tear 171 6.
together with their Configurations at thoje Tmess
reprefented in a Flari, by the fame.

IV. An

The CONTENTS.

IV. An Account of fame Obfervations of the Eclipfes
of the Firft Satellite of Jupiter, compared
with the Tables , by the fame.

V* Experiments and Obfervations upon the
Light that is produced by communicating Elec-
trical Attra&ion to animal or inanimate Bo-
dies, together with fome of its moft furprijing
Fffebls 5 communicated in a Letter from Mr. Ste-
phen Gray, F.IfS.to Cromwell Mortimer,
M. D. S. Seer.

VI. A general Method of deferring Curves, by
the Interjection of Right-Lines 5 moiling a-
bout ^Points in a given Plane. In a Letter to
Dr. Hoadly, by the P(eV. Mr. Braikenridge.

Ylh Extract of a Letter from M. GeofFroy,
Che mill. Member of the Royal Acade-
my of Sciences at Parrs, and F. If S. to Sir
Hans Sloane, Fart. Trejident of the Royal
Society j concerning Mr. Seignette’r Sal Pc-
LYCHRESTUS RupellENsis, and fome other
Chemical Salts. By T. S. M V.

I. A Ca~

' ( o

I. A Catalogue of the Fifty Plant s, from
Chellea-Garden, prefented to the Royal So-
ciety by. the Company of Apothecaries, for the
Year 1 733. purfuant to the Vireclion of Sir Hans
Sloane, 'Bart. Med. Byg. Braf. Col. Beg. Med .
O' Soc. Beg. by Ifaac Rand, Apothecary.
F. B^ S. Hort. CheL Braf. ac Brake. Bo tan.

441. A BROTANUM mas, anguftifolium,

majus. C. B. 136. # •

442. Abrotanum mas, anguftifolium, feg-
mentis foliorum tenuiflhnis.

553. Anonis flore minimo 5 Siliqu is craft!?, in fi>
liorum alis feffilibus.

Ononis lutea, fylvejlris minima. Colum. Ecph. 304
444. Buphthabnum Creticum ; Cotulae facie, {lore
albo. Bre^r. Cent. r. f. '74.

444. Cicer fativum C. B. 347.

5 $6. Convolvulus Americanus, minors Polygon!
fubairfuto folio s {lore parvo, caeruleo, pa rente. ,
Huic accedit Jrijtnu-Clandi. Hort. Malab. 1 1.
p. 13 r. Tab. 64

457. Convolvulus major, reefus, Creticus-, argen-
teus. Mor. Hill. 2. p. 11.

458. Convolvulus ramofus, incanus $ foiiis Pilofel-
Ise. C. B. 294.

4 49. Elasagnus Oriental is> anguftifolius 5 fruclu
pirvo, Olivar formi, fubdulci-. T. Cor. 43.
Ziziphus alia. Cluf. Hill. 29.

460. Fraxinus lorifera, botryoides. Morif. H.
Reg. Blef. 264.

A $*1.

( 1 )

761. Granadilla Hifpanis ; Flos Paflionis Italic.
CoS. in Recch. 889.

762. Granadilla ; folio tricufpidi, latiori; flore mi*
nimo. An

Granadilla, folio tricufpidi ; fore parvo, favef-
c ente. 1 . Inft. 240 ?

563. HyiTopus 3 rubro flore. C, B. 217.

564. Jafrninum Azoricum, trifolium; flore albo,
odoratiftinao. H. Amft. 1. p. 159.

5 67. Lachryma Job. Cluf. Hid. CCXVI.

5 -66. Lotus htemorrhoidalis, humiliorSi carididior,
T. Inft. 403.

* 767. Lychtiidea Caroliniana 5 floribus quad umbel-
latipa difpofitis ; foliis lucidis, craffis, acutis. Mar-
ty n Hift. p. 10.

568. Marrubium album, vulgare. C.B. Pin. 230..

569. Marrubium album, anguftifolium, perigrinum.
Ibid.

570. Marrubium alburn, latifolium, peregrinum;
Ibid.

571. Mentha hortenfis, prior. • Fuchf. Hift. 288.
5-72. Mentha prima. Dod. Pempt. 97.

573. Mentha hortenfis, verticillata 3 Ocirni odore.
C. B. Pin. 227.

Mentha quart a. Dod. Pempt. 97.

774. Mentha fylveftris; rotundiore. folio, C. B.
Pin. 227.

577. Mentha fylveftris ; rotundiore folio ; purpu-
reo flore. Bot. Monfp.

776. Mentha fylveftris, fpicata, latifolia, hirfuta.

777. Mentha Piperitis. Off. Lond.

Mentha ; Spicis breviorihus babitioribus", fo-
Jiis Mentha fufck ; fapore fervido Piperis. Raij.
Syn. Ed, 3. p, 234. 778.

( 3 )

57§* Molucca lasvis. Dod. Pempt. 92.'

579. Momordica vulgaris. T. Inft. p.103,

580. Momordica Zeylanica, pampinea, fronde, fru-
&u longiori. Ibid.

Pandi Pavel. Hort. Mai. 8. 17.

581. Omphalodes pumila, verna ; Symphyti fo*
lio. T. Inft. 140.

782. Onagra Bonarienfis, villofa Sore mutabili.
Horf. Eit. 297. Tab. 219.

583. Paronychia Hifpanica. Cluf. Hift.CLXXXIL
5:84. Phytolacca Americana tnajori fruftu. T.
Inft. 299.

Solatium magnum Firginianum rubnim. Park.

Theat. 347.

585. Phytolacca Mexicana ; baccis Seflilibus. Hor.
Elt. 318.

586. Phytolacca Americana, minor; bacca mono-

pyrena.

’ Solanoides Parifienfium.

587. Ptarmica Orientalis j Santolinas folio,- flore
minori. T. Cor. 37.

588. Rapuntium Trachelii folio j flore purpura-
fcente. Plum. Cat. p. 7.

589. Ricinoides Americana Alni folio, oblongo.
A Dno. Houfton.

An Ricinoides Americana, Cajlanes folio. Plum.

Cat. p. ao.

*90; Scabiofa ftellafa, Orientalis j flofculis rnargi-
nalibus fimbriatis

591. Spermacoce ; verticillis tenuoribus. Hort.
Elf. Fab. 277. f. 2.79.

J92. Symphoricarpos ; foliis alatis. Horf. Elt. 371.
Tab. 278.

( 4 )

59 3 • Tanacetum Africanum, arborefcens ; foliis
Lavendulaa tnultifido folio. Horf. Atnft. i. p. aoi.

794. Telephioides Graaca, huinifufa ; flore albo.
T. Cor. jo.

J9J. Tithymalus Americans, ratnofiffimus* ; Oci*
mi miaoris folio. A D-Houflon.

596. Turnera frutefcensj Ulmi folio. Plum. Nov.
Gen p, ij.

J97. Turners 5 Lycopi folio ; flore ampliore.

Gift us \ Urtka folio ; jlore luteo' j vaj cults tri -
gonis. Sloan Hift. Vol. I. Tab.. 127. fig. 4 5c y.

598. Virga aurea, major ; foliis glutinofis 5c grave-
olentibu?. T. Inft. 484.

599. Virga aurea ; Uhni folio ; Virginians.

Virga aurea Americana, afpera j foliis Ireviori-

hus ferratis. Hort. Elt. 4x1.

600. Vitex foliis anguliioribus ; Cannabis modo.,
djfpofitis. C. B. Pin. 4 .75.

' k. a

, (5)

H. A Catalogue of the -Eclipses of Jupiterv Sa-
tellites, for the Tear 173 6. computed to the
Meridian of the RoyalObfervatory at Green-
wich, by James Hodgfon, F. R. S. Mafter of
the tffoyal Mathematical School in Chrift’j.Hof-
pital, London.

Eclipses of the firjt Satellite o/’Jupiter.

D.

H.

M. S.

D.

H.

M.

S.

M.

H.

D.

S.

15

21

35

22

20

12

45

54

January.

*7

l6

4

1 2

22

7

14

54

Immerfions.

*9

IO

33

3

24

1

43

56

21

5

1

56

25

20

12

53

22

23

3°

50

27

14

4i

50

Jupiter and the Sun

24

17

59

46*

29

9

1 0

5°

in

Conjunct ion.

26

12

28

44

3i

3

39

45'

#

28

6

57

4i

27

10

20 4

April.

29

4

48 33

March.

Immerfions.

30

23

17 3

Immerfions.

1

2 2'

8

4r

February.

1

1

26

40

3

l6

37

36

Immerfions.

2

*9

55

40

5

I I

6

3°*

4

14

24

39

7

5

35

22

1

17

45 38

6

8

53

40

9

0

4

14

3

12

14 15

8

3

22

42

10

18

33

01

5

6

42 51

9

21

5i

43

1 2

*3

1

53 -

7

1

11 32

1 1

16

20

44*

H

7

30

39

8

19

40 14

13

10

49

49

16

2

59

24

10

14

8 58

[5

5

18

5i

l7

20

28

7

12

8

37 44

16

23

47

52

19

*4

56

47*

14

3

6 30

18

18

16

52

\zi

9

25

26

n

CO •

Eclipses of the firjt Satellite of Jupiter;

D. H.

M.

S. ]

d. h. :

M.

s.

D.

H. M.

s.

l3

3

54

4

4

15

13

50*

22

9

59

25*

14

22

22

4i

6

9

41

59

24

4

28

14

16

16

5i

16

8

4

10

5

18

1 1

19

48

9

22

38

13

Emerfions.

to

5

48

21

1 1

l7

06

22

13

11

34

30*

24

6

45

13

May.

■

15

6

2

39

26

1

14

4

Immerfions.

t7

0

3°

50

27

O

42

56

18

18

59

0

29

1 4

11

48*

2

0

16

50

20

13

27

11s*

31

8

40

45*

3

18

45

20

22

1

55

23

5

13

13

a r ^

45

24

2

23

37

August.

7

7

42

10

25

20

5i

51

Emerfions.

9

2

10

33

27

15

20

8*

10

20

38

55

29

9

48

27

2

3

9

47

I 2

15

7

15*

3

21

38

50

i4

9

35

34

July.

5

16

7

53*

1 6

4

0

0

50

♦

Immerfions.

7

10

36

S'

57

17

22

32

. .5

9

5

6

1

19

i7

0

21

1

4

16

45

10

23

35

1 r

2 1

1 1

28

34 '

2

22

45

9

12

18

4

22

23

5

56

46

4

17

13

32

14

12

33

33*

25

0

24

5^

6

11

4i

57*

16

7

2

48

26

18

53

8

8

6

10

28

18

1

32

2

28

13

21

21*

10

0

38

53

0

20

1

49

3°

7

49

25

1 1

0

7

24

21

14

30

36*

13

0

35

55*

23

8

59

55

J UNE..

15

8

- 4

32*

f 25

3

29

14

Immerfions.

17

2

33

14

26

21

58

36

18

21

1

57

28

16

27

57*

3

2

17

34

20

15

30

40^

1 3°

10

57-

21*

J2

20

1 45

43

Sep-

( 7 f

Eclipses of the firft Satellite of Jupiter.

D.

H,

M.

s.

D.

H.

M.

S.

D.

H.

M.

S.

-

8

9

42

58*

21

15

38

55

September

10

4

12

5

23

IO

7

3

Emerfions.

1 1

22

41

IO

25
- /"

4

35

7

13

17

IO

i5

20

23

3

11

I

5

26

46

1 5

1 1

39

15*

28

17

3i

13

2

23

56

10

i7

6

* 8

12

30

1 1

59

16

4

18

25

34

19

0

37

8

6

12

55

0*

20

19

6

0

December.

8

7

24

2 7 •

22

13

34

52

\L'

Emerfions,

IO

1

53

53

24

8

3-

40*

16*

1 1

20

23

18

26

2

32

28

2

6

27

13

14

52

44

27

21

1

8

4

0

55

12

15

9

22

9*'

29

15

29

47

5

J9

23

8

17

18

3

22

5i

20

33

55

31

9

58

26*

7

9

13

8

5*

18

3

57#

20

1 6

50

l9

November

1 1

2

46

5i

22

24

1 1

5

*9

49

40*

1

Emerfions.

1 2

14

21

15

14

42

46

41

26

0

18

20

2

4

2 7

5

16

IO

IO

3 6

27,

18

47

39

3

22

55

38

18

4

38

3 2#

29

13

16

55*

5

*7

24

8

^9

23

6

27

7

ii

52

36

21

l7

34

25

October

•

9

6

21

3

23

12

2

23

Emerfions

•

1 1

12’

0

l9

49
I 7

26

48

25

27

6

0

30

58

#2 2*
23

1

7

46

10*

14

13

46

6

28

19

26

24

3

2

15

24

1 6

8

14

21*

30

13

54

29

4

20

44

43

18

2

42

35

6

i5

!3

48

19

21

IO

46

Eclipses

( 8 )

. Eclipses of the fecond Satellite of Jupiter.

D. H. M. S.

D.

H.

M.

s.

D.

H, M.

s.

18

10

25

57

January,

21

23

44

46

June.

Immerfions.

25

3

30

Immerfions.

29

2

22

12

•

1

1 43

9

Jupiter and the Sun

April.

4

15 0

15*

in Conjunction.

Immerfions.

8

1 1

4 *17
i7 34

18

1 8

25 2' 49 26

1

15

40

52*

15

6 52

25

5

4

59

28

18

26 S

35

28 16 7 8

8

18

*7

59

22

9 25

45*

1 2

7

36

25

25

22 43

I

February.

15

20

54

45

29

12 0

Immerfions.

ip

10

1 2

54

July.

-

22

23

30

5-8

1 5 24 59

26

12

48

59

Immerfions.

4 1 8 42 55*

8 8 1 A 2

30

2

6

49

3

1 17

56

11 21 19 16

May.

6

14 35

33*

15 10 ■ 37 39

18 23 56 5

t

immerfions.

[0

i3

3 53

17 11

20

10

2’- 13 14 35

3

15

24

37-

i7

6 29

19

26 2 33 14,

7

4

42

14

20

J9 47

35

29 J5 5i 55

to

17

59

47

14

7

17

12

Emerfions.

March.

i7

20

34

32

Immerfions.

21

24

9

23

5i

8

47

58

24

28

11 59
1 18

54*

29

4 5 10 40

28

12

26

4*

34

14 37

9*

7 18 39 29

ii 7 48 18

14 21 7 9

, * August.

r

Eclipses/?/ the fee end Satellite 0/ Jupiter.

D. tl. M. S.

August.

Emerfions.

4 3 56 °

7 i7 14 59

11 6 34 5

14 i9 53 13

18 9 12 32*

21 22 31 54

25 11 51 23*

29 1 10 54

September.

Emerfions.

1 14 30 '31

5 3 5o 11

8 17 9 55

12 6 29 36

15 l9 49 15

D. H. M. S.

19 9 8 51*

22 22 28 25

26 11 47 54*

30 1 7 18

October.

Emerfions.

3

14

26

42

7

3

45

54

10

i7

5

1

14

6

24

0#

17

19

42

48

21

9

1

24*

24

22

i9

55

28

1 1

38

IO

November.

Emerfions.

1 o 56 19

4 14 14 17

D.

H.

M.

S.

8

3

32

1

1 1

16

49

3T

15

6

7

1*

18

*9

24

7

22

8

41

22*

25

21

58

22

2 9

11

15

1 6

December.

Emerfions.

3

0

32

6

6

*3

48

47

10

3

5 '

27

i3

16

22

6

i7

5

38

47*

20

18

55

3°

24

8

12

15

27

21

29

6

3i

10

45

59

B

Eclipses

( io )

Eclipses of the third Satellite of Jupiter.

Immerfions.

5 I4- 3 8

K 18 3 345

19 22 4 26

27 2 5 49

Emerfions.

27 5 39 38

March-,.
Immerfions.

D. H. M. S.

D.

H.

M.

s.

M.

H.

D.

S.

r9

17

45

8

16

I

49

53

January.

26

21

46

43

23

5

48

41

Immerfions.

April.

30

9

47

12

Jupiter and the Sun

Immerfions.

June.

in Conjunction.

. 2

22

!3

45

Immerfions

#

29 io- 3 18

10

l7

2

6

14

15

52

35

6

l3

IO

14

9

8

44

1*

February.

24

IO

15

48

20

27

18

22

6

5

34

14

5

6

7

15

12

IO

8

56

19

14

IQ

48

26

18

L2

19

Emerfions.

5 9 40 -57

12 13 42 52

Emerfions.

3 1 48 23

10 5 49 44

i? 9 50 39
24 13 51 2*

May.

Immerfions.

1 1 4 15

8 18 15 16

15 22 14 19..

2 13 1

6 11 26

23

3°

Emerfions.

1 17 51 8

8 21 50 44

Emerfions.

6 13 45 36*
*3 17 43 57

July.

Immerfions.

5 2 4 35

12 6 4 27

1 9 5 4*

Emerfions.

Jupiter and the Sum
in Oppofition.

26 17 1

August.

• Eclipses of the third Satellite vf Jupiter,

D. H. M. S.

August.

Immerfions.

Jupiter andtheSur
in Conjundtion.

Emerfions.

2

21

43

42

10

1

45

56

17

5

48

40

24

9

5i

44:

3 1

13

55

r

September.

Immerfions.

7

14

23

34

14

18

27

26

2 1

22

3;

9

29

2

34

34

Emerfions.

7

!7

58

48

14

22

2

32

D. H. M. S.

22 2 6 7

29 6 9 24*

October.

Immerfions .

6

6

37

47*

13

10

40

28*

20

14

42

27

27

18

43

46

Emerfions.

6

10

12

1 5*

13

14

14

42

20

18

16

27

27

22

17

32

November.

Immerfions.

3 22 44 32

ii 2 44 32

18 6 43 53*

25 10 42 39

D. H. M. S.

Emerfions.

4 218 4

11 6 17 48*

18 10 16 51

25 H i5 *7

December.

Immerfions.

2

14

41

0

9

18

39

0

16

22

36

58

Emerfions.

2

18

13

16

9

22

10

54

l7-

2

8

28

24

6

6

1 r

31

10

4

IG

B 2,

Eclipses

( 12 )

Eclipses of the fourth Satellite of Jupiter.

D.

H.

M.

S.

D.

H.

M.

S.

28

Immerfions
9 3 2

r

6

January.

28

Emerfions.
14 17

8

*4

3

44

49

February.

H

8

22

1 1

1

21-

57

2

March.

2

2

34

53

18

16

9

29*

18

20

49

29

4

10

21

9

April.

4

r5

2

53*

21

4

31

22

May.

2r

9

14

32

7

22

40

8

8

3

24

44

24

16

47

16

June.

24

21

32

3°

1:0-

10

52

23*

ro

15

3*

1*

27

4

58

33

July.

27

9

44

29*

>

13

23

7

44

n 1

s> S

1 6

if. O 9
II 36

52*

August.

30

16

22

r6

6

21

5i

33

2

5

54

56

September.

2

10

39

2*

*9

0

15

10

*9

4

57

44

5

18

35

0

October.

5

23

16 .

0

22

12

5i

24

22

17

30

28.

8

7

4

4 6*

November.

8

n

4i

33

25

1

15

2

25

5

49

iS*

ii

*9

22

37

December,

11

23

54

5

28

13

3°

42

_

28

17

5*

53

( 1 3 )

III. The apparent Times of fucb of the Imraer-
fions and Emerfions of Jupiter’* Satellites ,
as are Yifible at London, in the Tear 1 736.
together with their Configurations at tho/e Times
reprefented in a Plate {Vide T AB.) by the fame.

D.

H.

M.

January.

-4 © rf

February.

I

5

6

43 M

I.

2

2

13

6

4 M

I.

3

3

25

6

0 M

I.

1

March.

4

12

4

21 M

I.

1

5

l9

4

9 M

I.

4

April

6

2

3

41 M

I.

2

7

4

4

38 M

I.

1

8

5

3

3 M

E.

4

9

20

2

57' M

I.

1

10

25

1

51 M

E.

3

May.

*

1 1

2

2

16 M

I.

3

12

4

3

25 M

I.

2

13

6

1

14 M

I.

1

14

13

3

7 M

I.

1

15

29

0

. 26 M

I.

2

1 6

00

1

21 M

I.

1

June.

*7

5 -

3

00 M

1

2

18

00

3

14 M

U

i

L

D.

H.

M.

June.

19

7

I

46 M

E.

3

20

10

IO

52

A

I.

4

i21

1 1

3

38 M

E.

4

22

13

1 1

34

A

I.

1

23

14

2

8

M

I.

3

i24

21

1

2 7

M

I.

1

1 25

22

9

26

A

I.

2

j 2 6

27

9

44

A

E.

4

27

28

3

20

M

I.

1

28

29

12 00

July.

I.

2

29

6

II

42

A

I.

1

3°

7

2

36 M

I.

2

3i

14

I

36 M

I.

I.

1

32

8

4

A

1

33

r9

10

5

A.

I.

3

34

21

3

3i

M

I.

1

35

22

9

59

A

i.

1

36

24'

12

GO

E.,

2

37

30

2

12

M

E.

]

38

3i

8 41

August..

A1

E.

1

39

1

2

37

M

E.

2

40

6

4

8

M

E. .

1

4i

i5

0

34

M

E.

1

42i

46

1 1

37

A

1

L 4

Hu GUI

( <4 )

D.

H.

M.

D.

H.

M

1

August.

O

CTOBER.

43

18

9

*3

A

E.

2

63

14

6

24

A

E.

2

44

22

2

3X

M

E.

1

6 4

15

II

39

A

E.

1

45

24

9

52

A

E.

3

65

21

9

1

A

E.

2

46

25

1 1

51

A

E.

2

66

24

8

4

A

E.

1

47

29

4

•28

M

E.

1

67

3i

9

58

A

E.

1

48

3°

10

57

A

E.

1

November.

September.

68

8

7

5

A

I.

4

49

1

1

55

M

E.

3

69

n

6

18

A

E.

3

50

2

10

39

A

E.

4

70

1 6

6

7

A

E.

2

5i

7

0

55

M

E.

1

71

16

8

14

A

E.

1

52

i5

9

22

A

E.

1

72

18

6

44

A

1.

3

53

1 9

9

9

A

E.

2

73

22

8

4i

A

E.

2

54

22

1 1

20

A

E.

1

74

25

5

49

A

E.

4

55

56

26

29

1 1

6

48

9

A

A

E.

E.

2

3

December.

57

3°

1

*7

M

E.

1

75

2

6

27

A

E.

1

October

76

9

8

J9

A

E.

1

77

r7

5

39

A

E.

2

58

1

7

46

A

E.

1

78

18

4

39

A

E.

1

59

6

6

38

A

1.

3

79

24

6

6

A

E.

3

60

10

12

A

E.

3

80

25

6

30

A

E.

1

61

8

9

43

A

E.

1

62

*3

10

40

A

11.

3

In all 80.

The 2 d and 5 th Columns, fhew the Times when the Eclip-
fes will happen; the 3 d and 6th , fhew the Kind. Thus, on
the $tb of February , at 6 h. 43 m. in the Morning there will
happen an Xmmerfion of the fecond Satellite; and the Number i,
which is placed againft the $tb of February in the 1 ft Column, re-
fers to the Number 1 in the 1 fi Column of the Plate of Configura-
tions^ againft which is placed the Correfipondent Configuration , or the
Form in which the Satellites will appear at that Time,

tV.J*

Oj )

IY. An Account of/ome QhferVations of the Eclipfes
of the Firft Satellite of Jupiter, compared
with the Tables , by the fame *

BY comparing 244 Eclipfes of the firft Satellite
of Jupitefy obferved between the Years 1677
and 1731, with the Flamfteedian Tables, correfted
by tny felf, from which Tables the preceding Ca-
talogue of Eclipfes is deduced, I find there are 74,
which make up near one Third of the whole Num-
ber,. that do not differ one Minute from the Tables j.
1 27, which are above one Half, that do not differ
two Minutes j 181, which are two Thirds of the
whole Number, that do not differ three Minutes ;
and 214, which are feven Eighths, that do not dif-
fer four Minutes, the reft not differing above five
Minutes and one half, which is a Degree of Ex aft--
nefs fufficient in my Opinion to recommend the Ufe
of thefe Eclipfes to our Navigators, to determine the
Difference of Longitude, efpecially fince they may
be feen with a Telefcope of three Feet, as is affect-
ed in Page 169 of the Connoijfance Des tfemps for
the prefent Year ; and if this be true, X will venture
to affirm. That an Immerfton or Emerfion, obferved
with this Telefcope, will not differ one half Mi*
nute from the Time obferved with the largeft Tele-
fcope : However that be, it is but comparing an

Obfervation of the fame Eclipfe, made with thefe
two different Tdefcopes together, .and the Difference

<

( \6 )

of the Times will be difcovered, which will ferve
for ever afterwards, as a Rule to ad juft the Observa-
tions.

The only View that I have in communicating
this Paper, and in computing the Eclipfes for Time
to come, is to encourage thofe Perfons, who will find
their Advantage in it, to make Ufe of this Help
for obtaining the Longitude at Sea, till better Me-
thods are offered.

V Experiments and Obfervations upon the
Light that is produced by communicating Elec-
trical Attraction to animal or inanimate ©o-
dies, together with fome of its mojl furprijhg
Effects 5 communicated in a Letter from Mr. Ste-
phen Gray, F. <!{. S • to Cromwell Mortimer,
M. 2). % S. Seer.

SIR, Chart er-Houfe, Jan . 28th, 1734-5.

IT is now fome Months ago that I promifed to give
the Society an Account of what Experiments I
had then made ; but foon after there occurred to my
Thoughts feveral others, which I was willing to try
the Succefs of ; which Experiments requiring an Ad-
dition to the apparatus , that I might make them
more compleat, I hope will be a fufficient Apology
for this Delay.

I fee you have publifhed Mr. Dufays Letter to
the Duke of Richmond, in the PhiJoJophica / Tranf-

anions.

( <7 )

aBions^ N° 431. 5tis no fmall Satisfaction _ to me,
that ray Electrical Difcoveries have not only been
confirmed by fo judicious a Philofopher as Mr. Du-
fay ; but that he has made feveral new ones of his
own, more efpecially that important luciferous one,
which put me upon making the Experiments I am
now going to relate*

I (hall firft give fome Account of the Experiments
made the \di{\ Springs foon after I received* the Tranf-
lation of Mr. Dufay s Letter; then of thofe we made
at ray honoured Friend’s, Granvilt JVheler , Efq;
F.R.S. in the Months of July and Auguft ; and laftiy
proceed to thofe I have made fince my Return to Lon*
don , which was in September laft.

As I had not any (ilk Lines by me ftrong enough
to bear the Boy, 1 caufed him to hand on fome of
the Electric Bodies ; and, as I concluded, found the Ef-
fect the fame as mentioned by Mr, Dufay. I fliall not
need to mention the Particulars of th^Experim-ent,
but proceed to thofe that were fuggefted to me upon
Mr. Dufay s faying, that thefe Snappings or Sparks
are not excited, if a Piece of Wood, or any other Sub*
fiance than a living Body, be palled over the Perfon
fufpended on the Lines, unlefs it be a Piece of Me-
tal : From thence I concluded, that if 1 fufpended the
Metal upon (ilk Lines, or laid it upon any of the E-
lectric Bodies, the Effect mult be the fame, when the
Metal had been made Electrical by the Tube, and
the Hand of any one was held" near it, and found it
fucceeded accordingly. I began firft with fome com-
mon Utenlils that were at Hand, fuch as the Iron
Poker, Tongs, and Fire Shovel ; any of thefe being
fufpended upon Lines of the largeft fewing Silk then

C the

( i? )

the excited Tube, being applied firft to the Knob of
the Poker, and after it the Hand, there was the Snap
and Pricking felt, as I expe&ed ; and the Effedft was
the fame, when the Tube was firft applied to the
other End of the Poker. I had by me a three prong-
ed Iron Inftrumenr, which was made many Years ago ;
its Ufe was defigned for propping up the Obfervato-
ry Table, when I obferved the Spots in the Sun ; the
Prongs were about half an Inch Diameter, two of them
about xz Inches, and the third about 8 Inches long ;
they were tapering towards the Ends, and pointed :
this being laid either upon Cylinders of Glafs, Cakes
ofRofinand BeesWax, or on a Cake of Sulphur, the
Tube being applied to the End of any of the Legs, the
Hand or Cheek being applied near the other, both the
other Legs had the fame Effeft as that to which the
Tube had been applied ; but by holding my Cheek
near any of the Points of the Legs, the pricking or
burning Pain was much more fenfibly felt, and was
fometimes felt forfeveral Minutes after. I was not fo
inquifitive at that Time about making the Experiment
in the Dark, that I might lee the Light proceeding
from the Iron, not thinking the Electricity commu-
nicated to the Metals would have produced fo furpri-
fing Phenomena, as by the following Account of the
Experiments will be deferibed.

1. 1 come now to give fome Account cf the Experi-
ments we made at Mr. Wbeler’ s, beginning firft
with the Succefs we had in repeating Mr. Dufay's
Experiment. Mr. Wheler , foon after my coming to
him, procured fiik Lines ftrong enough to bear the
Weight of his Footboy, a good ftout Lad ; then hav-
ing fufpended him upon the Lines, the Tube being

applied

( 1? )

applied to his Feet or Hands, and the Finger of any
one that flood by held near his Hands or Face, he
found himfelf pricked or burnt, as it were by a Spark
Gf Fire, as Mr. Dufay had related, and the (happing
Noife was heard at the fame Time ^ but it did not
fucceed with us, when we applied our Hands to any
part of his Body through his C-loaths, except upon
his Legs, upon which he felt the Pain through his
Stockings, although they were very thick ones*

2. Being deurous to make the Experiment upon,
another Species of Animals, we took a large white
Cock, and fufpended him upon the Lines firft alive,
and the Effect was the fame as on the Boy, whether
we applied our Fingers to any Part of his Body, or
our Cheek to his Beak, Comb or Claws j then the
Cock was killed, and put on the Lines again, and we
found very little, if any, Differenceffrom the Effed
it had on us when the Cock was living : We then
caufed the Cock to be ftripped of his Feathers, and
the Difference from what has been faid before was
not very great.

3. We took a large Sirloin of Beef, that came from'
an Ox that had been killed two Days before, and
fufpended it on' the (Ilk Lines j then the Fingers held
near any Part of it, there was a Snapping, and the
Fingers were pufhed or pricked 4 -but the Snapping
was thought not to be quite fo loud as when the Ex-
periment was made on the Cock,

4. We caufed to be made an Iron Rod, 4 Foot long,
and about half an Inch Diameter, pointed at each
End, but not (harp, being left about the Bignefs of a
Tiffs Head, this being fufpended on the Lines ; then
the Tube being rubb’d, and held near one End of the

C 2 Rod,

( 20 )

Rod, and then the Finger or Cheek being put near
either End of the Rod, the Effect was the fame as
when an Animal had been fufpended on the Lines,
with refpeffc to the pricking Pain we felt.

f . At Night we made the luminous Part of the
Experiment, fufpending the Iron Rod on the filk Lines ;
then applying one End of the Tube to one End of
the Rod, not only that End had a Light upon it, but
there proceeded a Light at the fame Time from the
other, extending in Form of a Cone, whofe Vertex
was at the End of the Rod, and we could plainly fee
that it confined of Threads, or Rays of Light, diverging
from the Point of the Rod, and the exterior Rays be-
ing ineurvated. This Light is attended with a fmall
Tiffing Noife; every Stroke we give the Tube, caufes
the Light to appear: the Hilling feems to begin at
that End of the Rod next the Tube, and as it comes,
increafes in its Loudnefs, but it is fo fmall as not to
be heard without good Attention, and by thofe only
that Hand at that End of the Rod from whence the
faid Light proceeds.

Mr. Godfrey being delirous to fee thefe Experi-
ments, I repeated them, by laying a Rod of Iron upon
a Cake of Shell-Lake, which was laid uponaGlafs
Velfel ; but the Effeds being much the fame with
what has been above-mentioned, I lhall not need to
mention any other Particulars.

i. I Hull now proceed to give fome Account of the
Experiments I have made fince my Return to London ,
which was in September laft. I caufed three Iron
Rods to be made, one of four Feet long, two, each
three Feet in Lengthy one of thefe was made taper-
ing toward the Ends, and pointed as that of four Feet

i was

( *» )

was ; the other pointed at one End, and the other End
not pointed, the Diameter of the Rods about half
an Inch} they were firft forged, then filed and bur-
nifhed. With thefe I made the following Experi-
ments: When any of them were laid either upon the
Brims of hollow Cylinders of Glafs well warmed, or
upon Cakes of Rofin and Bees Wax, or uponthofeof
Sulphur, the Phenomenon was the fame as when they
had been fufpended on Silk Lines : But now I dis-
cover’d another very furprifing one, viz. that after the
Tube had been applied, and the Light feen at both
Ends, upon my going to the other End of the Rod,
when there was no Light to be feen, upon holding my
Hand at fome diftance from it, then moving my Hand
towards it with a pretty fwift Motion, there iffued
from that Point of the Rod . a Cone of Light, as
when the Tube had been applied to the other End j
and upon repeating this Motion of my Hand, the fame
Phenomenon appear’d for five or fix times fuccefiive-
1 v, only the Rays were each time fhorter than the
other* thefe Lights are alfo attended with a hiding
Noife : That Light which appears upon that End
next the Tube, when it is held obliquely to the Axis
of the Rod, has its Rays tending towards it : All
the Tiipe I am rubbing the Tube, thefe Flalhes of
Light appear upon every Motion of my Hand up or
down the Tube, but the larged Flalhes are produced
by the Motion of my Hand downwards.

z. When two or three Rods are laid either in a
right Line, or making any Angle with each other,
• or either touch, or are at a fmail Diftance from one
another, the Tube being applied to one of their Ends,
the furtheft End of the further Rod, exhibits the fame
Phenomena as one fingle. An

{ « )

3. An Experiment with the Rod that was pointed
at but one of its Ends. When the Tube is applied
to the other End of the Rod, the Point gives the
fame Appearance and alike Effed with the Rods,
that are “pointed at each End. 5 but the great End
of the Rod, when the Hand or Cheek is applied
near it, gives but one tingle Snap ; but this is
much louder than the greateft of thofe from the
Point of the Rod, and one feels a little more

Pain by it.

4, I caufed an Iron Ball to be forged, and then
turned and burniflied ; ’twas two Inches Diameter,
which being placed on a wooden Stand, that had a*
fmall Concave at the Top, in which the Ball was
placed ; the Stand being fet upon a Cylindrick Glafs*
then the excited Tube being applied near the Ball,
there proceeded a Stream of Light from it, with a
Email hiding Noife j then putting my Finger or Cheek
near the Ball, there was no Snapping, nor any Pain
felt, yet there appeared a very bright Light.

5. The Rod of four Feet long, being placed upon
a Stand, that had a crofs Arm with a Groove in it to
receive the Rod ; then the Stand being placed on the
Giafs Cylinder, they were fet at fuch a Diftance, as
that one of the Points of the Rod might juft touch
the Ball over againft its Centre ; then going to the
other End of the Rod with the prepared Tube, and
applying it as ufual, when I came to the Ball, the
Hand or Cheek being near it, caufed a loud Snap,
compared to thofe made by the Points of the Rods,
and the Pain of pricking or burning was more ftrong-
ly felt, the Light alfo was brighter and more con-
traded ; I then placed the Rod with its Point at an

( *J )

Inch diftance from the Ball, and applying the Rod
as before, I came to the Ball, and touching it with
my Hand or Finger, there not only appeared a Light
on the Ball, but there 'alfo proceeded aBruth of Light
from the Point of theRod after the fame manner as when
die Experiments had been made with the Rods onlv.

6. An Experiment made with the four Feet Rod,
and a Brafs Plate four Feet fquare. This was placed
upon a Stand, fo that the Plate Rood perpendicular,
the Stand being fet op the Cylindrick Glafs ^ then the
Rod with its Stand and Glafs was fet fo as that one
Point of it was about an Inch from the Centre of the
Plate ; then the Tube being applied to the other End
of the Rod, and after going to the Plate, on ftriking
it gently with my Finger on the back Side, a Light
appeared upon the Plate, and at the fame time the
Brufh of Light came out from the Point of the Rod j and
when tny Hand or Cheek was held near any of the An-
gles of the Plate, there was aLightcamefrom thence with
a fmall hilling Noife,and'thePricking was felt as when
the Experiments were made with the pointed Rods.

7. A Pewter Plate being laid upon the Stand, which
Had been fet upon a Glafs Cylinder, the Tube firft,
and then the Finger applied, there appeared a Light
upon the Plate, and the End of the Finger was pufh-
ed j and when the Cheek was held near the Edge of
the Plate, there was a Snapping heard, but not fo loud
as when the Iron Rods were ufe^. I then filled the
Plate with Water, and applying the Tube and Fin-
ger as before, there was the fame Light, pufhing of
the Finger, and Snapping, as when the Experiment
was made with the empty Plate. When the Experi-
ment is made with Water by Day-light, by applying

( 24 )

the End of the Finger near the Surface of the Wa-
ter, it appears to rife in a little Hill, and upon the
fnapping Noife falls down again, putting the Water
into a waving Motion near the Place where the
Water had rifen, ’

8. I then took a wooden Dilh, and placed it upon the
Stand firft empty; then applying the Tube, and tiieFin-
held near the Dilh, there appeared a Light, but no
pulhing of the Finger nor Snapping: I then tilled the
Difli with Water, and the Tube being held over the
Surface of the Water, there appeared a greater Light
than when the Finger had been applied to the empty
Difli, but no Snapping, till by holding the Tube af-
ter it had been well rubbed, within two or three In-
ches of the Finger that was held near the Surface of the
Water, and then the Finger was pulhed,and a fnapping
Noife heard, as when the Experiment was made with
the Pewter Plate.

By thefe Experiments we fee, that an aftual Flame
of Fire, together withanExplofion,andanEbullition of
cold Water, may be produced by Communicative E-
leflricity 5 and altho’ thefe Effeds are at prefent but in
minimi it is probable, in Time there may be found
out a Way to collect a greater Quantity of it ; and
confequently to increafe the Force of thisEleftrick Fire,
which, by feveral of thefe Experiments {Si licet magnis
componere parva) feems to be of the fame Nature
with that of Thunder and Lightning.

SIR,

Tour's and the Society s Mojl Obedient
Humble Servant,

Stephen Gray.

( 2J )

^1. A general Method of defending Curves* By
the Interjection of Right-Lines 5 moving a-
bout Points in a' given Plane. In a Letter to
Dr. Hoadly, by the PyV. Mr. Braikenridge.

Celeberrtmo Viro D. B e n t. Hoadly, M. D-
Gulielmus BRAIIvENRIDGE.

S. P. D.

CUM plurimum deleftaris Mathefeos Audio*
tantofque progreflus in ea ipfe feceris, haud in-
gratumtibi mefaefturum duxi, fi nova quaedam de de*
fcriptioneCurvarum tibi mitterem,quaea te fi probata
fuerint, proculdubio &fana& utilia exiftimabuntur.
Habes hie ni fallor GeneralemMethodumLineas, cu-
jufeunqueordinis deferibendi, ope interfeeftionum rc-
eftarum circa polos revolventium ; qux eft Neutoniana
multo fimplicior* St quae plurima problemata foluta
dabit inventu difficillima; ac nefcio an ex aliis prin-
cipiis inveniri queanL Hujus Methodi particular
rem tantum cafum explicatum dedi in Exercitatione
ilia Geometrica Londini edita anno, 173 3. Illo tem-
pore rem totam exponere nec commodum, nec ap«
tum cenfui, quamvisMethodum bene cognitam habe-
rem. Abhinc enim triennium eft ex quo inTheorema
Generale incideram, fed celare muka me moverunt 5
et mecum ftatui, ut biennium faltem peradmin effec
ab edita ilia Exercitatione antequam hxc Genera-
lis Methodus in lucem prodiret. Nihil enim dubi-
tabam, 'fi qui alii hujus Inventi potirentur, quin*
;particulari cafu edito, occafionem arrepturi e/Tent

D pr&fertiH$

( 16 )

prafertim Iaceffiti, generalem Methodum edendi, (i
talem fibi compertam revera habuiflent. Sed ne ni«*
mius fim* en Methodum ipfam pluribiis Propofitioni-
bus expreflam, quarum demonftrationes minutim ti-
bi exhibere haud neceflarium duco ; ipfe enim per*
fpicacius hxc videbis quam ut prolixo calculo aut
arduo ratiocinio indigeas. Harum prior demonftra-
tur in Exereiratione fupra ditfta ; <3c in eum finem hu^
tranfcripta eft, utuno intuitu videas earn continerit
fob hac generali Methodo.

Circa tria puncfta data A, B, C, in piano quovis tan-
quam polos moveantur tres re&x AN S, BOS, CNO
qua: fele interfecent in puncftis S,N,0, & ducantur
duo interfe&ionum pun<Sta S, Sc N, per re<ftas D K S*

cam defcribet. Demonftratur in Exerc.Geom.ProJ>.!.
Si per puzxfta A> B, C, agantur redfoe A B, A C fibi
mvicem occurrentes in A & reftis R K, D K pofitio-
m datis iaR&Mf Figura defcripta tranfibit per

quinque

f *7 )

quinque pun&a, B, C, K, M, R. Et hinc patet nova
methodus Sedtionem Gonicam defcribendi per quin-
que pundta data omnibus hadtenus inventis multo fa-
cilior. Vid. Exerc. Geom. Trep. 3.

Moveantur circa quatuor pundta A , B, C, D, in
pi mo quovis tanquam polos totidem redhe A N S,
BOS, CNO, D P O, quarnm tres A N S, B O S,
CNO fefe interfecent in tribus pundtis S, N,0, SCdu-

cantur duo interfedlionum pundta S, N, per redlaS
d K, R K pofitione datas, St interea tranfeat per
reliquum O redla D P O dudta a polo quarto D, re-
dtamque A N S fecet in P ; atque pundtum illud P
defcribet Lineam tertii ordinis. Demonftratur ex «»•
decima %Jrop. Exerc. Geom .

Per polos A,B,D, agantur redhe A B R, B D H fibi
occurrentes in B, & redtis K R, K d pofitione datis
in R,H jFigura motu pundti P defcriptatranfibit per
quinque pundta A, D, H,K, R, quorum A erit du-
plex. Hinc deducitur Methodus defcribendi Lineam

D z tertii

( *8 )

rcrtii ordinis per feptem punda data quorum unmn-
fit duplex. Dentur enim A,D, H, K,P, M, R, et
oportet unum A efle duplex. Per duo punda, H, R,
ad aliud K agantur red:* H K, R K, Sc jungantur

punda A,R, 8c H, D, producanturque reds AR, H D
qua; fibi occurrant in B. Dudis per A & punda
P, M, redis A P N S, A M n s qux redam K R i'ecent
in N, % redam vero H K, in S, r ; per punda ilia S ,s,
ducantur ad B reds B S; Br, atque per D ad punda
P, M, age redas D P O, D M T redis B S, B s, occur-
jentes in O, T. Jungantur punda O, N, &T, n, SC
producantur reds O N, T n qux conveniant in C.
Dein circa punda A,B,C,D, tanquam polBs roten-
tur red* A S, BO,C O, D O, quarum tres A S, BO, C O
fefe interfecent in pundis S, N, O, & ducantur duo
S, N, per redas H K, K R & interea tranieat femper
teda DO per reliquum O, qux redam ANS fecet in P,
* ' SC

( 2p )

Sc haec interfedio P redarum AS, DO Lineam tertii
ordinis defcribet per feptem punda data, A,D,H,K,M>
P, R, traufeuntem, dupliciter vero per datum A.

Defcribuutur etiam Lines tertii ordinis generalius
led minus commode hoc modo qui & priorem com-
pleditur. Rotentur circa quinque punda A, B, C, D, E,
data tanquam polos totidem reels A N S,B%0 S,CN 0>

D P O, E P S, quarum ties A N $, B O S, C N O, fefe-
interfecent in pundis N, S, O ; ducantur duo S, N,
per redas pofitione datas d K, K R, atque per alter-
utrurn S, e duobus S, N, <3C reliquum O tranfeant
continuo reds E P S, D P O per polos E, D, duds,
qus conveniant in P : punduin ilfud P defcribet li-
neam tertii ordinis, cum duplice pundo in polo E.

Simili modo deferibi poffunt Lineae quarti ordinis.’
Moveantur circa quinque junda data A,B, C, D,ES
in piano quovis tanquam polos totidem reds AN S,
B Q_S, CN O, D PO, E P Q, quarum tres, A N S,
BQ_S, CN O'fibi occurrant in tribus pundis S, N, 0;
ducantur duo interfedionum punda S, N, per redas
d K," R. K pofitione daras, SCinterea per reliquum O

tranfeat

( )

tranfeat femper reda D P O mobilis circa quattunt
polum D, qu£e fecet rectam A N S in P ; dein aga-
tur per illud P reda E PQ_duda a polo quinto E, 6c
producatur utrinque ut redis B Q^S; C N O, occurrat

in Q_ Sc W : dico punda Q, W, Lineas quarti ordi-
nis defcribere. Demonftratur ex undecima ‘Prop.
Exerc. Geom. Per polos A, E, B, D, agantur re-
ds A EH, BDF, reds d K pofitione dats occurren-
tes in H, F ; Jungantur D, E, atque per polos D, A,
duda AD, reds, dYL occurrence in V ; ex illo V e-
ducatur reda V B ad polum B qus redam D E fecet
in G. Figura defcripta tranfibit per quinque punda
B, E,G,F, H, tripliciter autem per polum B. Produ-
catur per polos A, B, reda A B R qus reds K R po-
fitione dats occurrat in R j Curva etiam tranfibit per
punda R, K,

Hinc elicitur methodus ducendi Lineam quarti or-
dinis pernovem punda data quorum unum fit triplex.
Dentur enimB,E,F,G,H,L,M,T,Q, 6c oportet unum
B efTe triplex, Jungantur punda B F, F H, H E, pro-

ducanturque

( )

ducanturque r edx BF, FH, HE. Et per puuda
E Gi GB, agantur redx EGD} B G V, quarum
EGD redam BF fecet in D, altera vero BG V re-
dam F H in V. Jundifque V & D ac produda V D

qux redx HE occurrat in A, ducatur per pund
reda</ABR. Dein a pundis B, E, inflectan
datum Q_redx B Q,S, E P Q, quarum prior B Q
conveniat cum FH produda in S ; & per punda A, S,
duda A S occurrente redx E Qjn P, per illud P ac
D producatur reda DPO qua: redx B Q_ S occurrac
in O : Noteturque pundum O. Et fimiliter ab ii£
dem B, E, ad aliud datum T infledantur redx B T s
E/T (fupple figuram) quarum BT s conveniat cum
F H in s, & duda A s fecante redam E/> T in />, a-
gatur per / & D reda D/> Z qux occurrat redx BTr
in Z & notetur Z. Et ita deinceps ducantur red®
ab iifdem B, E, ad reliqua data M,L, dudifque redis
ab A & D ut priuSj notentur panda inventa X Y.

Deinde

( 3* )

Deinde per quatuor punda inventa O, Z, X, Y & da-
tum B defcribaturfedio Conica(vid. Trcp. 3. Exerc*
Qeom ) qux redam F H fecet in pundi-s I, K, reclam
f ero d A B in B/R. Per punda A, I, agatur reda A I
qux fedionem Conicam feeet ini & C; jungantur-
que punda K, R, & producatur reda K R. Move-
antur jam circa quinque punda A, B,C, D,E, tan-
quam polos totidem red x A S, B S, CN,DO,EQ,
quarum tres AS, BS, CN, fibi occurrant in N,S, O, &
ducantur concurfus N 8c S redarumAS.CN,<Sc AS,BS,
per redas KR, F HK, atque inrerea per polum D & con-
curfum O redarum BS, CN tranfeat Temper reda
DP O quae redam A S fecet in P, perque illud P &c
polum E producatur reda E P redam B S fecans
in hxc interfedio redarum B S, E P de-

fcribet Lineam quarti ordinis tranfeuntem per novem
data punda BE FGHLMT quorum unum B
fiet triplex.

Methodo haud multum difiimili defcribi poteft
Linea quarti ordinis per odo punda data, quorum
tria fint duplicia, atque etiam Linea ejufdem ordinis
per undecim punda data, quorum duo fint duplicia,
et alia plura hujufmodi. Sed hxc ne nimiam tibi
moram injiciam mifia faciam : poftea tamen explica-
turus fi non inutilia videantur.

De numero autem pundorum qux lineam cujufi.
cunque Ordinis determinant compertum habeo, fi ft
fitnumerus dimenfionum Linex erit n% -f 1 numerus
pundorum per qux linea defcribi poteft. v. g. Linea
iecundi ordinis per 5 punda, tertii per 10, quarti
per 17, quinti per 26. Atque hinc deducitur fi Linea
ordinis n fit raultiplici pundo — 1 prxdita de-

fcnhi

fcribi poteftpe+2 » + i, v.g. Linea fertii ordinis
cum dnplici pundo, i. e. « — i = 2 per feptem
pur.da.Linea vero quarti ordinis cum triplici pundo per
novem, &c. Et general it er'fi q, r, &c. denotent
pundamultiplicia quorum numerus fit rf+defcribi pa-
red: Curva per »* — f- — q1 r* + m + 1 punda,
in quibus funt m multiplicia, v.g. Linea quarti ordi-
nis qux tria habet duplicia defcribi poteft per o&o
pundaj nam» = 4,/ — q = r= z,m — 3,6c 16— 4
*—4 — 4+ 3 + 1=8.

Eft& alia methodusa priori non mu! turn abludens
delcribendi Lineas quarti ordinis, fed paulo comply
catior. Moveantur circa feptem polos, A, B, C, D»
E j F, G, totidem redx A S, B S, C N, D S, E N, F 0>

G T quarum una AiSfS revolvendo fecet redas dK>
R K, pofitione datas in pundis S, N ; ducantur per
eorum unum N redx CN, E bl, 8c per alterutn
S redx B S, DS, qua; redis, GN.EN conveniant

E w

( 34 )

in pundis O, T, ut fupra Sediones Conicas defcriben-
tibus j 5t interea per eadem O, T, tranfeant re£be
FO, GT a polis F, G, dudaj qus fibi occurrant in
Pj concurfus P Lineam quarti ordinis defcribet cum
duplici pundo in utroque poloF Sc G.

Sed hifce ne diutius immorer, en tandem Theo-
rema Generale. Moveantur circa punfta A,B,C,D,E,
F,G,H,&c. quorum numerus fit »,tanquam polos, to-
tidem redas As,BS,CN, DP, EQ,5 F W, XG, H Y,bcc.

pofitione datas; Sc interea per reliquum O Sc polum D
tranfeat re£ta D P re£tam A S fecans in P, Sc per il~
lud P Sc polum E dufta reQ:a E Q_quse redam BS
fecet in Q., Sc ex hoc Q. per polum F agatur F Q_re-
ftamque A S fecet in W, atque per W Sc polum G
duda W G • reftam B S fecante in X, Sc deinde
per X Sc polum H producatur recla H Y qute reftas
' ‘ ---- - - . " SA

( $ j )

S A occurrat in Y, & ita deinceps ; concurfus Y re-
<&e Y H ab ultimo polo H dufia; cum alterutra reda-
rum A S,B S defcribet Lineam ordinis n — i j 5C Cur*
va multiplex pundum n — ^ habebit in polo A vel B
prout fuerit defcripta concurfu red# AS aut B S.
Punda O, P, Q_, W, X, Y, 5Cc. defcribent lineas or-
dinis fecundi, tertii, quarti, quinti, fexti, feptimi,
Ac. at fi locentur omnes poli A, B, C,D,E, F, G,H,
Ac. in eadera reda, punda ilia O, P, Q., YV, X, Y,
<Ac. etiam totidem redas defcribent.

Neutoniana defcriptio Curvarum magnopere etiam
hac methodo promovetur. Tu fatis fuperque nofli
quod fi circa data punda A, B, rotentur dati anguli
O AN* O B N, & interfedio N crurum AN,BN,
ducatur per redam N R pofitione datam ; concurfum

O crurum AO, BO, Sedionem Conicam defcribere.
Sumatur jam aliud pundum C circa quod moveatur
redaOCP, quas tranfeat Temper per concurfum O
crurum A 6, B O SC occurrat alteri cruri A N anguli
A in P ; concurfus P Lineam tertii ordinis defcribet,
dupliciter tranfeuntem per polum A. Et fimiliter 11
concurfu cruris B N anguli B defcribitur curva, e-
jufdem erit ordinis, & duplex habebit pundum in po.
lo B. Atque hinc etiam patet quomodo defcribi po-
teft Linea tertii ordinis per feptem punda data quo-
rum unum fit duplex.

( 1* )

Moveantur ut prius anguli OA N, O B N circa da-
ta punda A,B, 8t per concurfum O crurum OA,
O B, tranfeat reda O C P duda ab alio data C qua:

cruri A N anguli A occurrat in P, dein per P quan-
tum datum D agatur refta P D Q. cruri A O occurrens
in Q_; pundum illud Q,defcribit Lineatn quarti or-
dinis cum triplici pundo in polo A.

Atque ita augendo polorum numerum A, B, C,D,
&e. ut fit tandem eorum numerus n, Linea defcripta
erit ejufdem ordinis a. Sed notandum fi proangulo
OBN fubfiituatur reda qu'ae moveatur circa polum
B, facilior evadet defcriptio.

Hadenus Curvse defcribuntur tantummodo inter-
fedioneredarum : Quibufdam autem cafibus fimpli-
cior erit defcriptio ope Linearum inferioris ordinis.
Sc de his plurima Theoremata habeo qua: nefcio an
tua obfervatione digna fint, prasfertim cum multa hu-
jufmodi inExertitatione fupra dida jam explicantun
Denique enixe rogo ut benigne accipias & quae minus
accurate & ineoncinne dida fint humaniter condones.

VII, -Ex-

( ]7 )

VII. Ext raft of a Letter from M. Geoffrey,
Chemift, Member of the Royal Acade-
my of Sciences at Paris, and F. ^ 5. to Sir
Hans Sloane, 'Bart. Brefident of the Royal
Society $ concerning Mr. Seignette’* Sal Pc-
LYCHRESTUS RuPELLENSIS, and fome
other Chemical Saits. By T. S. M D.

Paris, May 4, 1732.

SIR,

* ^ . 1

WE have nothing new in Chemijlry here, but
the Difcovery we have made of the M;ike of
Meil'r!. Seignette' s Sal polychrejus Rupellenfis.
It is a T art arum foluhile, compofed of Cream, or
Cryfhls of Partar ; and the fix'd Salt of the Kali
of Alicante well depurated. This Salt is very lin-
gular ; for tho’ it be a fix’d Alkaline Salr, it has the
peculiar Property of cryflalizing; nor daps it ea lily
diflblve in the open Air, as other fix’d Salts do } but on
the contrary, it calcines therein, like Kitriofs or Gian •
her' s Salr. Another peculiar Property, which I have
obferv’d to belong to it, is, that if it be fatiated with
a vitriolick Acid, and the Liquor be evaporated,
there refults a Salt that has the Form of Glauber’s
Salt, and all the Properties requifite to make MelPY
Seignette' s Salt, In order to which,

Take

/

( ?8 )

Take of the Salt of Kali -well purified, ift. dif-
folve it in Water, add thereto of Cryjlals of Tar-
tar about life ft ; boil the whole in order to diffolve
the Cryjlals of Tartar. But the exa£t Proportion
of Cryjlals of Tartar can be no more determined
in this Operation, than in making the Tartarum fo-
lubile ; either becaufe the Salt of Kali has retain’d
more or lefs. Humidity in its Cryftallization, or be-
caufe the Tartar has more or lefs ’Impurities in it.
But if there be too much Tartar in the alcaline
Liquor, after the Fermentation is over, filtrate the
• Liquor, and as it cools, the fuperfluous Tartar will
fall to the Bottom. After the Separation of the 7i?r-
tar from the Liquor, evaporate the Lixivium by a
gentle Heat, fet it in a cool Place to cryftallize, and
you will have very fine Cryjlals. If the Liquor
be evaporated a little too much, there will be no
Cryjlals of Salt formed, but the Liquor will be
converted into a hard tranfparent Mafs, not unlike
Glue. But if you diffolve this Mafs again, you may
make it cryftallize, as upon diffolving Seignette’ s
Salt.

This Salt purges very well, from one to two
Ounces diffolv’d in a Quart of Water.

Such is the Difcovery of this Salt, which has hi-
therto paffed for an Arcanum,

We have.likewife his cryftallized alcaline Salt,
which is the Salt of Kali , that diffolves not in-the
Air. I am actually at work in perfefting this Salt,
in examining that of Kali , and comparing
it with Borax * From this laft l extract Glauber’s

Salt,

( 39')

Salt, by mixing it with Oil of Vitriol. The Mix-
ture of Borax giv with Oil of Vitriol, gj 3j up-
on Sublimation gives me the Sal fedativnm de-
scribed by M. Homherg j and theRefidue expofed
to a ftrong Fire affords Glauber's Salt. I have
found out a Method to fhorten this Operation ; for
Inftead of fubliming this Salt, I get it by Cryftalli-
zation in light foliated Lamina. This Salt, whe-
ther fubl imared or cryflallized, has the Property of
diffolving in Spirit of Wine ; and if you fet this
Spirit of Wine on Fire, its Flame is green. Spirit
of Wine has no Effeft on Borax 5 the Oil of Vi-
triol, digefted with Spirit of Wine, communicates
no Greennefs to its Flame: therefore it is requifite
that the Borax Ihould be united to an Acid, in order
to produce this green Flame.

P O S f S C R I P V.

I Send you a Specimen of Salt made of Cryjldls of
Tartar and Lime Water, which Meffrs. GroJJ'e
and Duhamel , two Members of our Academy, have
prepared ; to which I join Cryjtals of Seignette' s
Salt, that M. Bolduc and I have made feparately.

You will alfo find fome Sal Sedativum made by
Cryftallization, which cryftallizes in a peculiar Man-
ner. This Operation is perform’d with giv of Bo-
rax, and gi 31 of concentrated Oil of Vitriol, the
moft fixt and weighty that can be had. The Bo-
rax is put into a Glafs Retort, the Oil of Vitriol is
poured on it, and then half an Ounce of common
Water. This Mixture being expofed to a Fire gra-
dually encreafed, after the Phlegm has palled off.

( 4° )

and even while it is palling, there rifes Flower?, or
a volatile Salt in very beautiful foliated Lamina \
fome of which melt by the Heat of the Fire. Af-
ter the Operation, the fined: of rliefe Flowers, which
are round the Neck of the Retort, are gathered ; and
thofe that are grey, are thrown upon the remaining
Mafs : which Mafs is difTolved in Water, filtrated,
and evaporated flowly. Sometimes, even without E-
vaporation, the Ihining Talcous Laminae are to be
feen in the Liquor. In 24 Hours the Liquor is pour-
ed off thefe Laminfi : they are walhed in fair Wa-
ter, fet to drain, and then to dry in a Stove.

If thefe Cryjlals do net calcine in the Stove, or in
the Sun, ’tis a Sign there is nothing cryftallized but
the Sal neutrum : if they do calcine, ’tis a Sign that
there is fome Glauber’s Salt mixed. . And then this
Salt mull be difTolved again in hot Water, and re-
cryftallized. No body before me has thought of
extracting this Salt by Cryftallization : It was always
fublimed hitherto.

fruited for W. Inny s and R. Manby, Printers
to the Royal Society., at the W eft-End of St. Rauls ,

mdccxxxvj.

X.I&yndeJcufc .

f&mb. 457.

PHILOSOPHICAL

TRANSACTIONS

For the Months of April, May and June , 1735-.

The CONTENTS.

I. An Account of an Inftrument or Machine for
changing the Air of the Room of JickfFeople
in a little Time , by either drawing out the foul
Air , or forcing infrefhAir j or doing both fuc-
cejjively , without opening Doors or Windows.
<By the Rev* J.T. Defaguliers, LL. D. F/R-S.

II. A Calculation of the Velocity of the Air moved
by the new- invented Centrifugal Bellows of
7 Feet in Diameter , and 1 Foot thick, within ,
which a Man can keep in Motion with Very little
Labour , at the ate of two (Revolutions in one
Second. !By the fame.

II I. Tie'll fes of the foregoing Machine. Communicated
in a Letter to Cromwell Mortimer, M. D.
(R.S. Seer. Feb. 2 3 , 171,6. from the fame.

IV. The Cafe of a Cataleptick Woman. Com -
municated to the Royal Society by Richard
Reynell, Apothecary , London,,

a V. Some

The CONTENTS.

V. Some Thoughts on the Operation of the Fiftufa
lacrymalis. By Francis-Jofeph Hunauld,
}A. D. F. % S. Regius Profeflor of Ana-
tomy and Surgery, and Member of the Royal
Academy of Sciences at Paris. Commu-
nicated to the Royal Society in a Letter to
Tho. Stack, M. T>.

VI. Concerning the Caufe of the General Trade-
Winds. ’Ey Geo. Hadley, Effo F. (^. 5.

VII- An Account of the federal Earthquakes
which have happen’d in New-England, fence
the ferfe Settlement of the Englifli in that
Country, efpecially of the lafe , which happen’d
on Odob. 29, 1727. Communicated to the
Royal Society ^yPaul Dudley, Effo F.^S.
in a Letter to the Secretary.

VIII. An Account of an extraordinary Ejfetl
of Lightning in communicating Magnetifm.
Communicated by Pierce Dod, M. T>. F. S.
from Dr- Cookfon of Wakefield in York*
lhire.

IX. A further Account of the extraordinary EffeBs
of the fame Lightning at Wakefield. By
Dr* Cookfon. Communicated by the fame*

<4i )

I. An Account of an Inftrament or Machine for
changing the Air of the Room of fickfPeople
in a little Time , by either drawing out the foul
Air , or forcing in f refit Air ; or doing both fuc~
ce/fvely , without opening Doors or Windows.

N. B. The Model of this Machine, made by a Scale
of an Inch to a Foot , -was jhewn the Royal So-
ciety the thirteenth TAay of June, 1734. By
TAr. J. T. Defaguliers, F.R.S. (Vide Tab.)

Fig. 1. Eprefents a Cafe DE CB, containing
rC a Wheel of 7 Feet in Diameter, and
1 Foot thick ; being a cylindrical
Box, divided into iz Cavities by Partitions direfted
from the Circumference towards the Center, but
wanting 9 Inches of reaching the Center, being
open towards the Center, and alfo -towards the Cir-
cumference, and only clos’d at the Circumference
by the Cafe, in which the Wheel turns by means of
an Handle fix’d to its Axis A, which Axis turns in
rwo Iron Forks, or half concave Cylinders of Bell-
Metal, fuch as A, fix’d to the upright Timber or
Standard A E. •

From the Middle of the Cafe on the other Side
behind A, there comes out a Trunk or fquare Pipe,
which we call the Sucking-Pipe ; which is continued
quite to the upper Part of the fick Perfon’s Room,
whether it be near or far from the Place where the
Machine flands, in an upper or lower Story, above
or below the Machine. There is a circular Hole
in one of the circular Planes of the Machine of

E 18 Inches

( 4Z )

18 Inches Diameter round the Axis, juft where the
Pipe is inferred into the Cafe, whereby the Pipe
communicates with all the Cavities 5 and as the
Wheel is turn’d fwiftly round, the Air which comes
from the fick Room, is taken in at the Center of the
Wheel, and driven to the Circumference, fo as to
go out with great Swiftnefs at the Blowing* Pipe B,
fix’d to the faid Circumference.

As the foul Air is drawn away from the fick.
Rooms, the Air in the neighbouring Apartments
will gradually come into the Room through the
fmaileft PafTages : Eut there is a Contrivance to
apply the Pipes which go to the fick Room to the
Blowing-Pipe 8, while the Sucking-Pipe receives its
Air only from the Room where the Machine (lands..
By this means frefli Air may be driven into the fick
Room after the foul has been drawn out.

This Machine would be of great ufe in allHofpi-
tals, and in Prifons : It would aifo ferve very well
to convey warm or cold Air into any diftant Room ;
nay, to perfume it iufenfibly, upon occafion.

Fig. 2. Reprefents the Infide of the Flat of the
Wheel which is fartheit from the Handle,, and next
to the Sucking-Pipe.

1, 2, 3, 4. Reprefents the Cavity or Hole which
receives the Air round the Axis, having about it a
circular Plate of Iron to hold all firm ; which Plate
is made faft to the Wood and to the Iron Crofs that
has the Axis in it.

ggg-> Denotes, by a prick’d Circle, a narrow Ring
of thick Blaokettiog, which (byprefling againfl the
outfide Cafe, whilft it is fix’d to the ouefide of the
Flat of the Wheel) makes the PafTage into the
Wheel tight. _ H H H, is

< 4? )

HHH is another Circle of Blanketting, likewife
fix'd to the outfide of the Wheel, and rubbing a-
gainft the Cafe, that the Air violently driven againft
the inner Circumference of the Cafe, may have no
way out, but at the Blowing-Pipe at B.

There is on the outfide of the other Flat of the
Wheel, where the Handle is fix’d, a Ring of Blan-
ketting, like HHH, oppofite to it; but none op-
pofite to ggg, becaufe the Wood there is not open,
but comes home clofe to the Axis.

Fig. 3. gives a vertical Seftion of the Wheel and
Cafe a little forward of the Axis, drawn by a Scale
twice as large as that of the other two Figures.

A the Axis fupportcd by the Irons A, a, cyliu-
drically hollow’d, except the upper Part, where a
Pin keeps in the Axis.

BD, the Cafe with the Sucking-Pipe S a.

E A, the Prop for one End of the Axis.

1, z, the Opening into the Wheel.

gg, the Eminence of the Wood to which is fix’d
the fmall Ring of Blanketting.

The four black Marks, one of which is near H,
reprefcnt the Se&ions of the two other Rings of
Blanketting.

( 44 )

II. A Calculation of the Velocity of the Air moved
by the new- invented Centrifugal Bellows of
7 Feet in Diameter , and i Foot thicks within ,
which a Man can keep in Motion with Very little
Labour , at the %ate of two ^Revolutions in one
Second. Dy J. T. Delaguliers, R ^ 5.

WHEN the Wheel revolves upon its Axis,
which is performed in this Machine every
Revolution in about half a Second, the
Air maybe confidered as divided into as many con-
centrical Circumferences as there are Particles of
Air contained between the leaft and the greateft
Circle, confequently the centrifugal Forces will be
as the Radii ; that is in an arithmetical ProgrefEon.

Ft.

Let R = Radius of the greateft Circle 3. 5
r = Radius of the leaft Circle o. 75
m— Radius of the middle Circle 2. 125 ==

R — r R + r

r + =

2 2

v — Velocity or Space defcribed
in- a Second in the middle
Circle, upon the Supposition
that theWheel revolves two
Revolutions in a Second.

S = Space defcribed in a Second? ^
by the A&ion of Gravity, £

s =

( 45 )

Space that a Particle of Air receding from
the Center would defcribe in a Second
by the Action of the centrifugal Force at
the Circumference of the middle Circle.
v v

zm : v : : v : s ; therefore =j\ byHuyghens's

Rule. Let G and c, exprefs the Force of Gravity*
and the centrifugal Force at the middle Circle. Since
the Spaces defcribed in the fame Time by the Action
of two Forces are as thole Forces S : s : : G : c3 and
j G <jj

— - = cy and fubftituting in this Expreflion in-

ftead of s , we have

vv G

z m S

. - . f vv G

lnltead of its equal m ,

c ; and putting

z rn
R + r

c . So that the

R + r X S

Ratio of Gravity to the centrifugal Force* at the

v v G

middle Circle, is that of G to ■ or that of i

5 R + rxS

j which being multiplied by theNum*

v v

to i — — -

R -f r X S

ber of the revolving Circles R — r, gives for the
Preflure of the Column of Air R — r proceeding
from Gravity R — r, and the Preflure proceeding

. R — r xv v

from the centrincal Forces -■ — =— , wherein

R+rxS

R — r being a Fa&or common to both, may be
thrown out of the Expreflion : And fince the Ve-
locities produced from different Preflures are as the
fquare Roots of the Preffures, the Velocity Gravity
would give from the natural Weight or Preflure of

R — r

( 4^ )

sg.^__r will be to the Velocity the fame Column
would have from the PrelTure occafioned by the

centrifugal Force,

as

^ — , f v <v )

V i ,1 or i to V — I-

R — rxV

Laftly, Since the Velocity proceeding from the
Aftion of Gravity upon a Column = R — r, is al-
ways a known Quantity ; it may be call’d = a (e-
■-qual in this Cafe to if. 38 Ft. per Second) andconle-
cjuently the PrelTure proceeding from the centrifugal

Force will be a x — 1 or, av x y/ - —

R — rxil R — rxS

or; — . er:. : That is , in this Machine

VR-rxS

15. 38 x 16. 71 _ „ „ . . .

• — - — - = 49. 67 Ft. per Second. And if we

V 4. if X 16. I

add to this the Velocity of the outer Circle in the
Tangent of which the Air efcapes, which (in the
Suppofition we made of two Revolutions in a Se-
cond) is 44 Feet per Second, we fhall have =93.67
Feet per Second.

N. B. This Calculation fuppofes the Bore of the
Sucking-Pipe fufficiently great to furniih as much
Air as would elcape, according to this Velocity ;
but in this Machine the Sucking- Pipe being no
greater than the Ajutage or Blowing-Pipe, the Ve-
locity proceeding from the PreiTure occafioned by
the centrifugal Force, and from the Velocity in the
the Tangent (which may be reprefented by a Column
of Air of fufficient Height to give the Velocity of
93.67 Ft. which is 145.881 Ft.) muft be divided

( 47 )

into two equal Parts, one half employed in fucking,
and the other in blowing ; therefore the Half of
145-. 88i Feet, which is 71.941 Feet, will reprefenc
t he Height of a Column of Air, that would occafion
the fame PrefTure with which the centrifugal Force
and the circular Motion ad in this Machine ; and
a Column of this Height producing a Velocity of
68. fs Feet per Second. This Number will expreft
the Velocity with which the Air is fucked into the
Wheel •, and the fame Number will alfo exprefs the
Velocity of the Air out of the Blower, proceeding
from the centrifugal Force, and the circular Velocity
of the outer Circle, which is the real Velocity of
the Stream of Air out of the Blower of this Ma-
chine, viz. 68. 53 Feet per Second, which is at the
Rate of a Mile in about 77 Seconds, or about
7 Miles in 9 Minutes.

Ill.T^ellfeso/ the foregoirigMach'me^communicated
in a Letter to Cromwell Mortimer, A/. ©.,
S. Seer. Feb. 13, 1 7 3 i. from the fame .

SIR,

According to my Promife I fend you a further-
Account of my centrifugal Wheel, which is
now fix’d in a Room above the Houle of Commons,,
to draw away the hot Steam arifing from the Candles,
and the Breath of the Company in the Houfe, when,
it is very full, in warm Weather; as alfo afterwards

( 48 )

to drive in a Stream of frefh Air, to fpread uniformly
all over the Houfe, by coming in at the middle of
the Cieling.

The Uies of this Machine for fick Rooms, for
Prifons, for warming, cooling, or perfuming any
Chambers at a diftance, were fpoken of in the Ex-
planation of the Model I lliew’d the Society. The
Machine may alio ferve in a Man of War, to take
away the foul Air between Decks, occafion’d by the
Number of Men in the Ship, and to give them frelh
Air in a few Minutes. In every Part of the VefTel
every foul Hole may be render’d wholefome, and
even the Stench and foul Air from the Surface of
the Bulge-Water may be carried of. In regard to
Mines, the Machine mud prove of excellent Ufe ;
for as the Damps (either fulminating, which taking
Fire, deftroy the Men and ruin the Works, or ar-
fenical, which kill by their poifonous Nature) are
fome (pacifically lighter, and fome fpecifically heavier
than common Air, this centrifugal Wheel can in a
little Time drive down Air through wooden Trunks
(or Launders) of feven Inches bore, in fuch Quan-
tities into the deepeft Mines, as to caufe all the light
Damp to come out at the Top of the Pit ; or, by
only altering two Sliders, luck away all the heavy
poifonous Damp, whilft wholefome Air goes down
from above Ground into the Pit, fo as to fill all
the fubterraneous Caverns with frelh and wholefome
Air.

Likewife a great many of the Difficulties which
attend the carrying on fubterraneous Palfages for the
Conveyance of Water from Mines (call’d Soughs,
Adits, or Drifts) may be remov’d by the Help of this

Wheel ;

( 49 )

Wheel ; for the frelh Air may be driven in a very
little Time to the Place where the Men are at work,
though at theDiftance of a, 3, or 4 Miles, and there-
fore allb to any intermediate Space ; whereas the
Practice now is, either to make a double Drift with
Communications between the two for the Circula-
tion of the Air, or to fink perpendicular Shafts or
Pits from the Top of the Hill over the Adit ; both
which Methods are very expenfive, and (I dare lay)
will, upon Tryal, be out-done by the Application of
my Machine. I am,

SIR,

1 2"our moji humble Servant,

J. T. Defaguliers,

IV. The Cafe of a Cataleptick Woman : Com-
municated to the Royal Society by Richard
Reynell, Apothecary , London.

/tNN Bullard, a Servant, about one and twenty
Years of Age, had been for lbme time irregular
in her Menfes , and very much afflicted for the Lois
of a Friend. July the Tenth, 1730. Ihe complain-
ed of a Pain in her Head, Sicknefs in her Stomach,

G with

( 5° )

with a general Diforder ; and took Gafcoign's Pow-
der for a Sweat : Next Morning, July the Eleventh,
about Nine o’Clock, fhe was found in Bed, fenfe-
Ids, ftifF, and void of Feeling, with her Eyes fhut ;
and, upon the firft Surprize, it was thought fhe was
dead. When I came, I found her in a true Cata-
leptick Fit , fenfelefs, without Motion, her Limbs
very ftiff^ but warm, and not eafy to be bent ; but
in whatever Pofture any Limb was put, it continued
in the fame, whether eredf, or reclined : Her Relpi-
ration was good, but her Pulfe low, and irregular ;
die had no Catchings, or convulfive Motions, but
could not, by any Means ufed, be brought to her-
felf (in any refpeft. ) A Vein was opened in the
Arm, and twelve Ounces of Blood taken away ;
flie bled freely, and came a little to herfelf, but
could not fpeak. I then gave her this Draught :
Aq. Menth . Rut a. Bryon. Co. a. 3vj. Sal . volat.
Corn. C. Sac char. Albijft. 3 ij. f. hauft. and
five Spoonfulls at pleafure of the following Julep:
fy. Aq. Buleg. Rut a. Menth.'a . Aq. Bryon . Co.

Nephrit. a- 5ifi fin ft. Gaft or. 3 ij. Sac char. Albijft.
q. ft. f. Julapium. In a few Hours fhe came to
herfelf: I then asked her, whether file knew how
flie was taken ? She replied, that fhe had been
reftiefs and uneafy till about Four o’ Clock in the
Morning, when fhe believed flie fell into the Dif-*
order flie was found in ; but remember’d nothing
that had happened befides. She complained of a
Dizzinefs in her Head, with a violent Pain in the
Fore part of it, and Sicknefs in her Stomach, and
was a little feverifh. I gave her the following Vomit
at Four o’ Clock in the Afternoon : Aa. Cardin

( 5‘ )

bened. 3j. ‘Pulv.Ipecacttanh.zQs. Vitriol, alh.depurat.
gr. vj. Oxym. Scillit. 3ifi f. haufl. The Vomit
work’d kindly, and Ihe feemed relieved by it ;
About Six o’ Clock in the Evening another Fit re-
turned, much in the lame Manner as before ; but
Hie loon came out of it, and then took the Draught
with the Volatile Salt of Harts-horn, as before ; and
I applied a large Blifter to her Back, and two more
to her Arms : About Nine the fame Evening Ihe
had a ftrong Convulfion Fit, with Catchings, Grind-
ing of the Teeth, and a great Tremor, neither of
which Ihe had had before : Ihe had a Stool the
preceding Night, but none that Day. I gave her
the Draught as follows, at Night going to reft :
R Tinff. Hier. cum Vino faff sij. ,/lq. Menth. 3 vj.
Spt. Lavend. Co. 3 & f. hauji. and lire continued
taking the Draught, with the Volatile Salt, &c.
every four Hours. July the Twelfth, Hie had been
light-headed all Night, with little or no Reft ; the
Blifters were drefled, which dilcharged plentifully,
and the Tintfture had given her three Stools in the
Night, which had made her a little faint ; her Pulle
was low, and her Water pale. I faw her in the
Evening, when Ihe had flept pretty well, with
which Ihe was refrelhed ; the Pain in her Head but
little, her Stomach eafy, and I found her in every
refped better. The Draughts were continued every
fix Hours, and ihe took of the Julep before men-
tioned, when faint or ill. July the Thirteenth in
the Morning, I found her Head eafy, her Water
higher coloured ; Ihe was allowed Broth, and Food
of eafy Digeftion, which agreed very well with
her : She late up in the Afternoon, but was faint,

G 2. and

( 5 1 )

and her Head giddy ; but when in Bed, fhe was
better : She had no Stool that Day. I gave her a
Draught with the Volatile Salt, &c. at Night going
to reft, and the following Purge the next Morning.
1^ Tinff. Hier . cum Vino faff. 5i f3> Syr. e Spina
Cerv. Aq. Title g. T. 7>\) Spt. Lavend. Co. 3j f
bait ft. cum regimme cap. July the Fourteenth, the
Purge worked five times ; ihe eat a light Dinner,
and was eafy ; but upon walking about the Room,
her Head was giddy, and fhe trembled very much,
hut when in Bed, fhe was better. I gave her the
following Draught at Night going to reft : Aq.

Rut# Tuleg. Bryon. Co. d. 3vj. Spt . Corn. C. opt.
gutt. 40. Tinff. Cafior . 3j. Sacchar. Albifs. panlit ■-
him f hauft . July the Fifteenth lhe complained*
when up, of a Numbneft in her Legs, and a Prick-
ing in them, like to what happens when the Legs
are what we commonly call afleep : Her Appetite
was better, and lhe was in every refpeeft amended.
She took the following Medicines : Tulv. rad.

Valerian Sylv. 3ij. T. Cafior . Ruff. 3j. Afie foetid. 3j.
Tinff. Cafior . q.s. f. Maffa Tilular. cujus formeti -
tur Tilul. No. 40. of which fhe took four twice
a day with a fmail Draught of this Julep : ^ Aq.
Ceraf. Nigr: svj. Aq. Rut a. T<eon. Co. d. 5ij. Spt.
Lavend. Co. 3vj. Syrup. Caryoph. q.s. f. Julap.
of which flie took likewife five Spoonfuls at plea-
fure. The Blifters were kept running as long as we
could ; and when they were dried up, July the
Nineteenth, I gave her the fame Purge as before. July
the Twenty-fecond, fhe had continued very well,
without any Return of a Fit ^ but upon cutting an
IfTue in her Arm, ihe fell into a third Fit, in which

fhe

< 55 >

foe continued near two Hours, but then came to
herfelf, and was well that Evening. July the Twenty-
ninth the Purge was repeated. Auguft the Sixth ihe
complained of a Pain in her Head, Sicknefs in her
Stomach, and feme Days before, fhe had a Shew of
the Menfes , and had vomited near a Pint of Blood,
and was coftive : I then advifed her to take two
Spoonfuls of Tin Slur a Sacra , every or every other
Night going to Bed, as Hie found it neceflary, and
forty of the following Drops : Spt. G G. opt .

3iij. TinSl. Helkb. Nigr . 3 v. to be taken twice a Day
in Chamomile-Tea. She took thefe Medicines about
three Weeks, which anfwered Expe&ation, and I
left her well. I faw her about twelve Months after,
and Hie told me. Hie had continued very well ever
fince»

“ Catalepfis tam rarus affe&us eft, ut credant in-
“ ter centum, imo Sexcentos, vix unum Medi-
“ cum reperiri, qui Catalepticum aliquem vi-
u derit ; ideoque Hiftorise Catalepticorum, fi
il occurrant, diligenter annotandae.

Sennertus, Med.'Praft. x. r. 30.

V. Some

( 54 )

y.. Some Thoughts on the Operation of the Fiftula
lacrymalis. By Francis-Jofeph Hunauld,
M 2). K % S. Regius Brofejfor of Ana-
tomy and Surgery , and Member of the Royal
Academy ol Sciences at Paris. Commu-
nicated to the Royal Society in a Letter to
Tho. Stack, M D.

I Omit givingthe Hiftory of the Fijlula lacrymalis ,
of the different Species of the Diftemper, or the
various Methods of treating it, as Things fufficient-
ly known ; and fliall only remark, that the Intention
In deftroying the Os unguis , and Saccus lacrymalis ,
through which the Tears naturally deftil into the
Nofe, is to procure them a new Paflage thither, by
the Hole thus artificially made. Wherefore, in or-
der to keep the Sides of this Hole afunder, to pre-
vent its filling up, and render the Flelh, which forms
its Circumference, hard, and as it were callous, a
Tent made of prepared Sponge, &c. is put into
this new Paflage, and is continued therein a Month
or two. However, this Precaution, notwithftand-
ing it happens but too often, that the Tears, in-
ftead of keeping the Road prepared for them with
fuch Care, flow over the lower Eye-lid, as before
the Operation, and occafion a Weeping, which is
now become pad Remedy.

’Tis eafy to prove, that thofe very Means, which
are ufed after the Operation to make the Tears
deftil into the Nofe, are generally the Caufe of the

fub-

( 55 )

iubfequent Weeping : For by filling the Wound with
fmall Pledgets, and putting a Tent into the Hole
that was made, the Orifice of the little common
Canal, that ferves to convey the Tears into the
Duffus lacrymalis , luffers a Compreflure, and is
render’d hard, thick and callous ; whereby, as its
Diameter is very fmatl, it is eafiiy flopp’d up. The
Contufion made on this little Orifice, and round a-
bout it, brings on a Suppuration j after which the
Parts coalefce, and the Orifice of this fmall Canal
clofes up. The Tus or Sanies , that in the Courfe
of the Diftemper flow’d back both through the com-
mon Canal, and the fmall Canals, which are a Con-
tinuation of the Tunffa lacrymalia , has fometimes
eccafion’d Excoriations ; in confequence of which
happens a Regeneration of Flefh during the Drefl
fings, a fmall matter whereof is fufficient to flop up
fuch flender Duds. In fine, thole finall Canals,-
through which nothing pafles for a Month or two,
that the Dreflings laft, cither clofe by their proper
Springinefs, or their Diameters are leilen’d by their
fmall Vefiels becoming varicous. ’Tis certain, that
Injedions are fometimes made through the Tuntta
lacrymalia j but the propelling Force of thefe In-
jedions overcomes thofe Refiftances, which the
Caule that naturally drives theTears into the ‘VunEia
lacrymalia , is not in a Condition to get the bet-
ter of.

Thus it appears from the Detail of the Accidents
I have enumerated, and which generally happen,
more or lefs, that while the Artift is endeavouring
to preferve a clear Paflage for the Tears into the
Nofe, he labours, without defigning it, to flop the

Entry

( 5* )

Entry of the upper Part of their Canal. I hope
now to make appear, that the beft way to avoid
part of thefe Accidents, and keep open the new
Canal from the Eye to the Nofe, is precifely to
do nothing. This is what Experience has confirm’d
mein, and what likewife Theory, well underftood,
will give us a clear Conception of.

’Tis a Thing not very eafy to determine, how
the Tears, and the Liquid that is continually found
on the Surface of the Eye, in order to preferve the
Cleannefs and Tranfparency of the Cornea , can pafs
through the Ptmila lacrymalia . ’Tis moreover

obferved, that when one lies in Bed, this Liquid
enters into thofe PunEia lacrymalia , which in that
Pofition are higher than the Eye, as well as into the
!P tin £la lacrymalia of the oppofite Eye. The Afcent
of Liquors in capillary Tubes above the Level, might
be propofed to explain this lafl: FacSt. One might
alfo in certain Circumftances imagine the Road
which the Tears keep, to pafs from the Eye into
the Nole, to be a Sy$hon% the Ihort Leg of which
is divided into two. ’Tis ftrange that thefe two
Ideas, which (trike by their Simplicity, have not
been offer’d by any one hitherto. It muff be al-
low’d, however, that they are not entirely fufficient
to account for the ‘Phenomenon under Confidera-
tion. The following Rationale feems to me quite
as fimple, and more accurate.

The Air prefent at the Orifices of all theDudts,
which have any Communication with the Trachea ,
is by its proper Weight determined to enter them,
when the Refiftance happens to be diminilh’d. Thus
as, during Infpiration, it pafies through the Mouth

and

( 57 )

and Noftrils, fo it likevvrfe enters the Tunffa lacry -
malia ; and muft neceflarily carry with if, towards
the Punffia lacrymalia and their fmall Canals, the
Moifture that lubricates the Surface of the Ball of
the Eye, as it mixes with it. Therefore it is eafy
to perceive already, that in order to preferve to the
Tears their new and artificial Road into the Nofe,
one need only commit the whole Care to the con-
tinual Paflage of the Air and Tears. ’Tis well
known in good Surgery, that Tis very difficult, not
to fay impoffible, to effed a re-union in a Part, that
ferves as an Emundory to a Liquor conftantly flow-
ing to it.

Now let us examine, if Nature alone can flop the
Hole made by the Operation. It will not be ima-
gined, that from the Remains of a bony Lamina , fo
thin as the Os Unguis, a fufficient Quantity of
offifying Juice can work out to flop it up. The Te-
rioftium and Saccus lacrymalis are too much lacera-
ted, to think it poffible for them to repair of them-
felves what they had loft. Nor will it be believed,
that the Membrana pituitaria can eafily fill up the
Hole made in it. Thofe are the Parts concern’d in
the Operation : But even if they are granted to be
more difpofed to a Re-produdion than they really
are, ftill the Air and Tears will always be able to
preferve themfelves a Paflage into the No fe.

Wherefore, after having deftroy’d the Saccus la-
crymalis and Os Unguis , inftead of introducing an
extraneous Body capable of making the Orifice of
the fmall common Canal into the UuSlus lacrymalis
become callous, and of drawing on a Suppuration, the
Communication between the Nofe and Eye muft be

H left

( 58 )

left entirely difengaged, and Liberty by this means
be given to Refpiration to make both the Air alone,
and the Air mix’d with the Tears, to pafs continu-
ally through ir.

In fine, the Action of thele Fluids may be alfilted
by the Application of Collyriums , and by making
frequent Injections into the ‘P unci a lacrymalia ;
which, befides the common Effefts that may be na-
turally expedted from them, will contribute to pre-
vent the Juice, that re-unites the Wound made in
the Skin, from over-ftreightening the Canal.

VI. Concerning the Caufe of the General Trade-
Winds : ©y Geo. Hadley, Effc F. 5.

I Think the Canles of the General Trade-Winds
have not been fully explained by any of thofe
who have wrote on that SubjeCt, for want of more
particularly and dillindtly confidering the Share the
diurnal Motion of the Earth has in the Produ&ion
of them : For although this has been mention’d by
fome amongft the Caules of thofe Winds, yet they
have not proceeded to lhew how it contributes to
their Production ; or elfe have applied it to the Ex-
plication of thele Phenomena, upon fuch Princi-
ples as will appear upon Examination not to be
fufficient.

That the ACtion of the Sun is the original Caule
of thefe Winds, I think all are agreed ; and that it

does

( 59 )

does it by caufing a greater Rarefadion of the Air
in thofe Parts upon which its Rays falling perpen-
dicularly, or nearly fo, produce a greater Degree of
Heat there than in other Places ; by which means
the Air there becoming fpecifically lighter than the
reft round about, the cooler Air will by its greater
Denfity and Gravity, remove it out of its Place to
fucceed into it its felf, and make it rife upwards.
But it feems, this Rarefadion will have no other
Effed than to caufe the Air to rulh in from all Parts
into the Part where ’tis moft rarefied, efpecialiy
from the North and South, where the Air is cooleft,
and not more from the Eaft than the Weft, as is
commonly fuppofed : So that, fetting afide the di-
urnal Motion of the Earth, the Tendency of the
Air would be from every Side towards that Part
where the Sun’s Adicn is moft'intenfe at the Time,
and lb a N. W. Wind be produced in the Morning,
and a N. E. in the Afternoon, by Turns, on this
Side of the Parallel of the Sun’s Declination, and a
S. W. and S. E. on the other.

That the perpetual Motion of the Air towards
the Weft, cannot be derived meerly from the Adion
of the Sun upon it, appears more evidently from
this : If the Earth be fuppoled at Reft, that Motion
of the Air will be communicated to the fuperficial
Parts, and by little and little produce a Revolution
of the Whole the fame Way, except there be the
fame Quantity of Motion given the Air in a con-
trary Diredion in other Parts at the fame Time,
which is hard to fuppofe. But if the Globe of the
Earth had before a Revolution towards the Eaft,
this by the fame means muft be continually retard-

H 2 cd -•

( 6o )

ed : And if this Motion of the Air be fuppofed to
arifb from any ACtion of the Parts of it on one
another, the Confequence will be the fame. For
this reafon it feems neceffary to fhew how tbefe
Phenomena of the Trade-Winds may be caufed,
without the Production of any real general Motion
of the Air weftwards. This will readily be done
by taking in the Confideration of the diurnal Mo-
tion of the Earth : For, let us fuppofe the Air in
every Part to keep an equal Pace with the Earth in
its diurnal Motion ; in which Cafe there will be no
relative Motion of the Surface of the Earth and Air,
and confequently no Wind ; then by the Action of
the Sun on the Parts about the Equator, and the
Rarefaction of the Air proceeding therefrom, let
the Air be drawn down thither from the N. and S.
Parts. The Parallels are each of them bigger than
the other, as they approach to the Equator, and the
Equator is bigger than the Tropicks, nearly in the
Proportion of rooo to 917, and confequently their
Difference in Circuit about 2083 Miles, and the
Surface of the Earth at the Equator moves fo much
fafter than the Surface of the Earth with its Air at
the Tropicks. From which it follows, that the Air,
as it moves from the Tropicks towards the. Equator,
having a lefs Velocity than the Parts of the Earth
it arrives at, will have a relative Motion contrary
to that of the diurnal Motion of the Earth in thofe
Parts, which being combined with the Motion to-
wards the Equator, a N, E. W ind will be produc’d on
this Side of the Equator, and a S.E. on the other.
Thefe, as the Air comes nearer to the Equator, will
become Wronger, and more and more Eafterly, and

be

( <5 1 )

be due Eafl at the Equator itfeif, according to Ex-,
perience, by reafon of the Concourfe of both Cur-
rents from the N. andS. where its Velocity will be
at the rate of 2083 Miles in the Space of one Re-
volution of the Earth or Natural Day, and above
1 Mile and j in a Minute of Time ; which, is greater
than the Velocity of the Wind is fuppofed to be in
the greateft Storm, which according to Dr. T)erham'$
Obfervations, is not above 1 Mile in a Minute.
But it is to be confidered, that before the Air from
the Tropicks can arrive at the Equator, it muft
have gained fome Motion Eaft ward from the Surface
of the Earth or Sea, whereby its relative Motion
will be diminifhed, and in leveral fucceffive Cir-
culations, may be fuppofed to be reduced to the
Strength it is found to be of.

Thus I think the N.E. Winds on this Side of the
Equator, and the S.E. on the other Side, are fully
accounted for. The fame Principle as neceffarily
extends to the Produ&ion of the Weft Trade-Winds
without the Tropicks ; the Air rarefied by the Heat
of the Sun about the Equatorial Parts, being re-
moved to make room for the Air from the cooler
Parts, muft rife upwards from the Earth, and as it
is a Fluid, will then fpread itfeif abroad over the
other Air, and fo its Motion in the upper Regions
muft be to the N. and S. from the Equator. Being
got up at a Diftance from the Surface of the Earth,
it will foon lofe great Part of its Heat, and thereby
acquire Denfity and Gravity fufficient to make it
approach its Surface again, which may be fuppofed
to be by that Time ’tis arrived at thofe Parts be-
yond the Tropicks where the wefterly Winds are

found.

( 6t )

found. Being fuppos’d at firft to have the Velocity
of the Surface of the Earth at the Equator, it will
have a greater Velocity than the Parts it now arrives
at ; and thereby become a wefterly Wind, with
Strength proportionable to the Difference of Ve-
locity, which in feveral Revolutions will be redu-
ced to a certain Degree, as is faid before, of the
Eafterly Winds, at the Equator : And thus the Air
will continue to circulate, and gain and lofe Veloci-
ty by Turns from the Surface of the Earth or Sea,
as it approaches to, or recedes from the Equator.
I do not think it neceflary to apply thefe Principles
to folve the Phenomena of the Variations of thefe
Winds at different Times of the Year, and different
Parts of the Earth ; and to do it would draw this
Paper into greater Length than I propofe. From
what has been faid it follows :

Firft, That without the AfTiftance of the diurnal
Motion of the Barth, Navigation, efpecially Eafterly
and Wefterly, would be very tedious, and to make
the whole Circuit of the Earth perhaps impracti-
cable.

Secondly , That the N. E. and S, E. Winds within
theTropicks muft be compenfated by as much N.W.
and S. W. in other Parts, and generally all Winds
from any one Quarter muft be compenfated by a
contrary Wind lome where or other ; otherwTife
ibme Change muft be produced in the Motion of
the .Earth round its Axis.

VI L An

( <3 )

VII .An Account of the Jeveral Earthquakes
which have happen’d in New-England, jince
the firjl Settlement of the Englifli in that
Country , efpecially of the lajl, which happen’d
on O&ob. 29, 1727. Communicated to the
Royal Society £jPaul Dudley, Effa F.^S.
in a Letter to the Secretary. *

%

SIR , Roxbury, Nov. 13, 1717.

YOU will doubtlefs from the publick Prints
have an Account of the terrible Earthquake
that happen’d here on the 29th of Ottoffer lafl in
the Night j however, I think it my Duty, and hope
it will be acceptable to the Society, to have the Par-
ticulars from one of their own Members.

That this Country is fubjed. to Earthquakes is
certain ; and we have been often admoniihed of it
fince the firft Settlement of the Englijh here, which
now is about an hundred Y ears. Our printed Books
and other good Records have taken notice of the
mod remarkable that have happen’d. The firft and
moft confiderable Earthquake that I find in our
Hiftory, and which feems to have been much like
our laft, was on the Second of June, 1638. This
is faid (by the Author, who was a Gentleman of
Character and Probity) “ to have been a great and

* See likewife an Account of this fame Earthquake in TranfaFU
N 0 409. p. 1 24,

fearful

)

( 64 )

«« fearful Earthquake : It was heard before it came,
u with a rumbling Noife or low Murmur like unto
u remote Thunder ; it came from the Northward,
“and palled Southward:, as the Noife approached
* near, the Earth began to quake ; and it came
at length with that Violence, as caufed Platters,
« Tyles, &c. to fall down ; yea, People were afraid
of their Houfes. The Shock was fo violent and
“ great, as that fome being without-doors, could
“ not ftand, but were fain to catch hold of
ic Ports, &c. About half an Hour after, or lefs,
“ came another Noife and Shaking, but not fo loud
i4 nor ftrong as the former : Ships and Veffels in
€t the Harbour were fhaken, In 1658, there

was another very great Earthquake, but no Par-
ticulars related. In 1660, January 31ft, a great
Earthquake. In 1661, January 26th, about Six
o’clock at Night, there happen’d an Earthquake,
which fliook the Houfes, cauied the Inhabitants to
run out into the Streets, and the Tops of feveral
Chimnies fell down. About the Middle of the
fame Night was another Shake ; alfo in the Morning
following the Earth Ihook again. In 1665 , and in
1668, and 1669, the Earth was fhaken 5 fince which
\$e have alfo had feveral Tremors of the Earth, but
not very confiderable ; fo that our People began to
hope we fhould hear no more of them. But we are
now convinced to purpofe, that Ncw-England
is ftill liable to the fame Terror and Defoiation
that other Countries are from thefe extraordinary
Motions of the Earth

I now proceed to give the bert Account I can of
our late terrible Earthquake, which has fo juftly

amazed

( 6s )

amazed and terrified the Inhabitants from one End
of the Country to the other. The firfl Thing I ihall
begin with is to give a fliort Account of the Weather
or Seafon preceding the Earthquake : Our Winter
in January and February was very moderate, and
excepting a few cold Days, the Weather was plea-
fant, and no great Froft in the Ground. In the be-
ginning of March we had a great deal of Snow, and
lome cold Weather, which foon went over ; and
on the nth Day, 15* Minutes after Four o’Clock,
the Sun was eciipfed about five Digits, as near as I
could make it without an Inftrument • after which
to the End of the Month we had pleafant Weather,
Rain at times, and once we had Thunder and Light-
ning. April for the moft part had fair pleafant
Spring Weather, and a plentiful Rain in the begin-
ning and latter end of the Month. The Beginning
of May was alfo pleafant Weather ; the 9th, 10th,
and 13 th a great deal of Rain : The 1 8th a white
Frofl : 24th and 25th cold Weather ; from thence
to the End of the Month very dry. The Beginning
of June the fame ; abundance of Thunder, and
Lightning at times during the whole Month. In
July alfo, though we had fome Show ers in different
Places, yet in general it was a very dry Seafon, and
a great deal of Thunder and Lightning alfo this
Month ; the three laft Days of it fo violent hot,
that there was no working or travelling by Day, or
Beeping by Night : The Beginning of Augujl was
alfo exceeding hot, and in particular the firfl Day at
Night from the Evening to Midnight we had a con-
tinued Corufcation or Lightning all round the Hori-
zon ; the like fcarce ever remember’d : it was truly

I terrible.

( « )

terrible^ though the Thunder was not fevere. Dry
Weather continued to the iothf and then we had
a plentiful Rain all over the Province, but our hot
Weather held on to the End of the Month; and
till about the Middle of September we had very hot
Weather : So that take it all together, 1 have never
known fa much hot Weather in any one Summer in
my Time On the 16th of September we had iuch
a violent Storm from the North-Eaft, as was never
remember’d, f°r the Fiercenefs and Strength of the
Wind ; it blew down Houfcs, Barns, and an infi-
nite Number of Trees in our Orchards and Woods ;
a great deal of Rain alfo then fell. In the Month
of October , preceding the Earthquake, we had a
pretty deal of cold Weather ; on the 2 3d a great
deal of Rain, with the South Wind ; on the 25th
at Night, a hard Fred ; on the 26th winterifh Wea-
ther, and a little Snow ; 28th cold, the Wind at
North-Well: : Lord’s- day 29th, the Wind at North-
Weft, though little of it* but cold ; in the Evening
quire calm and a dear Sky.

By this fhort Journal of the Weather the Learned
will be able in feme rneafure to fay, how far our
Earth might be difpos’d to, or prepar’d for the Earth-
quake that followed-; firft by a longT continued
Brought and extreme Heat, whereby the Earth be-
came more porous, and abounded with Exhalations
or Vapours inflamed, and which afterwards being
fhut up by the fucceeding great Rains and Froft,
and thereby hinder’d from an ordinary and eafy
Paflage through the Pores and common Vents of
the Earthj worked fb much more forcibly and ter-
ribly upon one another. But Philofophers not be-
ing
a

( ^7 )

ing yet agreed on the Nature or certain Caufes of
Earthquakes, I pafs bn to the fecond Thing which
I propofed to enquire into, viz. what Kind or Sort
of Earthquake ours was. Gilbertus Jacchaus in
his Infiitutmm Phyjica, cap. Terra Mot us di~
ftinguifhes Earthquakes into four Species ; where-
in he agrees with Arijiotle and Tltny, with whom
the firft Species is a Shake or Trembling, and by
them liken’d to the fliaking Eit of an .Ague, I can-
not yet hear of any Breach or Opening of the Earth,
through the whole Extent of our Earthquake. It
has been faid by feme that were abroad, that the
Earth fenfibly rofe up, and fo Tank down again ;
but I much queftion the Truth of it ; for if there
had been any fuch Succuftion to raiie the Earth to
any confiderablc Height, the Houfes would certain-
ly have tumbled down, or the the Exhalation forced
its Way by fome Breach. Nor was our Motion of
the Earth that which Ariftotle and ‘Pliny call a
a Pulfe or an intermittent Knocking, but one con-
tinued Shake or Trembling ; and therefore muft be
ranked under the firft Species, viz. a Tremor or
Shake, without altering the Pofition of the Earth,
and left all things in the fame Poflure in which it
found them, except the falling down of the Tops
of fome Chimnies, Stone Walls, &c. without doors ;
Dilhes and fome other Things within doors 5 which
I fhall obferve when I come to Ipeak of the Degree
of the Shake.

That our Earthquake was of the firft Species is
alfo proved from the Sound that accompanied it,
fince tremulous and vibrating Motions are proper
to produce Sounds which brings me to the third

I 2 Par-

( 6 8 )

Particular, viz. the Noife or Sound that accompa-
nied or immediately preceded our Earthquake. This
indeed was very terrible and amazing ; though I am
apt to think it was thought more confiderable by
thofe within doors, than fuch as were without in the
Air. Some of our People took this Noile to be
Thunder ; others compared it to the Ratling of
Coaches and Carts upon Pavements, or frozen
Ground. One of my Neighbours liken’d it to the
{hooting out of a Load of Stones from a Cart under
his Window. For my own Part, being perfectly
awake, though in Bed, I thought at firlt my Ser-
vants, who lodged in a Garret over my Chamber, #
were haling along a Trundle-bed : But, in truth, the
Noife that accompanies an Earthquake feems to be
forms fui generis, and there is no delcribing ft. This
Noife, as amazing as it was, in an Inftant of Time,
as one may fay, was fucceeded by a Shake much
more terrible. My Houfe, which is large and well
built, feemed to be fqueezed or prefs’d up together,
as though an hundred Screws had been at work to
throw it down • and fliook not only every thing in
the Houfe, particularly the Bed under me, but the
Building itfelf, and every Part of it fo violently for
the Time, that I was truly in great Fear it would
have tumbled down, and my Family perifhed in the
Ruin : But through the great Power and Mercy of
God, we received no Harm. ’Tis impoflible to de-
fcribe the Terror and Amazement that an Earth-
quake carries with it ; and though I had never felt
one before, yet I was thoroughly convinced what
it was at the very Time.

The

(

( <>9 )

The next Thing I proceed to is the Degree or
Greatnefs of the Shake. This will be beft known
from its Effeds. I have already mention’d the
falling of the Tops of Chimnies, DiJhes from
Shelves, China W are, Doors unlatched, Bells
jangling, Eeds trembling, Chairs moving, &c. A
Country Farmer tells me, he had forty or fifty
Rods of Stone Wall thrown down by it : And
though I acknowledge thefe Effeds are not very
confiderabie, yet I cannot but be- of opinion, that
©ur Earthquake for its Species was as violent and
terrible as any we meet with in Hiftory : And had
the Tremor continued a Minute longer, or been re-
peated in the like Degree, our Houles had doubtlefs
been many of them overthrown. One of my
Neighbours that was walking home at the very In-
flant, tells me, the Noife firft brought him to a hand,
and that during the Shake, the Earth trembled fo
under him, that he was fo far from attempting to
continue his Walk, that it was as much as he could
do to keep upon his Legs, and expeded every Mo-
ment the Earth would have open’d under him.
Another that was riding home, fays, that upon the
Noife the Earthquake made, his Horfe flood flock
flili, and during the Shake, trembled to that degree,
that he thought he would have fell under him. Our
Houfe-Dogs were alfb feofible and affeded with the
Earthquake ; fome of them barking, others howling,
and making flrange and unufual Noifes. Nor was our
Earth only affected with this Shake, but the Sea alfo
in our Harbours, and our Shipping final! and great
much moved with it. I don’t fhppofe it ever hap-
pens that Earthquakes of this kind, of any Extent,

( 70 )

are equal or alike in all Places ; and accordingly I
find by Information from our feveral Towns, that
the Shake was much more moderate in fome Parts of
the Country than others.

The Time and Duration of the Shock Our

Bofton News-Papers fix the Time at about forty
Minutes after Ten o’ Clock at Night : My own
Watch was not lo much by five Minutes ; but the
Clocks of the Town might be trued. The fird Day
of November' at Midnight, which was thnse Days
after the Earthquake, the Moon changed. As to the

Duration of the Shock itfelf Whatever others

may print or have printed, 1 can by no means fup-
pole it exceeded the Space of a Minute, if it was
io long ; I mean the fird and great Shock ; after
which in the fame Night we had four or five more
lefler Tremors ; and at fundry times fince the
Earth has trembled in different Places (even to this
13th of November) but without any confiderable
Effecds or Extent.

The lad Thing I have to mention is the Courfe
and Extent of the Earthquake, Bofton , the Metro-
polis of this Province, lies in the Latitude of 41 Deg.
z$ Min. North, and 4 Ho. 43 Jviin. to theWedward of
Jftondon ; as the Longitude between the two Places
was fettled by Mr .Thomas Brattle of this Country,
and Mr. Hodgfon of London many Years fince : And
making Bofton a Center, we have a certain Account
that our late Earthquake was felt in Kennebeck River
to the Eadward, and at Philadelphia to the Wed-
ward, one hundred and fifty Leagues didant one
from the other upon a W. S> W. and E. N. E. Courfe
neared : and no Part of the intermediate Country,

that

( 71 )

that I can under (land, efcaped the. Shake ; the
Colonies R bode* Ijlandv ConneEtjcu ^aqd -New- York ,
that lie between us and Penjylvania being all af-
fected, though not equally, particularly at Phila-
delphia they write, a final l Shock. As to the op-
posite Line or Latitude, as we may cal! it, of ti e
Earthquake, we have two noted Hands to the South -
Eaft, cal! ed Nan t ucket an d 'Martha rtf ineym:d^ about
* ninety Miles diftant from Bojion , and the firil named
lies about twelve Leagues into the Sea, diftant from
the main Land ; both thefe I Hands had the Earth-
quake. Our Englijb Settlements to wards the North-
Well:, don’t yet exceed forty or fifty Miles from
Bojton \ but they all of them had this Earthquake
very fenfibly ; and how far it might reach beyond
them towards Canada , we cannot yet fay. By this
Calculation 1 believe it will be found, that our Earth-
quake was of a much greater Extent, than any yet
taken notice of in Hiftory : As to the Courle of the
Earthquake, or where it firft began, I am not yet
able to determine by all the Information I can get :
For they write from Rhode -IJland, Connecticut ,
New-Tork , and Philadelphia , all to the Weftward,
that it was between the Hours* of Ten and Eleven at
Night. The fame again is affirm’d from Pifcataqua ,
Cafco-Bay, and Kennebec k River, which are to the
Eafhvard : So that as yet it feems to me, that the
Earth* through the whole Extent aforefaid, was
fliaken very near at the fame Time. Some of my
Neighbours are pofitive, that it came from the South-
ward ; while others again are confident, that where
they wer£, it came from the North. Bat this is not
to be wonder’d at, fmee, as I fuppofe, the fubtesr-

raneoas

( 71 )

fubterraneous Channels or Caverns, through which
the Exhalation paffes, are not in any one continued
ftreight Line, but branched out, and running upon
ail Points of the Compafs, especially in fuch a vaft
Extent of Land,

I am now come to the i8th of November , and
having met with fome further Particulars omitted in
the preceding Account : I fhall throw them into a
Pofticript.

A Neighbour of mine, that has a Well 3 6 Feet
deep, about three Days before the Earthquake,
was furprized to find his Water, that ufed to be very
lweet and lympid, (link to that degree, that they
could make no Uie of it, nor fcarcc bear theHoufe
when it was brought in ; and thinking fome Carrion
was got into the Well, he fearched the Bottom, but
found it clear and good, though the Colour of the
Water was turned wheyifli or pale. In about feven
Days after the Earthquake, hisWater began to mend,
and in three Days more return’d to its former Sweet-
nefs and Colour. Iam alfo very credibly inform’d,
that feveral Springs and good Watering-Places were
fome of them lower’d, and others quite funk and
loft with the Earthquake. A worthy Divine in a
Town about twenty Miles diftant from B oft on ,
allures me, that immediately after the Earthquake,
there was fuch a Stink or ftrong Smell of Sulphur,
that the Family could fcarce bear to be in the Houfe
for a confiderable Time that Night. The like is
confirmed alio from other Places. Perfbns of Credit
do alfo affirm, that juft before, or in the Time of
the Earthquake, they perceived Flalhes of Light.

A Gen*

( 73 )

A Gentleman of Probity, from Newbury^ a Town
firuate between thirty and forty Miles to the N. N. E.
of Bcjlon , writes word, that at forty Rods diftance
from his Houfe, there was a Fifiure of the Earth,
and near twenty Cart-Loads of fine Sand thrown
out where the Ground brake, and Water boil'd out
like a Spring, and mixing with the Sand, made a
fort of Quagmire ; but at the Date of his Letter,
which was the 2,1ft current, the Spring was become
dry, and the Ground doled up again. Since the
Receipt of this Letter, I underftand, that the Ground
where this Sand is thrown up, and round about
it for a confiderable Diftance, is a folid Clay for
twenty or thirty Foot deep, and nothing like Sand
ever to be found there before ; fo that the Exhala-
tion forced this great Quantity of Sand through a
very deep Stratum of Clay. I am alfo very well
latisfied, that the Earthquake was more violent in
the Towns to the North and North-Eaft of Bojlon ,
than in thofe to the Southward and Weft ward ; and
in fome of them that are rocky, the Earth Ihook but
a few Days fmce.

If any thing further worth communicating Ihouid
hereafter offer itfelf, I lhall tranfmit it : In the
mean time I hope what I have fent, will be received
by the Society with their ufual Candor and favour-
able Allowance, from their and your

Very affeftionate and humble Servant ,

K

Paul Dudley.

VIII. An

( 74 )

VIII. An Account of an extraordinary EjfeH of
Lightning in communicating Magnetifm.
Communicated by Pierce Dod, M. D. F. 5^. S'.
from Dr. Cookfon of Wakefield in York-
shire.

ATradefman in this Place having put up a great
Number of Knives and Forks in a large Box,
fome in Cafes or Sheaths, and others not, of dif-
ferent Sizes, and of different Perfons making, in
order to be fent beyond Sea ; and having placed the
Box in the Corner of a large Room, there happen’d
a fudden Storm of Thunder, Lightning, &c. by
which the Corner of the Room was damaged, the
Box fplit, and a good many Knives and Forks melted,
the Sheaths being untouch’d. The Owner emptying
the Box upon a Counter where fome Nails lay, the
Perfons who took up the Knives, that lay upon the
Nails, obferved that the Knives took up the Nails..
Upon this the whole Numbers was try’d, and found
to do the fame, nay, to fuch a degree as to take up
large Nails, Packing-Needles, and other Iron Things
of confiderable Weight. Needles or other Things
placed upon a Pewter-Difh, would follow the Knife
or Fork, though held under the Difli, and would
move along as the Knife or Fork was moved ; with
feveral other odd Appearances, which I won’t now
trouble you with, only this, that though you heat
the Knives red-hot, yet their Power is ftill the fame
when cold.

- You

( 75 )

You may be allur'd of the Truth of this, having
myfelf made a good many Trials of the Knives and
the Forks : How they came by this magnetick
Power, or how Lightning fhould be capable of com-
municating luch a Power, is the Quare,

Decern, 6th,

1712.

IX. A further Account of the extraordinary EffeEls
of the fame Lightning at Wakefield, ©y
Dr. Cookion. Communicated hy the fame.

THIS Storm of Thunder and Lightning hap-
pen’d the latter End of July , 1731. and not
only broke the Glafs and Iron Frames of the Crofs-
Chamber Windows, but at the fame time fplit fome
Studds in the Corner of a Wood-Houfe ; and paf-
fing into a Room, fplit likewife a large Deal Box,
which flood in the South Corner of the Room,
where the Lightning enter’d, and difperfed a great
many Dozen of Knives and Forks, which were put
up in the Box, all over the Room.

Upon gathering up thefe Knives and Forks, fome
of them were melted, others fnapp’d in funder ;
others had their Hafts burnt ; others their Sheaths
either fmged or burnt • others not ; But what was
mod remarkable, upon laying them on a Counter
where there were Iron Nails, Rings, &c. it was ob-
ferved, that when any of them were taken up, there

K 2 hung

( 76 )

hung a Nail or Ring at the End of each of them :
molt of them were try’d, and found to do the fame ;
but little further Notice being taken of them at that
Time, they were thrown afide as damag’d Goods.

Some Difcourfe concerning the Effeds of Thun-
der and Lightning happening to be the Subject of
Converfion in a Company, where the Owner of thele
Knives was not long ago, he told them what had
happen’d at his Houle, and particularly to the
Knives and Forks ; and being ask’d whether he had
any of them left, laid that he had ; and upon try-
al it was found that a good many of them were
pollefs’d of this magnetick Virtue.

Hearing of this, I went and found what was re-
lated, and what I fent you an Account of before,
ro be Fad-, and have now fent you a couple of
Knives and Forks, one for yourfelf, another for the
Royal Society.

The Whittle-Knife, with the Box-Handle, is that
which I would have you prefent to the Society ;
’tis an excellent one, and one of the belt : 1 had
thought to have kept it myfelf ; but if it will be ac-
ceptable to that famous Body, it will be much more
agreeable to me. They will perceive that it has
been ufed pretty much j and the Owner’s Son, who
gave it to me, told me, that he has made life of it
for almoft a Year and an half to all manner of Pur-
poles ; notwithllanding which it Hill retains the mag-
netick Virtue to an extraordinary Degree.

The Situation of the Room, Pofition of the Box
and Knives, and Diredion of the Lightning, may
pollibly contribute to a fuller Idea of the Matter :

Ilhall

( 77 )

I'fliall therefore prelume to give a Plan of them, an
Horizontal one, and fubmit it and the following
Quarks to theConfideration of that Learned Body.

A. The South Angle of the Room where the-
Lightning enter’d.

B. The Diredion of the Lightning.

C. The Polar or Magnetick Line.

D. The Box with the Knives lying in a Diredion
parallel to the longer Sides of the Box.

Quare , Whether the Knives and Forks lying in
fuch a Diredion as either to coincide, or make but
an acute Angle with the magnetick Line, might any
ways contribute to their imbibing this magnetick
Virtue •, fince a Bar of Iron placed in luch a Di-
redion, lhall in a fmall time receive a tranfient Po-
larity, and if it continue a long time in that Pofi-
tion, a fix’d and permanent one?

Quare,

( 78 )

Gjh/ere, Whether the Knives and Forks lying in
fuch a Pofition, and being violently heated by the
Lightning, might not, as they cool'd, ftrongly im-
bibe this magnetickVirtue ; fince a Bar of Iron heated
and placed in a certain Dire&ion to cool, will fooner
imbibe this Power than in the lame Diredtion cold ?

Qutere, The Polarity of the Compals has been
alter’d by Lightning, as it is to be feen in the ‘Philo -
fophical TranfaUtums : Now how Ihould Lightning
be capable of communicating liich a Power in this
Cafe, fince it is plain that it has taken it away in
another ?

FINIS.

LONDON:

Printed by W. Innys and R.Manbv, Printers
to the Royal Society, at theWefl End of St. Pauls.

MDCCXXXVI. -1

J.MyruteJc.

Numb. 438.

PHILOSOPHI CAL

TRANSACTIONS

For the Months of July, Auguft and Septem. 173

The CONTENTS.

I. The Defcription and life of an Arithmetical
Machine invented by Chriftian-Ludovicus
Gerften, F. % S. Frofeffor of Mathematicks
hi the Unt’Verfity of Gieflen. In/cribed to
Sit Hans Sloane, Fart* Frefident of the
Royal Society.

II. Of the Figure of the Earth, and the Variation:
of Gravity on the Surface^ <By Mr* James
Stirling, F.^.SV

Ill* Filtri Lapidis Mexicani Examinatio et Compa-
ratio cum aliis lapidibus fabta, qua denionftratur ,
nullum Vel exiguum ejus ufum effe in depuranda.
aqua per ilium colata: Auclors Abrahamo

Yatero, M. D. et *P. *?. Societ. Imper. 'Hat*
Cur. et <%eg. Britann- et Borufl. Socio.

IV. A

The CONTENTS.

IV. A Continuation of an Account of an Effay
towards a Natural Hiflory of Carolina and
the Bahama 1 [lands : By Mark Catesby,
F. With fome Extracts out of the f event h
Set. By Dr. Mortimer, <%.S. Secret.

Y, Halo ohferVatus Romae Anno m DCC XXXII.
' Die xi * Augufti d T>. Did. de Revillas,
egali Societati communicaVit Tho. Dere-
ham ’Bart .

E RRATA for RhilofophicalTr an factions, N® 437-

PAge 4 6. line 3. for R — r road R-4-r. Line 8. for
Preffure read Velocity- Lin. 9. forR — r read R + r,
in both Places. Lin. 10. for R— r read R + r.

L O N T) O N:

Printed by W. I n n y s and R. M a n b y, Printers
to the Royal Society , at theWeft End of St,Taul’s>

KDCCXXXVI.

( 79 )

I. The Defcription andXXk of an Arithmetical
Machine invented by Chriftian-Ludovicus
Gerften, K % S. Trofeffor of Mathematic ks
in the UniVerjity of GiejOfen. Infcribed to
Sir Hans Sloane, Bart. < Vrejldent of the

Royal Society. [See Tab. Fig. 1,233,4,5.]

SIR,

BEING at prefent on the Point of returning
Home, I think myfelf obliged before my
Departure, to return my humble Thanks to
that Learned Body the Royal Society , over which
you prefide, for the Honour they have lately done
me, in chufing me a Member ; and to make a
grateful Acknowledgment to you in particular,
for the many Favours and Civilities, which, accord-
ing to that amiable Character of Benevolence to all
Strangers in general, you have been pleafed to be-
llow on me.

It is now a Duty incumbent on me to communi-
cate to the Royal Society from time to time any
thing new and curious, which may fall in my way :
Therefore I now lay before them a Draught and De-
fcription of an Arithmetical Machine, which I in-
vented about twelve or thirteen Years ago.

Sir Samuel Morland was, for ought I know, the
firft who undertook to perform Arithmetical Opera-
tions by Wheel-work. To this end he invented
two different Machines, one for Addition and Sub -
JlraSlion , the other for Multiplication , which he
publilhed in London , in the Year 1 673, in J mail

L Twelves .

( 8o )

Twelves. He gives no more than the outward
Figure of the Machines, and fhews the Method of
working them. But as by this every one, who has
any Skiil in Mechanicks, will be able to guefs, how
the inward Parts ought to be contrived ; fo it can-
not be denied, that thefe are two different Machines,
independent of one another 5 that the laft, which
is for Multiplication , is nothing elfe but an Appli-
cation of the Neipperian Bones on flat moveable
Disks ; confequently that his Invention alone is not
fit to perform juftly all Arithmetical Operations.

After him the celebrated Baron de Leibnitz , the
Marchefe Toleni , and Mr. Leupold took this Un-
dertaking in hand, and attempted to perform it after
different Methods.

The firft publifhed his Scheme in the Year 1709,
in the Mifcellanea Berolinenfia , but then he gave
only the outward Figure of the Machine. Signor
Foleni communicated his, but explaining at the
fame time its inward Conftrudtion, in hi sMifcellanea
of the fame Year, 1709. Mr. Leupold's Machine,
together with thofe of Mr. de Leibnitz and Signor
Toleni , were inferred 'mhisTheatrum Arithmetico-
Geometricum , publifhed at Leipzig in 17x7, after
the Author’s Death, yet imperfedt, as it is owned
in the Book itfelf.

Befides thefe, I learned from feveral French
Journals, that Charles Fafcal invented one, which
however I never had the fight of.*

* The Defcription of this Machine is fince printed by M . Gallon in
his Colle&ion of Machines and Inventions approved by the Academy
of Sciences at Paris (publifhed in French at Paris, 1735. in Quarto, in
Six Tomes) in Tom. IV. p. 137 ; and likewife another by Al. Lefpine ,
Tom , IV. p. 131 3 and three more by Al, Hellerin de Boijlijj'andeau ,
lorn, V. p. 103, nifC? J2T *

I took

( 8i )

I took the Hint of mine from that of Mr. de
Leibnitz which put me upon thinking how the
inward Structure might be contrived : But as it was
not poiTibie for me to hit upon the original Ideas of
that Great Man, an exaCt Enquiry into the Nature
of Arithmetical Operations furniflied me at laft
with others, which I exprelTed in a rough Model
of Wood, and fhewed to fome Patrons and Friends,
who encouraged me to have another made of Brals :
But the want of an Artificer, able enough to execute
my Ideas, made me delay it till the Year 1725* ;
when having fpare Time, and finding an Inclination
to divert myfelf with Mechanical Operations, I fet
about it, and finilhed the whole Work, fitted to a
Reckoning not exceeding feven Places. And in
\ December of the fame Year, I had the Honour to
lay this Machine before my Sovereign, the prefent
Landgrave of HejfencDarmftadt^ and the Hereditary
Prince his Son, to whom I demonftrated the Me-
chanifm of the whole Invention.

I own that the gracious Reception it met with
from both their HighnelTes, as well as the exprefs
Recommendation of Mr. de Wieger , one of the
Prince’s Privy-Council, would have been powerful
Inducements for me to have publifh’d at that time an
Account of my Machine ; but I was checked by
the Uncertainty I was under, whether poflibly
Mr. Leibnitz? s Machine had not been brought to its
Perfection ; in which cafe there is no doubt but the
Operation of his Machine, if it would really per-
form what is promifed in the Defcription, would
have been eafier than mine, and confequenrly pre-
ferable to it, provided its Structure did not prove

L z too

( «» )

too intricate^ nor that the working of it took up
too much time.

But at prefent, being certain that none ol
Mr. Leibnitz's Invention has yet appeared in fuch
a State of Perfection, as to have anfwer’d the Effect
propofed, and that thefe of mine differ from all thole
mentioned above, fancying at the fame time, that
Perfons who underftand Mechanicks, will find it
plain, practicable, and exact, in regard to its various
Effects, I make no Scruple to prefent to the Royal
Society this Invention, the Produt of my younger
Years indeed, but now with the feveral Amend-
ments 1 have fince added to it, as a Mark of the
Refpect and Veneration 1 have for this illuftrious
Body.

The Particulars of it are as follows :

There are as many Sets of Wheels and moveable
Rulers as there are Places in the Numbers to be cal-
culated. Fig. i. lhews three of them, by which
one may eafily conceive the reft. A A lhews the
firft Syftem or the Figures of Unites, according to
its inward Stru&uie. B B and C C fhews the fecond
and third Syftem, viz. of Tens and Hundreds, ac-
cording to their outward Form. We lhall firft con-
fider A A ; where ccaoc is a flat Bottom of a Brafs
Plate, which may be skrewed on either upon a par-
ticular Iron Frame, or only upon a ftrong Piece of
Walnut-Tree, doubled with the Grain crofs’d. In
this Syftem are two moveable Rules gggg, and kkk ,
the firft of which I call the Operator, the fecond
the Determinator. There are befides two Wheel-
Works, the upper one is for Addition and Sub -
Jlra£lion} the lower one lerves for Multiplication

( 8? )

and 'Divijlon. The upper one is provided firfl with a,
an oblique Ratchet-Wheel of io Teeth, of what
Diameter you pleafe, on which, however, depends
the Length and Breadth of the Syftem itfelf. This
Wheel has a Stop r, with a depreffing Spring t\
Under the Wheel a is a fmaller Wheel b of the
fame Shape : Both a and b are rivetted together,
and fixed on a common Axis. Under the Wheel b
lies a third/, which is a common Tooth-Wheel of
20 or more Teeth, according as one pleafes : It is
larger than b , and fmaller than a , turns about the
fame Axis with the other two above it, and upon it
is fixed a Stop c, with the Spring d , which catches
the oblique Teeth of the Wheel b. Immediately
under this Wheel lies the upper Part of the Opera-
tor, which may be bell made of Iron or Steel. The ’
Wheels may all be of Brafs, except the upper one.
The Operator is of the fame Thicknefs all over,
and in its upper Part are fixed as many round Steel
Pins as there are Teeth in the Wheel f which are
to catch the Teeth of this Wheel, and move it
backwards and forwards. The Height of thofe
Pins ought exactly to anfvver the Thicknefs of the
Wheel/ The Axis of theW7heels a and b is kept
perpendicularly by the Bridget, which is skrewed
to the Bottom, as appears by the Figure. The
Operator gggg moves on the Side, above, and in
the Middle in two Brafs Grooves / i i and q q ; about
D it jets out, on which Projection a Piece of Iron h
muft be well faftened, having a ftrongPin, on which
the Handle z> fits, as you fee in the SyfiemB B. The
Side D itfelf Aides in another Groove s s, and in its
inner Corner joins to it the Determinacor k kk3 of

the

( S4 )

the fame Thicknefs with the Operator, the Shape
of which is fufficiently exprefled in the Figure.
This Aides alfo up and down, on the one Side in
the Groove s s, and v on the other Side, where it is
fmalleft, in a fmall Piece of Brafs %, and where it
is broadeA, above in the Operator itfelf* which is
either hollowed out into another Groove, or filed
off obliquely. The Aiding Part of the Determina-
tor ought afterwards alfo to be fitted to it. Its
chief Part is the Lock (landing perpendicular on
irs broad Part. I have drawn it leparately in Fig. 4.
B B, in which tffie Aiding Stop cy which is prefied
down by its Spring d , but raifed by the Tricker aa.
That Tricker has a Pin b , on which is skrewed on
the fmall Handle 1 1 (Fig* 1. in the Syftems BB and
CC.) In the Brafs Bottom A A (or act Fig. 1.) you
muft file out 10 Ratchet-Teeth or Kerfs, purpofely
for the Stop of this Lock, or, which is better, you
may infert into the Brafs Bottom a fmall Piece of Iron
filed out according to this Figure. The Partition
and Length of thefe Rachet-Teeth in the Bottom
muft fit exa&ly with the Circumference of the
Wheel/, (Fig. 1. Syftem A A,) with this Direction,
that if the Lock is kept by the uppermoft Tooth
in the Bottom, the Operator cannot be moved at
all ; but when by prefting down the Tricker a a,
( Fig. 4 ) the Determinator is flioved down, and is
flopp’d by the fecond or third Tooth in the Bottom,
the Operator being alfo drawn down as far as the
Determinator permits, makes the Stop c ( Fig. 1.
Syfl. A A) Aide over ion Teeth of the fecond
Wheel b ; confequently the fame Stop c, muft Aide
over 9 Teeth, when the Lock of the Determinator

will

( )

will (land before the ioth Tooth in the Bottom, and
the Operator is pulled down fo far. If you have a
mind to apply thefe Rachet-Teeth on the Outfide of
the Plate o 0, that covers the Whole, you may fit
the Lock to it accordingly : But in this Cafe the
Covering* Plate mud be well fattened.

For Multiplication and TDivifion, there is pro-
perly in each Syftem but one Wheel, like wife di-
vided into 10 Rachet-Teeth, on which is rivetted
the round Plate /, on which are engraved the Num-
bers or Figures : Thefe Wheels have no occafion
for any Bridge, but may turn about a ftrong Pin of
Steel, lolder’d to the Bottom. TheRachet-Wheel^^
refts on one Side upon the Determinator, and upon
a Piece of Brafs of the fame Thicknefs, to which
are fattened the Stop n> and the Spring /. Upon
the Operator is another Stop 0, with its Spring ;
which Stop has a fmall Arm at 0, which is checked
by a fmall Studd, to hinder the Spring’s prefling
the Stop lower down than it ought : By which
Contrivance it is fo order’d, that after the Operator
is Aid down fo far as it can go, in being Aid up
again, the Stop 0 will turn but one Tooth of the
Wheel m rn . The round Plate l has in its Middle a
fmall hollow Axis, on which are turned firft two
Shoulders, and then a Skrew : This Skrew in the
Syftem A A is an ordinary one, winding from the
left to the right.

But as each Syftem ought to have Communication
with the preceding one, though not with that which
follows ; to this end a projecting Tooth of Commu-
nication made of Steel $ is rivetted to the upper
Plane of the uppermoft Wheel a. This Tooth

2 mutt

( 16 )

muft be placed exa&ly on the Point of a Tooth of
the Wheel, and by its Revolution catches and turns
every time but one Tooth of the uppermoft Wheel
of the preceding Syftem, Aiding over the following
one (if there be any) without touching it. For this
reafon the Planes of the Brafs Bottoms in all the
Syftems ought to incline a little. This will belt ap-
pear from the Vertical Sedtion, Fig.x . (cut in Fig . i.
in the Dire&ion from h to/) in which a is the
Brafs-Bottom, HH the Wood-Bottom, g the Ope-
rator, i the Groove, f the third common Tooth-
Wheel, b the fecond Wheel, a the firft or upper-
moft Ratchet-Wheel, e the Bridge, © the Covering-
Plate, and $ the Tooth of Communication. I have
reprefented all thele Pieces of one Thicknefs ; but
every Artift will eafily know where to add or
take off

Fig. 5. ftiews the Plan and true Difpofition of the
Teeth in the feveral uppermoft Wheels ; that is to
fay, The Parallel Lines AB and CD ought always
to cut the Brafs Bottoms (which are like one ano-
ther in Length and Breadth) length-wife into two
equal Parts : Then the perpendicular Interfedlion
E F will determine the Centers a and b , of the two
Wheels H and G. The Stop r ought every time
to hold its Wheel in fuch a manner, that the Points
of two Teeth coincide with the Line AB or CD.
The Obliquity of the Teeth is the fame in both,
with this difference however, that in G, which is a
Wheel of the Syftem A A, (Fig. i.) they are cut
in from the left to the right, but in H (a Wheel of
the Syftem BB) from right to the left. I need not
take notice, that for making the Work more durable,

( 87 )

the Teeth are not to be cut out into quite (harp
Points, but blunted a little, as in the Wheel H.
The Nicety of the whole Machine chiefly confifts
in placing the Center a and b , or (which amounts to
the fame thing) after having chofen the Breadth of
the BrafsBottoms, in determining the Diameter of
the uppermoft Wheel : For if that fliould prove fo
large, as that the two Wheels H and G fliould very
near touch one another, the Tooth of Communica-
tion will be fhort, its Operation will be of a (mail
Force, and the Wheels themfelves will require a very
great Exa&nefs, left by turning about the Wheel H,
and the Tooth of Communication (landing in the
Pofition as it is reprefented in Fig . a Tooth of

the Wheel H may touch it, and flop the Motion,
Whereas,on the other hand,fuppo(ing the Centers at
the fame Diftance, and the Diameters of both Wheels
lefs, the Tooth of Communication will be longer:
then fuch an Exacftnefs is not requir’d in the Wheel,
yet more Force is neceflary for making the Tooth
of Communication lay hold the better. Furthermore,
it will be well for you to make the undermoft com-
mon Tooth-Wheel as large as you can.

From the Conftruction of this firft Syftem, with
which the 3d, 5th, 7th, &c. entirely agree, one may
eafily imagine the xd, 4th, 6th, 8th, &c. for every
thing there alfo is the lame, except only, that it is
inverted ; fo that what in the firft (lands on the
Right-hand, is on the Left in the fecond.

The Plate for Multiplication has on irs hollow
Axis, as it is faid before, two Shoulders, the lower-
mod of which is very (mall, the Sum of its Height,
the Thicknefs of the Plate of the Wheel mm, and of
^ M the

( 88 )

the Operator mud amount to as much as anfwers
to the Heighth of the Bridge ee. On both Ends
of the Brais-Bottoms, the two Piece of Brafs « «,
of the fame Height, are rivetted on. This being
done, at lad the Covering-Plates oo is prepared
and skrewed on the Piece of Brafs <r <[ If the
Machine be made pretty large, the Covering-Plate
muff be skrewed fad, not only to the Bridge eey
but alfb not far from the Wheel of Multiplication.
It mud be provided not only with round Holes,
through which are to go the Axis of each upper-
mod Wheel a, and the hollow Axis of the Plate / ;
but it mud alfo have a long Slit, in which the
Operator and Determinator may be moved up and
down, and lad of all a fmall Window over the Plate
of Multiplication , through which the Figure or
Number engraved on the Plate may appear didin&ly..
To the projecting Skrew £ of the Plate £ is fitted
an Handle joined to an Index in the Shape of a
Scythe. The Skrew in t heSydem A A is a common
Skrew, confequently the Roundnefs of the Scythe
mud turn from the left to the right but in the
Sydem BB, where it ought to be inverted, like all
the other Parts, the Scythe mud turn from the right
to the left, as in the Figure. The Ufe of this is
to fhew which Way the Wheels are to be turned ;
and the Skrews are to prevent the Machine’s being
hurt by unskilful Hands.

On the Side of the Determinator, viz,, on that
Piece which cannot be prefTed down, is alfo skrew-
ed a fmall Index, which may be directed to luch
Numbers or Figures as is required. Thefe Figures
are to be engraved in the Covering-Plate, according
2 to

( )

to the Figure, and their Diftance depends on the
Ratchet-Teeth (Fig. 4.) in the Brafs-Bottom.

On the Axis of each uppermoft Wheel a (which
Axis muft be made fquare as far as it projedls over
the Covering- Plate) is fixed a thin round Silver-Plate
x x (in the Syftems BB and CC) or ad in Fig . 3.
yet fo that it may not rub againft the Covering Plate*
It has a hollow Axis be (Fig. 3.) on which is a right
or left Skrew, according to the Syftem it belongs to,
and a fmall Shoulder c. To the Skrew is skrewed
the Handle fs (Syftem BB and CC, Fig . 1.) which
is vertically flat on- the Extremity, in order to turn
by it the Plate and the Wheels. The Plate (as ap-
pears by the Figure) is divided by 3 concentiick
Circles into two Rings, in the outmoftof which are
engraved the Numbers for Addition , in the inmoft
thofefor Subjlra£tion. I will hereafter call this Plate
only the Silver-F late , the firft Ring the Addition-
Ring , thefecondth zStibflr action- Ring : Moreover
two Indexes w andjy are skrewed to the Covering-
Plate 5 w Ihews the Numbers of the outmoft or
Addition-Ring, , and y thofe of the Subtraction-
Ring. They have Hinges, that they may be lifted
up, and the Silver-Flatc taken out or put in again :
Their Curvature ferves for a Direction, which way
the Plates ought to be turned. A skilful Artificer
will be able to give them a neater and handfomer
Shape, than here in the Draught, where I would not
cover the Numbers.

Ail this being done, there remains now the
Figures or Numbers to be engraved, in the manner
following : Place each uppermoft Wheel ^(Syftem A A)
fo, that the Tooth of Communication be ready to

M % catch

( 9° )

catch (as in G, Fig. 5 ) which may be eafily felr.
Obferve in the Silver Plate, where thelndex w points^
and there engrave the Number or Figure 9, lower
down in the Subflraflion- Ring, where the Index/
points, engrave the Cypher 0. After this divide
both Rings into 10 equal Parts, one of which
is already defigned for 9 in the Addition , and ano-
ther for 0 in the Snbftra£lion-Ring 3 then obferve
which way the Wheel turns, if from the right to
the left, as in Syflem BB ; then you muft from the
engraved Number 9 in th ^ Addition- Ring^ towards
the right engrave 0 nexr, then 1,2, 3,4, &c. and in
the Suhjlrabt ion- Ring towards the right alfo, from
the already engraved 0, firfl engrave 9, then 8, 7, 6, &c.
or dine inverjo . But if the Wheel turns from the left
to the right, as in the Syftems AA and CC, you en-
grave the Numbers or Figures in the fame Order,
but from the right to the left (See in Fig. 1. the
Syjlems BB and CC.)

In the Multiplication-Wheels mm you mull: con-
duct the Index ff exactly to the Window, as it is
drawn in the Syflem BB ; mark thePlace on the round
Multiplication-T late under the Window, and en-
grave upon it the Cypher or 0 : Then make, by two
concentrick Circles, a Ring upon this Plate, and di-
vide this Ring into ten equal Parts, and after the 0
(already engraved) engrave on the Numbers 1, 2, 3,
4? 5-> 63 7> 8, 9> in the fame Order as it was done
in the Addition-Ring of the Silver-Plate of the fame
Syflem. Laft of all, if you think fit, you may skrew
on thin Ivory Plates, to note upon them the Num-
bers which are to be calculated, particularly a long
fmall one on that Side of the Slit of the Determi-
nator, where there are no Numbers, and alfo two

fhorter

( pi )

Ihorter broader ones, one under the Window of
Multiplication, the other above the Silver Plate.
All this together compofes a Machine, by the help
of which you may perform all the four Arithmetical
Rules or Operations. The Way of working it, is
as follows :

I. As to Addition : For inftance, if you are to
add 32 and 59 ; becaufe the hindmoft Syftem A A
in the Figure, which ought to reprefent the Place of
Unites, is not cover’d, let us take the Syftem BB
for the Place of the Unites, and the Syftem CCfor
the Place of the Tens ; turn the Silver-Plates x x
in theft two Syftems, that the Indexes ww point
to the two Numbers 5 and 9 ; then make the De-
terminators //, //, point alfo to 3 and 2 : next take
one of the two Operators, ex. gr. in B B, and pull it
down as far as you can, and move it upwards again.
This done, the Number 1 of the Silver-Plate in BB
will come by this means under the Index w7 and
the Number 6 of the Silver-Plate in the Syftem C C
under its Index at the fame time, which is 6r, the
Sum, 5 9 and 2. After this move the Operator of
the Syftem C C alfo up and down, when inftead of
6, 9 will come under the Index ; confequently you
have 91 under the Indexes ww7 which is the Sum
requir’d of 5 9 and 32 added together. TheReafon
of it is plain ; for by pulling down the Operator
of the Syftem B B fo far, the Stop c of the lower-
moft or common Tooth- Wheel/ {vid. Syft. A A)
will Aide over two Teeth of the Ratchet-middle-
moft Wheel b ; and by moving the Operator up
again, the fame Stop c will turn the two Ratchet-
Wheels a and b together, and caufe the Stop r of

( 9* )

the great or uppermoft Wheel a to flide alfo over
two Teeth ; at the fame time the Tooth of Com-
munication $ will move forward one Tooth of the
uppermoft Ratchet-Wheel in the Syftem CC ; con-
fequently on the Silver-Plate in B B, inftead of 9
the Number 1, and in Syftem C C, inftead of 5- the
Number 6 muft appear under their Indexes ww;
and fo for the fame leafon, having pulled up and
down the Operator of the Syftem C C, the Number
6 pointed to by the Index muft be at laft changed
into 9.

II. Subjiratlion . Suppofe 40 the Sum, from
which you are to fubftrad xq : Here you muft put
your Sum 40 in the Subjlratt ion- Rings , that is to
fay, turn the Cypher 0 in the Syftem B B, and the
Number 4 in the Syftem C C, under the Indexes

as the Figure fliews : Set the Determinators at 24,
as in Addition ; move alfo the Operators only once
up and down, the Remainder 16 will appear under
the Indexes yy. As for the Reafon of this Opera-
tion, when you confider, that the Numbers in the
Subjiraffion-Rings are engraved inverfo ordinc , as
it is faid before, you will find that it is the fame as
in Addition.

III. Multiplication. For inftance 5 if you are
to multiply 43 by 3, bring the 0 in all your Addi-
tiourRings to the Indexes, as aho in all your MuU
tiplication-Tlates in the Windows. Write down
(which is more particularly necefiary if the Num-
bers are larger than here) the Multiplicand 43 upon
the Ivory- Plates near the two Determinators in the
two Sy items B B and C C : But the Multiplicator 3,
you may write only on the Ivory-Plate under the

Window

( 91 )

Window of the Syftem BB. Set the Determinators
at 43 ; then move your Operators fucceffively as
often up and down, till there appears in both Win-
dows the Number 3 , then you will fee on your
Addition- Rings under the Indexes, the Product 119.

It is eafy to underftand that as x\\<z Multiplica-
tion is nothing elfe than a repeated Additionr the
Machine does alfo perform its Operation by a re-
peated Addition only : For the Number 3, which
appears in the Window of the Syftem B B, fhews how
many times you have added the Number 3, pointed
by the Determinator to itfelf, which when done
3 rimes, is 9. And fo the fame Number 3, which
appears in the Window of the Syftem CC, after
your Operation , fhews how many times you
have added the Number 4 to itfelf. I need not to
make you obferve, that befides the two SyftemsBB
and CC, there muft be fuppofed another, not ex-
prefs’d in the Figure, which will fhew the Num-
ber 1 of the Product 119,

IV. cDiviJ?on . If you are, for inftance, to divide
40 by 3, fet your Dividend 40 in the Snbftraclion-
Rings under the Indexes jyjy, in the Syftem B B
and C C ; turn the Indexes ff, near the Windows

to make 0 appear write your Divifor near the
Determinator of the Syftem CC, and fet the Deter-
minator at 3 5 poll the Operator up and down, then
you will have 1 under the Index jy, and 1 iikewiie
in the Window. By this you fee, that you cannot
work further in this Syftem CC, becaufe you can-
not fubftracft 3 from 1 : You muft therefore go on,
to the other Figure of the Dividend, viz, o, and
in the Syftem BB fet the Determinator again at 3.

This

1

( 94 )

This being done, the firft: pulling of the Operator
up and down will produce i in the Window, and 7
in the Subftraffion-Rtng under rhe Index, and the
Number 1 which remained before in the Syftem C C
will be changed into 0. Now as 7 is more than 3,
you muft work on accordingly 5 having done it
twice more, you will find that there remains under

a

the Index jy but 1, (which is the Numerator of your
Fradton) and below in the two Windows the Quo-
tient 13. When you confider that 'Divijion is no-
thing elfe but a repeated Subtraction, you will alto
eafily underftand the reafon of this Operation.

Thofe that underftand the matter ever fo little, may
now eafily conceive how they are to proceed with
this Machine in larger Examples : However, for
greater Clearnefs, I will explain it by two Exarnples.

Suppofing there are fix
Syftems, a , b , c, d> e> f ; f

Let all the Numbers point- j
cd to by the Indexes ww be
in A B :> thofe which are to <
be pointed to by the Deter-
minators, in C D ; and thofe
which are feen in the Win-
dows, inEF. Firft of all,
you rnufl: turn all your Addition-Rings
Silver-Rlatesan&yomMtiltiplication-Tlates to 0 ;
1 liz. that under all the Indexes ww, and in the
Windows nothing may appear but 0. Write the Num-
ber 3563 near the Determinator, in the Syftems a,b,
c, dy and dired them accordingly : The other Num-
ber 58, you muftwrite down likewife, but under the
Windows in Syftem a and b , as you fee in this

Scheme.

5
of

8

D

the

C 95 )

Scheme. Move the feveral Operators, which are
moveable, fuccelfively as often up and down, till 8
appears below in the Windows, and you will have
under the Indexes above 18504, the Produdt of
3563 x 8. And fo the Numbers of the Machine
will appear thus.

A

to o,

B

D

following.

Next advance your Mul-
tiplicand 3563, from the
Right to the Left ; that is
to fay, place the Deter-
minator in the Syftem h at
3, in c at 6, in d at 5, in e
at 3, and reduce every
Number in the Windows
except in the Syftem a. See the Scheme

/

e

d

c

b

it

0

2

8"

7

0

4

’ —

1

— i

3

5

6

3

c

0

B

8"

8"

"8

5

n

/

e

d

c

| £

a

*

A

O

2

8

5_

0

4

H—

>-

►—

C

3

5

6

3

•

>

,

E

O

0

O

O

0

8

1

5

I

Then pull all the Opera-
tors again fuccefiively in
b , c , d, and e, up and down,
till 5 appears in the Win-
dows below, and you will
find at laft under the In-
dexes 206654, the Pro-
duct of 3563 X 58.

A

C

E

/

e

d j c

it

if.

2

0

6

6

L

4

3

5

6

3

7

7

7

7

5

8

B

D

F

N

But

( )

But if you are to divide again 10 6654 fry
you muft . place the Dividend above in the Sub -
ftratfion- Rings under the Indexes. In the Windows
below, every Figure muft
be o, likewife as in the
Multiplication ; and write
the Divifor under the Di-
vidend, according to Vul-
* gar Arithmetic k, and as
in the Figure here an-
nexed.

If you diredt theDeterminatorsin to their

Numbers, and fubftrad this Divifor by pulling up
and down the Operators as often as you can, you
will have in theWindows in e , d^c, b , every where j ;
but on the Silver-Flat es there will remain 2 8 5*04.
Now advancing your Divifor from the Left to the
Right, bringing to the Windows in d , c , all the -

Cyphers o, and operating as before, there will atlaft
appear on the Silver-Flat es nothing at all, but be-
low in theWindows 5888. See the Figure following:

A

C

E

2 o

As

And here you have only
this to obferve, that in
fuch Cafes, you cut ofF
all the hindermoft Figures
or Numbers in E F, except
that which ftands under the
firft Figure of the Divi-
for ; what remains is your
Quotient.

for what remains, if it be obje&ed that this

/

e

d

c

b

a

0

0

0

0

0

0

*“•

3

5

6

5

► —

— (

5

. 8

•8

8

8

1“

B

D

Machine cannot be fitted for fo many and long

Numbers,

( 97 )

Numbers, as one would pleafe, becaufe the Multi,
plication of lb many Syftems would require too
great a Force for one Operator to move fo many
Wheels, kept by Springs, fuppofing the cafe that
all the Teeth of Communication ihould duly catch }

I own that this Objection is but too well ground-
ed : However, I cannot help obferving at the
lame time, that this Defeat can hardly be avoided,
in any Arithmetical Machine, for performing all
thofe Operations of itfelf, without the help of
the Mind : For there mull certainly be a particular
Syftem for each Place of Figures, which is to
communicate with the next ; confequenly, as the
Sy ftems encreafe in Number, the Force muft en-
creafe alfo which is requir’d for moving them all.
Befides, it ought to be confider’d, of what Size fuch
a Machine ought to be, which might ferve for com-
mon Ufe. I think few Calculations could be re-
quired, for which 14 or 16 Syftems might not fuffice.
That which I made was of 7 Syftems, as I have
already mention’d. The Dilpofition of it was
neither fo well contrived as I have explained it
here, nor were its leveral Parts fo well wrought, as a
good Artificer, who makes Profeflion of fuch Work,
might have performed it ; yet thofe 7 Syftems were
very eafily put in Motion ; and if in a Machine for
14 Figures made by a skilful Hand, it could not be
fo eafily practicable, this Defedt, I believe, might
be eafily remedied, by applying the other Hand in
the fifth or fixth Syftem to the Handle fs, in order
to eafe and affift the Operator.

I am your humble Servant ,

C, L. Gbrsten.

N % 11 Of

( P8 )

II. Of the Figure of the Earth, and the Variation
of Gravity on the Surface, ‘By Mi'. James
Stirling, F. S. [<SW Tab- Fig. 6.]

TH E Centrifugal Force, arifing from the Diurnal
Rotation of the Earth, deprefleth it at the
Poles, and renders it protuberant at the Equator ;
as has been lately advanced by Sir Ifaac Newton ,
and long ago by Tolybius , according to Strabo in
the Second Book of his Geography. But although
it be of an oblate Ipheriodical Shape, yet the kind
of that Spheroid is not yet difcovered ; and therefore
I fhall fuppofe it to be the common Spheroid gene-
rated by the Rotation of an Ellipfis about its leiTer
Axis ; although I find by Computation, that it is
only nearly, and not accurately fuch. I lhall alfo fup-
pofe the Denfity to be every where the fame, from
the Center to the Surface, and the mutual Gravita-
tion of the Particles towards one another to decreafe
in the duplicate Ratio of their Diftances : And then
the following Rules will follow from the nature of
the Spheroid.

i. Let AD BE be the Meridian of an oblate
Spheroid, DE the Axis, AB the Diameter of the
Equator, and C the Center. Take any Point on
the Surface, as F, from which draw FC to the
Center, F G, perpendicular to the Surface at F,
meeting C B in G, and F H cutting the Line C G,
fo that C H may be to G H as three to two. I fay
that a Body at F will gravitate injJje DirectionF H j

and

( 99 )

and that the mean Force of Gravity on the Surface
will be to the Excefs of the Gravity at the Pole
above that at F, as the mean Diameter multiplied
into the Square of the Radius is to one fifth of the
Difference of the longeft and fhorteft Diameters
multiplied into the Square of the Co-fine of Lati-
tude at F.

2. The Decrement of Gravity from the Pole to
the Equator is proportional to the Square of the
Co-fine of Latitude; or, which comes to the fame,
the Increment of Gravity from the Equator to the
Pole is proportional to the Sine of Latitude. Hither-
to I have confider’d the Variation of Gravity which
arifes from the fpheroidical Figure, while it does not
turn round its Axis ; but if it doth, the Direction
of Gravity will be in the Line F G, perpendicular
to the Surface ; and its Variation now arifing from
both the Figure and centrifugal Force, will be five
times greater than what arifes from the Figure alone ;
as will appear from the Proportion of the Lines F H
and F G, the former being to the latter, as the whole
Force of Gravity at F, while the Speroid is at reft,
to the Force with which a Body defcends at F, while
it turns round its Axis.

3. From this laft Article it appears, that one fifth
of the Variation of Gravity is occafion’d by the
Figure of the Spheroid, and the remaining four
fifths by the centrifugal Force. And whereas the
Earth could not be of an oblate fpheroidical Figure,
unlefs it turned round its Axis ; nor could it turn
round its Axis, without putting on that Figure : I
fay, that the Diminution of Gravity towards the
Equator, known by the Experiments with Pendu-

1 Ium$5

( 10O )

lams, prove both the Rotation and oblate fpheroi-
dieal Figure of the Earth.

4. The mean Force of Gravity on the Surface
is to the centrifugal Force at any Point F, as a
Rediangle under the Radius and mean Diameter to
a Rediangle under the Co-fine of Latitude, and four
fifths of the Difference of the longefi and ihorteft
Diameters. And at the Equator, where the Co-fine
of Latitude becomes equal to the Radius, the mean
Force of Gravity is to the centrifugal Force, as the
mean Diameter to four fifths of the longefi and
Ihorteft Diameters. This Article is found from the
Proportion cf the Lines F H and G H ; the former
being to the latter as the Force of Gravity to the
centrifugal Force.

5*. The Proportion of the Diameters of the
Earth will be found in the following manner : The
Moon revolves about the Earth in 27 d, 7h, 43', or
in 39343 Minutes : And her mean Diftance is a-
bout 5*9 \ Semidiameters of the Earth, according to
La Hire's and Flamfl cad's Tables ; but near 60 i
by Halley's Tables. I fliall therefore take 60 for
the mean Diftance, till it be better known : Then
according to the Nature of Gravity, as the Cube
of the Moon’s Diftance to the Semidiameter of the
Earth, or as 2x6000 to Unity, fo is 15*47870000 the
Square of the periodick Time of the Moon to 7166,
the Square of the Number of Minutes in which ano-
ther Moon would revolve about the Earth at the
Diftance of its Semidiameter. And as this laft
Number to 2062096, the Square of 1436, the Num-
ber of Minutes in a Sydereal Day, fo is Unity to
x8 77 ; which would flievv the Proportion of the

' centri-

( 10! )

centrifugal Force at the Equator to the mean Force
of Gravity (by Corol . 2. Trop. 4. 1. Trincip .)

were it not for the Adion of the Sun on the Moon.
Therefore (by Cor ok 1 7. Trop. 66. Lib. 1, Trinctp.)
I fay, as the Square of the Syde^ealYear, to the Square
of the periodickTime of the Moon, that is, as 179
to Unity, fo is 287.7 t0 16 5 which being added
ro 287.7, makes 2,89.3. And therefore, as Unity
to 289, negleding the Fradion which is uncertain ;
fo is the centrifugal Force at the Equator to the
mean Force of Gravity on the Surface. And thence
(by Article 4.) as 289 to^, fo is the mean Diameter
to the Difference of the longefl and fhorteft : And
therefore, as the Axis is to the equatoreal Diameter,
fo is 2307 to 2317, or in fmaller Numbers, as 231
to 232, the fame as Sir Ifaac Newton found in a
different manner ; for he makes it as 230 to 231,
and as 230 to 231, fb is 231 to 232. 004.

6. In the fame manner the Proportion of the
Diameters of any Planet may be found, if it has a
Satellite : For Inftance, in Jtipiter , he turns about
his Axis in 9h, 56', or in 596 Minutes : And his
third Satellite revolves about him in 7d, 3h, 42',
36", or in 10302.6 Minutes, at the diftance of
15.14X of his Semidiameters. Therefore, I fay, as
the Cube of 1 7.1 41 to Unity, fo is the Square of
10302.6 to 30579, the Square of the Number of
Minutes in which a Satellite would revolve about
him at the diftance of his Semidiameter : And as
this laft: Number is to 355216, the Square of 59 6,
fo is Unity to ni, or the centrifugal Force at his
Equator to the mean Force of Gravity on his Sur-
face. There is no need of correcting this Number,

as

as in the former Article, becaufe the periodick Time
of Jupiter round the Sun is vaftly greater than
that of his third Satellite round him. 1 have chofe
the third Satellite before any of the reft, becaufe its
greateft Elongation was obferv’d by Dr. Toundy
with a Micrometer adapted to aTelefcope 123 Feet
long ; and he alfo took the Diameter of Jupiter
by the Tranfit of the Satellite, which is a much
more exa<ft Way than with a Micrometer. But as
the Planes of Jupiter' s Satellites almoft coincide
with the Plane of his Equator, the Diameter, de-
termined by the Tranfit of the Satellite, is his
greateft 5 and the Diftance of the Satellite, which
ought to have been given in his mean Diameters, is
afligned in his greateft : For which Reafbn the Force
of Gravity already found, muft be augmented in the
triplicate Ratio of his greateft Diameter to his mean
one ; that is, if a reprefent the mean Diameter, and
d the Difference of the longed and fhorteft, in the
Proportion oixa-\-idtoza very nearly. Hence,
as the centrifugal Force at his Equator, to the mean
Force of Gravity on his Surface, fo is Unity to

11 And(byArticle4.) 1 1 ix — ± 1 1 r

:: a : or 20 aa = 18 6ad 2. 79 dd ; which

makes a to dy as 108 to 10 ; and thence the Axis is
to the equatoreal Diameter, as 108 — 5 to 108 + 5,
or as 103 to 11 3 3 that is, as 12 to 13 L6 : Which
agrees nicely with the Obfervations of both Dr.
Pound and Mr. Bradley , made with Huygens's Long
Telefcope ; the former making it as 12 to 13, and
the latter as 2y to 27, which is very nearly the
fame. And if this Theory agrees fo well with Ob-
fervations

( )

fervations in Jupiter , there is no doubt but it will
be more exadt in the Earth, vvhofe Diameters are
much nearer to Equality.

7. By Experiments made at Jamaica * in the
Latitude of 18 Degrees with a very curious Clock,
contriv’d by Mi*. Graham , it was found that the
London Pendulum went flower there by 2' 6" in a
Sydereal Day, than at London . But it was found
by Experiments made with Thermometers, that 9"
were to be allowed for the lengthening of the Pen-
dulum by Heat 5 and therefore it was retarded
only i* 57" by the Decrement of Gravity. So
that while a Pendulum of London makes 86164 Vi-
brations, the Number of Seconds in a Sydereal
Day, the fame at Jamaica only gives 86047 Vibra-
tions. Therefore the Force of Gravity at London
is to that in the Latitude of 18 Degrees, as the
Square of 86164 to the Square of 86047 ; that is,
very nearly as 1106 to 1103. And (by Article 1,
and 2.) if a denote the mean Diameter of the
Earth, d the Difference of the greateft and fmalleft;

c c Cl

a — —will denote the Force of Gravity in general

in any Latitude, whofe Co-fine is to the Radius
as c to r : Where, if in the Place of c there be
fubftituted the Co-fines of 5 1 0 : 32' and 189: o',
that is of the Latitudes of London and Jamaica ,
we fhall have the Force of Gravity at the former
to that at the latter, as a — [3870 d to a — (9045' d ,
that is as 1106 to 1103. Whence the mean Di-
ameter of the Earth will be to the Difference of the

Axis

* See Tranfatt. N°*43i. p. 301.

o

( io4 )

Axis and equatoreal Diameter, as 19 1 to Unity ; and
thence (by Article 4 ) as the mean Gravity on the
Surface to the centrifugal Force at the Equator, fo
is 191 to 4, or fo is 239 to Unity. In order to
ihevv that this cannot be, I fliall obferve, that when
the Moon’s Diftance was fuppofed 60 Semidiameters
of the Earth (as in Article 5.) it was found that the
mean Force of Gravity was to the centrifugal Force
at the Equator, as 289 to 1. But if the Proportion
now found be true, the Moon’s Diftance of 60 Semi-
diameters muft be augmented in the fubtriplicate
Proportion of 189 to 239, and then it will become
64 Semidiameters. In the like manner, if we com-
pute the Ratio of the mean Force of Gravity to
the centrifugal Force, by prefuppofing the Mag-
nitude of the Earth, as Sir Ifaac Newton and
Mr. Hngens did, we muft fuppofe a Degree to be
above 80 Englijh Miles to bring it out 239 to
Unity. Now whereas it is certain that the Diftance
of the Moon is about 60 Semidiameters of the
Earth, and that a Degree is lefs than 70 Englijh
Miles ; therefore, I fay, that the Conclufion which
feems to follow from the Jamaica Experiment,
cannot be allowed to be true. And the Experi-
ments made by Richer , in the Ifland of Cayenna ,
would ftill make a greater Difference betwixt the
Diameters of the Earth, than thofe made in Jamaica.
And the Lengths of the Taris and London Pendu-
lums compared together, would make it greater
than one 231 Part of the Whole, as it was found
in Article 5*.

8. From all the Experiments made with Pendu-
lums, it appears that the Theory makes them ionger

ia

*

( )

in Iflands, than they are found in fad. The Lon-
don Pendulum ihould be longer when compared to
the Tarts one, than it really is : The Jamaica
Pendulum, when compared to the London one,
which vibrates in a greater Ifland, Ihould be longer
than is found by Experience \ and the Pendulum in
Cayenne (a fmaller Ifland than Jamaica') ihould
Hill be longer. This Defed of Gravity in Iflands
is very probably occafioned by the Vicinity of
a great Quantity of W ater, which being fpecifically
lighter than Land, attrads lefs in Proportion to its
Bulk. And I find by Computation, that the Odds
in the Pendulums betwixt Theory and Pradice is
not greater than what may be accounted for on that
Suppofition. I lhall alio obferve, that although
the Matter of the Earth were entirely uniform, yet
the Hypothefis of its being a true Spheroid is not
near enough the Truth to give the Number of Vi-
brations which a Pendulum makes in twenty-four
Hours. And fnppofe the true Figure were known,
the Inequalities of Mountains and Vallies, Land
and Water, Heat and Cold, would never allow
Theory and Experiments to agree. But after the
French Gentlemen who are now about meafuring
a Degree, and making Experiments with Pendulums
in the North and South, fliall have finiihed their
Defign, we may exped new Light in this Matter.

O 2

III. Filer!

( io6 )

IIL Filtri Lapidis Mexican i Examinatio et Compa-
ratio cum aliis lapidtbus faEla, qua demonjlratur ,
nullum Vel extguum ejus ufum ejfe in depur anda
aqua per ilium colata . Juttore Abrahama

Yacero MB, et (PV(P. Societ. Impcr. Fiat.
Cur* et (i(eg. Britann. et BoruH. *Socto.

INTER exotica varia, ex utraque India advedar
quibus noftrum imprimis aevum abundat, non
poftremum locum occupat Lapis Mexicanus, Fil-
trum dicftus. Nomen iftud obtinuit, quia ob porofi-
tatem fuam Jiquoribus tranfitum permittit, ob quam
caufam ex fruftis grandioribus excavatis, ollae aur
mortaria formantur, quibus ad percolandos liquores*.
figillatim a^uas potus loco ufurpandas, utuntur.
Creditur enim, aquas per hunc lapidem filtratas,
in tranfitu- ab omnibus impuritatibus cohaerentibus
liberari, clariores et puriores evadere, et ad falubri-
tatem magis conferre. Haec eft caufa, quamobrem
kpides hi in Japonia maximi aeftimantur, et pari
cum auro pretio venduntur, quia Japonefes, qui
nec de calculo nec de alio quocunque renum vitio
fciunt, fuamque valetudinem caeteris fortunae bonis
longe praeferunt, in eafunr opinione?iftis in lapidem.
converfis fungis vim prolongandae vitae impreftam
efle, uti pluribus legitur in HiJIoria Filtri lapidis
in Valentini Muf. Mufeor . Lib. I. Cap. iz. Ac-
crefcit nimirum, quemadmodum loco citato recen-
ittur, in aliquibus Si nos Mexicani locis, centum,
circiter ulnas fub uiidis>. rupibus haec fungi fpecies,

qui

( )

qui fponte in aere induratur et lapidefcic. Quid de
hoc lapidis Fiitri ortu ac crefcendi modo fentiendum
fit, decernere nolo, quamvis ille admodum fufpe&us
et eum in fin cm excogitatus videatur, ne quis credar,
vulgarem hunc efie lapidem* Duum enim generum
haec vafia efie, aliqua coloris e nigro gryfei qualera
pofiidet lapis fciffiiis, quae ex Canada Americae
provincia pecita, precio cariore veneunt, aliqua co-
lons tophacei, natale foium Icaliam agnofcentia,
fcribir Lentilius in Rphemer* German . Gent . III.
Obf. CLXXVI. I mo tefte Clerico in Phyfica, uti
nora ibidem addita teftatur, effoditur etiam in agro
Leodicenfi, plurimi in Hollandia ufus. Talis haud
dubie eft, cuius exiguum fruftulum, nncis jugiandis
magnitudine, ante plures annos a B. Rittmeyero,
Medico Amftelodamenfi acceperam, cum quo ta-
men experimenta inftituere non potui. Poftquam
vero illud in fundo infundibuli ex ftanno confetti
firmavi, eodem ad aquas curiofitatis gratia filtrandas
ulus lum. Ante breve temporis fpatium autemdoc-
tifiimus Ehrhart, Medicinae Dodtor et Phyficus
Memmingenfis, felecftum foftilium dono mihi mifir,
quae inter erat tophus fingulariter porofus, circa
Memmingam reperiundus, qui, uti ille certiorem me
fecit, quacunque fui parte aquae immerfus, eandem
avide imbibit^ Quamprimum enim aquae fupcr-
ficies eodem tangitur, aqua ftatim vi preflurs aeris
per totam ejus porofam fubftantiam fertur et
afcendit, ut in faccharo, fale, charta ' bibula er
fpongia hoc fieri, experientia docer. Sufpicio mox
in mente enata eft, annon forfan hie tophus Film?
Mexicani loco ad fiitrandas aquas adhiberi poller.
Hoc ut experirer, foveam in ejus fruftulo excavavi,,

aquamque

( io8 )

aquamque infudi, quam celerrime per ipfiuS poroS
tranicoiari vidi. In animum iraque induxi idem cum
aiiis tophis er lapidibus tentare, quo confilio tubulos
tophaceos ofteocollae fumpfi, et obrurato altero
extremo, aquam indidi quae pariter occyftime
per porolam fubftantiam tranfudabat. Recordabar
porro, me fpongiam a pluribus annis poffidere* quam
in thermis Carolinis degens, in canali, quo aquae
ferventes ad balnea ducuntur, repofueram, quo ipfo
fpongia ochra ifta, quam thermae fecum vehunt et
inter fluendum deponunt, incruftata in tophum de-
generavit. Hanc fpongiam excavavi, et aqua fo-
veam replevi, quae celerrime per illam defluebat.
Hoc vifo, cum ipfo thermarum topho, cujus fat
magnum fruftum poffidebam, periculum facerecon-
ftitui, quern in finem Lapidicidae excavandum tra-
didi, ut mortarium ex ifto formaret, quo conftaret,
an per iftum tophum denfiftimurq, et folidiffimum
aqua tranfiret. Quod fperavi, fa&um eft, aqua enim
infula eadem prorfus ratione, ac per Filtrum*Mexica-
num reliquofque tophos, depluir, fed tardius ob den-
fitatem lapidis filtratio per hunc fliccedir, quam
per tophos magis porofos. Blandiebar mihi, me
hoc experimento aliquid invenifte, quod ad gene-
rationem Filtri Mexicani fub undis illuftrandam fa-
cere poflet. Quandoquidem enim tophus therma-
rum ex aquis iftis ochram fuam, fluendo per aquae-
dudtus et ex iis deftillando, deponentibus generatur,
et fenfim concrefcit, fimili ratione mare fludhiofum
faxa quatiendo, falino-terreas partes deponere exifti-
mavi, ex quorum fucceftiva concretione tophus hie
generetur, rupibufque potius accrefcat, quam quod
fungi aut Agarici Saxalitis exemplo ex iifdem pro*

i pullulet.

( 1 °P )

pullulet. Sed quia lapidis hujus origo, uti fupra
vidimus, admodum dubia eft, er certo non conftat,
utrum ille ex maris fundb educator, an poems ex
terra effodiatur nil cerci de hoc affirmare audeo.
Confiderando vero infignem tophi rhermarum den-
fitatem, qua non obftante aqua per ilium fertur, in
mentem venir, idem experimentum, cum faxo vul-
gari, quo in exftruendis muris utimur, tentare. Ex-
pecftationi refpondit eventus, mortarium quippe ex
tali faxo formatum infervit mihi nunc loco Filtri
Mexicani, per quod aquae aeque clarae, ac per ilium,
depluunt. Acquirebat quidem aqua hac ratione
fiicrata primum terreum laporem, qui ramen iterata
filtratione ceffavit, uti hoc etiam de ifto jfilrro lapi-
dofo annotavit laudatus Lentilius loco fupra citato.
Nullum etiam eft dubium, alios quoque lapides id
praeftare pofie, quia etiam lilices duriffimi et foli-
diffimi quibus pavimenta in plateis fternuntur?
aquam imbibunr, uti tempore pluviofo obferva-
mus. Hoc tamen manifeftum eft, et me tacente
quilibet videt, tanto^^cilius et tardius aquas
infufas poros eorum permeare, quanto iolidiores
denfiorefque funt lapides, anguftiorefque eorum pori.

Sed nunc ad virtutem huic filtro lapideo ad-
fcriptam accedimus, qua aquas per illud fikratas
ab omnibus fecibus et impuritatibus liberari, afteri-
tur. Ita enim in fupra citata Hiftoria in Valeo-
tini Mufaeo legitur, aquam per ilium fikratam,
quamvis infufa fuerit limpidiffima, temper aliquam
fecum imperceptarum quantitatem deponere, ac
fenfuum indicio leviprem, puriorem, mukumque
ad valetudinem tuendam aptiorem evadere, immo
muko diutius fine glacie vegetam ac naturaliter

temporis

» \ .

( 110 )

fHgidam, fine corruptione per longum temporis
fpatium pofle conlervarh Haec fi it a effent, ec
aquae hac ratione ab omnibus heterogeneis parti-
bus liberari poflent, omni pretio cariora cenlenda
merito forent haec filtra. Quid enim quaefo ad
fanitatem magis conducit quam aqua pura, in cibo
potuque aflumpta ? Hoc tamen beneficio ingentes
terrarum tradtus carent, in quibus non nifi aquae
falfae, nitrofae, vitriolicae et aluminofae, fubinde
quoque aliis particulis mineralibus infe&ae fcatu-
riunt, quae multis morbis anfam praebere polTunt.
Probabile omnino videtur, aquas tales filtratione per
filtra ejufmodi lapidea impuritates iftas deponere,
.quoniam videmus, et experientia teftatur, rivulos in
locis arenofis falebrofis et glareofis fcaturientes, ac
per fundum talem oberrantes, multo limpidiores et
puriores aliis fontibus efle. At enim vcro aquae iftae
puritatem fuam exinde non habenr, quod impuri-
tates fuas ibidem tranfcolatione per arenam et gla-
ream depofuerint, fed potius, quia inde nullas fecum
rapuerunt. Quod enim, falia non tantum, fed horum
ope etiam alia heterogenea corpufcula, terrea, ful-
phurea, mineraliaque, in aquis foluta et ar£te cum
iis fociata, filtratione nullatenus ab iifdem feparari
queant, teftantur experimenta chymica. Videmus
quippe, corpora folidiffima mineralia Mercurium,
Antimonium, Saturnum, et alia in menftruis foluta,
per poros fikri chartacei penetrare, quae poftea,
praecipitatione a complexu aquearum abftra&a ac
ex interftitiis exturbata, feparantur, et filtratione
repetita in filtro remanent. Sed forte quis objiciet,
filtrum lapideum craffius et denfius plus hie valere,
quam papyraceum. Contrarium tamen teftantur

aquae.

( *11 )

squae, in fodinis et cryptis fubterraneis cx ipfis
faxis exfudantes et deftillantes, quae mox lapideF
cunt, unde Stala&ites oritur. Ex hoc folo conftat
quam parum faxa folidiflima, et confequenter filtra
lapidea valeant ad aquarum depurationem, et fco-
riarum falino-terrearum, mineraliumque feparatio-
nem in aquis omnimode folutarum. Non tamen lie-
gabo, aquas turbidas et limofas filtratione per lapi-
des iftos claras & pellucidas reddi pofle, quia impu-
ritates iftae non in aquis folutae et intimius cum
lifdem fociatae funt, fed tantuAi in illis fluctuant,
iifdemque innatant. Praeter has vero alias aquas
hac methodo nullatenus puriores evadere, edodtus
et confirmatus fum, experimentis tam cum filtro ex
Hollandia accepto, quam cum iftis e topho ther*
marum Carolinarum et ex faxo vulgari formatis, ite-
rato inftitutis, percolando per ilia aquas varias fluvi-
atiles et fontanas, examinando ante et port filtra-
tionem ope Hygrometri earum gravitatem, led nul-
lam vel faltem infenfibilem differcntiam inveni. For-
tunatum ergo praedico noftrum imprimis folum, cui
Numen propitium fcaturigines limpidiflimas et fa-
lutares conceffit, ut adeo his filtris non indigeamus.
Qui vero hac felicitate carent, iis melius confali non
poteft, quam ut aqua pluviatili, utpote per deftilla-
tionem ab omnibus impuritatibus liberata adeoque
omnium purifiima ac defecatiflima fruantur.

P

iVa A

( II* )

xv abn-m ‘ . - ' - i -

IV. A Continuation of an Account of an Effay
towards a Natural Hijlory of Carolina and
the Bahama Ijlands, by Mark Catesby,
K ^ 5. With fome Extracts out of the fev&ntb
Set. By Dr. Mortimer, Secret .

TH E Account of the Sixth Set is printed in
N°* 432. of thefe Tranfattions ; this Seventh
begins at Elate 21, of Vol. II, which contains the
21 \ Muranamaculata nigra ; the black Murrey.
Lithophyton Longe racemofum ; cor t ice flavo
perforate. This fort of Plants is woody within,
but covered with a yellowT Coralline or ftony Cruft,
or Bark.

22. T urdus oculo radiato . Guaperva maxima
caudata , Willug* Tab. 1. Fig. 23. The Old Wife.
This is a Fife of the compreiTed fearp-back’d kind,
and is tolerable good Meat.

23. Eagre , fecundas Spec id Marggravii affinisj
TheCat-Filli 5 fo called (as I fuppofe) from the round-
nels of its Head which refembles that of a Cat : Its
Fiefh taftes like that of an Eel, and is good Food.

24. Haringus minor , Bahamenjis : ThePilchard.
Thefe are good to eat.

Arbor , Eopnli nigra foliis3 fruBu reniformi7
monofpermo . This is a finall Tree, which grows
near the Sea.

25. Ant he a quart ns Rondeletii , Will. 325.
T. X 5. forte etiam Orpheus veterum ? Rondeletii,
Gefn. 252 : The Mutton-Fife. This is reckon'd
one of the molt delicate Fife of the Bahama Iflands.

1 26. Re*

1

( 11? )

2 6. Remora, Sloane’s Nat. Hift. of Jamaica^
Vol. I p. 28. TheSucking-Fifh. This is thatFifh
fo famous for flicking to the Sides of Ships, of
which fo many fabulous Stories have been related,
particularly, that fuch a fmall Filh as this, being
leldom more than a Foot in length, is able to flop
a Ship under Sail, or a Whale when fwimming : But
our Author very juftly remarks, that even ieveral
of them together can do no more than what Shells
or Corals, and other Foulneffes of the fame Bulk,
which make a Ship fail fomewhat the flower ; and
indeed in the fame manner they may be fome fmail
hindrance to a Whale. He fays, he hath taken five
of them off of the Body of a Shark, and hath feen
them fwimming about a Shark’s Mouth, without
his offering to devour them.

B/jylanthos , Americana plant z,fiores ad foliorum
Crenas proferens. Hoit. Amftel. Tom. I. 121.
This grows on many of the Bahama Iflands.

27. Solea Lunata^B pun flat a : The Sole. This
is much like our common Soles, only the Back is
beautifully fpotted with blue Spots, moft of them
in Form of Crefccnts, with the hollow Part and
Cufps flanding oppofite to each other.

28. Orbis Ixvis variegatus : The Glob-Fifh.
Cornus , fohis Salicis Lauren acuminatis , ftor 'tbus
albis , fru£fn Saffafras.

Bhajeolus minor laBefcens , jiore purpureo,
Sloane’s Nat. Hift. Jam. Vol. I. p. 182.

29. BJittacusTifcis^viridis, Bahamenjis : The
Parrot Fifli ; fo called from the Shape of the Head,
and its beautiful Variety of Colours, green, blue,
red, and yellow. It is not much efteemed for Food.

P 2 3 c. Acus

( 1 1 4 )

30. Acus maxima, Jquammofa , viridis : The
Green Gar-Filh.

Frutex aquatints , florihus luteis j frndlu ro-
tundo , quinque-capfulari.

3 i An Acarauna major , finnis cornutis ? an
Ptfr# Brafilienfibus , Marg. ? Will. App. P. T. o. 3 ?
The Angel-Fifh. This Fiili is of the comprefled
kind ; but the moft remarkable Particular about it
is, that the larger Scales, which immediately cover
the Body, are each of them covered by a great
many very fmall Scales : It is edeemed an excellent
eating Filh.

3x. Cancer terreflris cuniculos fubTen~a agens.
Sloane’s Nat. Hift. Jam. Vol. I. Tab. If. The Land-
Crab. Thefe Creatures make Holes in fandy Lands
in the mountainous Parts ^ but in breeding-time da
annually comedown from the Hills to lay tbeir Eggs
near the Sea : In their Journey they never turn
afide, but crawl over all Buildings they meet in their
Way : they are of feveral Colours ; the lighted
colour’d are reckon’d bed to eat ; the black kind
are poifonous.

Tafia trifolia , fruHu majore oblongo . The
Crabs feed much on the Fruit of this Plant j it nearly
refembles a Plumb.

33 . Cancellus terrejlris Bahamenjfis : The Her-
mit-Crab. The Claws and Fore-part of this Creature
are cruftaceous, but the Hind-part is only cover’d
with a tender Skin : Nature therefore hath taught
them to chufe empty Shells of the Buccinum kind
for their Habitation, wherein they fecure their Hind-
part, and by a fmall Claw at their Tail can keep
tkemfelves fad in their Shells, or quit them at piea-

fure.

( HJ )

fere, which they can be made to do by laying them
near a Fire. Their living in fuch Shells, like an
Hermit in his Cell, hath given them the Name.
Others call them Soldier Crabs^ refembling them to
Soldiers* in Centinels Boxes. Roafted in the Shell,
they are efteemed delicate Food. In the Plate is
reprefented one of thefe Crabs in his Shell, another
out of it.

Manghata^ Arbor CurafTavica, foliis Salignis ;
Hort. Amft. Button-wood. Sloane’s Nat.

Jamaic. Vol. IT. p. 18. The Hermit-Crabs are ge-
nerally found in great Plenty under th'ele Trees0
The Wood is only ufed for Fuel.

Ft at ex trifolius^ rejinofus ; fioribus tetr a- fetalis^,
albiSy racemofis.

34. Cancellus maximus Bahamenfis r The Sea
Hermit-Crab. This is much larger than the former,
and inhabits the empty Shells of the largeft forts of'
Buccinums . They are never obferved to dilpoffefs~
any Fife of its Shell, and have therefore been un-
deservedly compared to Soldiers who turn People’
out of their Houfes and plunder them.

Lithophyion corner ejfum objcure lutefcens ; mar—
ginibus purpureis^ afperis.

Cancer arenarius : The Sand-Crab.

Lithophyton pinnaUm, pur pur earn , afperum.

3 6. Bagurus maculatus : The red mottled Rock-
Crab. Thefe Crabs cannot only run up the per-
pendicular Side of a Rockr but even under the pro~-
je&ing Parts of them with their Back downward^
as we fee Flies upon the Cieling.

Cancer chelis crajjijjirnis\ the rough feell’d Crabi

37. Cancer

( 1 1<$ )

37. Cancer Mar inns } chelis rubr'ts : The red-
claw’d Crab

Titanokeratophyton ramofijfimum ; crujia ele-
gantly tuberculata Thefe forts of Plants are cover’d
with a (tony calcarious Coat or Bark 5 but the
Subdance within is lemi-diaphanous, like Horn, and
when fet on fire, the Smoak fmells exadtly like that
of Horns or Hoofs of Quadrupeds : And this is
the mod certain didinguifhmg Mark of all this Tribe
of Sub- marine Plants called Keratophyta.

38. Here our Author premifes fome Obfervations
relating to the Sea-Tortoife in general, as that our
Sailors corruptly call them Turtle ; he mentions the
feveral Species of them, and fays that they are mod*
ly timerous, except in the Time of Coition, when
they are furious and regardlefs of Danger. They
ufually continue in Copulation for 14 Days together.
In April they go on Shoar to lay their Eggs, where-
of they drop above 100 in one Night into an Hole
they have made in the Sand above two Feet deep,
which they fill up again with Sand ; and in three
Weeks the Eggs are hatch’d by the Heat of the Sun.

Tefiudo marina vindis : The green Turtle. This
Sort is fo called from the Colour of its Far, and
is preferr’d before all the other Kinds, being edeem'd
a very wholefome and delicious Food. They feed
on the following Plant ;

, Alga marina, t gramineo , angufiijjinio folio . Sloane’s
Nat. Hid. Jam Vol.I. p. 61. Turtle-Grafs : Itgrovvs
at the Bottom of the Sea in fhallow Water.

39. Here our Author relates the Methods of
taking Turtle, which is either by turning them on
their Backs when they are upon the Sand out of the

Water,

( i«7 )

Water ; or in the Water, by harpooning them ; or
by Men diving after them.

Teftudo , Caretta. Rochefort. Hift. des Antilles :
The Hawk's-Bill Turtle. This takes its Name from
the Form of its Mouth. It is the Shell, or rather
Scales of this kind, which are employed in fo many
beautiful Works, and fo well known by the Name
of Tortoife-Shell. I take this Opportunity to ob-
ferve, that the hard ftrong Covering which inclofes
all forts of Tortoife is very improperly called a
Shell, it being of a perfedl bony Contexture, but
cover'd on the out-fide with Scales, or rather Plates
of an horny Subfiance, which are what the Work-
men call Tortoife-Shell.

40. Teftudo marina^ Caouanna . Raii Sym Qua-
drup. p. 257. The Logger-head Turtle . Thefe are
the boldefl of all the Sorts of Turtle. They are vo-
racious, very foul Feeders, and their Flefh taftes
rank. They feed moftly on Shell-Fifh, their Beaks
being ftrong enough to break very large Shells.

Teftudo Arcuata : The Trunk-Turtle. Here is
no Figure of this Sort, becaufe the Author never
met with one in the Country 5 but fays, that in
the Repofitory of the Royal Society is a. Turtle
preferved entire, which he takes to be of this
Species.

V. Halo

( n8 )

V. Halo objerVatus Romae Anno m dcc xxxir.
Die xi. Augufti a D. Did. de Revillas,
(Regali Societat't communlcaYit Tho. Dere-
ham 'Bart.

AB horS. ante Meridiem tertia ufque ad fecundam
poft Meridiem fimplex Halo undique terminatus,
& graphice circularis, lolem in polo ejus exiftentem
cingere vifus eft. Zonae Latirudo apparentem folis
diametrum sequare videbatur. Color inrimus ruber,
reliqui fatis diluti, atque iisqui in Iride confpiciuntur
analogi, fed in candorem defmentes, & circa Meri-
diem aliquomodo immutati. Coelum quamvis fere-
num, tenui .caligine inficiebatur, Bore! leniffime
flante. Caligo deinde in albicantes nubeculas den-
fata, dum Halo evanuir, cujus Diameter ab interno
Zonx margine dimenfa, erat 45 gr.

Altitudo Barometri eodem die.

Hora A. M. 4. Digit. Paris

0.7.

M

In Meridie

27.

IO i

Hora P. M. 1.

27.

10 i

T

F IN I S.

rAJS. i

/Zi/Zo/b/iA . Traj?/hcf. J\Zf 4 3 g

Fu?.3.

S

o

7*

Tjemel

irut

ter

puater

ifiu/iquicj

JecCtef

xe/jtzej

nomcs elected

\

( **

3^

~U

<5ii

*T

V

&

Q?

r>©

J

.33 o&cAau^^ $ T
afitcee ■> 1 a

TS

\H

i

Cf

c

h

A

8

9”

Ck43 la

X&octor <77leeuC/
^ Wlanu/Zrifrt .

GreeA \ ^
U/tenj. ] (X

0

>

e

<T

<T '

s-

/

7?2o dernj/ndian\ sj,

fyu^. 1 *i

f

V

V

3

c

e

\

) STaifernier

. 2

di'afcc^iyurej . f

P

P>

p=’ ‘0

4

V

A

4

/.

Manu/eri/^

<7f\?o. 1 .

tfe/acrv /Jo/io. j l

Z

3

a.

4

6

A

8

9

fo

\c&octort/'6)!tij.

SFujut^* of- — \ /
9?Unx. ifta/uides^ *

P

P"

F

/

H •

V

A

9

/o

s

.5 **lgu/'ej in r

.'/{*?■ SSaconU j /
Ca/etuior (

7

3

it

4

<3

A

8

9

/o

/ S7/ze Ciriton.
^ Si6mrii! .

Modem fy. 1

2

3

4

5

7

8

9

zo

J •

THE HELMDON HATE.

Numb. 439.

PHILOSOPHICAL

TRANSACTIONS

For the Months of OEtob . Novem. and 'Decemb. 1735*

The CONTENTS.

I. An Extract of a Letter from Mr. John Cope
to Dr. Alexander Stuart, Bhyfician in Ordi-
nary to her Majefty, Fellow of the College
of Phyficians, and of the Royal Society,
London, concerning an Antient Date found at
Widgel-Hall in Hertfordfhire.

II. Remarks upon an Antient Date, found at
Widgel-Hall near Buntinglord in Hertford-
iliire, on an Oaken Plank 5 now preferred in
r&eMufeum of the Royal Society, London.
By John War dfftfet. <Pr. Grefh. and F. % S.

III. Some Confiderations on the Antiquity and
Ufe of the Indian Characters or Figures.
By Mr. John Cope.

IV. tpemarks upon an Antient Date, over
a Gate- way, near the Cathedral, at Wor-
cefter. By John Ward, tffhet. Prof. Grefh.

and F.B^S.

V- A

The CONTENTS.

V. A Letter from Mr. Colin Mac Laurin,
Math. Prof. Edinburg. F. R. S. to John
Machin, Aftr. Prof. Grefh. 8c Seer. Pv. S.
concerning the Defcription of Curve Lines.
Communicated to the (Royal Society on Decem-
ber zi3 1 732.

VI. A Letter from Stephen Gray, F. R. S . to
Dr. Mortimer, Seer. R. S. containing Jome
Experiments relating to Ele<ftr icity.

VII. An Acount of the Births and Burials
with the Number of the Inhabitants at
Stoke-Damerell in the County of Devon.
Communicated by the Reverend Mr. Barrow.

VIII. An Extraordinary Cafe of the Foramen
Ovale of the Heart being found open in an A-
dult. Communicated by Claudius Amyand,F/^j
Serjeant Surgeon to his Majefty, and F. R S.

N. B. The Papers hinted at by Mr. Mac Laurin
p. 143. are printed inaTreatifeentituIed, Exerci.
tatio Geometrica de Defcriptione Curvarum : Au-
thore Gulielmo Braikenridge . Londini, 1 733.4 to.

LONDON:

Printed by W. I n n y s and R.Manby, Printers
to the Royal Society., at theWeft End of St. Taul’s.

mdccxxxvi.

( "9 )

I. An Extract of a Letter from Mr. John Cope
to Dr. Alexander Stuart, Fhyfician in Ord'r
nary to her Majefty, Fellow of the College
of Phyficians, and of the Royal Society,
London, concerning an Antient Date found at
Widgel-Hall in Hertfordfhire. (See Tab. J.
Fig. l.

SIR , Feb. 173J.

ISendyou inclofed a Draught (fee Tab. 1.) of
an ancient Chimney-piece (as I was informed it
was) found on pulling down Part of IVidgel-Hall
in Hertfordjhire : There is cut upon it a Date ex-
preffcd Part in Roman Numerals, Part In Indian
Figures ; which is the earlieft Inftance I have met
with of the Indian Figures being ufed here in Eng-
land, viz. 16. or 1016. that at Colchefier being
in the Year 1090. See 'Philofoph. TranfaEl. N°- z66.
The Carving is very fair, the Letter and Figures
project out above a quarter of an Inch. The whole
Chimney-piece is of Englijb Oak Plank, and is now
very firm, though 718 Years old, and was never
painted over it is 4 Feet 3 i Inches long ; the Part
under the 16 was broken off in taking it down in
Augujl , 1733, when the Houfe was on fire. * * *

Tour , &c.

John Cope.

I I . Re*

( I lo )

If. Remarks upon an Antient Date, found at
Widgel-Hall near. Buntingford mHertford-
iliire, on an Oaken Plank ; now preferred in
the Mufeum of the Royal Society, London.
'By John Ward,^ef. Tr. Grefh. and F. % S.

L’JPON the fourth of April, 1734, a curious
) Draught , of an antient Date, carved in an
Oaken Plank, at Widgel-Hallyt\\z Seat of Francis
Guljton , Efq; was laid before an Aflembly of the
Royal Society, as the moft early Inftance of our
common Figures, ufually called Arabian , which had
ever been obferved in England . It was read 30 r <5,
and thought to exprefs the Year 1016, the 20 be-
ing taken for a Roman Numeral, and the 16 for
Arabian Figures.

Doctor Wallis had, in the Year 1683, communi-
cated to that learned Body the Draught of a Mantle-
tree, fomewhat like this, which he faw at the Par-
fonage-houfe at HHmdon in North amptonjbire,
and got it delineated. The Date, which was like-
wife carved in mixed Characters, expreffed the
Year £0X33, as the Doctor read it. See Tab. IT.
Fig. x. This being the oldeft Monument of that
Sort, which had then been difcovered among us,
was publiflied firft in the Rhilofophical Tranf
actions a, and afterwards in the Doctor’s Algebra b.

5 N°* 154. b Cap. 4. p. i4,

And

( 121 )

And in the Year 1700 another Draught of a
Date at Colchejler, which had been fenc to Dodor
Wallis by Mr. Luff kin, who copied it from the
under Cell of a wooden Window, and read the
Figures 1090, being all Arabian , was printed like-
wile in the Tranjattions % as more ancient than the
former. See Tab. II. Fig. 3.

None earlier than thele two laft had lince ap-
peared, till that from Widgel-Hall. Upon the
Sight of which, I thought the Reading given to it
looked very plaufible. The mixed Characters were
no juft Objection, which Dodtor Wallis had ac-
counted for in the Helradon Date b, and I have my-
lelf obferved in fome'Manufcripts. But yet One
Difficulty feemed to remain, which was the want of
fomc Character in the Place of Hundreds. And
therefore foon after going into Hertfordjhire, I
took that Opportunity to wait upon Mr. Guljlon ,
in order to lee the Original ; who was fo obliging,
as not only to fhew it me, but alfo to fay, if it
would be acceptable to the Royal Society, it Ihould
very readily be at their Service. I thanked him
for the Offer ; and promifed, that if he plealcd to
fend .it to me, I would deliver it, as from him. Ac-
cordingly fome Time after it came to my Hands,
together with a Letter, giving an Account of the
Antiquity of the Building in which it ftood. And
as that Letter may afford lome Light to the Enquiry
about the Date cut in the Plank, I take leave to
fend them both together.

* N°- 2 66. b De Algebra, cap 4. p. 14,

a*

Tart

( 122 )

(part of a Letter from Francis Gulfton, Effa to
Mr. John Ward.

SIR,

I Can give you no further Account of the An-
tiquity of the Building, than that in general ’twas
efteemed ancient. Before the Houfe was burnt, on
the Timbers there were feveral old Coats of Arms;
fome we looked on as belonging to the Family of
the Scalers 5 thele were PoflefTors of JViddihale a,
with other Eftates, foon after the Conqueft. The
Houfe, in Probability, might have been of greater
Antiquity, and I believe really was ; for at the Time
of the Conqueft ’twas in the PofTefTion of a con-
ftderable Follower of Harold '

The Piece of Timber I fend you, was the Top
of a Door-way, in a Timber-built Houfe, and
plaftered over with Mortar. From the Date on the
plaftered Wall, the Door had not been ufed at
leaft 343 Years ; for on the Qutfide was plainly to

“ a Width ah in Hertford (hire in the Time of the Conqueror was
<c Parcel of the Eftate of Hardwin de Scalers, as appears by Domefdei
Book, foi. 1 4 1.

el It continued in that Family for feveral Generations, till it came
€l to Anthony Widvile , by the Marriage of the Daughter and Heir of
** Scalers. But when he would not comply with Richard the Third to
€i deftroy the young Princes, all his Lands were feized, and ti e
Manhor continued in the Crown, till Henry the Eighth granted i: to
Gecrge Canon and John Gill : George Gill , the Son of John , marrying
the Daughter of George Cantm, obtained the whole.”
tf In this Family it continued till the Beginning of the Reign of
*Cjames the Firft, when it w3s fold to John Goulficn , Efq; whole De-
<e fcendants now hold it.” See Sir Henry Chauncy’j Hijtory and An-
tiquities of Hertford (Hire, f, m.

be

( **3 )

be feen the Date 1390. Part of the Room this
was found in, was burnt too much to repair again.
And in taking down the burnt Timbers, being pre-
fent myfelf, I accidentally faw it, and obferving the
Date, thought it a Curiofity, that might give to the
Curious fome Speculation. And as fuch I fend it
* you, and am glad ’twill be acceptable to fo learned
a Body of Gentlemen, as the Royal Society. I am,

SIR,

Tour mojl obedient

humble Servant ,

Woodbridge in Suffolk *

July the 14, 1754.

- Francis Gulfton.

Upon confidering the Charadters on this Plank,
and tnofe of the other two Dates mentioned above,
together with the Accounts given by learned Men
of the Time when the Arabian Figures were firfi
introduced into thefe Parts of the World, and the
various Forms they have fince received [ See
Tab. II. Fig. 1.] I was at laft latisfied, that none of
theie three Dates prove they were ever tiled among
us, in lefs than an hundred Years after the Reading
given to the lateft of them. And the Reafons which
led me into this Opinion, I now beg Leave to offer,
when ! have firfi briefly inquired into their Origin
and Antiquity.

Mell

X ‘H )

Mod Writers, who have treated of the Rife of
thefe Figures, have thought they came firfl from
the SP erfians or Indians to the Arabians , and from
them to the Moors , and fo to the Spaniards , from
whom the other Europeans received them. This
was the Opinion of John Gerard VoJJius*% Mr. John
• Greaves^ , Bifhop Sever ege c, DoCtor Wallis \ and
many others. And the Arabians themfelves own
they had them from the Indians , as both Doctor
Wallis e and Mr. Greaves f have fhewn from their
Writers.

But Ifaac Vojjius thought the antient Greeks and
Romans were acquainted with thefe Figures, and
that the Arabians took them from the Greeks, , and
the Indians from the Arabians g. For the Proof of
this he refers to Tyro and Seneca's Notes h, and the
Treatife of Boethius T)e Geometria \ But as to
the'Notes of Tyro and Seneca , they feem to have
no Affinity with thefe Figures, either in the Number
or Nature of them ; for they are not limited to
nine, but are many Times that Number, and all dif-
ferent in Form. Nor are they fimple Signs of Num-
bers, but complex Characters of feveral Letters of
thofe numeral Words which they {land for in the
Roman Language, like our Short-hands ; and there-
fore vary in their Shape, as they are defigned to
exprefs Cardinals, Ordinals, or Adverbs of Number.
This will appear by the Table of CharaSlers pre-
fixed to thefe Papers, in which I have given the

a De Natura Art. lib. III. cap. 8. § 6. b De Sigh’s Arabum
£c PeiTarum Aftronomicis, p. 2.* when the Form of them may be feen.

G Arithraer. Chronolog. lib. I. cap. 5. d De Algebra, cap. -

p. 10. e Ibid. p. 9. f De Siglis Arabum, &c. £ Obferva'.

ad 'Pomp. Mel. p 64. h Vid. Grur. Infcript. Vol. II. ad fin.

i Lib. 1. fub. fia.

firfl

( 125 )

firft ten of each. See Tab. II. Fig. i. Bat as to
what VoJJius fais concerning Boethius , I obferved
in a curious Manufcript of that Writer, now in the
Library of Doctor Mead , nine Characters, which
he tells us were invented and ufed by fome of the
Pythagoreans in their Calculations $ while others
of them made ufe of the Letters of the Alphabet
for the fame purpofe. Boethius calls them Apices
vel Charafferes*. I have inferted thefe alio in
the Table [ Tab. II. Fig. 1. ] to fhew the great
Affinity between them and the Arabian Figures, as
thefe latter were writen two or three Centuries ago.

The Opinion of ^Daniel Huetius differed from
either of the former ; for he imagined, the Arabian
Figures were only the Letters of the Greek Alpha-
bet corrupted and altered by ignorant Librarians b.

From this fummary Account of the Rife and
Antiquity of thefe Figures, it feems probable to me,
they might owe their Original to the Greeks (thoie
common Matters of all Science) and patting from
them firtt to the Eaftern Nations, come round to
thefe Weflern Parts, in the Manner before deferibed.
We have no other Author, who fpeaks of this mat-
ter, near fo antient as Boethius , whofe Words are
very expreis, and much ftrengthened by the Simi-
litude of his Characters with the Arabian Figures.
And therefore we may rather fuppefe, they took
their Rife from thefe, than from the finall Greek
Letters, with which Huetius compared them ; finee-
thefe latter are neither fo like them, nor fo old. as
the Time of Boethius. And though what the

3 Ubi fupra, b Demonftrat. Evangel. Prop, IV. c. 13. p. 172 , .

Arabians

( )

Arabians lay may be true, that they had them
from the Indians , and not the Indians from them,
as Ifaac Vojfius conje&ured ; yet it may be equally
true, that the Indians had them firft from the
Greeks , and thofe Arabian Writers ( who are not
very antient) not have known it ; nor are there
any Indian Monuments of fufficient Antiquity to
render this Opinion queftionable.

But which foever of thefe Sentiments may be
efteemed the moft credible, with refpedt to the
Origin of thefe Figures 5 Jofeph Scaliger thought
they were not received by the Europeans , as they
came of later Ages from the Arabians , long before
the Year 1300*.

But John Gerard VoJJius was of the Opinion
they began to ufe them about the Middle of the
thirteenth Century, or the Year 1250 b.

Father Mabillon , in his Treatife Zte Re 'Diplo-
matica> was neceffarily led to attend to the Ule of
thefe Figures, particularly in Dates. And he informs
us, that they were rarely ufed before the fourteenth
Century, except in fome few Books of Geometry
and Arithmetic. And prefently after he fais, it
was not much to his purpofe to treat of them, fince
he did not deftgn to carry his Work lower than
the thirteenth Century c. By which he feems to in-
timate, that he had met with very few, if any, In-
ftances of Arabian Figures, in fuch Inftruments at
leaft, before the Year 1300.

But no one appears to have examined this Sub-
ject more carefully than Dr. Wallis ; who has of*

8 Lib. III. Ep. 223. b De N;vtiir. Art. Lib. III. cap. 8, $ 7.

® Lib, II, c. 28. 10.

fered

( 1*7 )

fered fome Arguments to prove, that Gerbertus, a
Monk, who was afterwards advanced to the Papal
See, and took the Name of Sylvefler II, had before
the Year 1000 learned the Art of Arithmetic, as
now pradtifed, with the Ufe only of nine Characters
(whatfoever their Form then was) from the Saracens
in Spain, which he afterwards carried into France *.
But the Dodtor thinks thofe Characters or Figures
were known for a long time after only to fuch Ar-
tifts, and principally ufed by them in aftronomical
Calculations ; the Roman Numerals being ftill re-
tained in common Ufe to exprefs fmaller Numbers b.
Nor has he given us the Figures ufed by any of thofe
Writers, before Johannes de Sacro Bofco , who
died in the Year 115-6 ; and Maximus ‘Planudes,
a Greek , who flourifhed after him ; which I have
copied from him, and inlerted in Tab. II. Fig. 1.

Mr. "David Cajley , in his Catalogue of the Manu~
fcripts of the King's Library , 8cc. has publifhed
a Specimen of a Manufcript from the Cottonian
Library , called Calendarium Roger i Bacon c, and
dated 1291. The Figures in this Book arc Arabian ,
and, as Mr. Cafey informed me, the oldeft that he
remembers to have met with in either of thofe Li-
braries : For which Reafon I have given them a
Place in the Table.

It appeared to me exceeding difficult, how to
reconcile the Opinions and Obfervations of thele
feveral Writers, concerning the firft Ufe of the
Arabian Figures in thefe Weftern Countries, with
the Time affigned even to the lateft of the Dates
above-mentioned. And it could not but feem very

a De Algebra, c, 4. p. 17. b lb. p. 11,15:, 16. cPlatex\.

R ftrange

( M )

ftrange, that no Date of any Wilting Ihould have
been produced in thofe Figures, or any other Ufe
of them difcovered (except perhaps in fome mathe-
matical Calculations, or Books of Arithmetic) long
before the fourteenth Century ; and yet that a Date
fhould be found, fo carved in a Piece of Wood, be-
fore the Middle of the twelfth Century, for fo com-
mon a Purpofe as the Mantle-tree of a Chimney.

But upon a clofer Examination of the Characters,
I found Reafon to think, this was not really the
Cafe ; and that inftead of 1 1 3-3, they ought to be
read 1133, what has been taken for a 1, being de-
figned for a 1. This Reading feems to be confirm-
ed by the Shape of the two 33 that follow it,
lfom which, if the bottom Curve towards the right
Hand (as it was often made formerly) was taken off,
the upper Part would make the z. Which Agree-
ment between thole Figures is not only ufual af
prefent, but often found in Manufcriprs of the
fourteenth and fifteenth Centuries. Though fome-
times indeed ’tis otherwife ; and the z has an Angle
at the Top, when the 3 is round, which would not
fo well have fuited this fquare Hand. The Reafoa
which occafioned the carrying this Date fo high,
mufit, I prefume, have been the Similitude between
the fimal! i over the preceding abreviated Word
‘Domini and this 2. But though they appear to
have fome Likenels, yet there is a manifeft Dif-
ference between them \ for the 2 is much larger at
the Top, where it has an Angle, and a Curve down-
ward, that plainly diftinguilh it from the former.
Could it be taken for a i» I Ihould much rather
fiippofe it was defigned for a Letter than a Figure,

( >*p )

and the two following Characters for a double U ;
and fo the whole to be only an Abreviation of the
Word millefimo. But as I think it muft be a x, for
the Reafons given already, and do not remember ever
to have met with fuch a double //, I can’t but efteem
the other the true Reading. And yet (till, I believe,
this Date may claim the Preference of being the
oldeft of the Sort that has hitherto been difcovered.

The Antiquity afcribed to the ColcheJIer Date,
namely 1090, has, it feems, been occafioned by a
Miftake in the Copy ; for the o in the Place of
Hundreds fhould have been made a 4, by drawing
down an oblique Stroke on each Side from the
Bottom, which makes it 1490, before which Time
the 4 had long received that Shape. See Tab. II.
Fig. 1. lam obliged for this Information to James
IVeft,Yj{<\\ a worthy Member of this Society, and well
skilled in our Britijh Antiquities, who himfelf per-
ceived the Miftake in viewing the Original.

As to the Date from Wtdgel-Hall, which gave
Occafion to this Enquiry, it feems to me plainly
intended to exprefs the Year 1000, and no more,
by the Roman 90 in the Efcutcheon on the right
Side. For the Characters in the other Efcutcheon
cannot, I think, ftand for Figures, but muft be the
initial Letters of two Names I. G. as W. R. in the
Helmdon Date ; and were very probably defigned
in both to denote the Perfons who ereCted thofe
Buildings. The Omiftion of a Character in the
Place of Hundreds, is ftill an Argument with me,
that thefe two laft were not made for Figures. But.
what I imagine puts the Matter paft all Doubt, is
the want of Evidence that the Figure 6 had received

R x . that

C'i°)

that Form till fome Ages afterward : And when it
was introduced, the upper Part was not at firft
made fo ered, as it is here, but carried in a fmall
Arch juft oyer the Top of the Circle, as may be
feen in Tab. IL Fig. i. On the other hand, what
looks here like the modern 6, was at that Time the
ufual Form of the Capital G. This I found fully
confirmed by a large Collection of original Grants,
made by our antient Kings and others, and pre-
ferved in the Cottonian Library a. Upon coniult-
ing thefe for half a Century at lead, both before and
after the Year 1016, I found the G fb written in a
great Number of them, of which the following are
iome few Inftances : N. 37. anno dcccclx. N. 37.
anno dccccxciii. N. 53. anno mxlv. N., 49.
anno mlxxxi. For thefe Reafons therefore I can
make no Queftion, but that Charader was defigned
for a G, and not a 6 . And it is plain from other
Circumftances in Mr. Gnlfion' s Letter, that the
Building might very probably be as antient as the
Year 1000 5 which renders this Relic of it, con-
fidering how firm and found it ftill is, a remarkable
Curiofity.

The Ufe which I think may be made of thefe
Obfervations is this : That fo far as yet appears,
any Coin,. Infcription, or Manufcript, with a fup-
pofed Date before the thirteenth Century, exprefied
in Arabian Figures, may be juftly lufpeded either
not to be genuine, or not truly read ; unlefs the
Antiquity of it be certain from other clear and
undoubted Circumftances, and the Date will bear no

a Auguftus II*

other

c Ml )

other Reading ; and if it be a Copy, that it has
been taken with Exa&nels.

In Tab. II. Fig. i contains the fever al diffe-
rent Char aliens and Figures refer'd to in the
Remarks, together with the modern Indian and
European Figures.

Fig. a is the Helmdon Date.

Fig. 3 is the Colchefter Date.

III. Some Confederations on the Antiquity and
life of the Indian Characters or Figures.
By Mr. John Cope.

TH E moil ingenious Invention of Figures by
the iagacious Indians , is of fuch vaft impor-
tance in Numbering, that it can never be fufficieut-
ly enough admired, although now-a-days the Ufe
of them is become i'o familiar among us, that very
few confider what a Lofs the want of them would
be to People of every Degree and Station in Life :
For to confider only, that fuch a Number as not
long before the Conqueft would take up a good
Arithmetician whole Days to count by the literal
Characters, is now by the Help of Figures com-
monly exprefs’d by a Child in a few Minutes. This
Confideration of the vaft Ufe of Figures, put the
Learned Dr. Wallis, and others fince him, upon
enquiring at what Time they were firft happily in-
troduced into this Ifland.

Dr. Wallis

( )

Dr. Wallis informs us, that we had the Figures
from Spain, into which Nation they were brought
by the Moors ; the Moors had them from the
Arabians ; and the Arabians from the Indians.
And it was the Doctor’s Opinion, that they were
firft brought into England about the Year 1130;
for that the firft Inftance of their Ufe which he had
met with, was a Date upon a Chimney-piece, which
Date was 1 3 3* the Character which the

Romans made ufe of to exprefs 1000, being mix’d
with Figures, as Dr. Wallis obferves, was often
done at their firft coming in \ fince that in Thilofo •
phical Tranfaflions , N°4 166, is mentioned a Date
1090. all in Figures. About twelve Months ago
I produced a Date upon a Chimney-piece at Widgel-
Hall in Hertfordjbire , which was 1 6, the jQT
for the 1000, being here again mix’d with Figures.
And I now produce a ftili earlier Inftance of the
Ufe of Figures in England , Q fee Tab. I. Fig. 2. ]
which is a Draught of an Infcription over a Gate-way
at Worcejler , built, as ’tis believ’d, in the Reign of
King (JEtigat, and is this 0)1$. (nine Hundred Seven
ty-five) which is 158 Years before the Date of
Dr. /fWAVs, 4 1 Years before that Iproduced laft Year,
and is now 760 Years ftanding. It is a great pity
(I think) but it fo happened, that the Shape of the
Figures in this Date were altered from what they are
here Ihewn to be of, about two Years ago, when the
Gate was new chipp’d and beautified ; and at the
fame Time the modern ones 97J were then painted
in their Room, as they are now to be feen ; the
Ground is Gold, and the Figures black. The
Account of this Date I had given me lately by
1 Mr. Jofeph

( M5 >

Mr. Jofeph Ttougharty of Worcefier, who is an
ingenious and reputable Perfon, and lives in the
Houfe over the Gate-way on which this Infcription
is : He likevvife inform’d me, that his Houfe goes
by the Name of The oldefi Houfe in five Counties ;
and it is the current Opinion thereabouts, and re-
ported by the ancient People in that Place, That the
Houfe was built by King Edgar , wherein they fay,

he Ibmetimes kept his Court. I confefs I am

not fo well acquainted with the Hiftory of thofe
Times, as to fay whether King Edgar either
built, or kept his Court there ; but all Hiftorians
agree that IVorcefier was then a very confiderable
Bifhoprick ; and that Ttunfian and OJwald , who
were both fucceffivelyBiihops there inZs^r’sTime,
were both his great Favourites, efpecially ( Ttunfian ,
for whom King Edgar had a very great Regard :
for it appears that the firft Thing Edgar did after
he came to the Crown, was to recal Ttunfian from
Flanders , where he had been three Years in Exile,
and was immediately thereupon made Prime Mini-
fter, Favourite, and ConfefTor, at firft Bilhop of
IV orcefier, and afterwards Archbifhop of Canter-
bury ; upon which laft Promotion his great Friend
O five aid fucceeded him in the See of IVorcefier :
And ’tis very likely that either Ttunfian or OJwald3
as having fo much Power, Intereft and Riches,
might ere<ft a Building there, of which this Gate-
way might have been a Part for as Edgar died in
the fame Year 97J, if we fuppofe the Date to be
fix’d upon the Building the Year it was fmiihed, as
is now commonly done, Edgar could not live or

keep

( 1 54 )

keep his Court there, unlefs it was in fome Part of
that Year in which- we fuppofe it to be finifhed.

I fhali next mention fome Obfervations upon the
different Shape the Figures have been altered to
fince their coming into thefe Weftern Parts j for our
Anceftors wrote them different from the Indians ,
and we again make fome of them different from
what our Anceftors did, as by the following Table
will appear. See Tab, I. Fig. 3.

In this Table the Left-hand Column contains the
Indian Characters j the Middle thofe ufed by our
Fore fathers, as appears by old Weftern Manufcripts ;
the Third are the Characters we now ufe.

We may now obferve that the Figure 1, is the
fame as the Indian ; the Figures ^ and 3, are the
fame with the Indian, only placed in a different
Pofition, for the fake of writing them more readily,
for only the Dalh from the Indian 3 is taken away ;
they are only, as we may fay, both fet upright. So
the Character of the Indians is much the lame
with ours, only we clofe the Head, and fet it up-
right, thus 4. Again, our Anceftors transferr’d the
Figure -£) (5) from the Place of y, to that of 8, and
With very little Alteration is our 8 made from it.
As the Figure Five was moved into the Place of
Eight, .fo the old Eight \ 7 was moved into the Place
of Seven, the firft of thele is the 7 of our An-
ceftors, the laft 7 is our own ; and as they put the
Five for an Eight, they put the fix 1/ into the Place

of five ; which tj was at length altered toj^ t and
laft of all to y. The two Characters 9 and o are
without any Alteration, except that our Anceftors
ftruck a Line crofs the Cypher, as thus -©-, which

we

f '^5 :)

we now leave out, and by that means ’tis reftored to
its antient Form. And now we have no Figure left
but the Indian V (7) to derive the modern 6 from,
to which it feems to have no manner of relation :
I jfliali only obferve, that it feems not unlikely to
be compounded of th tlndian 0.(5) and the 1, as
thus* 6 ; for of the two antient Characters o g (for
five) the o is Indian , and the §i s Arabian-, this
lalt being nothing more than the Arabian Letter Q
inverted, which in the Arabian Alphabet denotes
the fme Number, and is, as ’tis fuppofed, ufed by
the Arabians only.

The Reman Characters have likewife undergone
Alterations ; for it is found that 1000 was reprefent-
ed by the Antients by this Character as like-
wife by jjsfy ; whence is derived the modern M. for
that Number : Alfo 5000 was reprefented by , and
50000 by 5 and hence the modern Characters 133
and 1303 for the fame Number. We find alfo in
antient Infcriptions ^ or yb ftand for io,. and 30,
the Letter X being itwice exprefs’d in the one, and
three times in the other, which the Moderns write
fingie,, as XX and XXX, only the Timber-Merchants
ufe the antient Characters # and ^ to this Day.

( '3-5 >

IV. Remarks npoti an Antient Date^ over
a Gale-way , near the Cathedral, at Wor-
cefter. <By John Ward, Rhet. frof. Grejh.
and F. R* S.

PON the 27th of February laft, I had the

Honour to lay before this Society a Paper,
Containing fome Remarks upon an antient Date,
carved in Wood, that was found at Widgel Hall
near Bmtingford in Hertfordjhire , with the Cha-
racters S85i<S; which had been read 1016, fuppofed
to be mixed Numbers, the 05 Roman , and the two
others Arabian or Indian , as they are indifferently
called. This led me to confider two other Dates of
the like Kind, formerly publilhed in the ‘Phiiofopht-
cal Traiijacitons ; one found at Helmdon in
Northamptonjhire , in mixed Characters exprefling,
as was thought, 05 1 3 3 ; and the other at Colchejier ,
laid to denote the Year 1090, wholly m Arabian
Figures. But upon learching into the Origin of thole
Figures, and the Time when they were firft brought
into thefe Parts of the World, I could meet with no
Examples of them in any Manufcripts, before lome
Copies of Johannes de Sacro Bofco (mentioned by
Dr. Wallis) who died in the Year 1256, which was
12.3 Years after the lateft of the three Dates above-
mentioned. As it could not therefore but feem very
ltrange, that Workmen Ihould have made Ule of thole
Figures for fuch common Purpofes, lb long before
they appear in the Writings of the Learned} fo upon

a

( M7 )

a doler Examination, and farther Inquiry, I found
there was no Reafon from any of thefe Dates to lup-
pofe, it was really true in Fa<ft. For the Helmdon
Date inftead of 133, fliould, as I then flic wed, be
read ^133 ; the Colchefler Date 1490, inftead of
1090 ; and that at JVidgel Hall has no Arabian Fi-
gures in it, the Characters 1 and 6 not being Num-
bers, but the initial Letters of two proper Names
I G, in the ufaal Form of thole Letters in that Age.

But there has been very lately read before thia
Society, an Account of a Date at Worcejler , more
antient than any of the three former ; namely
or 97V, in which the Unite is a Roman Nu-
meral, and the other two are taken for Indian Fi-
gures. I oblerved in my former Paper, that luch Mix-
tures were fometimes found in antient Numbers;
tho’ in what Manner they were fo uled, I did not
then explain, but for Brevity contented myfelf with
refering to the Algebra of Dr. W allis, a Book lb
very well known. The DoCtor thought it neceflary
to take Notice of this, in Order to account for his
Way of reading the Helmdon Date, in which the
only is a Roman Numeral. And I had myfelf met
with a few Inftances of it in Dr. Mead's, Manulcript
of Boethius, as 00019 and dcc68, where the Hun-
dreds are numeral Letters, and both the Decimals and
Unites Arabian Figures a. But ’tis obfervable, this is
not done promifcuoufly, but the largeft Numbers
are always Letters, and the lefter, Figures; as in
the Helmdon Date. And Mabillon has obferved,
that in a curious manulcript Copy of Thomas a Kem*

* De Arith.Lib.il.

S t /ir.

( !3 8 ))

■ in,* the .-.fifteenth Century, fotte df 'th$.
Pages are fo numbered a. Which Method, fo far as
appears, was always attended to, and never in any
one. Inftance inverted. So that this Wore eft er Date,
tyhifch ha$ a: Roman Numeral in the, Place of Unites,
and the t\vo preceding Gharadters are fuppofed to be
Indian Figures, is not only without Example, but di-
rectly contrary to all other Inftances of fuch mixed
Numbers. Which Confideration alone might be a
fufficient Ground to think, there muft be fome Miftake
in the Reading.

But the middle Figure, taken for a Seven, is as re-
markable ; which turning towards the left Hand,
forms two obtufe Angles, one above, and the other
below. This Shape of the Seven, I believe, was never
feen before, and feems by no means to fuit that Age.

In the'Specimen of the Figures taken ixQmJohann.es
de Saero Bofco , by Dr. JV allisy which may be feen in
tbeTable annexed to my formerPaper [JWTab. It.
Fig . i.] the Figure Seven is made in this Form A,
like the two 1 egs of an ifofceles Triangle. And in
Roger Bacon's Calendar , dated 1191, there is only
this Variation *, that the Leg to the left Hand is fome- '
what ftiortened, as will appear likewife by the fame
. Table. And this Form continued till Printing was
introduced among us ; as is evident from Caxton's
Rolychronicon , and other Books printed about that
Time. Nor do I find it till later Times in any other
Shape; unlefs that in Bifliop Beverege's Table of
Indian Figures, the two Legs of our antient Seven
are drawn parallel, and arched at the Top, in this

a X>,e Re DipIom. Tab. XYr.

manner *

c M 9 )

manner inftead of meeting in an Angle2; and
*Plamtdes , a Greek Writer, has kept the true Ara-
bian Form v, like the Roman Five, which the Euro-
peans inverted. [SeeTAB.II. Fig . i ] The laft Altera-
non tbisFigure received among us, was by railing the
ihorter Leg horizontally. But no Infiance of it parallel
to this in the Worcefler Date, or any Thing like it,
has before appeared. As there feems therefore no
Reafon to fuppofe. it a Seven ; fo I think a probable
Conjecture may be offered, what it was defigned for,
and that is, thd Roman Numeral . Ten,1 which was
made in this Form, like an X ; to which Character,
in our old fquare Hand, this fuppofed Seven y
would very well agree, by fupplying only the two
extreme Parts to the right Hand, in this Manner
which may eafily bethought to have been decayed,
and worn away by length of Time.

As there is no Realon to take the middle Cha-
racter for a Seven, fo neither is there any to fuppofe
the firfl was intended for a Nine, being thus placed
before two Roman Numerals, as I take them both to
be. It has indeed fome Similitude with that Figure-
but that is nothing more, than what was antiently,.
and (till is, common to the Letter OP in that Hand,
which refembles a double 0>with an oblique Stroke
turned inwards from the Bottom of that to the right
Hand; fo that if the other to the left be taken a-
way,that which remains will appear in thisFcrm Q,
like what is here called a Nine. And every one
knows, who Has any Acquaintance with antient In-
fcriptions, that Letters frequently perifh in this Man-
ner, one Part before another.

a Adth. Chron. Lib. I. Cap. 4.

Upon

( *40 )

Upon thefe Suppofitions the true Reading would
be MXV\ But fince the old Date is now deftroyed,
and modern Fi^ es put in its Place* this mull re*
main uncertain And I can’t but think, the former
Chara&ers mi a have been very dark and obfcure, for
the following Reafons. There is* as I am informed*

, Tower over this Gate, of which a curious and
learned Gentleman, who lives very near it has
lately given fome Account, in a Treatife entitled,

A Survey of the Cathedral Chureh of Worcefter.
He fais, it is “ commonly called King John's
« Tower, and laid by fome to be built by hitn j
u but it was much more autient, having in the Front
“ of it the Statues of King Edgar , and his two
<c Queens, Ethelfleda and Ethelfrida ; and the
“ Street it leads into, is called in feveral Writings
“ Edgar-flreet” b. Could there be any Room for
its being ever fuppofed to have been built by King,
John, while this Date was plain and clear ? Or would
the Author of the Survey have contented himfelf
with only faying, it was much more antient \ when
he could fo eafily have given us the Year, had he
been fatisfied with the Reading? King Edgar had
been a great Benefadfor to the cathedral Church at
fVorcejler , and is faid to have given to it 3C0 Hides
of Land c * which fome compute at fo many 100
Acres, but my Lord Coke fais, an Hide contains no
certain Number. Edgar died in 97 y, but his Queen *
Ethelfrida furvived him feveral Years. And as it
is not unufual, in Order to perpetuate the Memory

a Dr. William Thomas. b Pag. 7. See UkewifefRezxnt’s Preface to
Heming’* Chartularium, in the Frotitifpie.ee of ti'hich Treatife is a Draught
of thofe three Figures. c Account of the Fijhops of Worcefter. JSy
William Thomas.

of

( »4» )

of public BenefaCtors, to ereCt Statues and other
Monuments of them, after they are dead it might
be fo in this Cafe, and the Street receive its Name
(for feme Time at leaft) from this Building; like our
Ludgate-ftreet. But tho the precife Year of this
Date can’t, I fear, now be determined with certain*
ty ; it is fufficicnt to have lliewn, that neither the
Order of the Characters, their Shape, ne t the oldeft
Examples of Arabian or Indian Figures, any where
found, do in the leaft countenance the Reading given
ro it ; but, on the contrary, all of them afford the
higheft Probability, that it can’t be genuine.

I beg leave only to add, that two learned and in*
genious Gentlemen of this Society, Roger Gale and
James Weft Efquires, to whole Judgment I would
pay a due Regard, were pleafed to tell me, they
thought the two firft Characters, taken for a Nine
and a Seven, might probably have been nothing but
an 00 ; which will bring the Date to iooy, ten
Years nearer the Time of Edgar. My only Diffi-
culty as to that Reading is, that the 00 would then
have two oblique Strokes prolonged from the Bot-
tom, one in the Middle, befides the other ufual one
towards the right Hand, which I do not remember
ever to have met with. But as this Inacuracy might
arife from the Obfcurity of the Chara&er, or the
Imagination of its being two Arabian Figures; I
leave it to the Curious to judge either way, as they
pleafe, both Sentiments equally luppofing the ori-
ginal Characters of this Date muft have been Ro-
man Numerals.

I ffiould

’ 04* )

I Ihould not have enquired farther into this Sub-
ject upon the prefent Occafion, but, that I apprehend
it to be a Matter of fome Confequence, efpecially
\^ith Relation to Manufcripts. A Copy, for Inftance,
of fome antient Author, writen in the Year 1375,
and dated in Arabian Figures, by changing only
the 3 into a Cypher, may be carried back three
hundred Years ; or by making it a Nine, and taking
out the ly may be raifed flill a Century higher, to
975-, the fuppofed Year of the Worcefter Date. And
thole, who are eonverfant with Manufcripts, are fern-
fible, that the Age of them can’t always be deter-
mined barely by the Hand. Since therefore Ara-
bian Figures are in moll: Cafes much more eafily
falfified, than Roman Numerals ; I humbly prefume,
too great Caution cannot be ufed, in admiring any
Inftances of them more early, than have been yet
difcovered, but upon very clear and fufficient Evi-
depce.

4mci vino '(t:: 10 omlT r ?/::

Libow O'/.Pfb b fe: gaibutif 3.>dJ oj in 7:
* : :ri it: oil c-rmihio 07/J 0

/

IOG777: ui 7.71 t ■ . .. ■ - -**• -

: . . ' ■

-Jj io* te£>n'n:D sfb ’to vritjrikiO ofL noil cii:s
I :'i v.\ 7-*, 07" jfuibd ?"r 'to

V- A Let ter

' : - ' ' ■ •

-*S1 ittsd ov-*d Jium ;aj*a Juki lo sH&rur.,) ^

V-5.M

( '4! )

V. A Letter from Mr. Colin Mac Laurin,
Math. Prof. Edinburg. F. R. S. to Mr. John
Machin, Aftr. Prof. Grefh. & Seer. R. S.
-concerning 'the Defcription of Curve Lines.
Communicated to the (Royal Society on Decem-
ber 2 1 3 1732.

I Am informed that fome Papers have been pre-
fented to the Royal Society of late, concerning
the Defcription of Curves, in a manner that has a
near affinity to that which I communicated to them
of old, and have carried farther fince ; and that it
would not be unfeafonable, nor unacceptable, if I
ffiould fend an Account of what I have done further
on that Subjedt fince the Year 1719. The Author
of thofe Papers taught Mathematicks here privately
for fome Years, and fometime ago (viz. in 1727.)
mentioned to me fome Theorems he had on that
Subjedt ; which, at the lame time, I Ihewed him in
my Papers. Some time before that, he Ihewed me
a Theorem which coincided with one of thofe in
my Book, tho’ he feemed not to have obferved that
Coincidence ; and indeed Methods of that kind,
are often found coincident that do not appear fuch
at firft fight. I am unwilling to be the Occafion
of difeouraging any thing that is truly ingenious,
and renounce any Pretenfions of appropriating
Subjects to my felf:, but, on the contrary, wilh
Juftice may be done to every Perfon, or to any
Performance in Proportion to it Merit ; yet I find

T it

( M4 )

it is fit I fliould take Precautions, left any one
iliould take it in his head afterwards to (ay, I take
things from him which I may have had long before
him; and therefore (hall fend you an Abftrad of
what 1 have done in relation to this matter, fince
the Year 1719.

I have (o much on this Subjed by me, that I
am at a lofs what to fend ; but at prefent I (hall
only give you an Abftrad of thofe Propofitions,
which I take to be more nearly related to thofe
which this Author has offered to the Society from
the Converfations I had with him. You know that
in 1721, I printed (everal Sheets of a Supplement
to my Book on the Defcription of Curve Lines,
which I have never yet publilhed, having been en-
gaged for the mod part in Bufinefs of a different
nature, and in Pur (hits on other Subjects fince
that time. I (hall firft give you an Abftrad of that
Supplement, as far as it was then printed, and (hall
ftibjoin to this, an Account of fome Theorems I
added to it the following Year, viz. in 1711. I
was led into thofe new Theorems by Mr. Robert
Sympfons giving me at that time a Hint of the
ingenious Paper, which has been fince publifhed in
the Philofophical Tranfadions. I had tried in the
Year 1719, what could be done by the Rotation of
Angles on more than two Poles ; and had ob-
lerved, that if the Iriterfedions of the Legs of the
Angies were carried over Right Lines, as in Sir Ifaac
Newton's Defcription, the Dimenfions of the Curve
were not raifed by this fncreafe of the Number of
Poles, Angies, and Right Lines $ and therefore neg-

leded

( 1 45 )

leded this at that time, as of no ufe to me j con-
fining my felf to two Poles only, and varying the
Motions of the Angles as you find them in my
Book. I found this by inquiring in how many
Points the Locus could cut a Right Line drawn in
its Plane, and found, by a Method I often ufe in my
Book, that it could meet it in two Points only.

Having found then, that three or more Poles,
were of no more Service than two, while the In-
terfedions were carried over fixed Right Lines ; I
thought it needlefs to profecute that Matter then,
fince by increafing the Number of Poles, my De-
fcriptions would become more complex without any
Advantage. Butin June or July, iyn, upon the -
Hint Igot from Mr. Sympfon of Mr. ‘Pappus’s Po-
rifms, I faw that what he has there ingenioufly de-
monftrated, might be confidered as a Cafe of the
above-mentioned Defcription of a Conick Sedion,
by the Rotation of any Number of Angles about
as many Poles 5 the Interfedions of their Legs, in
the mean time, being carried over fixed Right Lines,
excepting that of two of them which defcribes the
Locus. For by fubftituting Right Lines in place of
the Angles, in certain Situations of the Poles and
of the fixed Right Lines, the Locus becomes a Right
Line; as for Example, in the Cafe of three Poles,
when thefe three are in one Right Line, in which
Cafe the Locus is a Right Line, which is a Cafe of
the Porifm.

’Twas this led me to confider this Subjed anew;
and firft I demonftrated the Locus to be a Conick
Sedion algebraically ; and found Theorems for

T 2, drawing

( )

drawing Tangents to it, and determining its Afymp-
totes. I alfo drew from it at that time a Method
of defcribing a Conick Se&ion through live given
Points a. This encouraged me to fubftitute Curves
for the Right Lines, to fee if by this Method 1 could
be enabled to carry on my Theorems about the De-
fcriptions of Lines through given Points to the
higher Orders of Lines Some of the Theorems I
found at that time, I now fend you. In Novem-
ber 17x1, looking into Sir Ifaac's Trincipia , I faw
that the Defcription of the Conick Section by three
Right Lines, moving as above, about three Poles,,
couid be immediately drawn from his xoth Lemma,
which itfelf is a Cafe of this Defcription. This gra-
dually led me to feek Geometrical Demonftrations
for the whole, as far as it related to the Conick
Sedions. I fend you fome Leaves of this Paper
dated at Nancy , November 1711. Since that time,

I have not added much to this Subject, but what
relates to the drawing Tangents, determining the
Afymptotes, and the Tuntta \ Duplica , or MuLtipli-
cia of thefe Curves. I confidered it the lefs, that I
did not find it more advantageous in any refpedls,
than the Method I had confidered in my Book, or
more genera!.

In 1727 I added to a Chapter in my Algebra,
which is very pubiick in this Place, an Algebraick
Demonfiration of the Locus, when three Poles are
employed ; and the Method of defcribing a Conick

■ <■ , ~ - •• : ; . ? . - -r •

a The Paper on this Subject I havet is dated July 31, 1722, at Sea,
lung then m my way to London, going for Cambray,

Section 1

( Mf )

Sedion through five given Points, fubjoining at the
fame time, that if more Poles are employed, and
Angies or Right Lines, the Locus was ftill a Conick
Sedion ^ which I thought w^s a remarkable
Property of the Conick Sedions not obferved be-
fore.

Thefe Things I intended to put in order, and
publilh in the Supplement to my Book, a Part of
which has been printed fmce the Year 1721. I
have in my view alfo to give feveral other Things
in that Supplement ; two of which, I fhall only juft
mention at prefenr, becaufe I believe they are fo-
reign to the prefent Affair. I fubjoin a Problem
determining the Figure of a Fluid, whofe Parts are
fuppofed to be attraded to two or more Centers ;
and a Solution of a general Problem about the Col-
Hfion of Bodies.

The Author of the Papers given in to the Royal
Society, will not refufe that l fhewed him the
Theorems, I now fend you, in 1717. He owned it
laft Summer at leaft : I am to publilh thefe very
foon. Whether he has carried the Subjed farther,

I leave to the Judgment of the Gentlemen to whom
they were referred. As to the Demonftrations, it
would take fome time to put them in a proper Form
to be publifhed. You who have fo nice a Tafte of
Demonftrations, willeafily allow, that it ought not
to be done in a hurry. I could fend thofe that are
Algebraick eafily ; but do not care to fend thofe that
are Geometrical, till 1 have leifure. I could not
have been called to this in a worfe Seafon of the
Year than now, when I begin my Gaffes, and have

few

( M8 )

few Minutes in the Day my own. I ought to make
an Apology for this long Letter; but thought you
was the Perfon of my Acquaintance moil proper to
fend this to. I am, with great Efleem,

SIR,

Tour mojl obedient
mojl humble Servant ,

Colin Mac Laurin.

An AbJlraB of what has been printed fince the
Year 1721, as a Supplement to a Treatife con-
cerning the Defcription of Curve Lines pub •
lifhed in 1719, and of rrbat the Author pro-
pofes to add to that Supplement .

I.T N the firft Part of the Supplement, there is a
J[ general Demonftration given of the Theorem,
that if two Lines of the Orders or Dimenfions, ex-
prefs’d by the Numbers m and n, be delcribed in
the lame Plane, the greateft Number of Points in
which thele Lines can interfed each other, will
be mn , or the Produd of the Numbers which
exprefs the Dimenfions of the Lines, or the Orders
to which they belong.

If. In the next Part, Theorems are given for
drawing Tangents to all the Curves that were de-
fcribed in that Treatife by the Motions of Angles

upon

( M9 )

upon given Lines. Their Afymptotes are alio de-
termined by more fimple Conftru&ions than thofe
which are fubjoined to their Defcriptions in that
Treatife. Of thele we fhall give one Inftance
here.

Suppofe the invariable Angles {Fig. i and ^ )
F CG, K S H, to revolve about the fixed Foints or

Poles, C and S. Suppofe the Interfe&ion of the
two Sides C F, S K, to be carried over the Curve
BQ^M, whofe Tangent at the Point CL is fup-
pofed to be the Right Line A E ; and let it be re-
quired to draw a Tangent at P to the Curve Line
deferibed by P the Interfe&ion of the other two
Sides C G and S H.

Conjlruttion . Draw Q_T eonftituting the Angle
SQT, equal to C QA,on theoppofite Side ofSQ>
that A is from C Qj and let (^T meet C S (pro-
duced if neceffary) in T. Join PT, and confti'tute
the Angle CPN equal to S PT, on the oppofite
Side of C P, that P T is from S P, and the Right
Line PN fhall be a Tangent at P, to the Curve de-
feribed by the Motion of P, which is always fup-
pofed to be tbe Interfe&ion of C G and S H.

x The

i 150 )

The Afymptotes of the Curve, deferibed by P,
are determined thus. Find, as in the abovementioned
Treatife, when thefe Sides become parallel, whofe
Interfe&ion is fuppofed to trace the Curve ; which
always happens when the Angle CQ^S becomes
equal to the Supplement of the Sum of the invaria-
ble Angles F C G, K S H, to four Right ones, be-
caufe the Angle CPS then vanilhes. Suppofe (in
Fig. 3 and 4,) that when this happens, the Iuter-
fedtion of the Sides C F, S K is found in Q.

Conftitute the Angle S Q,T equal to C Q A, as
before, and let Q_T meet C S in T. Take CN
equal to S T, the oppofite Way from C that S T
lies from S. Through N draw D N parallel to C G
or S H, which are now parallel to each other, and
D N fhall be an Afymptote of the Curve deferibed
by the Motion of P.

If in place of a Curve Line B Q.M,a fixed Right
Line A E be fubftituted, then the Point P will de-
icribe a Conick Sedion, whofe Tangents and A-
lymptotes are determined by thefe Conftrudtions.
In this Supplement, it is afterwards ihewn how to
draw the TangentsandAfympotes of all the Curves

which

c *:** )

which are defcribed in the above-mentioned Treatife
by more Angles and Lines.

III. The fame Method is afterwards applied for
to draw Tangents to Lines defcribed by other Mo-
tions than thofe which are confidered in that Trea-
tife ; of which the following is an Inftance. Sup-
pofe that the Lines C P and S P revolve about the
Poles C and S, fo that the Angle A C P bears
always the fame invariable Proportion to ASP,
fuppofe that of m to n. In the Line C S, take

i>

the Point T, fo that S T may be to C T in that
fame Proportion of m to n ; and this Point T will
be an invariable Point, fmce C T is toC S, as m— n
to n. Draw T P, and conftitute the Angle S P N,
equal to C P T, fo that P N and P T, may lie con-
trary ways from S P and C P, and P N ihall be a
Tangent of the Curve defcribed by the Motion of
the Point P. Several other Theorems of this kind
are fubjoined here.

IV. After thefe, Lines or Angles are fuppofed to
revolve about three or more Poles, and the Dimen-
fions of the Curves with their Tangents and A-
fymptotes are determined. Suppofe in the firft Place,

U that

( 1*2 )

that the three Poles
are C, S and D, and
that Lines or Rulers
C R, S Qj Qt D R,
revolve about thefe
Poles. The Line
which revolves a-
bout D, ferves only
to guide the Motion
of the other two, fo
that its Interfe&ion

with each of them being carried over a fixed Right
Line, their Interfe&ion with each other defcribes
the Locus, which is Ihewn to be a Conick Section.
The Interfe&ion of QD R with S Q, is luppofed
to be carried over the fixed Right Line AF; the
Interfe&ion of the fame QD R with C R, is fup-
poled to be carried over the fixed Right Line A E 5
and in the mean time, the Interfe&ion of the Right
Lines S Q, C R, that revolve about the Poles S and
C, defcribes a Conick Section.

This Conick Se&ion pafies through the Poles
C and S ; and if you produce D C and D S, till they
meet with A Q and H R in F and E, it will alfo
pafs through F and E : It alfo pafles always through
A the Interfedtion of the fixed Lines QF and ERj
from which this eafy Method follows for drawing
a Conick Section through five given Points. Sup-
pole that thefe five given Points are A, F, C, S and
E : Join four of them by the Lines A F, F C, A E,
E S, and produce two of thefe F C, E S, till they
meet, and by their Interfedhon give the Point D;
Suppofe infinite Right Lines revolve about this

Point

( * 55 )

Point D, and the Points C and S, two of thole that
were given, and let the Interfedtions of the Line re-
volving about D, with thofe that revolve about G
and S, be carried over the given Right Lines A E,
C F-, and the Interfe&ion of thofe that revolve a-
bout C and S with each other, will, in the mean
Time, defcribe a Conick Sedtion, that lliall pafs
through the five given Points A, F, C, S and E.

It is then fhewn, that when C, S and D are taken
in the lame Right Line, the Point P defcribes a Right

Line as alfo when C, S and A are in the fame
Right Line ; which allb follows from what is de-
mon (Ira ted in that very ingenious Paper concerning
‘Pappus’s Porifms, communicated by Mr. Sympfon ,
ProfelTor of Mathematicks at Glafgovj publilhed in
the Phil. Tranf. N°. 3 77.

In the next Place it is Ihewn, that if four Right
Lines revolve about four Poles C, S, D and E, and
thofe that revolve about D and E, ferve only to
guide thofe that revolve about C and S ; fo that Q,
and R, the Interfecbions of that which revolves a-
bout D, with thofe that revolve about E and S, be
carried over the fixed Lines A B and A F ; and M the

U ^ Inter-

( H4))

Interfedlioh of that which revolves about E with
that which revolves about C, be carried over a
third fixed Line B F, then the Interferon P of
thofe that revolve about C and S , Will, in the mean
time, deferibe a Conick Sedlion, and not a Curve
of a higher Order. The Conick SedHon degene-
rates into Right Lines, when CP and S P coincide
at the fame time with the Line C S, that joins the
Poles C and S, as in the preceding Description s
which coincides again with what is demonftrated in
the abovementioned ingenious Paper.

After this it is Ihewn generally, that tho’ the
Poles and Lines revolving about them be increafed
to any Number, and the fixed Lines over which
fuch Interfedtions, as we deferibed in the two laft
Cafes, are fuppoled to be carried, be equally in-
creafed, the Locus of the Point P will never be
higher than a Conick Sedtion : That is, let a Poly-
gon of any number of Sides have all its Angles,
one only excepted, carried over fixed Right Lines,
and let each of its Sides produced, pafs through a
a given Point or
Pole, and that one
Angle which we
excepted, will ei-
ther deferibe a
ftreight Line, or
Conick Sedtion.

Thus if a hexa-
gonal Figure L
R P M N, have all
its Angles except-
ing P carried re-

Jpe&ively

( *55 )

fpedtVely over the fixed Right Lines A a, B b,

Hb, K k, the Point P in the mean time will defcribe
a Conick Section, or a Right Line. The Locus of P
is a Right Line when C P and S P coincide toge-
ther With the Line-C S. All thefe things are demon-
ftrated geometrically.

V. After this, Angles are fubftituted in place of
Right Lines revolving about thefe Poles ; and it is
ftilldemenfbated geometrically, that the Locus ofP
is a Conick Section or Right Line.

Suppofe that there are four Poles C, S, D and E, a-
bout which the invariable Angles P C Q, PSR,
RDM, M E revolve ; and that Q, M and R,
the Interfedions of the Legs C Q,and E Q, of E M
and D M, and of D R and S R, are carried over the
fixed Right Lines A a, B 6, and G g refpedively,
then the Locus of P is a Conick Sedion, when C P
and S P do not coincide at once with the Line C S,
but is a Right Line when C P and S P coincide at the
fame time with C S, and never a Curve of a higher
Order.

VI. Having demonftrated this which leems a re-
markable Property of the Conick Sedions or Lines
of the Second Order ; I proceed to fubftitute Curve
Lines in place of Right Lines in thefe Defcriptions,
(as I always do in the Treatife concerning the De-

fcription

( 1 5^ )

...

fcription of Lines) and to determine the Dimen-
irons of the Locus of P, and to lhew how to draw
Tangents to it to determine its Afymptotes, and
other Properties of it. I had obferved in 1719,
that by increafing the Number of Poles and Angles
beyond two, the Dimenfions of the Locus of P, did
not rife above thofe of the Lines of the Second Or-
der, while the Interfedions moved on Right Lines ;
and therefore I did not think it of ufe to me then to
take more Poles than two, fince by taking more, the
Defcriptions became more complex without any
Advantage. When the Interfedions are carried
over Curve Lines, the Dimenfions of the Locus of
P rife higher, but the Curves defcribed, have Tunffa
'Duplicia, or Multiplicia , as well as when two
Poles only are affumed ; and therefore this Specula-
tion is more curious than ufeful. However, I fhall
iubjoin feme of the Theorems that I found on this
Subject concerning the Dimenfions of the Locus of
P, and the drawing Tangents to it.

1. If in Fig . 6. youfuppofe Q^and R to be car-
ried over Curve Lines of the Dimenfions m and n
relpedively, then the Point P may defcribe a Lo-
cus of 2 m n Dimenfions.

2, If in Fig . 8, you fuppofe L, Q, R, M, N, to
be carried over Curve Lines of the Dimenfions w, //,
r, sy ty refpedively, the Locus of P may arife to
2 mnr st Dimenfions, but no higher ; and if in place
of Lines revolving about the Poles, you ufe invari-
ble Angles, the Dimenfions of the Locus of P will
rife no higher.

V 01 n .

c muiKpi-r 0

1

( >57 )

3.1 then aflumed
three Poles C, D and
S, and fuppofed one
of the Angles SNL,
to have its angular
Point N carried over
the Curve A N, while
the Leg N pafTes
always through S, as

in the Defcription in the Treadle of the General
Defcription of Curve Lines, while the Angles QJD R>
RCP, revolve about the Poles D and C : I fuppofe
alfo the Interfedions Qjind Rto be carried over the
Curve Lines B Q, G R, and that the Dimenfions of
the curve Lines AN, B Q, GR, are /;/, r, re-
Ipedively ; and find that the Locus of P may be of
3 mnr Dimenfions; but that the Point C is fuch,
that the Curve pafles through it as often as there
are Units in inmr.

4, If any number of Poles are aflumed, fo as to have
Angles revolving about them, as about C and D in
the laft Article, and the Interfedions are carried
over other Curves, the Dimenfions of the Locus of
P will be equal to the triple Produd of the Number
of Dimenfions of all the Curves employed in the
Defcription.

5. If the invaria-
ble Angles P N R, A

P M move fo that
while the Sides P N
P M, pafs alway
through the Poles C
and S, the angular

( i?8 )

Points N and M defcribe the Curves A N and BM ;
and at the lame time, the invariable Angle R D Q»
revolve about the third Pole D, lb that the Inter-
fe&ions R and Q_ defcribe the Curves E R and G Q_ j
then the Dimenfions of the Locus of P, when higheft,
lhall be equal to the quadruple Product of the Num-
bers that exprels the Dimenfions of the given Curves
AN, E R, G Q_ and B M, multiplied continually
into each other. If more Poles are afiumed, about
which Angles be fuppofed to move, as R D Qmoves
about D in this Defcription, and the Intericdtions
of the Sides be Hi II carried over Curves, as in this
Example ; the Dimenfions, of the Locus of P, when
higheft, lhall ftill be found equal to the quadruple
Producft of all the Numbers that exprefs the Dimen-
lions of the Curves employed in this Defcription.

6. Suppofe that the three invariable Andes
P Q_K, K L R, R N P, move over the Curves G Q
EL, AN, fo that the Sides P Q, K L, P N pro-
duced, pals always through the Poles C, D, S, and
that the Interfedrions of their Sides K and R, at
the fame time move over the Curves F K and B R •

and

( )

and the Dimenfions of the LocuS of P when higheft,
fhall be equal to the Froduft of the Numbers
that exprefs the Dimenfions of the given Curves
multiplied by Six. If more Poles, with the neceflary
Angles and Curves, are affirmed betwixt C and D,
as here D is affirmed betwixt C and S, and the
Motions be in other refpe&s like to what they are
in this Example ; then in order to find the Dimen-
fions of the Locus of P when higheft, raife the
Number 2 to a Power whofe Index is lefs than the
Number of Poles by a Unit ; add 2 to this Power, and
multiply the Sum by the Produd of the Numbers
that exprefs the Dimenfions of theCurves employed
in the Defcription ; and this laft Pro dud '(ball fhew
the Dimenfions of the Locus of P when higheft.

I am able to continue thefe Theorems much far-
ther : But it is not worth while, efpecially fince I
find that there is not any confiderable Advantage
obtained by increafing the number of Poles above
the Method delivered in the abovementioned Trea-
tife of the Defcription of Curve Lines. On the
contrary, the Defcriptions there given by means
of two Poles, will produce a Locus of higher Di-
menfions by the fame number of Curves and Angles,
than thefe that require three or more Poles; and are
therefore preferable, unlefs perhaps in fome par-
ticular Cafes.

VII. However, I have alfo found how to draw
Tangents to the Curves that arife in all thefe De-
fcriptions ; of which I fhall give one Inftanee where
three Right Lines are fuppofed to revolve about three
Poles, and two of their Interfedions are fuppofed

( 1^0 )

to be carried over given Curve Lines, and the third
defcribes the Locus required.

Let the Right Lines CQ, SN,DN, revolve a-
bout the Poles C, S, D, where that which revolves
about D, ferves to guide the Motion of the other
two ; its Interfe&ion with C Q_ moving over the
Curve G Q, while its Interfe&ion with S N moves
over the Curve F N. Suppofe that the Right Line B b

touches the Curve G in CL, and that the Right
Line A a touches the Curve F N in N. In order
to draw a Tangent to the Locus of P ; join D C,
DS and C S, and conftitute the Angle D Q.R,
equal to C Q_B, fo that Q_R lie the contrary way
from Q^D that Q^B lies from Q_C, and let QJR
meet D C in R. Conftitute alfo the Angle D N T,
equal to S N A with the like precaution, and let
N T meet D S in T. Join R T, and produce it till
it meet C S in H ; then join P H, and make the
Angle C P L equal to S P H, fo that P L and P H,
may lie contrary ways from C P and S P; and P L
ftxall be a Tangent at P, to the Locus described by
P, the Iuterfedion of C Qjtnd S N.

I have

( 161 )

I have alfo applied this Doctrine to the Defcrip-
tion of Lines through given Points. But I fuppofe
I have faid enough at prefent on this Subjedt; and
fhall conclude, after obfervingthat in the abovemen-
tioned Treatife, I have given an eafy Theorem for
calculating theEefiftance of the Medium when a
given Curve is defcribed with a given centripetal
Force in a refilling Medium, which I ihall here re-
peat, becaufe it has been mifreprefented in a foreign
Journal.

Let V exprefs the centripetal Force with which
the Body that is fuppofed to defcribe the Curve, is'
adted on in the Medium ; let v exprefs the centri-
petal Force with which the fame Curve could be de-

V

fcribed in a Void j fuppofe .3= — , and the Refi-
nance Ihall be proportional to the Fluxion of z> mul-
tiplied by the Fluxion of the Curve, fuppofing the
Area defcribed by a Ray, drawn from the Body to
the Center of the Forces, to flow uniformly. Let
this Theorem be compared with what the celebrated
Mathematician mentioned by that Journalill has
given on the fameSubjedt, and it will eafily appear
what judgment is to be made of his Aflertion ; and
fince leveral Perfons, and particularly the Gentleman
mentioned above in this Paper, tellify that I com-
municated to them rhis Theorem before any Thing
was publiihed on this Subjedt by the learned Ma-
thematician he names, his Obfervation on this Oc-
cafion mull appear the more groundlefs.

From this Theorem, I draw this very general
Corollary, that if the Curve is fuch as could be de-
fcribed in aVoid by a centripetal Force, varying ac-

X z cording

( 1 6 Z )

cording to any Power of the Diflance, then the Den-
fity of the Medium in any place, is reciprocally
proportional to the Tangent of the Curve at that
place, bounded at one Extremity by the Point of
Contact, and, at the other, by its Interfe&ion with
a Perpendicular raifed at the Center of the Forces to
the Ray drawn from that Center to the Point of
Conrad. Let A L be the Curve defcribed by a
Force directed to the Point S ; let L T touch the
Curve at L, andraife S T per-
pendicular to S L, meeting L T
in T, and the Denfity in L
lhall be univerfely as L T, if
the Refiftance be fuppofed to
obferve the compound Pro-
portion of the Denfity, and of
the Square of the Velocity.

Befides what I have obfcrved here, I propofe to
iliuftrate and improve feveral other Parts of the
Treatife concerning the Defcription of Curve Lines
in this Supplement.

That Treatife requires thefe Additions and Illuftra-
tions the more, that tho* the whole almoft was new,
it was publifhed in a hurry, when I was very young,
before I had time to confider fufficiently which were
the beft ways of demonftrating the Theorems, or re-
folding the Problems, for which this Supplement I
hope, will make fome Apology.

N. B. The following Taper , dated at Nancy,
Novem. 27, ijizfis that which the Author
mentions in his Letter .

SECTIO

( l*3 )

S E C T I O I.

'Prop. i. §)u£ refpicit defcriptionem Lineantm i.

Circa Polos C, B, D, moveantur recftas Cd, B
Dr, & dacacur concurfus crurum B/z?,D r per redam

datam PG, concurfus crurum C d, Dr per redtam
PQ^etiam datam & concurfus crurum C dy B d feCtio-
nem conicam defcribet.

Ducatur r t parallela reitae BDpofitione datas oc-
currens reCtae B d in t ; jungatur P t 8c producatur
donee occurrat redhe B D in F ; atque dabitur pun-
ctual F. Quippe cum detur ratio r u ad r t, eadem
enim eft ac D G ad D B, ob fimiles figuras D m B G
&rmta fita; r u ad r t, ut Q_G ad Q^F, dabitur
etiam ratio Q F ad Q^G 5 adeoque ob datam Q^G
dabitur F, <3c proinde punCtum F & reCta P F.
Cum igitur B t <5c Cr partes abfeindant P t, Pr,a
reftis pofitione datisP F, P Q,indatafemper ratione
erit illarum concurfus d in fe&ione conica per Lem-
ma 10. Lib. 1. Princip. D. Neutoni.

Si

punda F, C, G S, ut Polos moveantur,
re&te F Q, C N, G Q> S L Sc concurfus redarum

FO

( >«4 )

Si pundum D fumatur ubicunque in reda B F, fit-
que femper D G ad QG utB D ad Q_F, eadem erit
lectio conica quam d deferibet.

Sedio conica tranfit per C, P, B & a compiendo
parallelogrammum, P Tranfit etiam per L

ubi reda B G produda occurrit ipfi P q, ut etiam per
K ubi recta C D fecat datam P G. Unde pentago-
num PKCLB fedioni inferibitur. Et fi detur
quinque punda C, K, P, B, L, per qute ducenda eft
fedio conica vel circa pentagonum datum C L B P K
circumfcribenda fit fedio conica producantur duo
qusevis latera C K, L B ad occurfuib fuum D dein
jungantur reliqua P L, P K & ducantur femper con-
curlus redarum C d, D r ; ]3 d, D R per redas illas
PL, PR, & concurlus d fedionem deferibet.

( 1*7 )

FQ&CN, FQ & GQ, GQ^&SL, pundte fcil.
M, QjL, temper contingant redas pofitione datas
AE,BE}HL; & concurfus redarum C N, S L de-
fcribet tedionem conicam.

Occurrant redas AM, HR ipfi B QJn E & H#
Jungantur CF & GS quas fibi mutao occurrunt
in D, juogatur D Q^quas occurrat redis C S L in
N & R ; & fi jungantur E N, & H R, ertint EN&
H R, redas pofitione datas per Lemma 1*. Quippe
cum fint punda F, C, D? in eadem reda Linea &
•oncurfus redarum F M, C M & F Q^, D Q^percur-
rant datas redas, concurfus crurum CM,DQ, etiam
continget datam. Et fimili ratione cum fint S, D, G
in eadem reda concurfus redarum D S L etiam
continget datam.

Omiffis igitur Polis F & G, invenienda eft curva
quam concurfus redarum CN, SL, viz. Pdeteribet
dum redis CN,DN,SR revolventibus circa Polos
C/D, S concurfus redarum C N, D N contingit datam
EN& concurfus redarum S R, D N contingit da-
tam H R, earn vero fedionem efie conicam ex Prop,
prascedenti eft manifeftum.

N. B. The Tapers referred to were pubUJhed
in a little Treatife entituled , Exercitatio
Geometrica de defcriptione Curvarum. Lon -
din. 1733.

VI. A

( 1 66 )

t * ~ t f) r'\ . /~S vi -r jir ' v v o r*r

■ ? • * ' » I \ I T' i 'A ■ : '1 " | t 1J

VI. J Letter from Stephen Gray, F. (^. S. to
Dr. Mortimer, Seer . (2^. S\ containing fome
Experiments relating to Ele&ricity.

TH E following Lines contain an account of
what Eledtrical Experiments I have made fince
thole I laft communicated to the Society which
was in February laft.

February the 1 8th, I tried what Effed: would be
produced on feveral Sorts of Wood with refpedt to
the luminous Part of Eledricity : the Wood was
made into Rods of the fame Form with thole Iron
Ones mentioned in my former Letter upon this
Subjed ; the Woods made ufe of were Fir, Alh and
Holly, thefe being fuccellively difpofed upon Elec-
trick Bodies, after the fame manner as the Iron Rods
had been , the Tube being applied to one End, there
appeared a Light on it, but not with lo great a
Force, nor did the Light extend to fo great a length ;
neither was the Form of it Conical, but rather Cy-
lindrical i but the Extremity of it feemed to confift
of a fhort Fringe of Light ; when the Light, that was
given to the Rod by the application of the Tube,
did ceafe, upon a motion of my Hand towards the
Point of the Rod, the Light came out again, as has
been mentioned of the Iron Rods ; but when the
Hand or Finger was held near the Point of thele
wooden Rods, there was no pricking or pufhing of
the Finger felt, as when the IronRods were made ufe
of I had fome of thefe Rods made much bigger at one
End than the other, and now applying my Finger

^to

i

( x67 )

to the larger End, there not only appeared a Light,
but the Finger was pulhed, more elpecially when the
Holly Rod was made ufe of, and the Cheak was a
little prick’d, but the Smart was not near fo great,
as when the Iron Rods were ufed ; the great End of
the Rod was pointed with a much larger Angie
then the lefler one, yet there was very little, if a-
ny difference, in the form, or bignefs of the Light
that proceeded from either End.

Having procured me two pair of Lines made of
Worded Yarn, one of them of a Mazareen Blew,
the other of a Scarlet Colour ; on the 3d of Aprils
I fufpended the Boy firft on the Blew Lines, and
found that all the Effects were the fame, as when he
was fufpended on Lines of Blew Silk. I then luft
pended him upon the Scarlet Lines, but now
though the Tube were as well excited, and the Ex-
periment often repeated, yet there was no Effeft
produced on him, either of attraction of a pendulous
Thread, nor of pricking or burning, by applying
one’s Hand near him ; I then laid one of the Iron
Rods firft upon the Blew Lines, and all the fame
Effects were exhibited, as when the fame Rod had
been laid on Silk Lines of that Colour; but upon
laying the fame Rod upon the Scarlet Lines, no
manner of attraction, &c. was perceived.

In the Philofophical TranfaCtions, Numb. 422^
1 gave an Account of the Experiments I made upon
the communicative Electricity of Water, and that
Water is attracted by the Tube, together withfeve-
ral remarkable Circumftances with which this at-
traction is attended ; but I have now found, that
when the Stand with thofe little Ivory Cups there

Y men-

( i6S )

mentioned, be fet upon any EleCtrick Body, the
lame Phenomena are produced, not only by hold-
ing the Tube near the Water, but when that is re-
moved, and the Tip of the Finger placed over
the Water, viz. there is a little Hill, or Protube-
rance of Water of a Conical Form, from the Ver-
tex of which proceeded a Light and a fmall Snapping.

May the 6th, we made the following Experiment.
The Boy being fufpended on the Silk Lines, and the
Tube being applied near his Feet asufualj upon his
holding the End of his Finger near a Gentleman’s
Hand, that flood on a Cake made of Shell Lack and
black Rofin ; at the fame time another Gentleman
flood at the other fide oftheBoy with the pendulous
Thread ; then the Boy was bid to hold his Finger
near the firft Gentleman's Hand, upon which it was
prick’d, and the fnapping Noife was heard ; and at
the fame time, the Thread which was by its at-
traction going towards the Boy fell back, the Boy-
having loft a great part of his attraction, upon a fe-
cond moving his Finger to the Gentleman’s Hand,
the attraction ceafed : then the Thread being held
near that Gentleman, he was found to attrad very
ftrongly ; but having fince repeated this Experi-
ment, I find that though the attraction of the Boy is
much diminifhed, yet he does not quite loie it, till

3, and fometimes 4 applications of his Finger to
the hand of him that ftands on the Eledrick Body,
but without touching him. At another timelcaufed
three Perfons to ftand, one of them upon a Cake of
Shell Lack, <&c. the other upon one of Sulphur,
the third upon a Cake of Bees- Wax and Rofin ;
the Perfons all holding Hands, the Boy applying his

Finger

( i*9 )

Finger near the firfl: Man’s Hand, they all three be-
came Eledrica 1, as appeared by the attraftion of the
Thread, when held near to any of them,

POSTSCRIPT.

A Repetition offome of thefe Experiments, and an
Addition offome others made June the io th.

June the ioth in the Morning, I repeated the
Experiments vvith the Wooden Rods, the molt ma-
terial Ones of which were made with the Holly
Rod : This being laid on the Glafs Cylinder, and a
Fir Board about a Foot Square and three tenths of
an Inch thick being placed ereCt upon a Stand, that
was fet on another Glafs Cylinder, fo that the Center
of the Board was placed near the Point of the Rod,
but not to touch it by near half an Inch ; then the
Tube being held near the great End of the Rod,
there iffued out a Light from the little End of the
Rod, which was that next the Board ; and, as the
Boy told me, it came along with a hilling Noile,
and ftruck againfl the Board : When he touched the
Board, there was a Light:* and, at the fame time, a-
nother on the End of the Rod, but he heard no fnap-
ping nor pricking of his Finger, as when the Brafs
Plate and Iron Rod were made ufe of.

Experiments with the Scarlet and Blue Worfied
Tarn repeated ,

When the Boy was fufpended upon the Scarlet
Lines, he attracted the white Thread at a very fmaii
Diftance, but the Attraction ceafed in about 6 or 7
Seconds of Time. Then the Boy being taken off,
an Iron Rod was laid on the Lines, but there was

Y 2 BO

( 170 )

no attraction of the Thread by the Body of the
Rod ; but when the Thread was held near either of
the pointed Ends of it, there was a fmall Repul-
flon of it, and in the Dark a very fmall Light was
feen at each End of the Rod.

When the Boy was fufpended upon the Blue
Lines, he attracted the Thread to him when it was
held at leaft a Foot diftance from him, and continued
his attraction to near 75 Seconds, the Iron Rod
continued its attraction not more than 36 Seconds.
Experiments made in the Afternoon upon the Boy
when he was fufpended upon Silk Lines of leveral
Colours.

When he was fulpended on the Blue Lines, he
continued his Attraction jo Minutes, 011 the Scar-
let Lines 25 Minutes, on the Orange coloured Lines
21 Minutes.

By thefe Experiments we fee the Efficacy of
Electricity upon Bodies fufpended upon Lines of the
lame Subftance, but of different Colours, and alfo
that the Attraction continues much longer upon
Silk than upon Yarn, and confequeutly Silk is the
propereft Body we can make ufe of to fufpend thofe
Bodies upon, to which we would communicate an
Electricity : But of this Subject more when I ffiall
xeaffume the Experiments concerning the Influence
of Colours upon Electricity j who am,

SIR,

Charter Houfe ,,

June 12, 1735. Tour's and the Society's moft
Humble and obedient Servant ,

Stephen. Gray.

( 1 7 1 )

VII. An Account of the Births and Burials
with the Number of the Inhabitants at
Stoke- Damerell in the County of Devon.
Communicated by the ($e' Verend Mr . Barrow.

SEveral Accounts of Births and Burials having
been publifhed for the Satisfaction of the Curi-
ous; the following, which in one Refpe£t (the
Number of Inhabitants) is more particular than molt
I have feen, will, I hope, be acceptable to the Publick.

A Survey being taken about Michaelmas 1 733,
of the Inhabitants of Stoke Earner ell in the County
of ‘Devon, the Number of Perfons, Men, Women,
and Children, refiding in the Parilh, amounted to
3361. By the Regifter, I find that in the fame
Year, 28 Couple were married, 61 Males and 61
Females baptized, and 6 2 People buried,

Bapized. Buried. Number of People.
122. 62. 3361.

Whence it appears that the Number of Perfons
who died, is one more than half the Number of
Children born ; and that about 1 in 5*4 died.

It is to be obferved, that the General Fever,
which almoft all the Inhabitants of the fame Place
were ill of at the fame time, was in part within the
Year mentioned : alfo that one of the Perfons in-
cluded in the Number of thofe buried, was a Fo-
reigner brought from on board a Dutch Ship in the
River; and that 2 more were drowned from on
board a Man of War; but the Ships Companies
are not included in the Number of the Inhabitants.

Not from this Account only, but from Experience
and Obfervations, both of my felf and better Judges*

I

( 172 )

I reckon the Parifli of Stoke •‘Darner ell as healthful
an Air as any in England .

V ill. An Extraordinary Cafe of the Foramen
Ovale of the Heart , being found open in an A-
dnlty communicated by Claudius Amyand, Efq 5
Serjeant Surgeon to his Majefty, and F. ^ S.

MR * dyingat the Age of T wenty-two, of an Illnefs
that had perplexed hisphyficians, was opened,
codifcoveran lmpofthume, which was apprehended
in the Belly. As nothing was obferved there worth
notice, faving a very great Relaxation of the Vz/cer a,
the Caufe of his Death was looked for in the Tho*
rax\ there the Lungs were ftrongly attached to the
Pleura on each Side, and a large Colledfion of Wa-
ter in each Cavity, efpecially on the Left, where the
poflerior Lobe was inflamed, and tending to Suppura-
tion $ the Quantity of Water in the Pericardium was
greater than ufual, and the Heart much larger than
could be expe&ed in fo great an Atrophy as the Pa-
tient was reduced to *, in it the Foramen Ovale was
found open, fo as to give pafTage to a large Finger,
when a fungous Subftance, which grew from the Cir-
cumference of the Foramen , and did flop up the
fame, was removed. The Valve was hardly percep-
tible, it being callous and furled up. Th z'Duftus
Arteriofus was found clofe as ufual. This Patient
had enjoyed great Health till lately, and had given
no fign of this opening of the Foramen Ovale ,
which is prasternatural in Adults.

E R RATA; Pag. 146. I.'ai. r. Duplicia. Pag. S' dele N. B. &c, all the 4 lines
at the bottom*

TL-1J9. /.

- J’hilo-zoph. TranJ-ad. 91 1 4 4 o .

of yiipitc//)i'3cUcUUi,<i ,at t/ic\Jivic6 whe/ii ouchof
their lelifjeo cu ao'e 7 if He atfondori , ivtU ha/i/ie/n . in the V ear 7.

by J ai)irs if C<H<yoo7LY ifilfieo' of tJie^ffriyaL ‘Tflathc/matLCtiL rfc/ioirL .

j

J

J’£> ? .4

45

•3 2-©

4-

2

3 •

cu

46

‘4 3. J-©

3

4 >3

0 .2

47

N 10

3

4

4*

Qj ? .3

48

i- 3. £> 0

. 4

5'

4‘ ’3

©2* /

43

3 • 2C

4

<#

4.

2 * 0 *3

5°

40.2

3 .4

7

•3

- © < :/

5 1

1 2©

3 .4

3

'4 2-

2. © -3

51

1 -30 ?

9 '

a«

J- £ *3

53

4 3- <Q

10

3"

©;• .

54

4 ‘ r. 2- 0

3

ii

J‘ O 4 l j»

55

•4 '•©

■3

1 z

4 0 5 - .3

6°

3- '•*-<£)

.4

13

•J

20-'

57

4- 0 -V

>4

4 73

2-© -2

5*

4 ^-O-9-

j

3

C^.2

53

'4 ■*•.© -3

/ '$

O *'.3 .-4

0o

4' 5 i •* e

1 1

2.

' €> 4

61

±_

1 8

2

€ J .2 .4

62

3 ’ €- 2

. 4.

1L)

■ 3

€U -i 14

53

3 - ;* €

4-

20

•4

€ *.3

04

2’ 4.. 2 C 'j

zz

•4 __ «

• 0 3- .2

g5

2‘ ^ 2.© .

J-

42

. ,

66

4. 2.4.0

-3

C 4'.2 -2 -3

67

4 J- £.1

*4

v £ .1 .3

t>3

2’ I?’ 0 •!

*4

y>-

•f

€-2-

j °3

4 J 2. 0 .2

■z6

.4

© .2 ?

7°

.T© i

J

27

O i-1 • 3 '4

71

3- © i

? 4

2 8

\

0 "2 -2 .3 .4

n

3 • '•©•*

4

2 S

30; -4

73

2 • .2 0

3. .4

3°

C-2-4

74

<?’ 4 1- ©- •*

31

*t>o*

75

2. 2. 0

^ 4-

31

4-

€/ «

76

3 4. -i£

a

33

• 4

- © £

77

3‘ 2. ••«©

4.

34

•4

0/ .2

7 *

J. -2©

J 4.

35

a0>2 .3 .4

73

3- *•-«■©

3 *

0.3

So

3 • . 4 2 • •-*©

37

-3

(f>2 -4-.

81

J-© 4.

' 2 4.

3?

•4

2.04 ;3

82

3 • © .2

• « 4.

30

.4 -3

©•2

\83

3- -«• ?©

4.

40

•4 -<3

©2

j 84

1 • © 2 • ^

.4

41

■3

/©* 4-

\*s

4> J*© -4

.2

41

•3

4 2© 4-

I 86

•4 J' J\ 2©

43

3- •©

s7

4‘ - € **

44

.4

J ?© f

88

i-03. ••

4*

Tn t/ics-e Forms n

•ill t/e /Sate/Zilcj appear, if t/ici,

1 could he J-cen ndt/i the naked Et/e; Out if

t/i,

<^/ «/v ru’/v’d thro ' a 1 clef-cope comp 03 'd of

t/vo .

conveoc ti tapes, the Order nil/ U inverted .

TJUi.Xl.

SZu6k f ofi/i.T>'ari*hzct.92. °44-o.

■

73 on^ nce^viun7 in i/ic7/fn//i7 o^a 7/r/iuin Aged jAears.

Numb. 440.

PHILOSOPHICAL

TRANSACTIONS

For the Months of January , Febr. and March , 1736.

The C O N T E N T S.

I. A Catalogue of the Fifty Plants from Chelfea
Garden ,prefented to the Royal Society by the
Company o/Apothecaries, for the Tear 1734,
purjuant to the Direction of Sir Hans Sloane,
Bar*- Med. Reg. Dr ref. Col. Reg. Med. & Soc.
(Reg. 'Ey Ifaac Rand, Apothecary , F. R. S.
Jrlort. Chei Dr ref. ac Drrelec. Dot an.

II. The apparent Times of thelmmerjions and Emer-
fions of Jupiter’s Satellites, which will happen in
the Tear 1737. Computed to the Meridian of the
Royal Obfervatory at Greenwich,^ James
Hodgfon, F. R. S. and Majler of the Royal
Mathematical School in Chrift-Hofpital,
London.

III. The apparent Times of fuch of the Immerfions
and Emerfions of Jupiter’* Satellites, as are
Vifible at London in the Tear 1737. Dy
James Hodgfon, F. R. S'.

IV. A Dropofition relating to the Combination of
Tranfparent Lens’s with Reflecting Planes.
2$yJ. Hadley, Efq 5 V. Dr. R. S. Communicated
to the Royal Society, January 5), 1734.

V. An

The CONTENTS.

V. An Account of a large Bony Subfiance
found hi the Womb, which was Jhewn to the
Royal Society, May the 17th, 1733, by
Edward Hody, M T>. F . (Z^.S.

VI. Some Experiments concerning //^.Impreg-
nation' of the Seeds of Plants, by James
Logan, Effo Communicated in a Letter from
him to Mr. Peter Collinfon, F. % S.

VII. Some Obfervations of Eclipfes of Jupi-
ter’s Satellites, made by Geo. Lynn, £/jj at
Southwick, near Oundle in Northampton-
shire 3 Communicated in a Letter to James
Jurin, M.D.F. S. and Fellow of the Royal
College of Phyficians, London.

yin. A Letter from Mr • Tho. Jones to James
Jurin, M. 2). F. (R.S. and Fellow of the Royal
College of Thy ficians ^concerning the HighTide
in the ^iverThames, on Feb. 16, 173 y6,

IX. AfFe&us Cutaneus fingularis, ab Abra-

hamo Vatero, Amtomes Lot ante es in

Academia Wittembergenfi Trofeffore publico ,
(ft. 6'. S'. Regali Societati communicatus.

X. Experiments concerning the Vibrations of
Pendulums. Ly the late W. Derham, T>. T>.
F. Tv. S. and Canon of Windfor.

XI. The Confirmation and Ufe of Spherical
Maps, or fuch as are delineated upon Tortious
of a Spherical Surface. <By Mr. John Col-
(on, M. A. F. <%{. S.

I. A Catalogue of the Fi fty Plants from Chelfea
Garden, prefen ted to the Royal Society by
the Company of Apothecaries, for the. Hear
ip 3 4, purfuant to the Direction of Sir Hans
Sioane, <Bart- Med. (Prcef. Col.

Med. & Soc. It eg. <By Ifaac Rand, Jpo~.
thecary , F. % $. Hort. Chel tyrcef. etc Frtt-
■ lec. iBotdii. -•

' ; 7 < ■ - r ■ ' » -r* _i rr - _

tfoi. A BSINTHIUM infipidutn, Abfinthio
x\ vufgari fimile. C. B. 135).

6o^. Abfinthium .maritimum album. Ger.
Emac. 940.

Abfinthium Romanum Offic. Lond. ramulis
cxpanfis.

693. Abfinthium maritjmum ; ramulis & capi-
tulis eredis.

604. Abfinthium maritimum, fruricofius ; ra-
mulis eredis tenuiflime divifis foliis.

605. Apiumdulce; radice Rapacea, D. Juflieu*

606. Apiuro Macedonicum. C. B.

‘Petrofielinum Macedonicum. Officin.

607. Apium Pyrenaicum, Thapf ,-c facie. T-
Inft. 3oy.

608. Apium Thapfias facie, majus & elatius.
Avium. Petraum five montanum album. I. B.

Parifienfium.

609. Apium, Thapfite facie, medium.

Z 610. Af-

c i74 y

6 io. Afdepias albo flore. C. B. Pin. 303.

Afdepias, JiyeVincetoxicum multis, floribus
albieantibus. I.B. a. 138. Vincetoxicum,
Dod. Pempt. 407.

. 6 1 1. Afdepias Anguftifolia flore flavefcente.
HR. Par.

6iz. After ramofus, annuus Canadenfis. Tourn.
Inft. 48 x. .

613. After annuus, foliis variis, flore amplo
perarnoene pnrpureo.

Kiang- /fr<zSi nenfis , D. Juflieu. . After Cbe-
nopodii folio annuus ; flore ingenti fpecu
ofo. Hort. Elt. Tab. XXXIV".

614. After Americanus, latiffimo aurito & ferra-
to folio ; floribus albidis umbellatim dilpofitis. An

After .Canadenft's foliis imis amplioribus cor -
datis if ferratis ? D. Sarrazin. Ac. Reg.
Par. ,17^0.-’

61 j. After Americanus praecox, anguftifolius ;
parvo albente flore.

616. After Novae Angliae, Linarix foliis ; Cha-
mxmeli floribus. Par. Bat. 9 6.

617. After Virginianus, latifolius prxcocior ;
purpurafcente parvo flore. Park. Theat.

Allerifcus latifolius autumnalis. Cor-
nut. 64.

618. Cnicus caeruleus, humilis, Montis Lupi.
fcf. L. Bat.

619. Eruca Tanaceti folio. H. Reg. Par.

6zo. Fagopyrum Americanum anguftifolium,
procumbens j caulibus Lappaceis.

6xi. Fagppyrum vulgare fcandens. T. Inft. 5-11.
6 zz. Senifta tinctoria. Ger. Emac. 1136.

-XA c 1 ■> 6x3. Ge*

(• *75 )

6i 3* Genifta tin&oria maxima Auftriaca. D.
Boerhaave.

6x 4. Granadilla flore albo, fru&u reticulato.
Boerh. Ind. 82.

61J. Granadilla oblongo acuminato folio, flore
purpureo.

An Granadilla folio oblongo ferrato^ fore
purpureo. D. Houftou ?

616. Lapathum iEgyptiacum aanuum; Parieta-
riae folio ; capfula leminis longius barbata. H.
Pilan.

6 27. Lapathum aquaticum j folio cubitali.
C. B. ix6.

628. Lapathum hortenfe, rotundifoliiun five
montanum, C. B. 1 1 5.

629. Lapathum rotundifolium, maximum, q.
Rhaponticum Officin.

630. Lapathum fativum. Dod. 618. q. Ratien-

tia Officin. . . f>

631. Medicago annua Trifolii facie. T. Tuft.
p. 412.

632. Medicago maritima trifolia annua polyear- ;
pos j fru&u toroio non fpinolo. D. Michelf, Hort.
Pi£ p. no.

63 3. Perficaria perennis repens latifolia.

63+. Pulegium anguftifolium. C.B 222.

Tu legitim Cervinum. Offic.

615. Pulegium anguftifolium flore albo. H. Reg.
Par. Plant a ejl precedent e fere triple* major .

636. Pulegium latifolium. C. B. 222.

637. Pulegium latifolium eredum.

638. Scorpioides 3 Bupleuri folio. C.B. Pin.
287.

Z 2 639. Scor-

C )

;639;:ScorpioidcS filiqna . crafla Boelii. Gcr.
Emac. App- *627.

640. Scorpioides fiHqua ftriata, minus afpera.

641. Scrophularia flore luteo. C.B. 136.

642. Scrophularia folio UVtira:. C. B. 23 <5,
Scrophularia peregrina. Cam, Hort. Icon. 43..

643. Scrophularia Lamii folio. D. Bobarc.

644. Scrophularia nemorenfis j folio Urtica:
rugofo ; flore atro-punicante. H. C. Boerh. Ind.
Alt. 2314- aui

64?. Scrophularia Orientalis foliis Cannabinis.
T. Cor. 9.

646. Scrophularia Sexatilis, lucida, Laferpitii
Maffilienfis fol iis. Boc. Mul' 166.

647. Scrophularia Scorodonise folio. Mor.Hift.
Ox. 48a.

648. Tragopogon Gramineo folio ; fuavcru-
bente flore.- Col. 23F.

649. Tragopogon luteum, foliis gramineis 4
caule purpurafeente. Boerh. Ind. Air. p. 90.

6 $o. Xeranthemum flore fipplici purpureo
mraere; T. Inft. 499.

JipH (iloiioil . • . >q dl p •

' .c * i .(■ A'A

« v

1 .. (

. 'J l fi ) • v. \ » l ’C '* % i U ' W T, ^ \\ \\

jA. o&z mo fi i- jikAii::.-:; -

•AM :- ■ : V',’. ; ^ K'. .W.7 ■ Y.

U: The

JL . fj

:l\1. A : J _ .oik . - ; iohicy. :o:A A ;

\ V *.

.;*rb

a S

( i *77 )

-./.Vi > -esaiUoH v'y\«> %v>vV? ’ *; .

ri« The apparent Times of the Immerfions and
Etnerfious of Jupiter’s Satellites, which will
happen in the Tear 1737. Computed to the
Meridian of the Royal Obfervatcry at
Greenwich, by James Hodgfon, F. %. S.
and Majler of the Royal Mathematical
School in Chrift-Hofpital, London.

I - - •" : . • OI ; . , i . : i ;>

A • o * f. s

The apparent Times of the Eclipses of the Fir ft
Satellite of Jupiter.

D.

H. M.

D.

H.

M.

D.

H.

M.

( it

0 i

March-.

April.

v' I

"M

Janua'ry,

1

2

Immerfions

M

A

.

Immerfions.

Emerfions.

3

10

53

22

2

0

37

M

1

8 23

A

4

4

5l

A

3

7

6

A

t

2 3. 1

A

6

11

20

M

5

1

35

A

&

9 *9

M

5

49

M

7

8

4

M

t

9 47

M-

9

1 1

18

A

9

2

33

M

4

TO I'3

A

11

6

47

17

A

10

9

2

A

10

4 44

A

x3

1

A

12

3

31

A

12

n 12

M

!5

7

46

M

14

10

p

M

14

5 40

M

l7

2

*5

M

16

'' . I >

4

28

M

17

6 37

A

iS

8

44

A

Mr

10

58

A

1 9

1 5

A

20

, *

3

13

A

*9

■•5

26

A

7,

22

9

42

M

21

11

55

M

February.

24

14

1 1

M

23

6

24

M

S'

Immerfions

. ■

25

27

29

id

5

41

6

A

A

25

26

0

7

52

21

M

A

25

3 54

A

r i

39

M

; 28

1

r j

50

A

27

9; 23

M

3i

6

8

m!

30

8

r8

M

May

{(*7$)

The apparent Times of the Eclipses of the firfl
■ Satellite of Jupiter. ■ ■ .

D.

H.

M.

D.

H.

M.

. -

13

2

5 *

A

May,

15

8

34

M

Immerfions

•

17

18

3

9

2

30

M

A

2

2

47

M

20

3

58

A

3

9

15

A

22

10

26

M

5

3

44

A

24.

4

. 55

M

‘V

v'

7

10

12

M

25

U

23

A

9

4

45

M

27

5

5i

A

10

11

9

A

29

0

!9

A

12
14
1 6

18

19
21

23

25

26

3l

0 34

1 1

7

1 5P

8 27 M

2 56 M

9 24

A

A

M

M

A

A

M. H. D.

July.

28 3 52

.30 IO 20

A

A

M

June.

IrfJmerfions.

4 48 1

11 17

5 4^

*3
4i

9

36

itbibn •: \

August.

Immerfions.

2 3 22 M

3 9 5? A

5 4 '20 A

10 49 M

18 M

47 A
16 A

■7
9 5

10 11

12

1

. 2
4

6 o
8 6

10 1

11 7

A

A

A

M

M

Immerfions

16

7

15

M

r^.T

18.

1 .44

M

1

6

48

M

l9

8

13

A

3

1

l6

M

21

2

42

A

4

7

44

A

23

9

11

M

6

2‘

13

A

25

3

4i

M

8

8

4i

M

26

10

IQ

A

10

3

9

M

28

4

39

A

1 1

9

38

A

30

11

7

M

13

4

6

A

1 5

10

35

M

September

•

i7

5

4

M

18

1 1

32

A

) jtiw

Emerfions.

T 1

20

6

1

A

O T

22

0

29

A

1 - -

I

7

51

M

24

6

58

M

3

2

21

M

26

1

27

M

4

8

50

A

27

7

56

A

6

• 3

19

A

29

2

25

A

8

9

49

M

31

8

53

M

10

4

1 8

M

Septem-

( 17? )

The apparent Times of the Eclipses of the frjl
Satellite of Jupiter.

D.

H.

M.

D.

H.

M.

D.

H.

M.

r3

7

34

A

21

6

3

A

September,

15

2

3

*A

23

0

3i

A

EmeiTions.

!7

19

8

3

31

0

M

M

25
2 7

6

59

27

M

M

i i

10

47

A

20

9

29

A

28

7

55

A

5

17

A

22

3

58

A

30

2

23

A

15

1 1

46

M

24

10

27

M

l7

6

15

M

26

4

56

M

December

i9

0

43

M

27

if

25

A

Emerfions.

20

7

14

A

29

5

53

A

2

8

51

M

22

1

43

A

31

0

22

A

4

3

J9

M

24
2 6

8

2

l3

43

M

M

November.

5

7

9

4

47
1 5

A

A

27

£9

9

3

11

40

A

A

Emerfions.

9
1 1

10

5

44

12

M

M

7 £

2

6

51

M

12

n

40

A

October.

4

1

*9

M

r4

6

8

A

Emerfions.

5

7

48

A

16

0

35

A

M

7

2

16

A

!9

7

3

M

I

10

IO

9

8

45

M

20

1

3 1

M

3

4

39

M

1 1

3

13

M

21

7

59

A

4

1 1

8

A

12

9

42

A

23

2

28

A

6

5

37

A

i'4

• 4

10

A

25

8

56

M

7 8

0

6

A

16

10

38

M

27

3

24

M

10

6

35

M

18

5

26

M

28

9

52

A

12

1

5

M

*9

11

35

A

30

4

20

A

- v \ IS 0 - ; £ A

The

( ( rSo };

Satellite Sf JupltpX

D. H. M.

January.

E;nerfions.

4 <k 3 A

8 i 20 M

rj 2 3$ A

1 5 3 55 M

18 5 T3 A

February.

Immerfions.

% 6 4 44 A

March.

. Immerfions.

2 6 3 M

5 7 23 A

9 8 42 M

,J£ 40 I A
44 -ii • 20 M

24> o 39 M

H 1 19 A

27 3 4 8 M

30 4 37 A

D. H. _M .

* — ■ ' ' |V^,— ■

April.

Immerfions.

3 5 5* * 3 * 5 6 * ft

6 7 15 A

10 8 33 M

13 9 52 A

17 11 11 M

24 O 29 M

24 i 48 A

28 3 6 M

May.

Immerfions.

1 4 24 A

5 5 42 M

8 7 o A

12 8 18 M

15 9 35 A

19 40 53 M

23 O |2 M

26 i 27 -A

30 '2 45 M

June.

Immerfions.

2 4 2 A

6 5 19 M

D. A. M.

9 6 36 A

13 7 54 M

16 9 11 A

20 10 28 M

23 ii 4-5 A
27 1 3 A

July.

Immerfions.

1 z zo M

4 3 38 A

8 4 56 M

n 6 13 A

15 7 31 M

18 8 50 A

22 10 8 M

25 11 26 A

2P O 45 A

August.

Immerfions/

2 2 3 M

5 3 22 A

9 4 41 M

12 6 o A

16 7 19 M

19 8 33 A

23 9 58 M

26 11 17 A

.3° 1 2 37 A

Septem- I

( i8> )

The apparent Times of the Eclipses of the fecond
Satellite of Jupiter.

D. H. M.

September.

Emerfions.

3 4 43 M

6 6 2 A

10 7 22 M

13 8 4.1 A

17 10 1 M

20 11 20 A

24 o 40 A
28 1 59 M

October.

Emerfions.

1 3 19 A

D.

H.

M.

5

4

38

M

8

5

57

A

12

7

16

M

15

8

35

A

19

9

S4

M

22

11

12

A

26

0

31

A

3a

1

49

M

November.

Emerfions.

2

3

7

A

6

4

25

M

9

5

46

A

7

1

M

16

8

18

A |

D. H. M.

20 9 35 M

2 3 1° 53 A

27 o 10 A

December.

Emerfions.

1 1 27 M

4 2 44 A

8 4 1 M

u 5 ?7 A

15 6 34 M

18 7 51 A

22 9 8 M

25 10 25 A

29 11 42 M

The apparent Times of the Eclipses of the third
Satellite of Jupiter.

D. H. M.

D. H. M.

D. H. M.

January.

February.

Emerfions. Immerfions.

8 ' 2 3 M 2-7 2 42 M

15 6 1 M

March.

Immerfions.

6 6 45 M

13 10 48 M

20 2 $1 A

27 6 54 A

April

Aa

( »8i )

The apparent Times of the Eclipses of the third
Satellite of Tup i te r .

-

D. H. M.

Arril.

Tmmerfions.

3 10 57 A

i i 2 59 M

18 7 i M

25 3 1 1 M

Emerfions.

4 2 21 M

11 6 23 M

18 10 24 M

25 2 25 A

May.

Immerfions.

2 2 4 A

9 7 5 A

16 ir 5 A,

24 3 4 M

3, 7 4 M

Emerfions.

2 6 2 5 A

9 10 25 A

17 2 25 A

24 6 24 M

31 iQ 22 M

D. H. M.

June.

Immerfions#

7 11 3 M

14 3 3 A

21 7 2 A

28 11 1 A

Emerfions.

7 2 2 1 A

14 6 19 A'

21 10 18 A

29 2 17 M

July.

Immerfions.

63 1 M

13 7 2 M

20 11 3 M

27 3 5 A

Emerfions.

6 16 16 M

1 3 10 16 M

20 2 16 A

27 6 17 A

D. H. M*

August.

Immerfions.

3 7 7 A

10 11 10 A

18 3 13 M

25 7 17 M

September.

Emerfions.

1 2 29 A

8 63 2 A

15 10 36 A
23 2 39 M

30 6 42 M

October.

Immerfions.

7 7 41 M

14 11 45 M
21 3 47 A

28 7 49 A

Emerfions.

7 1© .45 M

14 2 47 A

21 6 49 A

28 10 50 A

Novem-

( 18, )

The apparent Times of the Eclipses of the third
Satellite of Jupiter.

D.

H.

M.

D.

H.

M.

D,

H.

M.

Nove

MBER

.

I 2

-6

51

M

17

I I

49

A

Immerfions.

*9

10

50

M

25

3

48

M

4

1 1

51

A

26

2

49

A

12

3

52

M

Emerfions.

*9

7

52

M

December

3

6

47

A

25

1 1

52

M

Immerfions.

io

10

45

A

Emerfions.

Ml

3

3

5i

A

1 8

2

43

M

5

2

51

10

7

50

A

25

6

4i

M

The apparent Times of the Eclipses of the fourth
Satellite ^/Jupiter.

Emerfions.

January.
Immerfions.

14 7 41 A

Emerfions.

15 o 6 M

March.

Immerfions.

6 2 32 M

22 8 54 A

Emerfions.

6 2 6 45 M

23 1 1 M

April.

Immerfions.

8 3 14 A

25 9 33 M

Emerfions.

8 7 J7 A

25 i 29 A
May.
Immerfions.

12 3 49 M

28 10 4 A

12 7 39

M

29 1 48

M

June.

Immerfions.

OO

Hi

M

A

Emerfions.

14 7 5°

A

July.

Immerfions.

1 10 30

M

18 4 46

M

Emerfions.

1 2 0

A

18 8 9

M

August .

Immerfions.

3 11 7

A

20 5 30

A

Emerfions.

3 14 20

A

September,

Immerfions.

A a 2

Emerfions.

6 2 48 A

23 9 8 M

October.
Immerfions.

10 0

48

M

26 7

12

A

Emerfions.

10 3

23

M

26 9

35

A

November.

Immerfions.

12 1

15

A

29 7

5i

M

Emerfions,

12 3

25

A

20 9

47

M

December.

Immerfions.

1 6 3 9 M

Emerfions.

16 4 49 M

III..J&

( 1 84 )

III. The apparent Tmes of fuch of the Immerfions and EmerCibm of
hipiterV Satellites , as are vifible at London in the Tear 1737. By
James Hodgfon, F. R. S. (See TAB. I.)

D.

H. M..

■il

D.

IT

M.

D.

H.

M.

January.

1

27

r ]

2

August
2 3

m:

[. :

z

-5 8

Oc TO B ER.
12 i 5 M

IE.

1

I

io

4

44

E;E.

I

28

2

3

22

M'

1. 1

:

59

13

7

34

E

E.

1

2

18

5

*3

EE.

2

29

3

9

5 1

E

l.

60

»5

8

35

E

E.

2

3°

3

1 1

7

EI.

4

61

20

9

29

E

E.

1

MARCH

•

3 1

4

2

20

M

E.4

62

21

6

49

E

E.

3

3

8

5

49

Mjl.

I

32

9

4

41

M

l.

2

63.

22

1 1

1 2

E

E.

2

April.

33

10

1 1

10

E

1.

3.

64

26

7

1 2

E

r.

4

4

16

4

28

MJ.

1

34

10

1 1

47

E

1.

I

9

35

E

E.

4

5

28

3

6

MJ.

2

'35

18

1

44

M

1.

65

27

11

25

E

E.

1

May.

M

I.

36

i 8

3

13

M

1.

3

67

28

7

49

E

I.

3

6

2

2

47

I

37

*9

8

39

E

I.

2

68

28

10

5°

EE.

3

7

1 2

3

49

M

1.

4

38

25

3

4i

M

I.

1

69

29

5

53

EiE.

1

8

17

2

25

M

E.

3

39

26

1 ®

1 1

E

L

1

November.

9,

24

?

4-

M

1

3

40

26

1 1

17

E

I.

2

j7°

4

1

19

M

E.

1

( 0

25

2 1

56

M

1.

I

September.

-7i

4

1 1

5 1

E

I.

3

1 1

29

1

48

M

E.

4

4i

3

2

2T

M

E.

1

72'

5

7

48

E

E.

1

1 2-

30

2

45

M

I.

2

42

3

4

43

M

E.

3.

73

9

5

43

E

E.

2

June.

43

4

8

5°

E

E.

1

74

1 2

9

42

E

E.

1

r 3

1 0

1

9

M

r.

1

44

8

6

3 2

E

[.

3

75

1 6

8

18

E

E.

2

14

1 7

3

2

M

1.

1

45

10

4

18

M

E.

1

7.6

19

1 1

35

E

E.

1

‘5

23

i !

46

E

1.

t

46

11

1 0

47

E

I.

1

77

*2 1

6

3

E

E.

1

16

25

1 1

23

E

1.

1

47

l3

8

41

E

I.

2

78

23

* 10

53

E

E.

2

1 7

I 28

1 1

1

E

1.

3

48,

15

10

36

E

E.

3

79

'28.

7

55

E

E.

1

1 8

29

2

17

M

E.

3

49

19

0

43

M

E.

2

December.

J”

L Y.

50

20

7

14

E

E.

1

80

5

9

47

E;E.

l

19

1

2

20

MI.

2

5i

20

1 1

20

E

E.

2

81

1 0

7

e;i

3

20

3

1

16

M

1.

1

152

23

2'

39

m

E.

3

8T2

• 10

45

E

E.

3

21

6

r

1

M

[i.

3

j 5 3 '

26

2

42

M

E.

il

8$

11

5

17

E

E.

2

22

1 0

3*

9

M

1.

1

54

28

I

59

M

E.

2

84

14

•6

8

E

E.

]

23

18

4

46

M

: 1.

4

October.

85

17

LI

49

E

I.

3

24

18

1 1

32

EI.

1

55

4

1 1

8

E

E.

1

86

18

7

51

E

E.

2

25

25

1 1

26

El.

2

56

8

5

57

E

E.

2

21

7

59

E

E.

1

16

26

1

27

Mj|.

1

57

1 0

0

48

M

I.

4

188

28

9

52

E

E.

1

The 2d, 5^, and 8 th Columns, Ihew the Times -when the Eclipfes will 1
happen; the 3 d, 6th , and 9 th, the Kind. Thus, onthe.io/Z> of Janu-
ary, at 4 b. 44 m. in the Evening there will happen an Emerfion of 1
the firfl: Satellite; and the Number 1, which is placed againft the 10 th
of January. in the ift Column, refers to the Number 1 in the ift Column
of the Plate of Configurations, againft which is placed the Correfpondent Con-
figuration, or the Form in which the Satellites will appear at that Time.

IV. A

( '4*5 )

- . -ft. * f •» T «-T Y

IV. A Tropofition relating to the Combination of
Tra.nl parent Lens’s with Reflecting Planes.
By J. Hanley, Bj V. <Pr. S. Com-
municated to the Royal Society, January 9,
*7?4-

HAVING propofed the ufing of a Telefcope
with the Inurnment for taking Angles, which
I formerly laid before this Society, (.SVeN0 420.)
it gave me Occafion to confider the Effects of the
combining feveral Kinds ofTelefcopes with reflect-
ing Planes, and, among others, led me to the fol-
lowing Proportion.

That if two Lens’s of equal focal Length be
put together in the Form of a Telefcope, and a
Plane Speculum be placed before one of them, lb
that the Axis of the Telefcope make any Angle
with its Surface, and a Ray of Light (the Line of
whole Direction lies in a Plane perpendicular to
that Surface, and parting through the Axis of the
Telefcope) fall on it, and be reflected from it, fo
as to pafs through the Telefcope ; then the Line
of its laft Direction, after parting the Telefcope,
will make an Angle With that of its firft Direction,
before its Incidence on the Speculum, very
nearly equal to double the Angle made between
the Axis of the Telefcope, and the Surface of the
Speculum.

V pH .O Z 01 i ; H3 0 0 01 ?J ' { A OJ

LEM-

( >8<S )

LEMMA

Let the Line FG be the commonAxis of the two
Lens’s I D and KE, of equal focalLengths ; to which
let the Lines AD, D B and B E, be each equal ; and
let a Ray of Light, ifluing from a Point in the
Axis F, fall on the Lens I D at I, and be there re-
fracted into the Line I G, cutting the Axis in G,
and meeting the Lens K E in K, where let the Ray
be again refraCted into the Line K H, cutting the a-
forefaid Axis in H : The Angles I F D and K H E
are very nearly equal.

Demonstration.

t ■ ■_£*•; Lva ','IU tn • KjiXiiOL:* l *«# T>i to ? ! f r i > ’ J

It is known from Doptricks, that the Lines F I,
I G, K H, and F G, are all in the fame Plane ;
and by the ConftruCtion the Lines A D, D B, and
B E are equal ; and by Tropof. zo of Huygens’*
cDioptricks^ the Lines F A, F D, and F G are con-
tinually proportional ; and confequently F A is to
A D as F D to D G, and dividing, F A is to A D as
F D — FA (— to A D) is to D G — AD (= to
B G.) Therefore A D is to B G as F D to D G.
By the lame ‘Propojltion, the Lines BG, E G, and
H G are alfo continually proportional, and B E
(= to A D) is to B G as E H is to E G. Hence
it follows, that the Lines F D, D G, and EH, EG,

are

Let D F and C G reprefent the two Lens’s put
together as before, having their common Axis in
the Line E L, and B N a plane Speculum to which
that Line is inclined in the Angle G H N, and let

AB

are Proportionals. But as F D is to D G, fo is the
Tangent of the Angle I G D or KGE to the
Tangent of the Angle I F D ; and as E H is to
EG, fo is the Tangent of the Angle K G E
to the Tangent of the Angle K H E. The Tan-
gent of the Angle KGE therefore has the lame
Proportion to the Tangents of each of the Angles
I F D and K H E, and confequently thofe Angles
are equal, ®-

N. B. In the Demonftration of the above-cited
Propofition of Huygens , the Thicknefs of the
Lens’s are ncgle&ed, and the Diftance of the Points
I and K, from the Line F G, fuppoled very fmall \
fo that if either of thofe are too great, there may
arife a fenfible Difference between the Angles I F D
and K H E.

( <88 )

* *1 .1

A B be a Ray of Light filling on the Speculum at
B, as is before exprefled, and let it be there re-
flected towards the Point C of the Lens C G,
where it is refradted towards the Point D of
the Lens D F, and there again refradted into the
Line DE, cutting the Axis in E. The Angle AOP
contained between this lad Line D E, continued
backwards, and the firft Line of Incidence of the
Ray A B, will be very nearly equal to double
the Angle of Inclination of the Axis of the Lens’s
E L to the Plane of the Speculum B N ; i. e. dou-
ble the Angle GHN.

Demon s t ration.

Produce the Lines of Incidence and Refledfion
of the Ray A B and B C, ’till they meet the Axis
of the two Lens’s in I and L ; and through the
Point B draw B K perpendicular to the Plane of
the Speculum, and cutting the fame Axis in K,
the Angles KBL and K B I are equal. The An-
gle K LB is the Difference of the Angles I K Band
KBL; and the Angle H I B is the Sum of the
Angles I K B and K B I (equal to K B L) : There-
fore the Angle I K B is equal to half the Sum of
the Angles H I B and K L B. But by the ’forego-
ing Lemma, the Angles K L B and FED are very
nearly equal. Therefore the Angle 1 K B is nearly
equal to half the Sum of the Angles H I B and
FED; that is, to half the Angle P O B, and its
Complement B H I or G H N is nearly equal to half
the Angle AGP the Complement of P O B to a
Semicircle. <£. E. T>.

If

( 189 )

If the firft Incidence of the Ray be fuppofed to
be in the Line E D, it will proceed in the fame
Track as before, but with the contrary Directions;
fo that the Angle E O B made between the firft in-
cident Ray and the laft reflected, will till be equal
ro the Double of G H N, as before.

It is evident that on this Principle an Inftrument
might be conftru&ed, the Effects of which would
in a great Meafure refemble thofe of that before
mentioned (N° 420 ) : But it would be liable to the
Errors arifing both from the fpherical Figure of the
Lens’s, and allb the different Refrangibility of the
Rays of Light, when the Object is feen at a Di-
ftance from the Axis of theTelefeope ; altho’ thofe
Errors, by a- proper Difpofition of the Parts of the
Inftrument, may be reduced to a very fmall Quan-
tity. However, for this Reafon, and alfo becaufe
the Inftrument feemed to me to be attended with
greater Inconveniencies, both in its Conftruction
and Ufe, than the other, I have not thought it ne-
ceftary to give any more particular Defcription
of it.

V. Jn Account of a large Bony Suhftance
found in the Womb, which was Jhewn to the
Royal Society, May the 17th , 1753, by
Edward Hody, M T>. F. ^ S.

■£—« , aged 57, died in St. James's

Market , January , 1725, In examining the
! Pelvis of this Woman, I found a large Bony-

B b " Sub-

( »>0.))

Sub fiance, which was contain’d in the Womb, and
fo ftridly united to it, that they feem’d to be one
and the fame Body. Upon cutting the 'Subjlpnce
a funder, I obferv’d, that the OJJifi cation went no
farther than the Thicknefs of a Shilling ; the Part
immediately under the OJJification is like firm Flefti,
and this Flclh grows fofcer and fofter as it draws
near to its Center.

1 think it not unneceflary, the Bone being found
in, and fo ftri&ly united to the Womb, to take
Notice, that the Woman never had but one Child,
of which fhe was deliver’d about twenty-feven
Years before fhe died : And it may not be impro-
per to mention the Symptoms that lhe had long
labour’d under, and the immediate Caufe of her
Death.

Her chief Complaints, for fome Years, were a
fhort Cough, great Difficulty in Breathing, fre-
quent Uneafinefs in making Water, or in going to
Stool, and a conftant Weight, or Bearing down,
upon the Parts of Generation.

The immediate Caufe of her Death was, un-
doubtedly, an slfthma ; for fhe had only one Lobe
of the Lungs left that was perfe&ly found;. .the
red adher’d firmly to the ‘Pleura, were very much
contracted, and in fome Places fcirrhous.

Explication of the Figure Tab II.

’ ' • \ • , 4 . > \ * - ‘ - ... * • * \ ' •• f

A The Bony-Subjfance.

B The Subftance of the Womb, cut open, and
turn’d backwards.

- !l

C Small

( J9* )

C Small Fibres conne&ing the Bony*Subftance
with the Womb .

D The right Fallopian Tube lying upon the
Membrane , which joins the Tube to the
Womb and to the Ovarium .

E The Ovarium.

F T\\z Morfus Tyiaboli.

G The left Fallopian Tube cut off.

H The Neck of the Womb cut open, as elon-
gated by the Difeafe.

I The Mouth of the Womb laid open.

K The greateft Part of the Vagina likewife
laid open.

This Womb , with the Bone adhering to it,
having been kept ten Years in Spirits before it
was fent to the Engraver, the Vagina, , Fallo-
pian Tube , the Membrane on which the Tube
lies, and the Ovarium , mull be fuppofed to be
greatly contracfted * but that Part of the Womb
diftended by the Subftance, is indeed very lit-
tle contraded ; for it was fcarce fo thick as a
Half-Crown Piece when it was firft taken out of
the Body.

B b z \X Some

( )

VI. Some Experiments concerning the Impreg-
nation of the Seeds of Plants, by James
Logan, Efo, Communicated in a Letter from
him to Mr. Peter Collinfon, F. % S.

‘Philadelphia, Nov. io, 1735’.

SIR,

. J

* * * * * * * * ******

AS the Notion of a Male Seed, or the Farina
Foecundans in Vegetables is now very com-
mon, I fhall not trouble you with any Obferva-
tions concerning it, but fuch as may have fome

Tendency to what 1 have to mention

And, firft, I find from Miller' s Dictionary, that
M. Geoffroy , a Name I think of Repute amongft
Ntituraliftsy from the Experiments he made on
Mayze , was of Opinion, that Seeds may grow
up to their full Size, and appear perfect to the
Eye, without being impregnated by the Farina ,
which poffibly, for ought I know, may in fome
Cafes be true ; for there is no End of Varieties in

Nature : But in the Subject he has mention’d

I have Reafon to believe it’s other wife, and that he
applied not all the Care that was requifite in the
Management.

When I firft met with the Notion of this Male
Seed, it was in the Winter Time, when I could

do

( )

do no more , than think of it; bat in the Spring I
refolved to make fome Experiments on the Mayzey
or Indian Corn . In each Corner of my Garden,
which is forty Foot in Breadth, and near eighty
in Length, I planted a Hill of that Corn, and
watching the Plants when they grew up to a pro-
per Height, and were puiliing out both the Taf-
fels above, and Ears below ; from one of thofe
Hills,. I cut off the whole Taffels, on others I
carefully open’d the Ends of the Ears, and from
forrje of them l cut or pinch’d off all the Aiken
Filaments j from others I took about half* from
others one fourth and three fourths, &c. with
fome Variety, noting the Heads, and the Quantity
taken from each : Other Heads again I tied up at
their Ends, juft before the Silk was putting out,
with fine Muffin, but the Fuzzieft or mod Nappy
I could find, to prevent the Paflageofth t Farina^
but that would obftrucrt neither Sun, Air or Rain.
I fattened it alio fo very loofely, as not to give the
lead Check to Vegetation.

The Confequence of all which was this, that
of the five or fix Ears on the firft Hill, from which
I had taken all the Taffels, from whence proceeds
the Farina , there was only one that had fo much
as a fingle Grain in it, and that in about four hun-
dred and eighty Cells, had butabout twenty or
twenty- one Grains, the Heads, or Ears, as they
flood on the Plant, look’d as well to the Eye as
any other 5 they were of their proper Length,
the Cores of their full Size, but to the Touch,
for want of the Grain, they felt light and
yielding. On the Core, when diverted of the

Leaves

( »94 )

Leaves that cover it, the Beds of Seed were in
their Ranges, with only a dry Skin on each.

In the Ears of the other Hills, from which I
had taken all the Silk3 and in thofe that I had
cover’d with Muflin, there was not fo much as
one mature grown Grain, nor other than as I have
mentioned in the firft : But in all the others, in

which I had left Parr, and taken Part of the Silk,
there was in each the exaCt Proportion of full
Grains, according to the Quantity or Number of
the Filaments I had left on them. And for the
few Grains I found on one Head in the firft Hill,

I immediately accounted thus : That Head, or

Ear, was very large, and flood prominent from
the Plant, pointing with its Silk Weftward di-
redly towards the next Hill of Indian Corn ; and
the Farina , I know, when very ripe, on lhaking
the Stalk, will fly off in the fineft Duft,fomewhat
like Smoak. I therefore, with good Reafon, judg-
ed that a Wefterly Wind had wafted fome few of
thefe Particles from the other Hill, which had
light on the Stiles of this Ear, in a Situation per-
fectly well fitted to receive them, which none of
the other Ears, on the fame Hill, had. And in-
deed I admire that there were not more of the
fame Ear than I found impregnated in the fame
manner.

As I was very exad in this Experiment, and
curious enough in my Obfervations, and this,
as I have related it, is truly Fad, I think it may
reafonably be allowed, that notwithstanding what
M. Geoffroy may have deliver’d of his Trials on
the fame Plant, I am pofitive, by my Experi-
ment

-'iH

( >9J )

ment on thofe Hsads^ That the Silk was taken
quite away, and thole that were cover’d with
Muffin, none of the Grains will grow up to their
Size, when prevented of receiving the Farina to
impregnate them, but appear, when the Ears of
Corn are difclofed, with all the Beds of the Seeds,
or Grains, in their Ranges, with only a dry Skin
on. each, about the fame Size as when the little
tender Ears appear fill’d with milky Juice before
it puts out its Silk. But the few Grains that were
grown on the fingle Ear, were as full and as fair as
any I had feen, the Places of all the reft had only
dry empty Pellicles, as I have defcribed them;
and I much queftion whether the fame does not
hold generally in the whole Courfe of Vegetation,
though, agreeable to what I firft hinted, it may not
be fafe to pronounce abfolutely upon it, without a
great Variety of Experiments on different Subjects.
But I believe there are few Plants that will afford
fo fine an Opportunity of obferving on them as
the Mayze,ox our Indian Corn ; becaufe its Stiles
may be taken off or left on the Ear, in any Pro-
portion, and the Grains be afterwards number’d in
the Manner I have mentioned.

i l< I f: : *: . b; . ; - ■ ' %

VII. Some

( 196 )

VII. Some Obfervations of Eclipfes of Jupi-
ter’s Satellites, made by Geo. Lynn, Efcfo at
Southwick, near Oundle in Northampton-
fliire j Communicated in a Letter to James
Jurin, M.V. F. S. and Fellow of the Royal
College of Phyficians, London.

S I R,

T TEARING that fome Foreigners enquired
JL JL for Obfervations of the Ecliples of Jupiter’s
Satellite, I have fent what 1 had of that Sort :
They are indeed but few thefe two laft Years, on
account of my Abfence during part of the Time
for Oblervation, and alio on account of the fmall
Arc Jupiter has lately made above our Horizon.
TheTelefcope I made ule of is the fame as formerly,
haying a thirteen Foot ObjedLGlafs, with an A-
perture of two Inches and four Tenths, and an
Eye-Glafs of two Inches and an half Focus. By
apparent Time, at Southwick , near Oundle in Nor-
thamptonjhire, Longitude Weft from London ,
oo Deg. 30 Min. as follows :

Month. D. h. ' lf

It feemed in a Minute after to be as? 2Q 2Q

bright as the 4th Satellite 5

And at full Brightnels about — ■ zi zo

The

13

1 1

( *97 )

Month. D„ h

17^3. The 4th Satellite emerged Jan. 25s 9

1730. The 2d began to immerge iVtf z;. 28
And was quite out of Sight at

1 73 1 . The 2d began to emerge March 29
And feem’d at full Brightnefs about
The ift Satellite began? H «

to emerge — - 3 1

And was at full Brightnefs about
Again the 1 ft began to emerge May 4 10
Was at full Brightnefs about — —

And parted by the 3d Satellite -at 11
The 1 ft Satellite began to
immerge

/ //
45 nearly

I 7 4^
19 4 6
33 8
36 30

11 45 10

17

2..°

31-

46

4

5
49

10

3°

4*

30

And was quite out of Sight about
1 7 at- The 3d Satellite began to? „
immerge — —

an. 712 2 57

4 2?
Jan. 28 14 16 00

19 00
24 00

o 12 23 57

12

48 44

13 5 30

Was but equal in Light to the 2d at
Quite gone at —

1732. The 2d Satellite began£^r/y3

to emerge — 5 ^ 3

The i ft Satellite began ?„ 6

to emerge -r- 3 ^

i7»- Ther3d Sateljite ftuite^ Febr. 18
difappeared - — ^

1733. Again the 3d Satellite? ^

difappear’d 5 1

But it began to fail of its Light
about 5 or 6 Minutes before.

1735. The 2d Satellite immergedAf^y 18
The 3d began to emerge Augmft^

And was 4 or 5 Minutes before \t came to its full
Brightnefs.

C c VIII. A

2 1

3 3°

10 45.
9 10

co

30

( i )

VI H. A Letter from Mr. Thomas Jones to
James Jurin, M. T>. F.%S. and Fellow of
the Royal College of Fbyficians, London,
concerning the High Tide in the F^iVer
Thames, on Feb. 16, 1735-6.

SI R,

AS you was pleafed to defire an Account of the
Tide’s flowing on the 8th of March , 1725-6,
which then flowed twenty Foot five Inches and a
half, as I took it by a Level from that High Water
Mark to Low Water the next Morning, and was
four Inches higher than had been known for forty
Years before.

I have now to add, that having mark’d that High
Tide on a Poll, on Monday the 16th Inftant the
Tide role at the fame Place fix Inches and three
Quarters above that Mark, and flowed near two
Foot the laft half Hour but one before High Water.

I am,

SIR,

New-crane, Feb. Tour tnoji humble , and
1 7th, 1735-6. obedient Servant,

THO. JONES.

N. B. If the Tide had flowed its full Time," it
would have flowed half an Hour longer, and had
drowned the whole Level.

IX. AfFedus

( 1 99 )

IX. Affe&us Cutaneus fingularis, ab Abra-
hamo Vatero, Anatomes & tBotanices in
Academia Wittembergenfi (profejjorc pub -
lico, 5. 5. Regali Sociecan comma »
nicatus .

IN Tranfa&ionibus PhilofophicisIlIuftriffimaeSoci-
eratis Regise, N° 424, proMenfibus Julio & Au-
gufto, Anno Mdccxxxii, recenfetur Cafus rariflimus
pariter ac curiofiflirnus, cutis, aut potius cuticuix
prave conftitutae in puero ruftico xiv annorum,
quae talem craflitiem & duritiem habet, ut corti-
cem potius arboris, quam cutem human! corporis
referat, qua: thecae inftar totum corpus, excepta fa-
cie, volifque manuum ac pedum, ita involyit, ut
puer quafi in ea reconditus videatur, quam quotan-
nis regeneratam autumni tempore, exuviarum inftar,
decidentem exuit ac deponit. Cafumhunc apprime
illuftrat, quam nuper a Medico Clariftimo, Domino
Licentiato Harnifchio, Gera in Varifcia Iliuftriffi-
morum Gomitum Ruthenicorum fede, ad me per-
fcriptam accepi, hiftoria puellae nx annorum, ibi-
dem viventis. Hxc ante aliquot annos tumore ar-
tuum & totius corporis laboraverat, ad quern cn-
randum, cum varia a parentibus remedia, prascipue
domeftica aut empirica adhiberentur, fadtum eft, ut
tumor durus infignis in dorfo inter fcapulas gene-
raretur, quern gibberis initium judicantes itidem
topicis difcutere ftuduerunt votique etiam fui com«

C c z pores

( 2CO }

potes fadi funt. At quid fit ? Ab ifto tempore fen-
fim inmanibus pedibufque, imprimis in horum plan-
tis ac iftarum voi is, generari coepit crufta ficca atque
dura, qu£ in apicibus digitorum longe prominet, ac
apprehenfionem grefTumque impedit, adeo ut puella
nee ftare, nec incedere potuerit, fed portari ac curru
yehi opus habuerit. Crufta hxc per intervalla de-
cidit, praprimis poft inundiones varias a parenti-
bus applicatas, led puella inde male habuit, tumida
evafir, anxietates & tormina intus fenfir, quae non
nifi crufta ifta regenerata ceflarunt ; hoc autem
jfado, nil amplius incommodi percepit, prxterquam
quod ufu manuum pedumque deftitueretur. Ab anni
jpatio denuo hoc mafo afflida Chirurgi curae tra-
dita fuit, qui illam laxantsbus Mercurialibus atque
decodis fanguinem purificantibus tradavit, quibus
diam malum ceftit, ac mundities cutis reftituta eft,
adeo uc puella nunc integra fanitate frui videatur t
quae an conftans fit futura, tempus docebir. Ac-
cepi a laudato Medico portionem hujus crufts, cum
fruftulo ejufdem ab apice digiti deciduo, tanta: Ion-
girudinis & craftitiei, ut extremum digiti articnlum
referat, eo magis, quia in uno latere particulam un-
guis monftrate Microfcopio infpeda hxc crufta,
manifefto apparet, earn ex fquamulis conflaram elTe,
quod eo certius eft teftimonium, illam nil aliud,
quam ipfara cuticulam, a nutrimento viicido &
tartareo expanfam & induratam efle. Ex ejul-
dem fupra laudati Viri relatione habeo, in urbe ibi-
dem vicina pariter reperiri virginem, quse a longa
indc tempore, bis in anno, talem deponit cruftam*
a manibus pedibufque, necnon a cubito deciduam,
qu % nullam a quibufcuuque Medicamentis fiadenus

uforpatis,,

( 20! )

uftirpatis, levatnen percepir. Laborat autem ifla
obftrudtione raenfium, quas mali huhus fons at-
que origo efle videtur.

JVittenbergte D. i Auguji.

A. D. Mdccxxxv.

X. Experiments concerning the Vibrations of
Pendulums. By the late W. Derham, 2). 2>.
F. 2^. S. and Canon of Wind for.

TH E Account which Mr. Bradley hath given
in Fhilofoph. TranfaQ. N° 432, of Obferva-
tions made at Jamaica by Mr. Campbell with a
nice Fendulum-Clock of Mr, Graham's making,
brought to my Mind fome Experiments I made
fome Yearsago, that may be of Ufe in Obfervations
of rhis nature.

The firft that I fhall take notice of, fhall be fome
Experiments 1 made in the Year 1704, with ex-
cellent Inftruments, concerning the Vibrations of
Tendulums in Vacuo ; which were publilhed in the
Fhilofoph . TranfaEl. N° 294. The Sum of which
is, That the Vibrations in Vacuo vcz re larger than
in the open Air , or Receiver unexhaufted : Alfo
that the Enlargement or Diminution of the Vibra-
tions, was conftantiy in Proportion to the Quantity
of Air, or Rarity, or Denfity thereof, which was
left in the Receiver of the Air-Pump. And as the
Vibrations were larger or Ihorter, fo the Times
Were augmented, or diminilhed accordingly ; viz.

two

( 202 )

two Seconds in an Hour flower, when the Vibrati-
ons were largeft, and lefs and lefs, as the Air was
re-admitted, and the Vibrations Ihortened.

But notwithftanding the Times were flower, as
the Vibrations were larger, yet I had Reafon to
conclude, that the Pendulum really moved quicker
in Vacuo , than in the Air , becaufe the fame Differ-
ence, or Enlargement of the Vibrations (as two
Tenths of an Inch on a Side) would caufe the
Movement, inftead of two Seconds in an Hour,
to go 6 or 7 Seconds flower in the fame time \ as I
found by nice Experiments.

The next Experiments I fhall mention, I made
at feveral Times, in 1705, 1706, and 1712, by
the Help of a good Month-Piece that fwings Se- |
conds. The Weight that then drove it, was about
12 or 13 Pounds, and it kept Time exadtly by the
Sun’s mean Motion : But by hanging on 6 Pounds
more, the Vibrations were enlarged 5 but yet the
Clock gained 13 or 14 Seconds in a Day.

And as the Increafe or Diminution of the Power
that drives the Clock, doth accelerate or retard
its Motion, fo, no doubt, doth Cleannefs or
Foulnefs affed it, and fo doth Heat and Cold 5 for all
have the fame Effed: upon the Pallets and Pendulum.

The laft Experiments I fhali mention, I made in
3716 and 1718, to try what Effects Heat and
Cold had upon Iron Rods of the fame Length, or
as near as i could to thofe that fwing Seconds.

I made my Experiments with round Rods of< about
a Quarter of an Inch Diameter, and with fquare
Rods, of about three Quarters of an Inch Square. j :
The Effects on both which were the fame.

At

.

4? ■

1

' ( 105 )

At firft I took the exad Length of the Rods, in
their natural Temper. Then I heated them as well
as I could in a Smith’s Fire, from End to End,
nearly to a Flaming Heat ; by which means, they
were lengthened two Tenths of an Inch. Then I
quenched them in cold Water; which made them
Too of an Inch fhorter than in their natural State.

Then I warmed them to (as near as I could guefs)
the Femper of my Body ; by which means they
were about 7oT of an Inch longer than in their
natural Temper.

Afterwards I cooled them in a ftrong frigorifick
- Mixture of common Salt and Snow, which fliort-
ened themioS Parts of an Inch.

Afterwards I meafured thefe Rods, when heated in
an hot Sun , which lengthened themTco Parts of an
Inch more than their natural Temper.

AlJ thefe Experiments feem to concur in refolving
the Phenomenon of F endulum Clocks going Jlower
under the /Equator than in the Latitudes from it :
But yet I confefs, that I have too good an Opinion
of Sir Ifaac Newton's Notion of the Spheroidal
Figure of th z Earth, to part eafily with it; and
therefore I leave it to the Confideration of others,
how far the Figure of the Earth, and how far Heat
and Cold, and the Rarity and Denfity of the
Air, are concerned in that Phenomenon.

XL The

( 2°4 )

Xf. The Conftru&ion and Ufe of Spherical

Maps, or fnch as are delineated upon Tortious
of a Spherical Surface. (By Mr. John Col-
fon, M. A. F. % S.

Eographical Maps, and Hydrographical Charts,
J though they*are Reprefentations of a Convex
Spherical Surface, yet were firft delineated upon
Planes, as being the mod eafy and obvious, tho’
not the mod natural and accurate Reprefentations :
And they will be diffidently near the Truth, when
the Part of the Earth or Seas to be defcribed is not
of a very large Extent. Such as thefe have been
ufuaily called Chorographical and Topographical
Maps j but when the Map is any thing general, or
is to contain any large Tradt of the Earth or Seas,
fuppofe (for Inftance) one of the four Quarters of
the World, as they are call’d ; then, when they
are projected, or reprefented npon a Plane, the Parts
muft neceffarily be diftorted, one way contracted
beyond the Truth, another way dilated, fo as to
give no juft Idea of the whole. Nor can this Di-
stortion be poffibly avoided, when any confidcrable
Part of a Spherical Surface, by any Projection what-
ever, is to be reprefented upon a Plane. ’Tis true,
this Diftortion is always regular, and according to
certain Laws j fo that knowing the Nature of the
Projection, it may tolerably well be allow’d for.
But to do this fcientifically, and as it onght to be
done, requires much Skill and Accuracy in the

Maker,

( )

Maker, as well as good Proficience and Experience
in the Peruferj and therefore nor lb proper for an
Introdudion to Learners, in the Rudiments of Geo-
graphy. Young Minds are apt to receive wrong No-
tions and Prejudices from them, at leaft cannot be
rightly and eafily inftruCted by them.

To obviate this Inconvenience, Geographers have
contrived and conftruded the Terreftrial Globe, on
which they endeavour to delineate ail the Parts of
the Earth’s Surface in their natural State, as to Lon-
gitude, Latitude, Diftance, Bearing, Magnitude,
which being a true and genuine Reprefenration of
the whole Superficies of the Earth, as far as it is yet
known, is the beft adapted for conveying juft No-
tions to young Minds, and for preventing all falfe
Conceptions and Prepofleflions. After the firft Ru-
diments of Geography have been imbibed from
hence, they will be then prepared for the Ufe of
plain Maps ; and they will afterwards find, that
large Projections of particular Countries, Kingdoms
and Provinces, in plano^ will be of excellent Ser-
vice to them for their farther Improvement in this
ufeful and necefiary Science. Nor will they now
be in any Danger of being milled by fuch Maps,
tho* they are not fo juft and natural Reprefentations
of the Earthly Globe.

Now the fame Conveniencies that may be derived
from the whole Globe, may, in Proportion, be had
from any notable Portions of it ; as an Hemifphere,
a Quadrant, a SeCtant, an OCtant, or other Parr.
But with this Advantage befides, that thefe partial
Spherical Maps will not only be much lefs cumber-
fome, and more manageable than a whole Globe,

D d but

( ro 6 )

but may be made much more accurate and particular,
as being capable of being form'd to a much larger Di-
ameter than a Globe can conveniently be made to.
The Maps may firft be printed upon a Plane, as is
ufual in the common Globes, and then palled upon
thin convex Shells of Paftboard, form'd to the inten-
ded Radius. The forming of thefe fpherical Coats
of Paftboard will be a Matter of no great Difficulty,
even to as large a Diameter as fhall be defired ; but
the chief Art will be required in projecting the Maps
in piano , after the fimpleft and exacted Manner, fo
as that they may adapt themfelves, with as little
Error as poffible, to a fpherical Surface. For a
plane Surface cannot be converted into a fpherical
Surface without fome Error. The beft Method of
doing this, with the lead poffible Error, I think
will be as follows.

Infteadofthe ufualSlipsor GufTets,as isthemanner
of Globe*makers,which are comprehended between
two Meridians at fome Diftance, and are form’d only
tentatively and mechanically, without the Help of
any juft Theory, we may divide the whole fpheri-
cal Surface into parallel Portions, or Zones; that is,
into Parts terminated by two Parallels to the Equa-
tor, at the Diftance (fuppofe) of ten Degrees. As
if the firft of thefe Portions, or Zones, were at the
Equator itfelf, and extended to five Degrees of La-
titude on each Side of that Circle, the fecond Zone
would be at the Parallel of ten Degrees of Latitude,
and would extend to five Degrees of Latitude on
one Side, and to fifteen Degrees of Latitude on the
other Side of that Parallel, andfb of the fucceeding
Zones.

Now r

( 207 )

Now we may conceive thefirfi: of thefe Portions,
or Zones, to be converted from a fpherical Surface
to a plane Surface in this manner, without fenfible
Error. Let the middle Line of this Zone, that is
the Equator, continue in its Situation, and let the
Segments of the Meridians on each Side be con-
ceived to unbend themfelves gradually, ’till they are
extended into right Lines perpendicular to the Equa-
tor : Then will that which was before a Zone, or
Portion of a lpherical Surface, with a fmall Altera-
tion become a Portion of a cylindrical Surface, cir-
cumicribed about the Sphere ; whofe Breadth is
every where equal to ten Degrees of the Sphere, and
whole Circumference is equal to the Equator. And
thus every Parallel to the Equator, as far as that of
five Degrees of Latitude on each Side, will be
ffretch’d and extended into a Circle as large as the
Equator ; but they will all keep the fame Diftance
from one another, and from the Equator, that they
had before. This Extenfion, or Alteration, will be
every where regular and uniform, and will be but
very little, even where it is moft : For the lead of
thefe Circles, which is the Parallel of five Degrees
of Latitude, has the fame Proportion to the Circle
it is ftretch’d to, or the Equator, as the Sine of 8 5* De-
grees has to the Radius, or as 9961947 to 10000000 *
which approaches very near to a Ratio of Equality.
And now it will be eafily conceived, that without
undergoing any other Alteration, or Diftortion, this
Portion of a cylindrical Surface may be rectified, or
extended into a plane Parallelogram, whofe Length
will be equal to that of theEquator, and whofeBreadth
will be equal to anArchof icDeg/ofthefameEquator.

D d 2 And

( 208 )

And confequently, by an Operation that Will be
juft the Reverfe of this, if upon a Plane we deli-
neate fuch a Parallelogram as this, we bay then lay
down all the Places that are contain’d in it very ex-
actly, in their proper Situation of Longitude and
Latitude ; and then apply its middle Line, or Equa-
tor, to that of a Globe of a due Magnitude, which
will then become a Portion of a cylindrical Surface,
circumscribed about the Globe. Then by prefling it
dole to the Body of the Globe, we lhall caufe it to
contract itfelf a very little, but regularly, which
Contraction will be only according to Longitude,
and not at all according to Latitude ; and then the
cylindrical Surface will be changed into that of a
Sphere, and will become the firft fpherical Zone
before delcribed, with all it's Delineations in their
due Pofition, without fenfible Error.

In like manner in thefecond fpherical Portion, or
Zone, comprehended between the Parallels of five
and fifteen Degrees, Whofe middle Line is the Pa-
rallel of ten Degrees, we may conceive the Seg-
ments of the Meridians to unbend gradually on each
Side, and to extend themfelves into Tangent right
Lines, which therefore will form a Segment of a
conical Surface, ftill touching the Globe in the Pa-
rallel of ten Degrees of Latitude. The Axis of this
Cone will coincide with the prolonged Axis of the
Globe, and the Side of the Cone, which is to be
eftimated from the Vertex to the Circle of Con-

tad:, will be the Co* tangent of the Latitude, or the
Tangent of 8 o Degrees. Now this Portion of a
Conical Surface may eafily be conceived to be un-
roll’d, or to be expanded into a plane Surface, with-
out

p2!09 )

out undergoing any other Aiteratjon, and then it
will become a Portion of aSe&or of. a Circle ; which
Portion will have for its Length, or middle Line, an
Arch of a Circle defcribed with the afQrefaid Tan-
gent, as a Radius, whole Length will be the feme
as the Parallel of Contact, aud its Breadth will be
equal to an Arch of the. Equator of ten Degrees, as
before. This Segment of a Sedor of a Circle fb
produced, may therefore be eafily defcribed in plano>
and within it may be inferred all the Places belong-
ing to it, according to their Longitude and Lati-
tude. Then it muft be applied to the Globe, foas
that its middle Line lhall coincide with the Parallel
of ten Degrees ; then by prefling it may be bent
to the Surface of the Globe, every Meridian to its
refpedive Reprefentative, by which it will uniform-
ly contrad a little according to Longitude, but not
at all according to Latitude. And thus the Globe
will be cover’d as far as 15* Degrees of Latitude.

The next Zone, or that belonging to the Parallel
of 10 Degrees, may be thus conftruded a priori .
Upon a plain Paper, with Radiusequal to the Tan-
gent of 70 Degrees, defcribe an Arch, whole Length
is equal to that of the Parallel of 20 Degrees ; as
alfo two other concentrick Arches on each Side,
at a Diftance from the middle Arch equal to Aan
Arch of five Degrees. This will be the required
Segment of the circular Sedor, in which are to
be inferted all the Places belonging to it, accord-
ing to their Longitude and Latitude. Then the
middle Line or Arch is to be apply’d to the Parallel
of ao Degrees upon the Globe, and the Segment of
the conical Surface thence arifing is to be duly con-

traded

( 2,0 )

traded as before, or prefs’d clofe to the Globe; by
which Means this Zone will alfb be compleated.
And in the fame manner we are to proceed to the
fucceeding Zones, ’till the whole Globe is cover’d.
And the Method will not differ in any material Cir-
cumflance, if inftead of a whole Globe, we are to
conftrud any Part of it only, or what I here call a
Spherical Map.

To reduce this Theory to Pradice, and as a Spe-
cimen of Spherical Maps, 1 have conftru&ed a Ter-
reftrial Hemifphere to a Diameter of near 15* Inches:
To which I have given the Name of the Britijh
Hemifpherey becaufe it has Great-Britain in the
Center, or rather at its Vertex. It is therefore
adapted to the Meridian and Horizon of London ,
and exhibits one half of the Earth’s Surface, as it lies
round about this City ; which is vaftly the mod
confiderable Part of the whole Earth’s Superficies.
The Longitude and Latitude of Places are here eafily
known by Infpe&ion, and their Bearing and Diftances
may be nearly eftimated : And all the Delineations
are as accurate and particular as this fmall Radius
would permit. I conceive therefore it may be no
unfit Inftrument for inftruding Beginners, or for
initiating young Minds in the firft Rudiments of
Geography.

FINIS,

ERRATA. frumb. 439. p. 145. 1. 15. dele Mr. before Pappus.

P. 1 7 1 . 1. 4. for Barrow , read William Barlow ,

L O N T> O i^.-

Printed by W. Innvs and R.Manby, Printers
to the Royal Society , at theWeft End of St. Paul's.

MDCCXXXV1I.

JP/uiMofih.. Tra/wact.

44 j.

J2\

J3 j

J4\

js\

J

Ji\

/a

■»

20

M-HERENNI'

PROTf‘V'A‘XXII

Mil D Y VEC ERVNT PARENT E S

M HfRINNIV^AGRICOlAET
HERENNIA lACENA/ILIO
CHIROCRAPHVM OLLARIA7V /M
C I N E R A R I A N m . I MI R a N T I B VS P AR
T l A EVA QY E S VNT I NMO N VM f NTo
T/LAVl ART EMIDORf QVOD E ST VI A
SALAR1A 1MAGRO VOLV51 BASUIDES
1 E WTIBVS AB VRBE PAR EE S 1 M [ S ER A D 0
NAllOMS CWSA MANC1PIO ACC E PIT
MTl ERENMVS AGRICOLA DE T/LAVIO
ARTEMlDORoTtf/VT LfRRf PENDf -M1
HERENNIO ] VS TO ANTES TATVSES TT I
[VLIVM'EROTEM INQYT vacvam

POSSESSION EM EARV/Vt OLLARVM

etcinerariorvaat/lavivsarte
Ml DO RVS H E RENN 1 0 AGRICOlE 1 RE
AVTMITEER EOSSAQYEI N/TRREPER
MlSlISACRVAlOyEOVOn E NS/ACE
REVELL1THERENNIVSAGRLCOLA
HER EDES VE E IVSPERMIS ITCl AVI S VR
E IV SM ONVM.ER El POTES TAT EM/AC TV
RVM S E D I X 1 1 D O LVMQYEM A LV A\
HVIC REI ABESSF/yVTVRVMQVE
S E I IAEC R E C T E DA R1A/ERI PRAES TAR I

QyESTfPVLATVSESTM-HERENNlVS
AG RICO LA SPE POND ITT* /LAV l VS
ART E M I D O RVS ACT * XV 1 11 K l ANVAR
OCALPVRNIO /LACCOOTREBJO
G E RMANO («S

Numb. 441.

PHILOSOPHICAL

TRANSACTIONS.

For the Months of April, May, and June, 1736.

The CONTENTS.

I. A Copy of an Ancient Chirograph, or Convey-
ance of Tart of a Sepulchre, cut in Marble , late-
ly brought from Rome, and now in the Pojfeffon
of Sir Hans Sloane, Bar*. Tr. R. S. fVith fome
Obfervations upon it by Roger Gale, Efq-, V. T.
(S Tr. R. S.

]]. Mr. Stephen Gray, F. R S. his laf Letter to
Granville Wbeler, Efq-, F. R. S. concerning the
Revolutions which J mall pendulous Bodies will,
by Ele&ricity, make round larger ones prom IVeft
to Eajl as the Planets do round the Sun.

III. ExtraTt of a Letter from Mr. Jof. Nic. De
l’lfle, F. R. S. to John Machin, Seer. R. S. &
Tr. Aflr.GreJb.DatedVetersbnrg, ~ Feb. 173,,
containing feveral Literary Communications
concerning the Conft ruElion of a Quick- filver
Thermometer, and his Obfervations on the E-
clipfes of JupiterV Satellites, Annis 1731 and
1732. Tranflated from the French by Phil.
Henry Zollman, F. R. S.

IV. Experimenta de Terforatione Thoracis, cjuf-
que in Refpiratione Ejfeffibus, facia per Guili-
elmum Flouftonum, M. D. & quondam R. S. S.
cum Lugduni Batavorum commoraretur. Ann.
1728 8c 1729. Regali Societati eommunicata
per Philippum Millerum, R. S. S.

V. Obfer-

CONTENTS.

a rr cr

V. Obfervationes nonnull £ fngnlarer Ahni

cididccxxxi ii* tam Aftronomics, quam Phy-
{\cxy S> Meteorologies, ab Joh. Frid. Weidlero,
*Prof. Math . Tr, R. S. S. Vit ember ga faff a.

VI. An Extratl of a Letter from James Logan,
Efq j to Sir Hans Sloane, Bar*. Tr. R.S. con-
cerning the crooked and angular Appearance of
the Streaks or Darts of Light’ning in Thunder-
Storms.

VII. Obfervations of the Aurora Borealis made in
England by Andr. CelfiuSji7. R. S . and Seer. R. S.
of Upfal in Sweden.

VIII. A Letter from "Dr, Robert James, of Lich-
field, to Sir Hans Sloane, Bart. Tr. R. S . con-
taining fome Experiments made upon Mad Dogs
with Mercury.

IX. A Continuation of an Account of an Ejfay to-
wards a Natural Hillory of Carolina and the
Bahama I funds . By Mark Catesby, F. R. S.
with fome Extracts out of the Eighth Set. By
Dr. Mortimer, Seer. R. S.

ERRATA in Philofophical Tfranfattwis, No 439.

PAGE 143. line ult. for it read its , p. 145. L 1 5. dele Mr. p. 151.

I. 13. for CT to CS r. CS.to CT. p.- 152. 1. 24. for H R r. A R.
p. 153. 1 5. for C F read AF. p. 162. 1. 13. foruniverfly r. in-verfefy.
p. 163. 1. 13. for rmta read r m t <v. p. 164. 1. 5. for P S*
r. P S a <v. 1. 6. for P q r. P *v. 1. 15 • for P R r. P K,

In the F 1 G u r e s.

Figure 4. put Q^for the Interfeflion of C F and S K. Fig. 7. letQ.be
the luterfeilion of R D and F M. Fig. 2. in pag. 1 57. for d r. Q. Fig. in
pag. t 60. join NT. Fig. in pag, 163. put B at the Interfe&ion o { t m d
and F D G . ,

E R RATA in Philofophical Tranfatticns, N° 441.

Page 210. line ult. for Seal r. Scale,

[ %n ]

tJ± ,* «• _ ■'* * * *f *!: ^ V *-*7

I. A Copy of an Ancient Chirograph, or Con-
veyance 0/’?^ of a Sepulchre, cut in Marble f
lately brought from Rome, and now in the ‘Pop
feffionof Sir HansSloane, Bar*. R • S< *Pr. with
fome Obfervations upon it by Roger Gale, Efq\
F.T.R.® Tr. R.S.

x Dijs Minibus

% Marci Herennij „

3 Proti, vixit annos viginti duos

4 Menfesduos, Dies quinque, fecerunt Parentes
f Marcus Herennius Agricola et

6 Herennia Lacena Filio.

7 Chirographum. Ollarra numero quatuor

8 Cineraria quinquaginta tria intrantibus par-

9 te lxva qux funt in monumento

10 Titi Flavij Artemidori, quod eft Via

1 1 Salaria in agro Volufi Banlides

1 2 Ientibus ab Urbe parte finiftra, Do-
1 3 nationis caufa Mancipio accepit

T4 Marcus Herennius Agricola de TitoFlavio
if Artemidoro Seftertio nummo Uno, Libripehde Marco

16 Herennio Jufto, Anteftatus eft Tiberium

17 Julium Erotetn : Inque yacuam .

18 Pofteffionem earum ollarum

ip Et Cinerariorum Titus Flavius Arte-

20 midorus Herennio Agricolae ire

21 A tit mittere, offaque infer re per-

22 mifit, facrumque quo tie ns face-

23 re. veil it Herennius Agricola

24 Heredefve ejus pefnrifit, Clavifve
2f Ejus monumenti poteftatem fadu~

16 rum fe dixit, dolumquc malum

27 Huic rei abefle afuturumque :

28 Se haec rede Dftri, fieri prxftarr-
2p que ftipulatus eft Marcus Herennius

30 Agricola, fpepondft Titus Flavius

31 Artemidorus. Adum 180 JCalendas January

32 Caio Calpurnio Flacco, Lucio T rebio

33 Germano COS.

THIS

[ m ]

THIS Marble,, lately arrived from Rome, and
now repofited in the noble Mu feu m o£ Sir Hans
Sloane, is a moll .valuable. Piece of Antiquity, as
exhibiting a eompleat Formula of a Chirograph,
or Conveyance of one Part of a Burying-Piacc from
ciie Fairuly to Another, but neither of them of any
Note, feeming by their Agnomina to have been
only Liberti , or defcended from fuch. Agricola
indeed is a Roman Name, but thofe of his Wife
Lacena , and his Son Frotus , are both Greek .

By this Chirograph (Line 7th, 8tb, &c.) pie-
rennius Agricola obtains from Titus Flavius Ar-
temidorus^&Fkxghi to four Ollaria , which were
Niches or Repofitories , wherein they placed Cine-
raria, Urns, or Veffels of Stone, or Earth , con-
taining the Afhes of the Dead, and were here in
Number Fifty- threef '

Fabretti a indeed takes the Cineraria to have
been Niches for receiving and keeping Urnas
Up ideas 5 but Gut her ins de Jure Aianiunt
(Lib. II. c. 24.) tells us, that Offuaria oil# a Cine-
rarijs in eo differ unt, quod ha Cincres, ilia offa
exciperent . Befides, if they were Niches, or the
lame as Ollaria , the mentioning of them, as in this
Infcription, would be an unintelligible Tautology
and Spon (in his Mifcell. Antiq , Erudit. p. 290.}
gives us the following Infcription, which leems ta
put the Matter out of Difpute.

Roma, in Operculo Vajis .

C1NERARI VM
GEM ELL. IEAELI
MARC I.ET PHILIPPI.

a Xnfcript. anf, in sedibus pat. p< i6} ly. ,

From

c . ! i i

[ 2J3 ]

From both which Authorities it is evident, that
the Cineraria were Vafa^ and not Repofitories
for them.

This Monument was fituated on the left Side of
the Via Salaria , which ran to the North- weft of
Rome from th eBorta Collina • It flood in the
Ground of Volufius Bajilides , and the Confidera-
tion for the Conveyance of it is one Sefterce. It
is very ufual in fepulchral Infcriptions to find the
Monument of one Family in the Field of another,
the Proprietor of the Monument referving the
Right of that to himfelf when he fold the Ground ;
or purchafing fo much Ground from the Owner
as was fufficient for ere&ing the Monument.
All Sepulchres, when once a Body was interv
red therein, were efteemed as Religious and Sa-
cred, and were not to follow the PofTeffion of the
Field.

Mi lie pedes in front ey t recent os cippus in agrum

Hie dab at) H ter edes monument um tie fequeretur .

Hor. i. Sat. 8.

Line n. Bajilides is a Blunder for Bajilidis in
the Genitive Cafe j and we fhall meet with more of
them before we get through this Infcription.

Line 11,12. The Words 'Donationis caufaman*
cipio accepit M. Herennius Hgricola de Tito Fla -
vio Artimedoro IIS N. I. are to be read Sejlertio
Nummo Uno, as is evidently demonftrated from
the following Infcription, where you have alfo the
reft of the Words of this Form of Conveyance.
There is likewife in Gruter a an Infcription, where-

a P. DCCCCLVI. 4.

E e a

in

C ]

in 'the Words SESTERTIO NUMMO UNO are
expiefs’d at length.

HO C. : M ON V M E NT VM. S I V E
SEPVLCHB.VM. C VM. AREA. SVA
T.FVFICI VS. FELIX. DE
IVLIA. RVFINA. DONATIONIS
CAVSA. MANCIPIO. AC CEP IT
11 S. NANO. QVOD.COMPAR AVJT
FVFICIAE. AMPLIATAE
CONIVGI CARISSIMAE, &c.
Tj.m/O T IIIO ‘t v. :.A’ C.'.: • ii'Jlii r.d .. T :: ; ;

They were Verba folennia Donat ionis vel All -
enationis caufd qu/e fie bat per Mancipiuni \ This
Mancipation was often a fictitious Sale of a thing
to make the Donation of it valid, as in this Cafe :
And the Mention of one Sefterce given for ir, is
only 'Diets gratia, much like our Form in Leafes
for patting into PofTeffion, In confideration of five
Shillings in Hand paid. Frequent Examples occur
of this Practice, as in the Infcription juft now
quoted from Fabretti % and others in the fame
Author ; and in Gruter ( p. dcccclvi. 4. and
mlxxxi. i.) which latter is a compleat Formula
of a like fepukhral Conveyance as this, but of a
fater Time, and not fo well preferved ; it being exe-
cuted when the Emperor Trebonianus Gallus , and
his Son Voltifiantis, were Confuls, A.D. 25*2; and
ours probably, as will be ftiewn hereafter, during
the Reign of Septimius Severus.

» Infcript. ant. in sed. pat, p. 50.

Line

)

[ w 1

Line if.) LIBRJ PENDE is cot ia oar Marble
as two dt{iin£t Words, as here reprefented, though
in reality it fliould be but one, and figoifies the
Berfe^chai: weighed or counted over the Money to
the Seller : It fhoald be read LIBRIP END E, than
whom there could not be a more proper Witnelsto
thePurehafe. At the beginning of the Roman State
their Money was uncoined, and called ALs rude ,
or grave? therefore paid by Weight ; whence comes
the Word Libripens. Under Servius Tullius
their fixth King, it begun to be coined, and paid
by Tale ; but the Perlon who counted it over to
the Receiver, (fill retained his primitive Appella-
tion* Aimoft every confiderabie Town had its
Libripendes, , Perloas of Skill in Money-Affairs,
to determine Controverfies about the Value
of it.

An Tnfcription in Grater (p. mcxv. i.) is a
ftrong Evidence of this : It was found at Nola in
Campania, and fhows they had two Libytpendes
there appointed by pubhek Authority.

T, VEDIVS. T. F.

' T. VITOR1 VS. CN. F
II V I R I

LIB RIPE NDES
EX. D D.

This Name they had, Quia libram mteam tene~
bant qua nummos penderent ;

— ~ Libra mercatus & /Ere. Hor. Epift. II. 2.

^ /r y ?' ✓ > • > c-. -v >

And:

[ J

And hence we have the Words Stipendhm , *T)if
pendium , Expenfie^ and the like. In Apuleius9s
Metamorph . Book Xth, is the following Paflage :

• — 'Sedne forte aliquis, inquam, ijl or um quos of-
fers Aureorum , Nequam vel Adulter reperiatury
in hoc ip fo facculo conditos eos annulo tuo pranota ,
donee altero die Nummulario prxfente comproben -
tur , where this Nummularius feems to be the fame
astheL/£r//£W,who was generally called in tocount
over and examine the Money at Payments for Pur-
chafes, though fometimes a private Perfon or Friend
to the Parties might probably perform this Office
for them, and bean Evidence, upon Occafion, to
the Fadis : To which end alfo they ufed to ad-
hibit another Witnefs, as Herennius Agricola does
here, who was one Tiberius Julius Erotes , and
fometimes they added five more. The Form and
Manner of doing it, was by asking a By-ftander,
Licetne anteftari ? If he confented, the Demandant
touched, or pulled, the lower Part of his Ear, as a
Memorandum of what pafTed ; whence Horace iiv
his IXth Satire,

- — • — cafuvenit obvius illi

Adverfarius , & quo tu turpiffime l magna
Exclamat voce^ & Licet Anteftari ? ego verb
Oppono Auriculam

By the Law of the XII Tables, if he that w,a$
called to teftify in this manner, or the Libripens
refufed afterwards to give his Evidence in the Cafe/ 1 1
they were adjudged infamous. A . GelA. xv.c.i^..

Line 18.) EAR VM OLLARVMfeems toT>e
aMiftakefor EORVM OLLARIORVM.'

Line

-- -mm

[ ]

Line 201:0 27.) are Covenants ufual upon this
Qccafion, as may be feen in the like lepulchral Con-
trails, particularly the before-mentioned in Gruter
(P- mlxxxi. 1.) and many other Donationsand Or-
ders about Monuments in his voluminous Collecti-
on,; as alfo in F'dbretti,. and Reinejius.

► ^ Line 28.) SE leems to have been a Blunder of
the Marmorarius for S I -BI, S E DARI being
perfectly ungrammatical. But in the Contrad afore-
laid, given us by Grutei\ the Words run, De ea
re do lum malum abefe, afuturumque a te> Fherede
tuop <& ab.his omnibus ad qnos eaves pertinebit ,
h&c S I C retie dariy fieri , pr^ftarique ftipulatus
eft ; which inclines me rather to believe, that S E
in ours oirght likewife to have been SJ C. There
are many palpable Miftakes in it, as I have before
obferved, as in Line the 23d VELL1T for VELIT,
and CL A VIS- VS for CLAV.SQVE, in. the 24th.

The Roman Lawyers tell us, that Stipulatio e-rat
Interrogate cert is, folennibufque verbis concepta ;
& apt a , confentaneaque refponfio , veluti Ipondes?
fpondco E>abis ? Do. This is fully confirmed
both in ours, and the Gruter ian Contrad,
(p. mlxxxi. 1.) Stipulates eft Marcus Herennius
Agricola : Spepondit T. Flavius Artemidorns :
In the latter. Stipulatus eft Licinius Timo -
theus : Spepondit Statia Irene. The learned
Mr. Matt air e oblerves from Aldus Gellius (Lib.
vii.c. 9.) that ancient Authors ufed e inftead
of 0 , in thole Verbs which have a Reduplication
\in preeterito tempore~\ as memordi , pop of cl , fpe -
f ondly for momordi, popofei^fpopondi, ufed by more
modern Writers ; lo that SPEPONDIT is no Mi-
flake, but an Archaifmus, as may be the Word

1EMC-

[ ai8 ]

TENTIBVS in the 12th Line 5 though it has not
had the good Fortune to have been remarked, as
the latter. lens in the Nominative Cafe was ufed
more than once by Cicero s and though he declines
it, like all other Authors now in being, Euutis,
hunti) 8cc. yet it might originally have been de-
clined Ientis, Tenti ; but as there is now no Au-
thority extant to warrant it, this muft pafs as meer
Conje&ure.

Line 32.) There are no fuch Names to be found
in any of the Fajii Confulares as C. Calfnrnius
Flacais and Lucius Trebius Germanus • fo they
muft have been not the Confutes Ordinarij of the
Year, but SuffeLfi. It is very ftrange that the
Romans fhould fo long adhere to this troublefome
and uncertain Method of Computation by Years
of their Confuls, fince they had frequently feveral
Pairs of them in the fame Year, efpecially after they
fell under the Imperial Government. Some reckon-
ed by the ordinary Confuls, who came into therr
Office upon the firft of January , about 600 Years
after the building of Rome\ for ’till that Time the
Month of their entring upon that Dignity was not
fix’d ; and others computed by the Suffetti, who
might come in feveral Months after, as Vacancies
happened,or as they were appointed by the Emperor,
tho’ their Names were feldom inferred in the Fafli .
Befides this, it was impoffible for any Man to re-
member how many Years were elapfed from the
prcfent Time upwards, to fuch and fuch Confuls,
without Tables of their Succeffion, or having Re-
courfe to fome other iEra, as the A. V. C. anno
Dr bis con dit^e , which they do not leem to haVe
much regarded.

In

( )

In Gruter (p. xlvi. 9.) is a long Infcription,
mentioning TREBIVS GERMANVS, (chough not
as Conful,) in the Reign oF Seffjmius Severus ;
and another (p. ccclxxxii. 7.)1 of C. CALPVR-
NIVS FLACCVS : If thefe Men were theConfuls
here referred to, as they might be5 the Age of our
Marble will be afcertained within a few Years.

The Stone is turned with an Arch at Top ; the
whole Length of it is 27 Inches and a half:, the
Breadth at the Bottom of it is ten Inches and a half,
and at the Bafe of the Arch twelve Inches and a-
quarter, it widening gradually upwards. The
Letters are cut in a Email indifferent Character j
that of the E and theF are remarkable, beingalways
formed in this manner E. f. * It was probably placed
over or between the four Niches , or OLLARIA
granted to M. Herennius Agricola in this Monument
by T. Flavius Artemidorus, in order to declare and
affert the Right and PofTefhon of them to the for-
mer, and his Family, ’till they were all filled.

* As mil appear by-examining the engraved Copy of it in the Plate prt *
fixed to this ‘Tranfaftion, which is taken very er-affly to all the Dimenjions
by a Seal of half the original Sue.

( 110 )

II. Mr. Stephen Gray, F. R. S. his lafi
Letter to Granville Wheler, Efq'y
F. R. S. concerning the Revolutions
which [mall pendulousBodies will , by
Electricity, make round larger ones
from JVeft to Eaft as the Planets do
round the Sun.

I HAVE lately made feveral new Experiments up-
on the proje&ile and pendulous Motion offmall
Bodies by Eletftricity, by which frnall Bodies may
be made fo move about larger ones, either in Circles
orEllipfes, and that either concentrical or excentri-
cal to the Center of the larger Bodies about which
they more, fo as to make many Revolutions about
them ; and this Motion will be conftantiy the fame
Way that the Planets move about the Sun, viz. from
the Right to the Left, or from Weft to Eaft : But
thefe little Planets , if I may fo call them, move much
falter in their Apogeon , then in the, Perigeon Parts
of their Orbits ; which is, as you very well know,
dire&ly contrary to the Motion of the Planets about
the Sun. I have not yet communicated thefe Ex-
periments to the Royal Society, being in hopes of
making fome farther Difcovery, or at leaftof lhewing
them after feme what more elegant a manner than
I make them at prefent, when you may expedl to
hear a farther Account of them from

SIR,

London, Feb. <>\ h. Tour moji Obedient

Humble Servant ,

Stephen Gray.

( 2.2.1 )

III. Ex traB of a Letter from Mr. Jofl.
Nic. De l’Hle, F.R. S. to John Machin,
Seer. R. S. <gy Tr. Aflr. Grejh. Dated
Petersburg. r7 Feb. 17 3 containing
federal Literary Communications con-
cerning the Con fruition of a Qiiick-
fllver Thermometer, and his Obferva-
tions on the Eclipfesof Jupiter V Satel-
lites, Annis 17 3 1 ,and 173 i. Tranfated
from the French ^Phil. Henry Zoll-
man. F. R. S.

IN order to have more fure Grounds for my Ex-
periments of Natural Philofophy in this Country,
and that they might be compared with thofe of
other Countries, I applied myfelf this Winter to the
Conftru&icn of Thermometers of Mercury , regu-
lated by theExpanfion of that Fluid proportionally
to its bulk. This Expanfion is indeed not very
perceptible, confidering that Dr. Halley in the Ex-
periments made by him upon it above 40 Years
ago, which are related in Numb . 197, of the Fhi-
lofophical Tranfattions ; found, that the faid Ex-
panfion, by the Heat of boiling Water, was no more
than 7~4 Part of the bulk of Mercury , the Experi-
ment having been tried in the Months of February
and March , when the Weather was cold enough,
though it did not freeze.

F f 2

M. Ament 011s ,

( 111 )

M. Amontons , a Member of the Academy of
Sciences at ‘Paris , alfo relates in the Memoirs of
that Academy of the Year 1704, that thisExpanfion
of the Mercury , is but ttt Part of its Bulk from the
greatefl: Heat to the greatefl: Cold that is felt at
' Paris . For my own part, I found in the great
Cold, we had here this Winter on the if- January
laft in the Morning, that the Bulk of the Mercury
tvas condenfed almofl: 5A0 Part of the Extent it had in
boiling Water. The Cold we had that Day, the
Wind being at Eaft, was one of thefevereft that ever
was felt here. 1 fliall give you a more exadt Account
of it hereafter, when I have compared my new
Thermometers with thofe ordinary Ones I made ufe
of for thefe four or five Years paft. My new Ther-
mometers of Mercury I had made of a good large
Size, and in fuch Manner that, having divided in
each the whole Quantity of Mercury it contains
into one hundred thoufand Parts ; and having
mark’d the Extent of the bulk of that Mercury in
boiling Water, 1 can at any time fee on the Divisions
of thefe Thermometers, by how many Parts the
Bulk of the Mercury is condenfed through the pre-
fent Temperature of the Air. And though I have
made four of thefe Thermometers, which differ ve-
ry much as to their Size, and the Quantity of Mer-
cury they contain, yet they agree within a very
few of thefe Parts. As pure Mercury is of the
fame Nature every where, nor is liable to any alte-
ration from being enclofed in a Tube; and as it is
probable, that taking it equally purified, it will in
different Countries be fubjedt to the fame Expanfion,
if expofed to the fame Degree of Heat ; for this

Reafon

{ )

Reafon I am perfuaded thefe Thermometers may
very well ferve to compare the Temperature of diffe-
rent Countries ; the rather, as I found by Expe-
rience, that thefe Thermometers may be rendered
fit enough to mark fenfibly the Increale, or Diminu-
tion of the Bulk of the Mercury , within one or two
Parts out of the 100,000 contained in the whole
Bulk. This Sort of Thermometers has alfo this
advantage, that as they mark the proper Expanfion
of the Mercury in each Temperature of Air, they
may ferve to fhew every Moment the Corre&ion
that is to be made in the Height of the Mercury in
fimple Barometers 5 which will ferve for reducing
them to the Height they would have in an equal
Temperature of Air : And one might, for this End,
chufe and agree upon the Heat of boiling Water, as
a fixed Term, which, in all appearance, will be the
fame all over the World. If the Royal Society
Ihould approve this new Conftrucftion of Thermome-
ters, and Ihould order fome of their Members to
make the like, we might hereafter be able exactly
to compare the Temperature of England with that
of this Country, and other Places where the like
Thermometers Ihould be made. In order to reap
this Advantage from my Experiments, I fhali com-
municate to the Royal Society all the Obfervations
I have made here for thefe four or five Fears pafi,
on the Barometer and Thermometer, as foon as 1 Ilia'll
have adapted them .to the Effedt which I juft now
faid that Pleat and Cold produce upon the Mercury 9
I am informed, that four or five Years ago, the
Royal foolery fent.to M. Afo\aham Vater &zWU-
, fenberg , large ! hermomofors of Spirit -of Wi&e,

3 made

( i. 24 )

made and regulated by an Inftrument* Maker of the
Royal Society, in order to compare the Obferva-
tions to be made in Germany , by the Means of
thofe Thermometers, with the Obfervations made
in England by the like Thermometers, the one be-
ing regulated by the others. M. Weidler , ProfefTbr
of Mathematicks at IVittenberg , mentions in the
Account which he gave of his Meteorological Ob-
fervations for the Year 1729, that he hasfurnifhed
himfelf with one, which he intends to make ufe of
hereafter for his Meteorological Obfervations. He
alfo fays, that the Obfervers of the Royal Society
of Berlin, make ufe of a like Thermometer; and I
have myfelf received from thence, Obfervati-
ons on the Heights of the Thermometer of Spirit
of Wine, made probably with that Inftrument, for
the whole Year 1729, and forthe firft three Months
of 1 73 1 . Thofe Obfervations are engraved on Cop-
per Plates, where the Heights of the Spirit of Wine
are expreffed in Parts of the Fre?ich , Englijh , and
Rhinland Foot. If the Royal Society approve of
this Sort of Thermometers, and are defirous I
fhould compare them with mine ; if they alfo defire
that Meteorological Obfervations with thofe Ther-
mometers of Spirit of Wine fhould be made in
RnJJia , I beg you would fend me feveral of them ;
but then I beg that thole you fend me, be well
regulated, and exaftly compared with thofe the Ob-
fervers of the Royal Society make ufe of ; fuppofing
that lbme Perfon or other of their Body is ap-
pointed to keep Journals of thefe Obfervations. I
ihall fend in exchange to the Royal Society, if they
defire it,fome Thermometers of Mercury regulated

by

( )

by and compared with the four large ones which I
made here.

It was a great Pleafure to me, to fee by N°. 419.
of the Thilofophtcal TranfaElions , that Mr. James
Hodgfon has been at the Pains to calculate the E-
clipfes of the four Satellites of Jupiter , which were
to happen in the Year 1731. It was to be wifhed
he would continue to dofo for the Years following $
but I would advife him, to do it a long while
beforehand, that People in Foreign Countries might
have Time to be informed of it. He fays, he has
made ule ofTablesof the Satellites, which have not
been corrected thefe 5*0 Years. * Probably he means
the Tables of M . CaJJini^ publifhed at the Royal
Printing-Houfe at Tar is, in 1693, at the End of
the Obfervations of the Gentlemen of the Academy
made in feveral Voyages. However, the late
M. Cajfini , has from Time to Time made divers
Correfiions to thofe Tables, though they never were
made publick. M. Maraldi has alfo much worked
at it after the Death of M. CaJJini , and has commu-
nicated to me his Corrections, on which I have
taken Pains to calculate new Tables ; but hav-
ing in the Year 1724, received of Dr .Halley a
Copy of his Aftronomical Tables, among which,
are thofe of the four Satellites of Jupiter by
Mr. Bradley , I judged there could not be any better,
till fome Method fliall be found and explained
geometrically to deduce from the Laws of Gra-
vity, the EfFedt of the mutual Attraction of thefe

Satellites on one another, and with relation to Ju-

*

7 He means Tables of the late Mr , Flamfteed.

pitcr :

( )

piter : But as I could not hope this could be done
fo foon, I took the Pains again to calculate new
Tables upon thofe of Mr. Bradley , by reducing
the Tables of the four Satellites into the fame Form
With thofe Mr. 'Bound has made of the firft Satel-
lite only. Thefe Tables being thus made eafy, I
have ufed them hitherto for comparing Obfervati-
ons ; and my Brother has taken the Pains, fmce the
drawing up thofe Tables, in thefaid Manner, to
calculate a Year beforehand all the Eclipfes of the
four Satellites. I commonly fent thofe Calculations
to my Correfpondents, to prepare them for Obfer-
vations, and fome Years of thofe Ephemerides have
been publifhed in the little Gazette of Literature
of Leipzig , printed in High ‘Dutch . My Brother
lately prolonged thele Calculations to the Month
of January, 1 737.

Herewith follow the laft Obfervations on the Sa-
_ tellites of Jupiter , which were made at Bet erf-
burg, fmce thofe inferred in the 3d Volume of the
Memoirs of the Academy of Betersburg , to the
prefent Time.

Immerfiou

E ]

True Time.

176 s' '

JiiiUi £

.w

^<vV^v-'T*

13 30 56

Immerfion of the Firft
Satellite difficultly ob-
ferved with a reflecting
Telefcope of 5* Foot.
The true Time was
found only by means
of two Clocks.

Immerfion of the Second
by theRefledter, doubt-
ful to a few Seconds.
Jupiter not being
well defined nor fuffi-
ciently high. The true
Time adjufted by two
Clocks.

18 33

20 2J

7

Immerfion of the Fourth
by the Refle<fter. The
Sky not very ferene,
and the true Time
adjufted only by two
Clocks.

The other Satellites difi
appearing by the Day-
Light, the Fourth was
not yet come out of
the Shadow. Tele-

fcope the fame.

L ]

N. St.

Feb. 22.

» *'* » ■ ‘

'iiuih -

ib t i ri j •

obt*

March B

April i-

13

True Tinic-

! 3hj,'5r-,34-'f The Firft Satellite, juft
entriDg the Shadow,
was yet vifible when
a Mift covered Jupi-
ter.

13 2,6 34 Jupiter being uncover-
ed the Firft Satellite
did not now appear
throughthe Reflecting
Telelcope. The true
Time was adjufted
only by two Clocks.

8 22 20 Immerfion of the Third
by the Reflecting Te-
lefcope. The Wind
was fomewhat trouble-
fome, the true Time
was adjufted by two
Clocks.

8 4 6 23 Emerfion of the Firft by

the Reflecting Te-
lefcope. Doubtful to
a few Seconds, by rea-
fon of the nearnefs of
the Satellite to Jupi-
ter.

7 20 30 Immediately after Sun-
fet, Jupiter becoming
vifible to the Eye, the
Third Satellite appear-
ed to be out ofthe Sha-
dow,

N. S/.l

Jpril 13.
20.

27-

May 10.

26.
‘Dec. 24.

[ ]

*Time.

7h2o'3o"

11 6 52

15" 13 00

dow, and entirely cleat
by the Reflecting Te-
lefcope.

Emerfion of the Third
Satellite, by the Re-
flecting Telefcope.
The Sky Serene.

The Third Satellite had
been come out of the
Shadow perhaps for
feveral Minutes for
the other Satellites did
not appear better than
this which was feen
with the RefieCtingTe-
lefcope through the
Mill, Jupiter being
low, and the Crepuf-
culum flrong.

ia S5 5 4 Emerfion of the Firfl: by
the Reflecting Tele-
fcope. Sky Serene.
Obfervation certain.
Emerfion of the Firfl: by
a Telefcope of 13
Foot. Cloudy.

4 30 1 Immerfion of the ill by
aTelefcope of 13 Foot.
A good Obfervation.

11 14 5

18

G g 2

IV. Ex-

IV. Experimenta de Perforatime Thora-
cis, ejufquein Re [piratione Effeffibus,
fafta per Guilielmum Houjionum, M. D.
& quondam R. S. S. cum Lugdunt
Batavorum commoraretur. Ann. 17x8
& 1719. Regali Societati communi-
cata per Thilippum Millerum, R. S. S.

Exp. I.

ANNO 1718, menfe Aprili, Thoracem parvi
Canis pugugi ab utroque latere, fcalpello
angufto. Sed animal, hoc fa<do, non minus fortiter
latravit 6C ululavit quam priusfecerat ; nequeullum
dedit fignum Refpirationis \xix ; unde lufpicabantur
adftantes quidam, me non ufque in cavitatem pec-
toris indrumentum adegide, quare alio vulnerum
pari hoc dubium fuduli : fed fimili omnino eventu,
iiamque Cani permanlereVox & Vita integral, ex ho-
fa 9 matutina, ad 6 circiter vefpertinam, quando il-
ium occidi, ut, quid fa&um fuidet, viderem.

Thorace pod mortem aperto, facile apparuerunt
qua til or vulnera membranae fuccingentis Codas, unde
condi'tit fingulas quatuor pun<duras in Thoracis ca-
vum penetrade. Sed inflatis Pulmonibus, nullum
apparuit illorum vitium, quamvis culter fere tranf-
Terfutn digitum intra^ cavitates penetradet ; neque
Aer citius effluxit quam ex Pulmonibus integerrimis
effluere folet.

[ *3* 3

ExJ>. II.

Menfe Augulto ejufdem anni, duos nadus Carulos,
quatuor eirciter dies natos, idem experimentum in
utroque inftitui, Thoraces eorum aperiens ab utro-
que latere, uniuspunduris tantum, alterius latis vul-
neribus, adeo ut utrinque in confpeitum veniret
Pulmo ; qui tamen nequaquam fubfidebat, fed potius
extrorfum protrudi videbatur. Utrumque animal
ejulare non defiit, donee, poll quadrantem horse*
mifertus illorum vitae & miferiis finem impofui,

Exp. III.

Eodem anno, circa menfis Novembris inirinm,
Cani mediocri pe&us aperui, fadto utrinque amplo
vulnere. Aperturis fadtis digitum intruft in utram-
que Thoracis cavitatem, fenfique Pulmones adeo
collaplos ut Ipatium eflet relibtum tranfverfi eirciter
pollicis inter ipfos & membranam, quae fuccingit
Codas. Digitos fuosfimiiiter intrufere duo alii Me-
dicinae ftudiofi, idemque fe fentire teftati funt. Sed
Canis vinculis folutus furrexit illico fatis alacriter,
per cubiculum cucurrit, & laefus ejulavit. Nullx
aperturis immilfae funt turunda, nec quidquam vulne-
ribus impofitum ante diem craftinum ; tunc autem
applicati funt plumaceoli terebinthina illiniti. Canis
per tres dies detentus, adeo non vocem amiferat, ut
vociferando fuerit latis moleftus ; 8c tandem dimilfus
currendo aufugit*

Exf,

Dm 3

Exp. iv.

Anno 17^9, die Januarii 14, Canem nadus junio-
rem,Thoracemejus voiui aperire Aerique ingreflum
parare, fine magno Cutis St Mufculorumvulnere ; ne
moleftam excitarem haemorrhagiam, vel animali pa-
rerem doloremnon neceflarium. Itaque, ope inftru-
menti Trots quarts didi, immifi utrinque Thoracis
cavo fiftulam, ex penna anferina cui capitelli modo
affixum erat alutx fruftum pice obdudum, ut Cuti
prius rafas adhxreret, ficque fiftulum retineret. At Cu-
tis mobilis fiftulam ilico e cavo Thoracis extraxi t,
fenfique illam fupra Codas hasrere ; verum, fperans
earn retineri pofle, nova pundura fecunda vice in-
trufi, idemque in altero latere toties feci, neque ta-
men unquam retinere potui. Hac itaque fpe de-
jedus, Cutim utrinque feparavi longa incifione,
pofteaque Mufculos intercoftales difcidi, & in utram-
que cavitatem Thoracis penetravi •, quod ex Aere
violenter erumpente patebat. Die craftino foramini-
bus turundas immifi ex fubere fadas, quas, utroque
extremo crafiiores, medio graciliores, nec fafciis nec
emplaftris indigebant ut retinerentur. Canis, hifce
fadis,non mortuus eft, nec vocem amifit ; fed edit,
bibit, & fatis bene fe habere vifus eft, nifi quod vix
potuerit in latus recumbere ob moleftiam vulnerum
& prxcipue turundarum. Aeri interim fubinde con-
ceflus fuit introitus extradis turundis, imo quidem
uni lateri per fiftulam fuit inflatus. Poftquam fie
duos dies egerat fine fenfibili Vocis lxfione, dum die
tertio ipfe ilium tradabam, fubito utraque turunda
Catis magna vi explofa eft; Aerque per foramina in-

rrans

C *33 3

tran$& exeuns tantum edebat fibilum* ut file par-
tim (ut videbatur) ejus fono perterritus, partim ne ego
ilium plus lxderem metuens, aufugerit & fub lecfto fe
abfconderit. Profugi apprehenfi vulneribus turun-
das denuo intrufi, qua? baud ita din poft iterum exfi-
lierunt. Atque hoc quidem in ftatu vixit ab hora
io matutina ad 5* circiter vefpertinam, & a pluribus
Medicinal Studiofis non fine admiratione vifus eft.
Tandem rem communicavi D. Van SwietenMedico
hujus Urbis do&iftimo, qui rem cum caeteris mira-
tus, animal ut occiderem Sc cadaver examinarem
fuafit ; fed ego, vulnerum effe&um ulteriorem ex-
pedtans, mortem ejus in Diem craftinum diftulu
Vixit itaque quatuor dies integros poft Pectoris per-
forationem, & tandem laqueo ftrangulatus eft 5 ne*
que figna dedit Refpirationis Ixfo ante ftnem diet
tertii, quando paululum anhelofus facftus eft.

Thorax poft mortem apertus Saniem continebat
utrinque, fatis magna capia. Pulmones in exiguum
lpatiumerant contrafti ; uno latere, quantum videre
potuimus, integri ; altero vulnerati.

D. Van Swieten,ut in hanc rem ulterius inquire-
ret, ipfe experimenta quxdam inftituit. Primo ejus,
ego quamvis invitatus non potui interefte ; fed fecum
dum (quod vidi) itafucceffit.

ExJ?. V.

Jan. 1719. Cani mediocrl, afteri alligato,
Thorax apertus fuit utrinque, largo vulnere. Animali
Vox non defecit ; & Pulmones adeo non coilapfi
font, ut per aperturas eruperit utrinque illorum lobu-
lus. Lobuli hi extus h&rentes dilatari 8c contrahi

non

t *34 ]

non defierunt ; &, quod maxime miram,di!kratio
illorum Thoracis contra&ioni erat fynchrona, Sc
contra. Aer in Pecftoris cava inflatus Animalis Ref-
pirationi nihil nocuit. Poftquam ficper femihoram
vixifiet, fine ulla Vocis vel Relpirationis tefione
fenfibili, Thorax ab uno latere apertus fuit ulterius,
difcifsa cofta. Tumque apparebat (magnum para-
doxum !) Pulmonem contrahi dum Pe<ftus dilatabi-
tur, dilatari dum hoc anguftabatur. Huic etiam
operationi fupervixit Canis, donee, re ab omnibus
abunde perfpecfta, laqueo ftrangulari damnatus eft.

Phenomena horum experimentorum inexpeftata
fecerunt, ut lequens etiam inftituerem, cum amicis
quibufdam eidem Audio incumbentibus, quo exami-
naremiis num Pulmo Temper applicaretur membrane
Pleurae, integro Thorace.

Exp. VI.

Canem parvulum, extenfis artubus, firmiter luper
aflerem ligavimus. Cutis elevatx portionem forfice
abfeidimus, e& Thoracis parte qua Coftae ab incum-
bentibus mufeulis minime teguntur. Abfterfo fan-
guine, & fluxu ejus Vini fpiritu cohibito, quicquid
adhuc Coftas & intercoftales Mufculos tegebat idar-
reptum tenaculo abfddimus; tandemque & ipfos
intercoftales Mufculos caute feparavimus. Membra-
na Pleura ditfta, hoc modo nudata, hxccc afpicien-
tibus exhibuit Phenomena. Dum Pe<ftus dilatabatur
apparebat intusmembranxapplicatum aliquid album,
dum vero anguftabatur Pe&us, Sc expirabat animal,
album illud furfum fugiens locum ceflit afeendenti
cuidam corpori rubro ; tumque mox dilatante fe

Pe<ftore,

( iir )

Pedore, rubrum iterum defcendit, locum ejus occu-
panre albo , & fic per vices. Hoc vifo, fuperius
coftarum interftitium etiam mufculis nudavimus, fed
eo in loco apparuit nihil nifi album. Membrana,
utraque parte, qua nudata erat, dum Pedus dilataba-
tur, fiebat concava ; dum anguftabatur, paululum
(fed vix fenfibiliter) convexa.

Hifce ad fatietatem contemplatis, difciflis duabus
Coftis,Pedus aperuimus, tarn amplo vulnereutquic-
quid fere in eo latere continebatur oculis pateret.
Animal hoc fado vocem non amplius edidit, quam-
vis abaltero latere Thorax ejus ellec illcelus. Pulmo
multum ilico collapfus eft ; fed alternum dilatationis
& contradionis motum non penitus amifit : eratque,
omnium afpicientium confenfu, dilatatio ejus con-
tradioni Thoracis fynchrona, & contra. Cordis
tandem ventriculus pertufus eft, ut intrufus digitus
fentiret vim ejus mulcularem ; ficque de Refpiratione
fimul & Vita adum eft.

Fueram ego prius in ea opinione quod Homo, vel
aliud animal ex perfedioribus(namRanarum & fimili-
um alia ratio eft) non poftet vivere fi Aer in utramque
cavitatem Thoracis admitteretur. At quam (it falfa
hxc opinio, fatis docent experimenta recenftta ; fi-
mulque repugnare videntu’r dodrina; Refpirationis
ab omnibus merito recep tae, que ftatuit Pulmones di»
latari a pondere Aeris per Laryngem intrantis,
quando preffio ejus ab externa illorum luperficie tol-
litur dilatatione Thoracis. Verurn hanc apparentem
repugnantiam fic toili, vel faltem minui, pofte ex-
iftimo.

Supponamus utrumque vulnus duplum efle aper-
ture Glottidis \ fed integros efte Pulmones, omnique

H h vi

( %l6 )

vi contradfcili deftitutos. Sitqae Thorax jam dilata-
tus, & a Pulmonibus A'ere diftentis repletus, turn

1. Prima Thoracis contradtione, exibit Aer per
folam Glotcidem.

2. Dilatato iteram Thorace, intrabit Aer, ea men-
fura,qua ejus capacitas augetur ; fed non omnis in-
trabit per Giottidem, neque omnis per Vulnera, fed
per fingulasaperturas intrabit pro rationeearundem
&C quantitas,qu2e per Giottidem intrabit, eritad quan-
titatem quae per Vulnera intrabit, ut Glottidis ipfius
apertura, ad fummam aperturarum Vulnerum ; five
in prefenti cafu ut r. ad 4. Ergo Aer quo Pulmo-
nes nunc inflantur, erit y illitis quo fuiffent indati fi
Thorax manfifict integer.

3. Dum fecunda vice contrahitur Thorax, debet
Aer pereafdem vias egredi per quas in prxcedente
dilatatione eft ingreffus : &> fi immutatae manent
aperture, debet Aer, qui per vulnera ingreffus eft,
pereadem exire eodem pra:cife tempore, quo Aer
per Giottidem ingreftfus per illam exit. Unde nul-
Jus Aer manebit inter Pulmonem & Pleuram, fed
omnia erunt in eodem ftatu in quo fuerunt in fine
prirme contracHonis ; & ft ad vitam & vocem Ani-
inalis fufficit t folits inflationis Pulmonum, vel fi
Thoracem poteftdilatare quinquies plusfolito, tunc
nihil obftat quin aperto ficThorace poffit vivere &
vocem formare.

Unum fuppofui plane falfum, Pulmonem omni vi
contradtili deftitutum effe ; quod omnia everteret
nifi daretur aliunde compenfatio. Verum conftat
Glottidis rimam pro arbitrio animalis ardtari pofie

( n7 )

ycl dilatari, SC quidem adu dilatarf, dum inlpiratu*
Aer, ardari vero dum expiratur, (faltem dum Vox
formatur );unde tantum poteft Aeris ingreflus juvari
a Glottidis dilatatione, quantum, impeditur a Pulmo-
Hum vi contradili ; tantumque ejus egreffus impe-
diri a Glottidis ardatione, quantum a cotitradione
Pulmonumjuvatur. Poteritque equilibrium fervari,
vel una alterave caufa prxvalere, prout animal hanc
poteftatem mutandi Glottidem habuerit, vel eadem
ufiis fuerit. Quod etiam cum Phenomenis apprime
convenit j nam cani vociferanti Pulmones per Vul-
nera erupere; dum filebat, iterum introiverunt, nec
eruperunt unquam.

Quod ad illud Phenomenon attinet quo Pulmo
vifus eft dilatari dum Thorax contrahebatur, credo
illud non aliam ob caufam fic accidifle quam quia
mufculi Abdominis vi ingenti, & quafi convulfiva,
contradi furfum pellebant omnia, & multum minue-
bant Thoracis capacitatem ; unde Aer ex inferiori-
bus Pulmonum pulfus ad fuperiora tendebat, <3c Pul-
vis quamvis, ft totum fpedes contradus, tamen ea
parte qua vulnus relpiciebat dilatabatur.

In fexto Exp. res ipfa loquitur, album Corpus
Pulmonem fuifte, rubrum Diaphragma. Quin 8C Pul-
mones Thoracem integrum replere,ejufque membra-
ne fuperficie fua applicari, ut vulgo creditur.

Reliant autem hac in re difficultates alie, accurate
ribus experimentis & acutioribus ingeniis tolknde.

Hh%

( *38 )

V. Obfervationes nonnull ce fmgulares An-
ni cioiaccxxxm. tam Aftronotmcae,
quam Phylicae, Meteorological,
ctb Joh. Frid. Weidlero, Trof. Math .
Tr. R. S. S. Vitembergco fatta.

I. /^\Bfervatio conjundtionis Saturni & Marris. Die
5 Febr. vefperi Hor. 7 iru 30, vifi funr duo
illi planetxcum ftellaE h Beieri ineademre&alinea.

eh

*

<?

0 /
h

l o 1

T? $ 2 ° l$;,

3 EK i. 12. joff.

а. Die 19 Febr. vefperi b. 7. 15'. notara fuit di-
ftantia/ ab oX, nempe £ i° 17' 30 '/ Mars cii-
ftabac a ftella verfus Septentrionem.

3. Lenitas hiemis prxcedentis Menfibus Febr. &
Martii febres catarrhales epidemicas peperit.

4. Menfis Martii d. 14. frigus folito aiperius, quod
i!lo die experti fuimus, ventusN. E. duos ante dies
impetuofifTimus attulit.

5*. Obfervatio Eclipfts Solaris die. 2 Maii St. Y.
fadta feparatfm Inclutx Regix Societati oblata fuit
& in TranC No 233, invenienda eft.

б . Maii die. 3 . Dieitur Aurora, Borealis luxifle.

7. Maii

( 139 )

7 Maii die 5'. frigus nodurnum vites laefit &ju~
glandes etiam fegetes paffim locis rnaxime humilio-
ribus exuffir, ut fpicas podea granis carerent.

8 Junii die 16. vefperi Aurora Borealis luxit, &
foiitas pyramides circa h. 1 2 nodis ejaculata eft.

9. Oclobris die 27. icerum !u it Aurora Borealis .
Vefperi iilius diei circa Hor. 7. arcus niger, alba faf-
cia tedus, fub feptemtrionibus apparebat, hor. VIII.
30/. Zona Candida nigro arcui incumbens fenfim alti-
us expandebatur, circiter ufque ad aititudinis gra-
dual 40. atque h&c regio lucida tranquilla ufque ad
hor. X permanebat. pod hor. X. paffim ex tra<du
candido radiationes pyramidales, celeriter emica-
bant, nebula quoque undarum indar per ccelos
provoluebantur, quin vifus aliquando ed totus margo
candidus indar undae iuc dx verfus polum afTurgere.
H xc undulatio material iucentis, permidls fubinde
radiis pyramidalibus, lucida ilia regione multo clario-
ribus,durabat ufque/ ad hor. XI. tota materia lucida
fenfim paulatimque verfus ortufn prcmovebatur, in
cujus locum nubes atrx didra<d& verfus cccafum
fuccedebant. Paulo ante hor. XI. prope N. W. nu-
bes alba diutius lucebat, & fubinde rubebat, ma-
teria quoque ejufdem undulabar. ceflavit fpecdacu-
lum pod h. XI. aer tempore apparitionis tranquillus
padim quoque Stellas per candid am regionem tranflu-
cebant : Notabile miht vifum ed? quod die pr oxime
fequente codum caliginofum & pluviofum fuerit.,
item quod No&u pod diem XXIX ventus longeim^
petuofiff mus & proceilofus fxvierit, cum alias pod
auroras boreales infigniores ferenior plerumque tern-
peftas lequi foleat.

Idem Aurora borealis phenomenon etiam Stock-
holmii iaSuecia annotatumfuit.

An

( *4° )

VL An ExtraCt of a Letter from James
Logan, Efq ; to Sir Hans Sloane, Bart.
R. S. Tr. concerning the crooked and
angular Appearance of the Streaks,
or Darts of Light’ning in Thunder-
Storms.

Philadelphia, Sept. 20, 1735*.

I Shall crave thy Indulgence further to add, that
looking into the Second Volume of that inge-
nious Gentleman Stephen Hales’s Staticks, of
which I have lately happened to have a curfory
View, I oblerved him to mention that Phenomenon
of the Streaks or Darts of Light’ning in Thunder-
Storms appearing crooked and angular (Ido not re-
member his Words) as a thing not yet accounted
for ; and therefore he gueffed at a Solution of it*.

The Clouds are generally diflindt Collections of
Vapours like Fleeces* and therefore the Rays of
Light thro’ them mud pafs thro’ very different Den-
fities, and accordingly fuffer very great Refractions ;
From thence therefore, undoubtedly, that Appear-
ance muff arife. For it is molt highly abfurd to ima-
gine, that Fire darted withluch a Rapidity, can from
any aflignable Caufe deviate in Fadt from a Right
Line, in the Manner it appears to us. And this, if
duely confidered, may probably be found a plenary
Solution.

Z See Steph. Hales’; Statical EJfays Vol. ad, p. 191.

Obfer >

( 2 4-1 )

VII. Ob fe r nations of the Aurora Borealis
made in England by Andr. Celfius, F.
R. S. and Secr.R S. of Upfal in Sweden.

CETT. 13, 1735, in the Town oftVoodford, fix
^ Miles to the North Eaft of London , at 1 1 \ h.
at Night, there appear’d a bright Band, almoft pa-
rallel to the Horizon ; and its Middle was judged
to be under n of the Great Bear. At Times ano-
ther Light fliot along the Great Bear ; but almoft
conftantly cover’d the Stars y and ^ .

Offob. 4, in King-fir eet Bloomsbury >

h

/

//

At 9

22

0

p. m. A Ray or Streamof Light
appear’d under the Polar Star
perpendicular to the Horizon.

9

24

13

That Ray difappear’d.

9

*7

6

Two perpendicular Rays ffiot
forth five or fix Degrees from the
North towards the Eaft.

9

28

30

A whitifh Ray again exactly
under the Polar Star.

9

3°

0

That Ray moved Weftward.

9

3 1

0

’Twasfeen under * of the Great
Bear.

9

3i

27

It entirely difappear’d.

9

36

8

A Ray afcending .perpendicu-
larly by the Polar Star, and

fi'j ■ 1 i ,7 >

and j8 of the Great Bear.

9

4°

0

The Ray feern’d to move gra-

dually under % of the Great Bear.

No-

( 3 4* )

h •"

At 9 44 o No more Rays appeared. But

whether there were any Re-
mains of Light near the Hori-
zon, or in the Weft, I could
not fee, upon account of the
neighbouring Houfes.

QEtob . ii, in London .

h '

At io 37 p. m. There were two bright Rays
under £ and g of the Great Bear,
io 39 A Ray between e of the Great
Bear and the Polar Star,
io 39 i A Ray in Form of a Pyramid a-
bove yi of the Great Bear.

Thefe Rays had not any Motion
parallel to the Horizon ; but they
io 43 entirely difappear’d.

Jan . n, 1736 in London .

At io. o. p. m. An indifferently bright Arch,
pale towards the Edges, appear’d
1 6 Degrees high : One of the

Ends of which defcended Eaft-
ward under v of the Great Bear:
And lucid Streaks appear’d now
-and then over this Arch.
ii 13 Under this Arch was another very

bright Trad: parallel to it, fiveDe*
giees above the Horizon ; in which
Trad there were Rays, that iliot
fiom Weft towards the Eaft.
if iy Ths /:rch was very faint.

The

[ *4-3 3

h

t

The firft Arch became brighter.

11

17

and the lower Arch was almoft

blended with the upper, and bro-
ken in the middle.

11

zo

The whole Arch wasbelet with
faint Rays.

11

ai

One of the Rays under the Po-

lar Star.

11

17

No Arch, nor Rays, but bright
Traits difperfed here and there.

11

36

The Light reached up to the Po-
lar Star, and fomewhat higher.

11

44

A lucid Ray under the Polar

Star.

ia

11

The Sky was overcafl: with

Clouds, except one lucid Streak,
which appear’d three or four De-
grees to the Eaft of the North.

February 16, in Clare- Hall, Cambridge ,

At a Quarter paft Eight in the
Evening, the Moon lhiningvcry
bright, there appear’d two perpen-
dicular Streams betweenthe great
and little Bear

April 3, in London,

h '

At 8 46 I obferved a lucid Arch one De-

gree broad, which extended along
the Northern Crown, the Cingulum
Boot is, the Coma Berenices, the

I i lefTer

[ *44 ]

IefTer Lion and Cancer, ras far as the
fmaller Dog.

h ' "

At 8 49 36. This Arch quite difappear’d : But
at the fame time, I Jaw another broad-
er and brighter Arch under CaJJio -
pea, feven or eight Degrees high.

In the Obfervations of October 4th, and in the
laft, I am certain as to theTime of the Clock: So
that if it has happen’d that others have obferved the
fame ‘Phenomena, the Longitudes of Places may-
be determined by them with greater Exadfnefs than
by the Satellites of Jupiter, which I take to be the
principalUfe that may be made of thefeOblervations,,
elpecially in making Maps of the Northern Coun-
tries, where thefe Lights more frequently occur.

VIII. A Letter from Dr. Robert James,
of Lichfield, to Sir Hans Sloane,
Bart. Pr. R. S. containing [ome Expe-
riments made upon Mad Dogs with
Mercury.

Lichfield, June 3, 1735-.

SIR,

z ' r\ (

IN purfuance of your Commands, I here give you
an Account of fome Experiments that have
been made upon Mad ‘Dogs with Mercury } which
I apprehend I have fome Reafon to believe is the
3 moft

[ *4? ]

moftefFe&ual Prefervative againft,and perhaps even
a Cure for the Hydrophobia.

About Michaelmas, 1731,! waited on Mr, F layer ,
of Hints , a Gentleman who is very curious in Pox-
Hounds. He complain’d that He was afraid of a
Madnefs amongft his Hounds ; for that Morning
one had run mad in the Kennel, and he was appre-
henfive that mod of the reft were bit by him : I
took this Opportunity of telling him that 1 had
long believ’d that Mercury would, if try’d, prove
the beft Remedy againft this Infection j and that if
the Idea I had form’d of this Poifon was juft, I was
pretty fure the Medicine would anfwer, notwith-
ftanding the Difficulty there is of determining the
Effe&s of a Medicine d priori ; and that it was,
at leaft, worth while to try. Mr. Floyer neglecfted
this Advice till the February following. Mean
time he try’d the Medicine in Bates , commonly
known by the Name of the Pewter-Medicine as
alfo every thing elfe which was recommended to
him by other Sportfmen, but to no Purpofe ■, for
feme of his Hounds run mad almoft every Day af-
ter Hunting. Upon this he took his Hounds to the
Sea, and had every one of them dipt in the Salt-
Water; and at his Return, brought his Pack to a-
nother Gentleman’s Kennel, fix Miles diftant from
his own. But, notwithftanding this Precaution, he
loft fix or feven Couple of his Dogs in a Fortnights
Time. About this Time, which was in February
I waited on him at his new Habitation, and found
him in that Diftrefs not unulual with Sportfinen up-
on thefe Occafions. I ask’d him if he had try’d
the Experiment I recommended. He faid he had

I 12 ' nor.

t 14.6 ]

not, but that two of his Hounds were then mad,
and he would that Night do it. He ftiewed me
the Dogs, and they were both as far gone as I ever
have feen any. They'refus’d Food of all Sorts, par-
ticularly Fluids, Haver’d much, and had all the Symp-
toms of a Hydrophobia to a great Degree. He fent
immediately to Lichfieldi ovall the Turpeth Mine-
ral he could get, and that Night gave twelve Grains
a-piece to the two Dogs, which vomited and pur-
ged them gently. Twenty- four Hours after this
he gave to each twenty-four Grains, and after the
lame Interval he gave forty-eight more to each.
The Dogs falivated confiderably, and foon after
Jap’d warm Milk. At the End of twenty-four
Hours more he repeated to one Dog twenty-four
Grains more, and omitted it to the other. The
Dog that took this laft Dofe, lay upon the Ground
falivated extreamly, was in great Agonies, and had
all the Symptoms of a Salivation rais’d too quick ;
but got through it, and is at this Time alive. The
other refapfed and died.

To all the reft of the Pack he gave feven Grains
of theTurpeth for the firftDofe, the fecond twelve,
2t twenty-four Hours diftance, which was repeated
every other Day for fame little Time. The Me-
thod was repeated at the two. or three fucceeding
Fulls and Changes of the Moon. From this Time
he loft not another Hound ; and though feveral
have fince been bit by ftrange Dogs, the Turpeth
has always prevented any ill Confluences.

I and my Friends have try’d the fame Thing fince
upon a Multitude of Dogs, and it has never failed
in any one Inftance, though Dogs bit at the fame

Time,

C *4-7 3

Time, and by the fame Dogs, have run mad after
moft other Methods had been try’d.

As to the Experiments made upon Mankind, I
have had Opportunities of making but three.

The firftwas about two Years and a half ago, up-
on a Girl about fourteen Years old. The Calf of
her Leg was fo torn by a Mad Dog, that the Sur-
geon was obliged to ule Means to prevent a Morti-
fication from the Bite. She was vomited by the
Turpeth. Three Days before the next Change of
the Moon, the Vomit was repeated, and again the
very Day of its changing. The fame Method was
purfued the next Full Moon. The Girl is very
welt

The fecond was a Boy of about ten Years of
Age. He had Four Holes in one of his Legs, made
by a Mad Dog in November lad. The Turpeth
was given as above, and the Wounds drefled with
Digestives, and he continues well. Thefe two
liv’d near Burton upon Trento and Mr. Towndrow7
of that Place, was Apothecary.

The third Cafe was that of a young Man near
Tumworth , of about eighteen. The Bite was up-
on the Hand. A great Number of Dogs were bit
at the fame Time, in the Town where he liv’d.
About fix Days after the Mifchief was done, feveral
Dogs that had been .wounded ran mad, upon which
he applied himfelf to Mr. Wilfon , Apothecary in
Tamworth , to whom I had communicated theSuc^
cels of the Turpeth in this Cafe. The young Man
was, at this Time, very melancholly and dejedcd,
had Tremors, and fiept very little for forne Nights
before, though he was not apprehenfive that the Dog

which

C 1+8 ]

which bit him was mad. He had a dry Scab upon
his Hand : He was, upon applying to Mr. Wilfon%
vomited with Vin. Benedict. 5ij.

The next Thing he took was made according to
the following Prelcription.

^ Tuipeth. Min . gr. xij. Lap. Contrayerv . 3i.
Ther. Androm . q. f.M. Ft Bol. N° z^fumat unum
fingulis nottibus bora decubitus fuperbibendojulap .
feq. Cochl. iv. ^ Aq . Rut . 5vj, Theriac. 5ij.
Ayr. Taon. c. 5ifi Tintt. Cajtor 3ij M F. Julap .

Upon taking thefe he fweat very much, and had
two loofe Stools every Day after them : His Tre-
mors went off, and flept better. After this he
went into the Cold-Bath, and continues perfectly
well.

But what is remarkable in this Cafe is, that the
Wound ran a thick digefted Matter after this Me-
thod, and threw off the Scab like an Efcar ; after
which it healed of itfelf.

I will not prelume to philofophize upon thefe
Cafes, when I am writing to one who is fo much
better capable of doing it than I can pretend to be.
Much lefs fliall I pretend to determine whether
Mercury has thefe Effects from its fpecifick Pro-
perties, which enables it to prevent or diffolve thofe
inflammatory Concretions which caufe the Hydro -
phobia , or from the Evacuations it caufes. Inftead
ofdifcufling this Point, give me leave to make an
Obfervation or two upon the Antiquity of this Dik
eafe, which I the rather choofe to do, becaufe
Calius Aurelianusy in his Account of it, does not
feem to build fo much upon the Authority of
Homer as, in my humble Opinion, he might have
done. Indeed he quotes a Paffage out of the eighth

lliady

[ ]

Iliad, where ’fencer calls Hector wjva. Mamndtfe*,
but does not feem to think this lufficient to prove
that Homer was acquainted with thisMadnefs. But
he omits two more Paffages in the feme Author,
which, joined with this, amount to a Demonftra-
tion that Homer was by no means ignorant of it.
The firft is in the ninth Iliad, where Illyjfes is up-
on his Embafly to Achilles. He defcribes to the
laft mentioned Hero, the Diftrefs the Grecian Ar-
my was in through his Abfence ; and when he has
painted Heitor as-terrible as he can, he compares his
Fury to the Rage of aMad Dog. Iliad Lib. ix. 1. 237.

— — "Ey.-mp S'i jjayz tdivi't (ZMimzIvcov

MaiViTOi tx7rzlyXwi, onov r©- Ail, ill ti 77 c-i

’Aii&is ©£85* b% 1 Au'traa hSliKip.

— Hedtor verb valde trucibus oculis ad~

fpiciens

Farit terribiliter, fretus Jove : nec quicquam

honorat

Viros neque ‘Deos ; ingens autem ipfum rabies
invafit.

If Homer had defign’d to defcribe a Mad Dog as
a Phyfician, he could not have exprefs’d his Looks
by a more proper Word than BAgf«a.iW. It mufl:
alfo be confider’d, that this Difcourfe is directed to
Achilles , who, having ftudied Phyfick under Chiron,
was consequently more capable of receiving an Idea
of the Mifchief Heitor did to his Country- men by
this Metaphor.

In the thirteenth Iliad , Heitor is again call’d
A wmHr by Neptune.

It mull be obferv’d that ?\v<saa,, hva-mmip, and
Avsmb-fi, can properly, and in their natural Signifi-
cation;,.

[ *s° 1

cation, be applied to no other Madnefs than that
which is peculiar to a Dog, though metaphorically
it may, as in the Inftances I have given, as alfo in
Sophoclis and Euripides. The Word Avam, or Audio.
is ufed to fignify the Madnefs of Dogs by Arijlotle,
Galen , and Diofcorides. And Avow'd is ufed
by the laft mentioned Author to figaify a Man bit
by a Mad Dog. A is ufed by Aretaus in this
Scnfe, and Auttwctoi? by ‘Plutarch, to exprefs the
fame Thing

What I would infer from this is, that Homer was
certainly acquainted with the Madnels of Dogs ; and
if Dogs in his Days ran mad, ’tis probable they
would bite Men, and if lo, to be fure, an Hydro-
phobia would be the Confequence ; notwithftanding
that, Plutarch will have it that it was firft taken
Notice of in the Days of Afclepiades , who was fa-
mous for his Practice in Rome before the Death of
Mithridates.

Another ftrong Evidence of its Antiquity is that
Inftimft which directs every Dog to avoid him that
is mad, upon fmelling, feeing, or even hearing him.
If this is not Inftinbt, it is Reafon ; and that in a
higher Degree than we ourfelves can pretend to.
Now Inftindt muft be coeval with the Creation, or
at lead; the Fall 5 and therefore Madnefs muft not
be much younger.

I heartily askPardon for taking up fo much of your
Time from Bufinefsof much greater Impdrt • and
1 beg Leave to fubfcribe myfelf,

SIR,

Tour moji obedient humble Servant,

Robert James,

On ]

IX. A Continuation of an Account of
an EJJay towards a Natural Hiftory of
Carolina and the Bahama Jflands. By
Mark Catesby, F. R. S. with fome Ex-
tracts out of the Eighth Set. By
F)r. Mortimer, Seer. R. S.

ft , ' k . % f ^ . .. . '

AN Account of the preceeding Set is printed in
N° 438. of thefe Tran factions. Our Author
begins this eighth Set with the forty-firfl: Plate of
his Second Volume ; and, as in this Set he treats
chiefly of Serpents, he hath, by way of Introduc-
tion, given a fhort Account of the Serpents in gene-
ral of thefe Countries : He faith, that in Carolina
he hath Teen about 18 Sorts of Serpents, whereof
only four are of the Viper Kind, the others of the
Snake Kind. Befides the different Manner in which
Vipers and Snakes produce their young, he gives
fome external Marks whereby, at firft Sight, one
may judge to which of the two Sorts any Serpent
belongs. Vipers have long hollow Fangs or Tusks,
with an Opening near the Point through which
they emit their Venom when they bite j thefe Fangs
are articulated to the Jaw, and lie flat when theVi-
per is not provoked, or hath no Intention to bite ;
for though his Jaws are full of fmall Teeth, they do
not feem intended for chewing, but only as fo many
Beards, like thofe on a Fifh-hook or Arrow, to
prevent their Prey, when any Part of it is in their
Mouth, from getting back again. Vipers are of an
ugly terrible Afpe£t, their Heads are broad, and

K k their

t ]

their Cheeks wide, their Necks fmall, but when ir-
ritated they 'can fwell them out j their Bodies are, in
proportion, Ihorter and thicker, their Scales rough-
er, and they are flower of Motion. Snakes are of
a pleafant, harmlefs Afpedt, their Heads fmall, And
Necks as thick as the Head, their Bodies long and
flender, their Scales fmooth, and they are nimbler
of Motion } their Jaws are full of fmall Teeth, the
fame as the Viper’s, excepting the Tusks. The
Tongues of both Sorts are a-like, being forked,
which Form is the belt for catching Iniedts, on
which they both feed as well as on larger Animals.

Our Author begins his firft Plate of this Set, with
the Figure of the

41. Viper a caudifona Americana : The Rattle-
Snake. Our Author faith, that this Species is the
largeft, and therefore the mod venemous of any of
the Viper Kind ; the largeft he ever faw was of 8 Feet,
and weighed 8 or 9 Pounds. They often come in-
to Yards, where they put all theDomeftick Ani-
mals in great Confternation, nay, fometimes, they
get into the very Houfes, and one was found be-
tween the Sheets in a Bed foon after the Perlon had
left it. Nothing hath yet been found as a certain
Cure for the Bite of this horrible Creature ; cutting
out the Flefli were the Wound is, and fearing it,
feems to be the fureft Method. He faith, the
Charming of other Creatures, attributed to this
Snake, is generally believed in America ; but I lhall
fay nothing more of it here, referring the curious
Reader to the Account our learned Prefident, Sir
Hans Sloane, hath communicated to this Society ,
on that Head, in TranfaEiions, N° 4 33.

Not

[ *T 3 3

Not having before met with lo particular a De-
fcription of the Rattle, which this Sort of Vipers
carries at their Tails, 1 lhall tranfcribe his Words.
“ The Rattle is of a brown Colour, compofed of
“ levcral horney membranous Cells of an undulated
“ pyramidal Figure, which are articulated one with-
in the other, fo that the Point of the firft Cell
** reaches as far as the Bafis, or protuberant Ring
“ of the third, and fo on which Articulation be-
“ ing very loofe, gives Liberty to the Parts of the
“ Cells, that are inclofed within the outward Rings,
“ to ftrike againft the Sides of them, and fo to caufe
“ the rattling Noile, which is heard when the
“ Snake lhakes its Tail. In the Plate is delineated
“ the Se&ion of one of thefe Rattles, and likewife
“ one of them entire with 24 Joints ; and on the
“ other Side is a large Fang or Tusk.”

42. Viper a caudijona Americana minor: The (mall
Rattle-Snake. Our Author is not certain whether
this be of a different Species from the preceeding;
its Difference of Size and Colour being poflibly
owing to Difference of Age, and the Change of its
Exuviae for he lays, that he hath often oblerved
that the lame Snake, on changing its Skin, hath been
of very different Colours from what it was before.
He thinks it to be a Miftake, that Rattle-Snakes
have as many Joints in their Rattles, as they are
Years old. To this Serpent are joined the Figures
of two Plants.

Frute x, foliis oblongis ferratis alternis ; Aca-
cia floribus luteis •, fruffu brevi , calyculato vi-
ridi .

' « \ ' '' T tl TT ftnfMfthT ' - v * V* 5

V V# •-*> * -<* * i * s ~ ~ • ‘ n T ^ '■ ‘

K k 1 Acacia ,

[ *r4 ]

Acacia, Buxi foliis rotundioribus ; floribus al-
bis s filiqya lata comprejfa . This Tree affords an
excellent Wood for Joyners Work. It is, mifta-
keniy, called Mahogany by the Babamans ; it is
next in Beauty to what is here called Madera,vth\c\v
is the Mahogany of Jamaica .

43* Viper a Aquatica : The Water-Viper. Thefe
Serpents are commonly found hanging on Branches
of Trees, which lean over Rivers, into which they
plunge after Fifh, which they catch and carry to
Shoar. This Sort is commonly called in Carolina*
the Water Rattle-Snake, not thatithath a Rattle*
but from the Likenefs of its Colour, and its Bite be-
ing as mortal Its Tail terminates in afharp pointed
Horn, which, by the credulous, is thought like-
wife to be venomous, and that a Tree wounded
with it will die ; but this is without Foundation.

Brutex'y foliis ferratis, floribus longioribus fpi-
cat is fubviridibus , capfula pentagona .

44. Vipera nigra, The black Viper.

Arbor foliis pi mat is, Jpica pendula fericea,
Alpin. p. 2.

45*. Vipera fufea : The brown Viper in Virgin
nia : In Carolina it is called the Truncheon- Snake..

Arum maximum JEgypt'tacum quod vulgb Co-
kcajia G. Bauh. pin. p. 195". SlOaneHift.. Jamaic.
Vol. I. p, 1 66. Arum JEgyptiacum F. Column.
Ecphras. Part II. p. 1.

Our Author refers his Readers to Sir Hans
Sloane's ample Defcription of this ufeful Plant, in
his Natural Hijlory of Jamaica, Vol. I. p. 166. to

which

[ w 3

which he only adds, that they are very acrimonious
till boiled 8 or 9 Hours, and then become eatable, and
tafte much like common Potatoes. There is fince
introduced into Carolina , another Sort which is
not acrimonious, but may be eat even raw s thefe
Roots are here the chief Food of the Slaves j they
come originally from Africa ...

4 6. Anguis , Ventre Cuprei coloris : The Cop-
per-bellied Snake.

An Ricinoides JEleagni folio ? The Ilatbera
Bark. The Bark of this Tree being burnt, yields a
fine Perfume ; infufed either in Wine or Water, it
gives a grateful aromatick Bitter. This is called Cor-
tex Eleutheria by others ^taking its Name from one
of the Bahama Iflands, corrupcly called llathera
inflead of Eleutheriay or Liberty A fland^ from the
Greek Word gAg uflgp©*, liber , free.

47. Anguis gracilis , cafuteo * viridis : The blu-
ifh-green Snake. It is found chiefly on Trees.

Frutex baccifer , verticillatus ; foliis fcabris ,
latis dentatis , & conjugatis ; baccis purpureis ,
denfe congeftis,

48'. Anguis niger : The black Snake. Thefe
Snakes are very beneficial in killing Rats, which
they purfue in all Parts of Buildings.

Frutex , Rubo fimilis, non fpinofus , capreolatus ,
fruffu racemofo , caruleo , Mori- for mi .

49. Anguis minor fufcus maculatus : The little
brown Snake. Thefe Snakes generally live under
Ground.

Corallo-

[ *S* ]

Corallo-dendron humile ; fpicafiorum longijfi-
tna, coccinea ; radice crajjiijjima.

yo. Angnis gracilis, fufcus : The Ribbon-Snake.

Arbor baccifera, Laurifolia, aromatica, fruEht
viridi, calyculato , racemofo. Sloane’s Hift. fam.
Vol. II. p. 87. Cortex Winieranus Offic. Winter’s
Bark. Our Author agrees with Sir Hans Sloane,
that this is not the true Winter's Bark, altho’ it
hath obtain’d the Name, and is ufcd as fuch.

51. Anguis gracilis maculatus : The fpotted
Ribbon-Snake.

' F feu do f ant alum , croceum. Sloane’s Hift. Jam.

Vol. H. p. 184. Brafiletto. This Wood is ufed in

Dying, but the Demand for it having been great, the

Bahama Iflands are almofl: clear’d of it.

* %

Flos FaJJlonis minimus, trilobatus fore fubc<e-

ruleo.

52. Anguis annulatus : The Chain-Snake.

Frutex, Lauri longiore folio .

5" 3. Anguis viridis maculatus : The green fpotted
Snake. The Author doubts whether this is not the
fame with the fpotted Ribbon-Snake, p. ji.

Apocynum fcandens ; falicis folio ; fore amplo,

pleno.

$4, Anguis Flagelli-formis : The Coach-whip
Snake ; fo called from its being very long and Ben-
der like a Coach-whip. The Indians fopliflily be-
lieve that one of thefe Snakes can, with a Jerk of its
Tail, cut a Man afunder.

Lychnis

[ w 1

Lychnis vifcofa Virginian a ; fore amplo , cod-
neo ; feu Mufcipula Regia . D. Banifter
Phytograh. Tab. 203. Fig. 1.

57. Anguis e rubro & albo varius • The Corn-
Snake. This takes itsName from the Refemblance
of its Colour to that of Maize or Indian Corn.

Vifcum Caryophylloides ramofum ; floribus mi-
nimis albis . This is a Bulbous Plant, like a Nar-
cijfus , and grows fometimes on the bare Rocks in
the Bahama Iflands $ but being molt commonly a
Bara fit e Plant, the Author hath given it the Name
of Vifcum .

56. Anguis capite Viperino : The Hog-Nole
Snake. The Author fufpe&s this to be of the Vi*
per Kind, altho’ in one of them he could find no
Fangs.

Lilium , five Martagon Canadenfe ; fore luteo ,
punttato. Acad. Reg. Barif The Martagon. The
Plate exhibits the Flowers of two Sorts; thelargeft
of which is growing in Mr. Collinforis Garden.

57. Anguis viridis : The green Snake.

Caffena vera Floridanorum ; Arbufcula bacci •

fera Alaterni facie , folds alternatim fit is ; Tetra -
pyrene. Pluk. MantifT Th zCaJfena. This is the
Plant of which the Indians make a beloved De-
codiion, which they drink in great Quantities, even
till it becomes Emetick. They have an annual
Cuftom of drinking it in the Spring with great Ce-
remony, from the King down to the lowed Sub-
jedi, and even Children ; at which time they burn
all the old Furnitureof their Houfes. They fay it
reftores loft Appetite, ftrengthens the Stomach*
and gives them Agility and Courage in War, &c.

~ In

[ MS ]

In North-Car olina and Virginia it is called Xapon,
and is ufed by the Englijh j and our Author thinks
it the fame Plant as the Taraguay Tea, which comes
from Buenos Ayres .

58. Anguis e ceeruleo albo varius ; The
JVam]> am Snake; fo called from the Refemblance
it hath in its Colours to the IV amp am , or Indian
Money, made of Pieces of Shells blue and white,
ftrung together.

Ltlium Carolinianum ; fore croveo , punllato,
5P eta /is longioribus , & angufiioribus : The red
Lilly.

59. Cte cilia m a cm l at a ; The Glafs Snake.

Chryfanthemum Americanum , Doronici folio ,

fore for is Mali Terfica color e ; umbone magno pro-
minente ex atro pur pur eo , viridi S) Aura fulgent e :
This Plant hath flower’d in England .

60. Anguis nigerymaculis rubris & luteis ele-
ganter varius : The Bead-Snake. They are com-
monly found under Ground.

Convolvulus iradice tuberofayefculenta. Sloane’s
Hift. Jamaic . Vol. I. p. 150. The Virginian
‘ Potato . The Roots of thefe Plants are the prin-
cipal Subfiftance of the greater Part of Africa, and
the fouthern Parts of as well as moft of the
People, both black and white, in the Colonies in
America . The Author enumerates five Kinds :
the common cPotato,Jthz Bermudas , the Brimfone ,
the Carrot , and Claret Totatoes , each of which
he gives Defcriptions of

E I N I 8.

L O ND ON:

Printed by W. I n n y s' and R.Manby, Printers to the Royal Society, at
the Weft-End of St, Paul's, m. ncc.xxxvn.

T .V. L

.M <9.

II

Numb. 44i,

philosophical

TRANSACTIONS.

For the Months of July, Auguft , and Septemb. 1736.

The CONTENTS.

I. A Catoptric Microfcope. By Robert Barker,
M. T>. F. R. S.

II. An Account of the Standard Meafures pre-
fer ved in the Capitol at- Rome. By Martin
Folkes, Efp V. T. R. S.

III. Obfervationes nonnullx notatu non indigna:,
Anno 1734. Ab Johanne Frid. Weidler, R.S. S.
&c. Vitembergas fa&ae.

IV. Obfervations made of the Latitude, Variation
of the Magnetic Needle, and Weather, by Capt.
Chriftopher Middleton, in a Voyage from Lon-
don to HudibnVBay, Anno 1735.

V. An Experiment to Jhew that fome Damps in
Mines may be occafioned only by the burning of
Candles under Ground, without the Addition of
any noxious Vapour, even when the Bottom of
the Bit has a Communication with the outward
Air, ttnlefs the outward Air be forcibly driven
in at the faid Communication or Ripe. By the
Revd J. T . Defaguliers, LLT). F. R. S.

VI. A Chemical Experiment by Mr. John Maud,
ferving to illuftrate the Phoenomenon of the in-
flammable Air Jhewn to the Royal Society by
Sir James Lowther, Bar1- as defer ibed in Philof.
Tranfabt, Numb. 419.

VII. A

The C O N T E N T S.

VII. A Letter from Mr. Henry Forth to the late
Revd William Derham, 2). CD. Canon of Wind-
for, andF. R. S. concerning the Siorm, Jan S thy
*7 is-

VIII. An Account of the Eones of Animals being
changed to a Red Colour by Aliment only. By
John Belchier, Surgeon , F. R . S.

IX. An Obfervation of a white Liquor refembling
Milk , which appeared inflead of Serum fepara -
ted from the Blood after it had Jtooa Jome time v
By Alexander Stuart, M . D. Bhyfician in Ordi-
nary to her Majefy , F. R . S. and of the College
of Rhyficians , London.

X. An Account of what was obferved upon open-
ing the Corpfe of a Terfon who had taken feve-
ral Ounces of crude Mercury internally s and
of a Plumb-Stone lodg'd in the Coats of the
Redhim. Communicated in a Letter from the
late *Dr. Madden, Thyfaian at Dublin, to
Sir Hans Sloane, BaA *Pr. R. S.

XI. Obfervatio Eclipfeos Telluris Romae habha
in AEdibus Eminent /^/ziCardinalis DE-VJA, y.
Non. i,£.d.3.Maii N.S. Apr. 22. V.S.mdccxxxiv.
per Didacum de Revillas Abbat. Hieronym.
R . S. S . & Andream Celfium, R. S. S. AJlron .
Brofejf. UpfaLe^ R . S . Suec. Seer .

1. A

C tS9 ]

I. A Catoptric Microfcope. By Robert
Barker, M. D. F. R S.

THOUGH Microfcopes, compos’d of Re-
fracting Glades only, have been vaftly im-
proved, as to their Effects of magnifying; yet
they have been attended with fuch great Inconveni-
ences, that their Application to many Arts, in
which they might be very convenient, is not fo
common as might be expected, and Mankind have
reap’d but a fmall Part of the Advantage obtaina-
ble from fo furprizing and ufeful an Inftrument.

Among the Inconveniences mentioned, thefe
are the mod: confiderable :

, * . * • * X

i. That in order to magnify greatly, it’s necef-
fary the Object-Glafs be a Portion of a very mi-
nute Sphere, whofe Focus being very fhorr, the
Object muff: be brought exceeding near ; it will
therefore be (haded by th z Microfcope, and not
vifible by any other Light than what pafTes
through itfelf ; in this Gale therefore, Opake Ob-
jects will not be feen at all.

2. Objects illuminated this way, may be rather
faid to eclipfe the Light, than to be truly feen,
little more being exactly reprefented to the Eye,
than the Out-line j the Depreffions and Elevati-
ons within the Outline appearing like fo many
Lights and Shades, according to their different De-
gree of Thicknefs or Tranfparency ; though the

L I contrary

/

[ i6 o ]

contrary happens in ordinary Vifion, in which the
Lights and Shades are produced by the different
Expofure of the Surface of the Body to the inci-
dent Light.

3. Small Parts of large Objedts cannot eafily be
applied to the Microfcope, without being divided
from theirWholes, which in the Cafe ofVivi fedtion
defeats the Experiment, the Part dying, and no
more Motion being oblerved therein.

4. The Focus in the 'Dioptric Microfcope being
fo very Ihort, is exceeding nice, the leaft Deviation
from it rendring Vifion turbid ; therefore a very
fmall Part of an Irregular Objed can be feen di-
ftindtly this way.

To remedy thefe Defedts I have contrived a Mi-
crofcope on the Model of the Newtonian Tele-
fcope, in which I have been greatly affifted by that
excellent Workman, Mr. Scarlet , jitn. I fhall
fay nothing of the Effedts of this Inftrument, ex-
cepting that it magnifies from the Diftance of 9 to
24 Inches, having the Honour of fhewing this In-
ftrument to this learned Society.

Explanation of the Figures.

Fig. 1. The entire Microfcope mounted on its
Pedeftal, on a proper Joint, contrived fo as to di-
redt the Inftrument, towards any Objedt.

Fig. 2. The Sedtion of the Inftrument, in which
A B is the larger concave metalline Speculum, C D
the lefier Concave metalline Speculum ; E Fa hollow
Brafs Screw to fallen in the iff Dioptrical Glafs, or

Plano

[ 161 ]

Plano-convex Lens ; G H another Screw fattening
on the hollowCylinder EF I K(in which theDioptric
Glafles are contain’d) to the Body of the Micro-
fcope ; I K a Gap with a fmall Perforation, ferving
as an Aperture to the Eye-Glafs, or zd Lens (con-
vex on both Sides) ; M L is a long Screw patting
through the Nuts P and V, ferving to bring the fmall
Speculum to a proper Diftance from the larger ;
N Qa Hiding Piece mov’d by the Screw, carrying the
Stem Q_R, and little SpeculumCD, YX a Screw for
the Cap at Fig. 3 ; that at Fig. 4, is to be fcrewed
on the Aperture I K.

Fig. 5. Shews the Conftrudion of the Micro-
fcope, in which i is an Object fuppofed ered ; from
which Rays falling on the Speculum a b> will be
refleded to the Focus k , where they will form an
inverted Image, and being refleded by the fmall
Speculum c d, they will pafs through the Perfora-
tion of the great Speculum , and falling on the Pla-
no-convex Glafs ef, converge again, and form an
erect Image at l\ which being brought very near to
the Eye, and fo confiderably magnified, will be
diftindly feen through the Eye-Glafs g h.

II. An

L 1 %

[ ]

II. An Account of the Standard Me a- •
fures preferred in the Capitol at
Rome. By Martin Folkes, £/»; V. T.
R. S.

IN the Wall of the Capitol is a fair Stone of white
Marble, of the Length of 8 Foot y Inches
Englijb , and of the Breadth of 1 Foot 9 Inches
and a half; upon which are infcrib’d the Standards
of feveral Mealures with thefe refpe&ive Infcripti-
ons:

Piede Ro : Pal. IIII. One. Xll. Deti XVI.

Piede Greco.

Canna di Architet. Palmi X.

Staiolo Pal. V. Quar. III.

Canna di Merca. Palmi otto d’ altra mifura.
Braecio di Merc. Pal. III. d’ altra mifura

Braccib di Teffito di Tela..

Curante Lu. Poeto.

The Lines that reprefent thele Meafures, are cut
in the Marble, pretty deep ; but as they have,
confequently, a confiderable Thicknefs, it is fome-
what difficult to be very exadt in taking off their
Dimenfions. I, however, attempted to do it as
nearly as I could, by fetting the Point of my

CompafTes

[ ]

Compares in the middle of the croft Lines, that
are drawn to determine the Beginnings arid Ends of
the Meafures. The Palm of the Architects is
eafier to give than the others, by reafon the whole
Canna is infcribed on the Stone : This I therefore
took ofl^ as I prefume others have generally done,
and then divided it into io equal Parts. After-
wards my chief Attention was given to the Ro-
man Foot, as of greater Confequence than the
other Meafures. They all, however, follow as
they occurr’d to me, in fuch Parts as the London
Foot contains a thoufand of.

The Roman Foot 966 +• This is divided upon the
Stone, firft into 4 Palms, and then on the upper
Part into 12 Uncite, and on the lower into
i6Deti, according to thelnfcription.

The Greek Foot 1006 -|-. This is alfo divided like
the Roman.

The Canna of the Archite&s 7325. It is divided
into 10 Palms, each of which is therefore 73 it
of the Englijh Foot.

The Staiolo being 5 Palms and £ is 4212 — .

The Canna de Mercanti divided into 8 Palms of
another Meafure, 6 Foot 6 Inches 4I.

The Braccio de Mercanti , divided into 4 Palms of
another Meafure, 2 Foot 9 Inches 4.

The Braccio di Tejjitor di Tela , divided into 3
Parts, 2 Foot 1 Inch 4-

The Palm of the Architects is aftign’d by Mr.
Greaves 732 of the Englijh Foot } and the fame
is given by Monfieur Tic art to the Taris Foot, as

494

[ it* ]

4944 to 7 20; which reduced, becomes 732+ of
the Englijh Foot, as before, and as it came out
from my own Tryal.

The Roman Foot is given by Ticart from this
very Stone 65-3 fo of fuch Parts as the Faris Foot
contains 710 j that is, by Redu&ion, 967 + of
the Englijh ; and the fame by Fabrettf who alfo
meafiired it upon this Stone, is align’d to the Palm
of the Archite&s, as 2040 to 1545*; which reduc’d
upon the former Meafure of the Palm, is 9 66 j of
the Englijh Foot. Thefe Meafures come out as
near as the Nature of the Standard can poffibly al-
low ; and as it was fomewhat frefher in Monfieur
Ficarfs Time than it is now, I would make no
Difference in the Proportion he has affign’d ; but
fuppofe the Roman Foot on this Marble was intend-
ed to be fuch a one as fliould contain 967 Parts of
the Englijh very nearly.

Mr. Greaves had long before aflign’d the Mea-
fure of the Roman Foot from Cojfutius' s Monument,
to be 967 of the Englijh , and had preferred that
Meafure to the others he had taken from the Tomb
of Statiliusy and the Congius of Vefpajian . And I
think one can make no doubt, from what has been
{aid, but Cojfutius ’s Foot was the Foot intended to
be infcribed upon this Marble,- though that Mo-
nument is itfelf now loft: at leaft when I was at
Rome I could get no Intelligence of it, though I
made a diligent Enquiry amongft all the People
likely to be acquainted with it.

Fabrettiy in his Work concerning Aqueducts,
where he gives the above-mentioned Proportion of

the

[ x6, ]

the Palm to the Foot, finds fault with Lucas Foetus,
as having made a wrong Calculation of this Propor-
tion in his Book, *De Menfuris & Fonderibus .
True it is, that the Proportion there given by Foetus,
does not agree with the Foot upon the Marble, but
yet it is no falfe Calculation, as Fabretti thought ;
and had he examined Foetus's Book with Care, he
would have been fenfible this is not theFoot he there
contends for, but the Cojjutian Foot which Lucas
Foetus in his Book difputes againft. The Truth
therefore is, that he either alter’d his Mind after the
writing of that Book, before the Marble was fet
up ; or, more probably, that tho’ he had the Care of
having thefe Mealures inferibed on the Marble, he
was direfted by a fuperior Authority what Meafures
he was to have engraved 5 and that accordingly he
had, as near as he was able, th Coffulian Foot
deferibed for the ancient Roman Foot on the
Stone : And that this was the Cafe, and no Miftake
about the Number, as Fabretti fuppofes, appears
not only from the Tenure of his Book, where he
condemns Cofutius's Foot,which there appears, but
alfo from his Scheme at the latter End, where he
has given what he calls Scema pedis legit imi, agree-
ing with his own Numbers, viz. ix Inches, whereof
9^ make the Palm of the Architects, and alfo the
Menfura Colotiani & Statiliani pedis , agreeing
with that now inferibed on the Marble. TheCWtf-
tian is the fame Monument as the Coffutian, fo
called from the Perfon in whofe Poffeflion it had
formerly been ; and he had before faid, p. 5. that
according to theTeftimony of Fhilander , the St a -

t titan

c »«<? ]

tilian agreed with it ; though Mr. Greaves , who
meafured both thefe Feet with great Care, found
fomeDifference between them, flaring the Cipjfutiany
as above, 967, and the Statilian 972. But by Tee-
tus’s quoting Thilander , it is plain he had not
himfelf meafured the latter ; and therefore the Foot,
called by him the Colotian and Statilian , is indeed
purely the Colotian or Cojfutian Foot • and the
fame has occurred to me alfo very nearly from my
Meafureofthe Height of the Trajan Pillar, which
I find, from the Ground to the Top of the Cimatium
of the Capitol, to be nyFcet iolnchest; andthis
Height divided by 120, gives very nearly 966 for
the Quotient,

For the Greek Foot there feems to be no further
Myftery,than that it was intended to be made to the
Roman in the Proportion colle&ed from Tliny ,
which is, that 625 Roman Feet made 6oo:Greek\ by
. which Account the Greek Foot ihould contain 1007
of fuch Parrs as the Roman contains 967 5 and the
a&ual Quantity I took off was 1006.

>

— — — - •

III. Obfervationes nonnullas nota-
tu non indignae, Anno 1734. Ab
Johanne Frid Weidler, R. S. S. & c.
Vitembergce fa&ae.

i.T"\ I E xxiii. Januar. A. 1734- iterum apparuit
I / fplendidaadmodum,/f#r0rtf Borealis fvefyeri
hor. vii. m. 6. Sub feptentrionem vifus arcus ater,

cum

( *<^7 )

cum dupllci fafcia Candida eidem infidente, quam ni-
gra regio media diftinguebat 5 aflurgebat arcus ultimus
candidus ad akitudinem 25 graduum ; in tradu nigro
fubinde incendebantur pyramides lucidae; reflexo lumi-
ne prope Zenith fimilis candidus arcus producebatur ;
h vii. 30'. albus tradus in occafum longius ultra ip-
fum occafus aequino&ialis cardinem diftundeba-
tur, attingebat in medio altitudinem 5*0 graduum ;
h. vii. 3 5'. clara regio ufque in verticem diducebatur ;
nubes hinc inde intermiffae verfus occafum tendebant,
id quod raro inAuroris Borealibus folet evenire^ admi-
ratus etiam fum nubes quafdam circa N. E.haerentes,
quae ante regionem lucidam promovebantur, et ul-
tra quas lux aurorae diftinde cernebatur ; ex quo
elucet aurorae lumen longe ultra nubes attolli. h,
vii. 38' lucida aurorae regio infra horizontem fefe
demittebat, imprimis verfus occafum 5 etiam illud
meretur attentionem, quod etfi haec aurora fplendi-
da effet admodum, paucas tamen pyramides lucidas
oftentaverit : hor. viii. 30' fere tota lux infra hori-
zontem fuit condita,eminebat adhuc prope occafum
altitudine 10 graduum ; tradus arcus nigri fub
feptentrione una cum exigua fafcia Candida immi-
nente adhuc hora x. conlpiciebatur.

2. Die xxvii. Januar . vefperi hor. vi. is’, nota-
ta fuit . nempe reperi ? £ 3 5. minutorum unius
$0 L & gradus : Venus meridiem, luna feptentrio-
nem refpiciebat, hor. vi. 57' ?z=26/ 8c in hac
obfervaticne linea per Venerem & utramque falcis
lunae cufpidem duda reda erat, poftea luna fenfim
longius a Venere exceflit.

M m 3. Die

( %6 8 )

3. Die xvii. Febrnarii non praetereunda eft hu*
militas mercurii in baromecro ad 28 Dig. 7. Lin. qua*
lem antchac heic locorum non animadverti j praefa-
gium inde capere licuit horrendae procellas, & im-
petus ventorum, qui omnia iufque deque verlurus
videbatur,laterese tedtis p. m. hor. iii magno nume-
ro dejiciebantur,ut nemo in plateis tutus pofiet am-
bulare. haecprocella in Saxonia et alibi in Germa-
nia paflim aedificiis, fylvis, hortifque damna longe
maxima intulit, incredibilem arborum numerum
radicitus evulfit, fregit annofas quercus alialque ar-
bores, homines in libero campo pedibus conlifterc
nequiverunt.

4. Die xix. Martii vefperi hor. vi^'circa N.N.W.
fub ieptemtrione apparuit arcus ater fafcia al-
ba lata extenia veftitus 5 lux albas fafciae clarior e-
rat verfus occafum, quam verfus ortum, fed py-
ramides lucidae vel undae, quales auroras boreales
comitari folent, infecutae non funt. Sunt ergo
quaedam aurorae boreales quas candidam tantum iub
feptentrione coeli regionem, fed fine lads motu o-
ftendunt.

5. Die xxix. Martii aurora borealis infignis ex-
plenduit, quam primum confpexi hora ix. Luna yer-
gebat in occafum, Sc per nubes, tantum lucebat ;
eoelum totum fere nubibus tedium erat Sc tamen
circa feptentrionis cardinem clara poft diftradas
nubes regio, e qua lucidae fubinde pyramided cer-
tiflimo aurorae borealis praefentis indido, prodi-
bant : deprehendi etiam poft nubes lucidum aurorae
tra&um in arcum componi : lucidas pyramides ufque
adhor.xh obfervari potuerunt 3 rarum fpedaculum

coelo

( a6<? )

coelo nubilofo & aere ventis agitato, auroram bo-
realem fpe&ari, qua; alias fere tantum fereno et
tranquillo coelo emjcare fblet.

6. Die ix Augufti cum in vallum oblervandi
Saturni caufa me contuliflem hor. xi. fubito nu-
bes quxdam tenues circa'N N. E. 6c N. g. E. lu£
penfae ardere vifae funt. Verum paucis radiationi-
bus emiffis verfus verticem cefiebat inflammatio,
Sc nubecula; in ortum leni vento propellebantur.

Ex his aliifque obfervationibus, quam varium
ct mutabilefit aurorx borealis lumen phenomenon,
luculenter intelligitur.

M m x

IV. Ob

IV. Observations made of the Latitude, Variation of the Magnetic Needle, and Weather,^
Capt. Chriftopher Middleton, in a Voyage from London to Hudfon’s-Bay, Anno 1735.

( mo )

une

( V7* )

Cfl

O

’cS

0

&

<U

1

G

rS

<D

C/2

4->

pi

O

i_

bJj

rt

J2

ci

o

^d

S-.

Pi

ffi

’pi

P4

<u

e

v2

.C

4->

'S

r\

<L>

Pi

O

'O

O

§

G s

.s a

cn •
« G

oD «3
cs

<L> ^
^ J «
^ ^ 6

^ ~<a

$ if

O ~ '

Cu, , 0)
P3 W *d
2

JJ^-S

Sl

£ S

bp bb

"5 «

c 4=

nd
rt

Si

VO k
V £ cti

<1 £ '-3

. T3
w g

^ c3
pi _h

o '3

W C/2

- s

S Pi

Cg }_

G-i <u
« G

bD

_, o->

>n

Td

G

O

nd

G

pi .
co G

J£ *3

pJ (V,

cl:

^ 02
•9.1

.s ;{

C/5 r

bfl

pS

O

p4

* :

rG

Nd

G ^

‘k

pi u
i— l

G ux

si

Pi

G

*3 °
if* s .

4— »

o

G

ja .a

JO

1 -G Px

<u

Pi

i-i

d>

1 Td

S-H

<u

u

1 o

1 S

'w

pi O

Ofi<
_, nd

£ §
£ 2

o ^

W
J -G

C/2

W C/2

t>

^ w

w

02

JO

W o^i W

Z»-“

Z, 2M

02 OW

w

SW co

Z £

Z w

w w

C/2

C/2 „

02 1

^ w

c/2^>

c/2^

00

ro

Lr,

'ch

00

UN

oo

un

oo

un

un

VO

m

00

N

00

UN

1

•s, 1

o

’4*

00

UN

O

00*

UN

o

00

UN

Ns

N

f ^

1 N

OS

w

ON

N

ON

N

o£

O*"

vO

VO

Tf-

(4

f<N

4-

Un

UN

VO*

1

"'4'

VO

ON

>+-

•o

un

VO

co

Os

UN

ON

m

VO

Os

to

VO

PS

VO

00 .
N
OO

o->

00

UN

OO

00*

U-\

N

N

,s}-

i

N

•x

•X

fcH

«

o®

OO

ob.

ON

o

•X* «

UN

UN

UN

UN

NO

VO 1 VO

"3“

VO

Os Os VO

Osoc ON
W til N

On O O

oo «• os

On Os Os
N N N

VO 00' I Os I *-* ON rn

O On On1 On On Os I O On O
rr>N N i P4 N N I fS N MN

o o o

pi m kj

«0s

O O ON
toto n

Os On j On un c-^i un
00

ON

•x ON ON
k) N N I

©s Os
N P*

VO UN so

•x 00 VO

O N00

O 00 00

IN. N

x. VO Os

Os OS K

VO Sn tN.

O VO VO

IX 00

N M M

ro N N

PN PJ N

PN N PJ

N N to

t<s |N N

N N N

M N N 1

1 r<N N N

m p?

OS o ON
P3 cn Pi

r^. m o

Pi c<n m

so osjvo N OsJnO N ON | VO PJ ONjsO N OsjvO H OsjvO Pt OsjvO p* OsjvO N OsjvO N Cs|sO N ON

• , ■

Os

o

I H

N

t-4

S IX

HH

June

|

VO

^ 1

00

IX

“

'

- 1

1 '

ON

( I'll )

C3

£

<D

3

d.

<s

o

£

<s»

Xi

<u

s|

H3 r°

O

cS

Om

£

£

J-S

d

T)

§ £

2 |

£vS

rH ua,

'S °

3 ptt

8

ii

CtJ

bD

j?

Im

C3

G. i-.

CD

X

cW

o

a

CD

X

h

- p

B

d

£

X •

y §3
2 cg
6 ^

5 £P

T)

tT S

*3 *

Pan

P O

8 *
t>3 <u
CJ u

W >— t

CQ ^

" 55

£\2
C3 ^

W

K

G <y

j_ U

,-G *— I

c3

Pan

O,

J-i

'3

v*-l

-CJ

G

cs

1 tf
*zt

T <u

3

(n

s

u

X

•I

bf>

.8?

«s

a-.

<s

o

V3

-a

G

^ 2

fe

CO

£Z

£

XI

£

C/3

C/3

£

Z

&

2

a

&

x

£

CO

W ^

7 CO

sk

o

s

cG

0)

to

<U

>

u

CO

W

CO

W

-O x <*- <8 •

5 # O TJ -s

»J JO

IS

4!°

O

(r\

*2 !s >/e i2 | o

»J O -Q S rO

.§£ (go's

■S ^ * £

*S j3 >« ijN JH ‘
hh o -o -22 -t? 1

VO

xh

VD

VO

VO

VO

oo

m

■o?

2 £

SVi&o

VO

m

VO

>’S^^ &

Os

00

't-

‘ O

o

ON

ft

ft

N

r*

o

4

cr»

4*

J>>

u-v

VO*

M

00

OO

’sh

oo

C7\

VO

VO

VO

VO

VO

VO

VO

VO

VO

ON

VO

VO

VO

tv

VO

rf-

\0

VO

V *-H 00

O o* O On

<VN 'N

00 vO 00

6\ 6 6
TV) MO MO

^ On

On Os On
N N «

On 00 |

On On
M 1

1 OO VO

On On
1 • N N

On VO 00

On ON ON
N M N

>- 00 ON

6\ 6\ 6\
N N tO

tv. VO

On On

00 VO «J-N
tv

On CN ON
M N N

VO VO

On On
N N

h

I

«-r\

^ _ OO ON o

On On On

N >-00

O tv.

r{-VO

OO >-00

00 N O

ON On

- On On

<5* tv

« N n

rr> N n

M-N M

1 N N

N N N

N N -CO

n N

MO N N

N N

Hour ] VO N ONjvO ft Ov]vo ft ovjvo ft on] VO ct ON JVC N Ovjvo ft OvjvO ft ON] VO ft Ov]vO

ft ON

Day*

Month.

O

M*>

Th j

1 t-n

VO

Tv.

OO

ON

June i

N

tt

ft

ft

ft

1

ft

Tnn^

Little Winds and calm ;

( *73 )

?

•T5

C

o

•8

*

.y d

_C

r£3 cvs

• ~ TJ
■ J c
<±H 03

L «

<L> .

c r3 oS
* gp^
Ktt ,r-cf

<L) V?

£ d >

3 S ^

o«<*.

tn s o

- 5

<U <L> A*
n

£

O

a

CO

u

3

a

-5

'1

A

CO

”c3

o

i-4

5 •

^ <D
U

H3 H-t

S-5

a

« 6
£ J3
<u .ti

■8 *
§

fci

* JJ

£u

"c

j£-S

^ CO

O «

^ a

W>43.
3 cu

‘•S 6

a

^ (b
rt cj
<D M

T) 3

S 6

4-> J-.

»-. <u
C3 ,43

<u>

o

s

<D

■8

ci

<D

£-o

6i §

bO g

O

Uh

o3

&JH

•5

£

A

<D

4->

<u

T3

O

s

>■*

S3

d

^ 5

<u

ESE I
to

ws w

w

CO

W

W oW

| nw :

NW
N b W

wbs i

£ *
“2w
£ fc

NE j
to

NWbNj

Ditto. |

Ditto.

NW

to

SE

m

rh

vo

cn

us

vo

I

**■

M

VO

oo

cn

vo

Tj-

Us

vo

!

1

■" ■"

CCS

ns

•-<

VO

° 1

Ml

1 tH

5- 1

i 5-

5- 1

O

O

''t*

M

'*1-

Ml

vO

o

r-

N

VO

vo

^f-

ro

Ml

o

CCS

N

M

c<s

N

N

CCS

us

Ml

d

't

*7

6v

o*

o’

d

o

<p

o

o

Ml

Us

vo

b^

rs

bs

ts»

«>.

b->

oo

00

00

oo

Ov

VO

us

vo

d

1 OO

fA

d

d

N

CCS

us

rh

"f

Ml

to

•

•

•

•

to*

Ml

1-4

Ml

►M

IM

Nd

Ml

M4

Ml

d

VO

vo

vo

VO

SO

vo

VO

vo

VO

VO

vo

O', US Ov

Os t>-VO

Ml «TS

us OO Os

OvvO ccs

» OSN

Os bv.

^-vo OV

r^. us Os

OV

vO us

6\ d\ ds

Os Os Os

Os Os Os

* • •

Ov Os Os

dv ds ds

Os Os OV

Ov Ov Ov

Os Os Ov

bs.

OV Os Ov

ds o o

N

Ov Os Os

d d m.

N « N

NON

M N N

N N N

d d d

d d d

d d d

d d d

d c<s ccs

d d d

Us

VS us

us

1 us us

us us

1 ^

Us

Us Us

*«D vo M. ;

Os ts. ts.

N H SO

dsco t>-

M OS v»

Os bs Os

Ml A VO

N N N

OVVO us

OS N N

d ds vo

d N d

N N

ccs res CJ

' C< N N

C<S N d

d d d

1 ccs d d i

d d d

d d d

d d d

cn d d

O d OvjvO d OVJVO d GvjsO d Ovjvo d CVJVO d OsJsO d OsJVQ d Cs]sO d Os]vO d CV]vO d Os

d

dS

us

V0

00

Os

*3

_

Clear Sea, frefh Gales and hazy.

Latitude! Latitude j Latitude

( *74 )

rt

a

<u

P4

t-l

CD

^3

bfl

bfi

O

hazy.

<D

O

6

+-»

rorking in loofe
fometimes clear.

s

i?

~ a

N

rj

.C

n3

C

cj-

oo

JU

73

O

u

3

fo

00

C3

P

W)

S 6

<D't,

. CU CO

8°

J

cl

o

cS

1)

T3

C

03
<L>
U
t— l
rG

o

3

a

o

buj .

S 3

p

o c

. <u

72 >

C3 ,<u

ej W

<u ^
u

•— t #\

<a> s5

8^

£

iJ

B^

*

<3

u-> -Cs
at
<L>

^<3 <L>

55 J

<3

M ^ t-

1—4 <u o
J3 ^ D
3UlR

f o

1-H >

<43

f*

i> CO

&>£

aor

<2 .

<o

rf.SS

«Qg

T3 ^

*j_ T3 SP

S g s
S<S>-1

-C

CO

TO

c

.

Sb W

Ditto.

S

to

N W

N W
to

Weft

SS E
to

ESE

SE

ESE

.

Calm.

i

ESE

s w

r.

o

N

to

VO

j

x v- ^

cn ^-S

irSSU

V -4.

y ”^s t)

l *3 c/o

,C KJ » £3

W n$

”0

-£<5/

03

> ii N

>-^u 2.

"3*

1

O

1

Tb

rh

to

■4"

43

N4

Longi-

tude

from Lon-
don by
Account

o' ^

75.28

vo

OO

to

4-

t^.

VO

O

N

t>.

0

N

00

00

0

N

00

0

to

06

JV g

VTl

to

O '

O

O

° 1

O

a o

to

>-4

«

M

»-t

“

t)

tf >>. ©

•

• ,

.

£ Jo <-»

tn

<0

to

CO

to

rn

CO

to

to |

cl 77

J <

0 vo

vo

VO

vo

VO

vo

vO

vo

vO 1

1 VO . )

N Ov

1 ON On

tA to On

ON OD 00

M NN

N<0 N

vO 00 00

On vo O

vo ^ O

"s 2 , »i

v

00 00

03 00

*j j: a <u

• • *1

£ ** S is

A C> On CT'

On On 0

O O ON

000

On On ON

ON On On

On On On

ON On On

On On On

O ON O

<5*o« 6

0 N N N

I M N cn

to to M

co c o co

N N N

N N N

N N t)

N N N

N N N

C3 N N

•S ,

VO vo

to

1 ^

Vo vo

j

.

1

2 H ^ g

rC 0 c

*s ^ x 0 ^

o M t^oo

J J 00

O CMN

W N 10

1

O b-l

.

1 VO vo

r't ft vo

1 On VO VO

to tH

1

co n r-

<!'oh S

u *^r, N n

rO *-0 t)

! CO t4 N

co M N

to N M 1

1 M N N

M N N

N t) M

tJ N N

N N , til

VO ti

OVJVQ M ONJ'O N ON jVO N On jvO N OnJvQ N On| vO N ONjvO N ONjvO N CNJvO

Day.

Month-

CO

^f-

VO

00

ON

3

1 — i

H4

w

M

M

9 S q 3 s

n

<u

a

cS

T3

G

C3

S20

S«s

<D

O r=“*
CLpM

03

u_
w £

CO

CO

1 £

JO _ -•-»

2 3
^ O

5 00

^ -,.w

-G £ CO

W ^

( 17T )

*T3 *-

b> f

G 3

>

W <2

co,

o

f £

=3

o

t— 1

£[? -

%

Vi_

o

.s

C/D

<u

*c3

rd O

t" CO

^ c/T '

' O
<u

•irrs

u ^

^ ^ ‘
<D ~L'
bD §

>-• os .

,ss s

, <u

Vi_ P— l

°g

|S

W CJ

i £

i

.

G ,
c3

#v

<u

a

1— H

rG g

-S'sS

2 S

S2

s

ccj

.

o •
G

fe “

£

►H

... _l=k

<L)

JG

c3 G
<U •£

£«2

. u-

>-« o

bD u
bD »J

O

y jg

_c co

h

g1

Pj

<D

£

bD

G

CO

c3

Ph

^ <u
^ i-3

*3 M

CQ

bD

O

pH

•2

£

2 8

CS HH

5 — < .

<D d3
HO G
O C3

S

w

JO

CO

W ^
x ^

"V*

cG

O .CJ

CO

£

JO

£

-« VO

N

Vo

N

VO

O

VO

Tf-

to

On

to

CO

~Q

vo

vo

bJD .

LI

La s

Oco

<Si*

<u +-•

S-h

pH -

1?JS

<D
• l>
G cfi

X
T3 JO
G ^

«j£

fe“

't? S

G J
5cq

-Q

£

&

g

oo

vo

I

vo

to

C*

vo

vo

OO

vo

« 1

H- 1

O

00

|

o

oo

1 ^ 1

1 ^

1 +

_J 3-_l

Tf-

rh 1

to

1

to

N 1

1 N |

| N 1

l N

O |

ro

O

VO

to

NM

'<t-

VO

ON

r^

vo I

vo

VO

N

xh

n-

m.

. rh

ON

6

<->

d

to '

4-

^r

ti

N

N

4

b>. 1

|'"~ T30'-,~'

<50

OO"

■ oo

oo

oo

00

OO

w

oo

O' i

•

,

vo

to

ON

On.

vo

rd-

~

1 L 1

| . •

1 ’-

■ch

to

-sh

Vo

to

CCN 1

to

»-4

*a -

O*

ON

00

vo*

vo

NO !

l vo

l vo

VO

- V£>-

NO

voi

Vo

vo

vo

*-o

CO Ovoc

i On On. N

| Ov On vo

1 N N to

!>• Os

1 ON ON h

H M HI

1 ^

vo ON

ON vo

Cv

OO

00 p© 00

9>

OO

On On Ov

On OV 6

o* o o

I On On On

| ON d\ On

ON Ov On

. . .

1 ON ON O

6 6 6

O o On

ON On O

CN On O

N NJN

1 N N ^

CO CO to

N N N

1 N N N

N N N

f N N.tfi

to to to

1 to CO M

N N to

N M to

VO vo

, vo

1 ^

vo to

vo

to

VO VO

to

1 - - .-•; ,

1 . :

L .

i ' j ..- t '

.

i.

,

*•

N ir

r is; to vo

VO VO VO

On OvVO

W 00 vo

« ON "ON

O vo vo

00 vo vo

00 VO vo

N vn <o

VO UN f

N N N

1 N N

I n tv

« N N

to C^ N

CO’ f-J t5

' to ^ N

N tN C*

M M N

N N M

N N W

vo N ovjvo N Os|vo N OVJVO N Ovjvo N ONjvO M ONjvO N CnJvO <N OnJVO N ONjvO . N ONjvO

« ON

9*

N |

CO

-d-

vo

VO

r-> |

| oo

On

O

July 2

M i

r N

?

N

N

to

N n Auguft

cS

a

<u

p4

<D

pG

S-i

,c3

T)

G

03

<D

h ns -4

2s c c

£ CSS 'cS

LSS

(U u*^
X)<

^ s ^

<u 3 ^
■ti *G <D

bH-S

lag

E'g &

S *«s

CO

CL< <L> 6D

cti ’"G ,S
£0 B
.S’H’bb

-a

cJ

fS

|

p5

I

vs»

C5»

03

<L)

>

&

<

( 176 )

T3

G

cS

QJ

c«

>-i

CD

H3

O

tSJ

cS

<5 c

O-i

« P4

<D 2

*“0 G

O '-G

CO* j

-o a>

~o 75 i

eO ;

K'H .5

2 cci rt

oGpJ

T3 .

O >-.u_
EuO
, . >• to

CvS

CU g g,

*~i CT";

<±4.3 C/3

<-G

-0’S

a> c '£

x; pi ?

h

ci

3

cr

CO

H3

G

cS

cS

a

cs

G

cS

3

,cr

CD

CO

i T3

G

* as

j3 ^

c3

a g

<£ 33
a5 CS

to

T3

G

w

fc

pG -g

4-1 *-»

« _2
> c-o
£ ««£

£ o-S
* 2

s

o JS 3 o is

^ Ico w

W

-0

w

2

W.c

Z3

W2.

| X^iJ!

| to °*g-S
■5 « tS S '*2

•3^S^4

-2 y , §j

n*?i

Q

1

s>

2 £.2 O'*
*3 ^ S

<$.3 >> gN 2

O

On

•*J-

oo

3-0

"•g F » «

•- ,u JO rt ,

8 3
»-3 o tOV

0

>

t\

"t"

00

D-»

• *3.2 H^l

* 1

1 I

1 ^ l

VO 1

VO

O

o

K4

>toU oj

1 N 1

1 1

I N 1

N 1

N

CTN

ro

CO

§ C

^ o

N

_ , • vO

vo

OO

VO

to

N

% t

6 ^ ~

3-0

N

N

g-8 § K 8

M

N

tr>

t> O

O H

M

N

4

to

° oo

00

oo

l> O

<42 oq

« •y

% e<%

o

O

VO

o

NO

vO

00

o

*o e
3 . §

N

'th

to

to

N

^*

•i^§

N

PH

3-n

VO

00*

00

CO

x <

°

LO

D-»

U-*

vr>

UN

3-0

00 u-s

CO On ON

3-0

trN «-n oo

00 3-0

>9

8-

00 u-»

« N N

^ jj , u

^ Onoo

00

00

00

"X i u
» £? <d

_ o 6s o\

0\ On On

O

ON

d\ 6 6

On O* J.

ON O* -

On On O

0 0*0

C^W B

° to ^ w

N M «

m

N

N n cn

N tfi to

N ro ro

N N cci

to CO CO

•S , i

1' ^

3-0

1

1 ^

£ « i C

,t!rC D C .

^ *xj o ^

^ sO vok tr>

rf- tJ-

NO

t^.

ON t^.VO

0 vo w

O'O M

«N rr, rf-

to N N

<^h e 2

!° N N ^

N M M

N

N N N

m« N

l W N N

m to to

! to to to

Hour.

| VO N On^^O n On JO N OJO M OnJ N j

[ ON N ONj On N OnJ On N On] On cl ON] On N ON

Day.

cG

M

to

M

« 1 CO

•O

SO

Month-

§)

<

*-5

a,

<D

03

l

£

o

G

CO

T2

G

cS

CO

JD

13

o

p

J:

■H55

CS

<u

*5 6

gs

OM

4-»

%%

<U ^ HQ

l-J ^ =3

Z o 5J

3-0^

.o c *

^.w g

t, -s o

^-§3

!«fe

a-S'g.

1 if

J-i

<D

JS

4—1

Cj

,b%

■g^

•So

G w
> bfi

^ c n

S 3

m

ctf

<U J*

£1

-s J

g^

■si

« bb

a«

( *-77 )

las <L>

i> g* .
|o 8

> >S?o!

^ §8g

, S->

5 ~g -O

<§j£

| H
§K

TJ

G

o$

z

<u

£

o

-G

C/3

G

<U £

3 2
cr G

O C/3

<L>

•G

'G

G

ctf

<U

3-,

<u

H3>

O

£

o

G

CO .

II

• *v u

8 3

Hh *G

o

<§ 8

~Ǥ
bio'g co

5 «-s

CO

15 J> £

h £ s-«

>o %

,<u w

_ «J

•o
-£3

c3

-o cS 53
•r <u ►>
<§*!>

£ |h4 k.
HoVcg
^8 3 §

S og

o<^

no C/3

b

■G g so

S3 « W

b 13 c?r
« o 4

a a

v-. C

<D c^v

tbtS

ca

N W

s w

to

N W

N W
to

NNE

NbE
S W

s w

wsw

to

WNW

N W
to

NbE

NNE

Calm.

r

NW

to

NbE

North
to i

NNE .

VO

n-

M

VO

i

i

1

!

LAV

nj*

M

VO

*

i

f

Ms

N

d

vo

-

MV

i*

VO

o

Ms

M

VO

Ml

N

d

vo

'

M

ms

N I

rn 1

1 ***

! MV

n}-

MV

? 1

1 i 1

1 ?

?. 1

' M

N

0

M

a:

. ^t-
« .

w °

Weft.
I. o

Eaft.
2.2 1

. °o

w N

i $«

• rt

6 ^ W
ct!

. rh

<& T

r'v

W

LAS

las

0

ds

Ml

- «o

^*

o

VO

N

Ms

►Z

vo

1A

LA

VO

oo

LAs

1— l

Vo

O

MV

d

vo

M

LAV

d

vo

OV

rev

vo

o

las

d

vo

62.22

v

1

VO

MV

Ml

so

0,00 «-.
ds cs o*

** N Ms

« H •*

odd

M> Mi ms

MS CA In

o o o

MV MV MS

LA LA LA

d o* o*

MV MV MV

LA, M

<s

o o o

CAS MS MV

o o o

MV MV MS

MS LA ^
N

d o* o*

MV MS MV

Ml VO

o o’ o

MS M, ^

lasvO las I
OS os ds

N N N ;

00 MS

ds 0 d

! N mv ers

^ las las

• . ^
odd

Ms MV Ms

K N.VD

w n n

V-s

N «r\ N
MV Ms MV

LAS

rj- N N
MV crs MV

H ON O

MV N MV

VO O 00
MS tA N

O 0 O

MV MV MV

M MS N
MS C/V MS 1

[LAS

H 0\H

w N ws

T I

0 0 Csj

MS MS N i

Os 0 00

N m n

lav

d MS M«
MV MV MS

n

G

55

'<* « O.J Ov N OS] »»<f| <*« ^a-NOJ <* « Os] OV « OjCB oCfo> JJ O.J OS « o,]^

Os

( 278 0

Sept.

g

’£

P*

43

u

rr} *-<

■§£
o ^

<£j §

U)

fn :

W

&

<u

tsi £

pS

43 c£

~j m « '

l^o

rt£ g.

co c C !

C3 <D

o

<D *

rn £ O

IC3 o -S

<D '-T-l 4->
J-l

kM

a

PS

<L> .

£ ^
O ^
ng .2
O J-

§

« Pi

bD^

w

■S o

-s

- £
« o

U c$
"a <d
o co

§

w ^

z2S

( 179 )

P3 n-j
£ £
•> £
pi

£W
'S w

O 13

O

o

£ ci
gw
c/3 ti

c3

T3 £

J3 bJO

ci

o

&

£ d

^3

O Pm

a>

■<-»

ci

j-<

<U

T3

O

s

Tl

c

pi

O

4->

5

a>

ci

J-l

<d

■■8

CUV

43

CO

£ O
> rj
4U 73

^ Pi

ci

CO

r"CJ '

C 2
ci ^

CO ,

CL) l-i

-±5 <d

ci J-*

OS

03 <U

j-i ^c!
ci t-»

43

r>

CD CO

Ss

Oh g<

* M .
5-> >>, <D

<o Ci >-,
~ CD CD

£ 43 -O

W|

W

CO

43

|w w

£

£

s-si

CO

W

CO

CO

CO

CO

CO

CO

CO CO

CO

|CO

<±3
O O

-S £ W!W

3 75 co |co
mOm|»

£

£

is

UN

50.25

UN

po

O*

UN

1

1

° 1

Pi

UN

OO

Pi

po

P<N

• 1

i-4

6

O |

i ‘‘f-ir

O

Os

O

Os

UN 1

UN i

UN

UN

o

ON

00

00, .y

00

00

SO

• ‘ UN

Pi

*“•

1 H*

NH '

•*

—

CO

pi

| ' Pi .

CN

sO

Pi

O

OO

po

Pi

1 'T*

m

tn

UN

Pi

UN

VO*

po

Mi

— H

H ^

O*

00*

t^.

SO

i*

►N

H

1 l-H

H4

►H .

. O

.0

■ :

1 1 V*

UN

i

•O i

I

1

m

00

t

Os

PN

pi

CVS

J

'TO

■ l N

■4-

'N, ‘

CO

.0 .

d.

*

0*

O*

QU

1

ds *i

: j -

O'

id

O*

1 -■■

fi ;

ds -

b

Os

UN

syN,

.

UN

!

UN

■-

rh -

UN

1

1 \

«^n

,

, ,

Tj-

UN

1

if

Nf-

flOuN

pi

PN

P»f

W 1

Pi

cn

N

cr\

Pi

P<N

pK

Pi ' ‘

-

u

. ' ON

tr

V)

UN

PO tJ-

.Pi

M

os

Os

Os

N

0 : 0

6.

. 4

i

O

o-l

Id

0*

©

.«

‘O'

d

0*

6

O* O

'Os

‘0s

0*

r

6

pi
' 6

p*N-

o’

O O*

J

0*

O*

On

On

0

Ov

PPJ PN

ppj

t<N

PO

pr> ’

PCS

P<N

P<N

rr 1

TO

PN, PT>

pj

pi

P<N

Pi

PO

PN

pry

PO PO

PO

PO

N

Pi

tr>

*■•'-

UN

u

UN

"O

J. •'

i!ir\

UN

UN

UN UN

ry

UN UN

'i-

P<N

PPJ

^f-

J

0

Pi

ci

Pi

pi

iir.j

cr\ Pi

pi

N

O H

0

{

O

d

o d

Pi Pi

Pi

“ttr

Ci

ci _

-N;

w

.Pi.

dh

■ N ,

<4 : P\h

fi '

7!

Pi-

Pi * P< ,

;i£

In

ft Pi

N

2.

ci

Pi ?S:2- °Ci ?^ :2> O'JvCEi « iq>i'bs a> o\| ovK o\

sO '

( z8o )

An Explanation oj the TABLES.

The firft Column contains the Month ; the fecond Column
is the Day of the Month j the third the Hour of the Day,
beginning at Six in the Morning, to Twelve at Noon, and
Nine at Night \ the fourth Column is that of the Thermolcope j
the fifth Column is the Height of the Mercury in the Baro-
icope, the firft Number is the Inches of its Height, the fecond
and third Number marks the tenths and hundredth Parts of
an Inch ; the fixth Column is the Latitude the Ship is in, by
Account, every Day at Noon ; the feventh Column is the
Longitude the Ship is in every Day at Noon, by Account, from
the Meridian of London (except where otherwife exprefs’dj.
The Column Variation, is the Variation of the Needle ■, and
the next four Columns are the Latitudes obferv’d at Noon by
four feveral new Inftruments ; the firft is Mr Smith’ % Prifmatic
Quadrant, the fecond is Mr. Hadley’s, the third by Mr. John
Elton , and the fourth by Mr. Caleb Smith and Mr. William
Ward i the next Column is the Wind for the moft Part of
the Twenty-four Hours.

The Thermofeope which I made ufe of in the Voyage, was
made by Mr. John Patrick, together with the Barofcope ; in
his Thermofcope he places [°] at the Top, fuppofing it to be
the Heat under the Line, and fo the Figures increafe down-
wards, with the Increafe of Cold. Temperate is placed at ay.

This Prifmatic Quadrant of Mr. Caleb Smith I find to be of
very great Ufe at Sea, in particular for the Stars, as I have ex-
perienced feveral times in my Voyage to Hndfon’s Bay , in the
worft of Weather, when you can but fee the Horizon ; and
his other is of great Ufe, in tolerable fin ooth Water, in foggy
and hazy Weather, when there is no Horizon to be feen, yet
have the Benefit of the Sun.

V. An

( 2-8i )

IV. An Experiment to [hew that fome
Damps in Mines may he occafioned
only by the burning of Candles under
Ground, without the Addition of any
noxious Vapour, even when the Bot-
tom of the Tit has a Communication
with the outward Air, unlef the Out-
ward Air he forcibly driven in at the
[aid Communication or Tipe. By
the Reverend]. T. Defaguliers, LLD.
F. R. S.

Experiment I.

IN a Cylindric Glafs-Receiver, open at both Ends,
whofe lower End is plung’d in Water, and up-
per End cover’d with a Plate with an Hole of near
an Inch Bore, a Candle of Six in the Pound will
not burn quite the Time of one Minute before it
goes out.

Experiment II.

A Candle will burn almoft as long when the
Receiver is quite cover’d.

Experiment III.

The Receiver having the Hole of the Plate open,
and a Pipe at Bottom communicating with the ex-
ternal

( )

rernal Air, will burn but a little longer than in the
firft Experiment ; and if you blow in at the Pipe
with your Mouth, it will go out rather fooner.

ExPERI ME NT IV.

?/- : •' * ' ' ’ * * ^ '■** * ^ \ * * y • j

Blow in at the Pipe with Bellows, and the Candle
will burn as long as you will.

V. ^Chemical Experiment/^ Mr. John
Maud, ferving to Ulujirate the Phoeno-
menon of the Inflammable Air Jhewn
to the Royal Society by Sir. James
Lowther, Bar ■■ as defer ibed in Phi-
lofoph. Tranfadt. Numb. 419.

SIR James Lowther having formerly favour’d
the Society with an Experiment upon fome
Air which he collected out of a Coal-Mine, and
brought in Bladders clofe tied, by Sea to Town:
The EfFecSt of which was, that the Air being
prefs’d out of the Bladder through the fmall
Orifice of a Tobacco-Pipe, wouid catch Fire from
a lighted Candle, and burn like an inflammable
Spirit, until it was all confumed. A particular Ac-
count of which has been printed in the iPhilofoph.
Tranf. Numb- 429. p. 109, &c .

Upon confidering that the Caufe was only a
great Quantity of fulphureous Vapours flu&uating
in that Air, I was naturally induced to make an

Eflay

[ i83 ]

Effay, by an artificial Mixture, to produce the
like Effedt. It is very well known to every one
verfcd in Chemical Affairs, that mod Metals emit
great Quantities of fulphureous Vapours, during
the. EfFervefcence which they undergo in their So-
lutions in their relpective Menjirua , or Solvents.
Of thefe Fumes Iron emits a great Quantity whilft
it is diflolving in Oil of Vitriol, which are very in-
flammable, and not eafily to be condens’d. Thefe
Fumes I collected into a Bladder with the defined
Succefis, and having produc’d before the Society
two Bladders of this fictitious Air, at the fame time
that Sir James Lowther was pleafed to make trial
of his, they both exhibited the fame Phenomena.
I fliall here give a more particular Account of
the Preparation made ufe of, which was as fol-
lows.

I took 3ij of Oil of Vitriol and mixt it with 5 viij
of common Water, which I put into a Glafis with
a flat Bottom about ten Inches wide and three
deep, with a long Neck ; to this I added 3ij of
Iron Filings: There inftantly arofe a great Heat,
with a violent Ebullition, and the Iron was wrought
upon very faff, with Fumes copioufly exhaling. To
the End of the Neck of the Glafis I luted a Bladder
void of Air, the Neck of the Bladder being faften’d
to a Tobacco-Pipe ; the Fumes arifing from the difi
folving Metal foon puffed up the Bladder to its full
Extent, when that being taken away, the Neck
of it being firft tied clofe with a String, I applied ano-
ther in the fame manner : Thus you may get as many
Bladders full as you can, whilft the EfFervefcence lafts.
T wo of thefe Bladders were tried before the Society,

O o and

[ 18* ]

and exhibited a Flame like thofe of Sir James Low-
ther> very like in the Smell, tho’ fomewhat different
in the Colour of the Flame. After I had prefs’d
Part of the Air out of the Bladder, by drawing
back the Hand, the Flame was fuck’d into the
Bladder, and fet on Fire, what inflammable Air re-
main’d, all at once j which went off like a Gun, with
a great Explofion.

What is worthy of Notice in this Experiment is,
that all the Air which fill’d the Bladders was as it
were generated de novo out of the Mixture, or elfe
recover’d from being lock’d up in the Body of the
Metal in an unelaftic State.

This Experiment will eafily explain a very
probable Caufe of Earthquakes, Vulcanos, and
all fiery Eruptions out of the Earth ; for no-
thing more is requifite than an Intervention of Iron
with a vitriolic Acid and Water. Now Iron is gene-
rally found accompanied with Sulphur : And com-
mon Sulphur may be analyfed into an inflammable
Oil, and an acid Liquor like Oil of Vitriol. This
Acid therefore in the Bowels of the Earth, by be-
ing diluted with a little Water, furrounds the Iron,
and works upon it in the fame manner as defcribed
above y an Effervefcence and inteftine Heat arifes ;
the Air which comes from the Mixture is rarified,
and becomes very elaftic, its Impetus , by how
much the more compreffed by the incumbent
Weight of Earth, is increafed even to an unlimited
Degree, and at length, like Gun-powder, will re-
move all Obstacles, and will exhibit to the Specta-
tors above Ground the terrible Phenomena of Earth-
quakes and Eruptions. Thefe inflammable Fumes
1 fome-

C 18* ]

fometime$,if very much heated, will, asfoon as they
come to the open Air, catch Fire, and fo produce
thofe fiery Eruptions, of which there are fo many
Inftances in the World.

VII. A Letter from Mr. Henry Forth
to the late Revd William Derham,
2). 2). Canon o/'Windfor, andF.R S.
concerning the Storm Jan. 8th, 17 gf.

‘Darlington , Jan. 18, 1735.

Honoured Sir,

AL T H O’ I am not fo happy as to be acquainted
with your Perfon, i am no Stranger to your
Labours, wherewith you have obliged the World;
and that Part which relates to Oblervations upon
the Alteration of the Weather, I have for lome
fmall time purfued, for my own private Satisfaction,
upon your ingenious Model.

The difmal Accounts wc have had from the
Southern Parts, of the Storm of Wind which hap-
pened on the 8th Inftant, put me upon reflecting,
that one of your Curiofity might defire to know
how our Northern Regions were affeCted by it ;
which will, I hope, be a fufficient Apology for this
Liberty.

The Place from which 1 write, and where I re-
fide, is 14 Miles South of Durham , Lar. 5-4° 4 6'.
The Evening before the 8th, my Barometer flood

O o a at

t->8d.'J

Inches, bat had been gradually falling for two
Days. The Wind was then S. W. high in the fe-
cond Degree ; which increafed towards Midnight a
Degree more. Moft of the Day was attended with
Snow or Sleet.

The 8th in the Morning I found my Glafs fallen
to 28 Inches, 38 Parts, and at Four o’clock m*
down to 28 Inches, 5 Parts, and by Ten in the
Evening rifen again to 28 Inches 45 Parts. All this
while the Wind with us was in the North Eaft, with
only a moderate Gale, tho’ attended all Day with
Snow, which at Night was two Inches and a quarter
deep ; and about Eight it began to freeze. As the
Wind in the South Parts was all that while in the
oppofite Quarter, I fliould have expedled an Accu-
mulation of the Air, and, as a Confequence, the
riling of the Barometer at the time of its falling the
lowed. Had the Storm been the Night before,
when our Wind was in the fame Direction, and had
afterwards fallen, I fliould then have imputed the
Fall to the quick Return of the Current of Air to
reftore the ^Equilibrium : But as it is, the fmall Pro-
grefs I have made in Natural Thilofophy , leaves
me in Ignorance. I cannot conclude without once
more asking Pardon for this Freedom, and alluring,
yon that I am,

£ I Rr

Tour mojl obedient , humble Servant ,

Henry For tit.

[ 187 ]

T. S. As we have been fortunate in efcaping the
lad Storm, we have been no lefs loin regard to the
melancholy Effe&s which the great Rains have pro-
duced in the more Southerly Parts; for tho’ we had
more than ufua! with us the laft Month (for I
find by my Regifter that 13 8y Pts. fell through
my Funnel, whofe Area is juft ico Inches, in 'De-
cember laft) yet the almoft conftant intermitting
Frofts we had, kept it from going oft in any confi-
derable Quantity at a time.

VIII. An Account of the Bones of Ani-
mals being changed to a Red Colour by
Aliment onty. By John Belchier,
Surgeon, F. R. S.

HAT the Circulation of the Blood is carried

on through the Bones, is evident from many
Fhoenomena obfervable in Surgery ; but that the
Circulation is univerfally and intimately diftributed
through the moft folid and compact Sebftance of
the Bones (tho* hitherto by fome made a Matter of
Doubt) will appear undeniably from the Inftances
here produced ; which are the Bones of feveral
Hogs, of a different Breed, changed to a deep red
Colour meerly by Aliment. And what makes this

Inches.

Barometer, greateft Altitude 30: 10
lead ditto 29 : 13

mu

1*88]

ftill more furprifing is, that neither the flefhy nor
cartilaginous Parts fuffer the lead Alteration in Co-
lour or in Tafte.

The Diet with which thefe Hogs are fed is Bran,
after it has been boiled in a Copper with printed
Callicoes, in order to clean them from a dirty red
Colour occafioned by an Infufion of Madder Rooty
which is.made ufeof to fix the Colours printed on
the Cloth ; fome of which Colours are made with
Preparations from Iron, others with a Mixture of
Alum and Sugar of Lead. The Parts printed with
the Preparation of Iron produce Black and Purple ;
thofe printed with the Mixture of Alum, Red of
different Degrees, according to the Strength of the
Mixture. The Bran having abforbed the red Co-
lour difcharged from the Cloth, is mix’d with the
common Food of the Hogs, and produces this
Effed on their Bones.

Upon examining thefe Bones, I obferve in gene-
ral the folid Parts to be moll: tin&ur’d, and the
Teeth particularly, except the enamell’d Part, which
is of a different Spbflance ; and upon fawing them
through, I find the internal Parts equally tinged, ex-
cept at the Ends of the Bones, where the Sub-
ftance is more fpongy. And in order to difcharge the
Colour, I have macerated them in Water for many
Weeks together ; have boil’d them often, andfteep'
ed them in Spirits, but all hath prov’d inefFedual ;
nor is the leaf! Tindure given to any of the Li-
quids, in which I have made Experiments.

Whether this Colour is produced from the Mad-
der only, or from all the Colours blended together,

1 purpofe to make further Experiments.

VIII. An

[ **9 3

IX. An Obfervation of a white Liquor
re [enabling Milk , 'which appeared in-
Jlead of Serum [eparated from the
Blood after it had flood fome time.
By Alexander Stuart, M. D. Thyftcian
in Ordinary to her Majefly 3 F. R. S.
and of the College of Thy [mans,
London.

OHN WICKS, Carver, m Bromley -fir eety

about forty Years of A ge, had been ill about

three Weeks by a Lofs of Appetite and Indigeftion,
and at lafl a Pain and Diflention of his Stomach,
with a low Degree of an inflammatory Fever ; his
Tougue dry, rough, and of a rufty brown Colour
in the Middle, with a white foft Lift on each Side s
his Urine very high coloured, with a flimy Pink-
coloured Settlement in great Quantity Stools very
yellow and loofe.

Eight Ounces of Blood being taken away,inflead
of Serum nothing appeared above the Coagulum but
ihis white Liquor, refembling Milk, which I pour-
ed of F to the Quantity of four Ounces, or there-
abouts. There was no Smell perceptible at firfl,
but in fix Days it began to have the Smell of rotten
Eggs : It flood in a Room, where there was a Fire
for fome Hours of the Day, for three Weeks more,
in which time it did not alter its Confiflence nosr
Smell.

1 2.9° i

He had eat very little for a Week before I firft
law him ; and only a little of a Calf’s Foot ftew’d
the Night before for Supper, and no Breakfaft that
Day. He was addided to drinking of ftrong Pale*
Malt Liquor every Day in his Health.

If this be Chyle , it is a Subftance very different
from Milk, which is apt to turn four and thick
by keeping, and never contracts the putrid Smell
of rotten Eggs, as this did. Whether it be not
Chyle turn’d putrid, and near to Purulency, by a
long Circulation in the Blood-Veftels, but not con-
verted into Blood, through fome Defed in the
Sanguification , is a Queftion which I doubt can-
not be decided without more Oblervaticns and Ex-
perience.

The Coagulum of the Blood was covered with a
fizy Pellicle, about the Thicknefs of a Shilling,
The red Part was of a grumous, tender, incoherent
Confiftence.

Tho’ he was much better in a Week’s time, I
order’d five Ounces of Blood to be taken away,
to fee what Change had been made, and found the
Coagulum cover’d with a fizy Pellicle to the Thick-
nefs of Half a Crown, the red Part of a due Con-
fiftence, the Serum clear, without any Chyle .

The Urine became clear, and he recovered in a-

bo at two Weeks after I faw him firft.

1 • f

X. 4tt

*

{ *9T )

X. Tin Account of what was ohferv'd
upon opening the Corpfe of a Ter [on
who had taken federal Ounces of
crude Mercury internally ; and of a
Plumb-Stone lodgd in the Coats of the
Redtum. Communicated in a Letter
from the late T)r. Madden, Thyfician
at Dublin, to Sir Hans Sloane, Bar .

HE Internal Ufe of crude Mercury is be-

come fo frequent of late, that I believe it
may produce fome great Benefit to Mankind here-
after, if a careful Collection was made of all the
extraordinary Cafes relating to the good or bad Ef-
fects of this Practice.

There are fome Circumflances in the following
Cafe, which were not owing to the internal Ufe of
Mercury ; yet there are many others which were
undoubtedly occafioned by it.

Some time ago I was prelent, with Dr. Robin fon^
and Mr. Nichols , our Surgeon- General, at the open-
ing the Body of a Gentleman of Note in this Town,
who, for feveral Years, had found great Difficulty
in going to Stool. This Diforder increafed upon
him towards the latter End of bis Life, and he
was feized with a violent Diftemper, of which

Tref. R. S.

SIR ,

*P

1

( 2-9 1 )

I can give you no Defcription, having never attended
him.

In order to procure a Paffage downward (which
I fuppofe was a principal Complaint) he took, by
the Advice of a Fhyfician,fince dead, feveral Ounces
of crude Mercury , at different times, without any
Relief, and at length died.

Upon opening th z Abdomen, which was very
much diftended, there burft forth a great Quantity
of Wind, though the Guts and Stomach were not
wounded.

The Stomach was empty -5 and upon opening it
we found the inner Coat very much inflamed from
one End to the other. We obferved in feveral
Places of the ftnall Guts, fome fcatter’d Grains of
crude Mercury , and along with them we generally
found a black gritty Powder, very like Aithiops
Mineral , which was, without doubt, the Mercury
changed into that Confidence.

The Colon was diflended, at its Origin, to
twice the Thicknefs that an ordinary Man's Arm
has about the Shoulder. This extraordinary Thick-
nefs extended itfelf about the Length of ten or
twelve Inches; from hence it, gradually decrea-
fed, and where it was attached to the Stomach,
it had not above a third Part of that Size.

It was much inflamed at its Origin, and con-
tained at leafl fix Quarts of liquid Excrement, in
which we obferved crude Mercury , and alfo fome
of the black Powder mentioned above.

The Colon , where it parted from the Stomach,
and diverged toward the left Kidney, adhered

about

( *93 )

about the Space of three Inches to the Omentum ;
and upon feparating the Adhefion, we found an Ab-
fcefs and Inflammation, which had communicated
irfeif to thofe Parts of the lleon ^ which were con-
tiguous to the Colon.

The Colon had in this Place a Perforation about
three Quarters of an Inch in Diameter, and four
froalfer Perforations, about the Size of a Gooie’s
Quill, through which fome Excrement had pafled
into the Abdomen .

The Coats of the Colon, as it approached the
Intefiinnm rectum , began to grow icirrhous, about
the Space of fix Inches,, and the Capacity became
gradually fmaller.

. The Valves of the Colon , about this Place, were
of a reddilh Colour, and were more fcirrhcus
than the other Parts of the Intejline. The Coats^
of the Colon, where it was continued to the
Rettum^ were at lead half an Inch thick, and its Ca«
pacity was not above the fourth Part of the natu-
ral Size

Upon cutting the Gut horizontally hereabout,
we perceived a Body which flopped the Paf-
fage, and feemed to the Touch almod of a car-
tilaginous Confidence. Having opened the Gut
Lengthways, we found it was no more than two
of the Valvula Conniventes Coli r which were
grown fcirrhous, and were protruded downward
into the Rettum.

We alfo found a fmail Rlumh-Stene* in this
Place, which was quite buried in the Tunica Vil-
lofa > and had made tfeif a Bed between the Coats

Pp i g£

( »94* )

of the Re cl urn. It had likewife formed a fmall
Abfcefs, which difcharged itfelf into the Cavity of
th zTelvis, but had not any Communication with
the Cavity of the ReEtum.

XI. Obfervatio EclipfeosTeliuris Rom re
habit a in ^/Edibus Eminentijfimi Car-
dinalis De-Vi a v. Non. i. e. d. g Maij,
N. S. Apr. xi. V. S. mdccxxxiv.
per Didacum de Revillas, Abb at.
Hieronym. R. S. S. <& Andream Cel-
lium, R. S. S. AJtrom. TrofeJJ. Upfal. .
R. S. Suec. Seer.

Clarijfimo *P raft ant tjjimoque Viro

EUSTACHIO MANFREDIO,

Didacus de Revillas, Abbas Hieronym.

t. t>.

TU M erga me humanitatis, amorifque erga Te
mei recordationem in animo tuo excitandi,
Ornatiflime Manfredi, per opportunam fuppedicac
occafionem Solaris Deliquii Obfervatio, quam in
jucunda, tibique jam dudum familiari feveriorum
Mufarum Diatriba, ./Edibus nimirum Eminentiffi-
mi literatorum hominum Moecenatis Cardinalis
DE-VI A, divifis officiis unacum Dodiffimo, rui-
queamancifllmo Andrea Celfio, Aftron.Prof. Upfal.
habuimus. Hanc ad Te mittendam communi con-

filio

( 19? )

fliio cenfuimus 5 ut quemadmodum Coeli cum tuis
Ephemeridibus miruro confenlum noftra hxc quo-
que Obfervatio probat; probes Tu num eadem ab
Obfexvationibus tuisminime diflentiat : quod fane
fperamus. Curam enimvero omnem, cum ex fola-
ris fpeciei ad Meridianam lineam appulfu, turn ex
sequalihus Solis altitudinibus, eadem obfervationis
die, 6c pridie etiam fsepius notatis, pro accurata
temporis veri determinattone impenfam teftari poi-
fumus. C^terum duplici, notx optima Telefcopio
palmarum Romanarum circiter vi, Telluris defeddm
obfervabamus (longiorum fiquidem tuborum ufum
nimia Solis fere Meridiani altitudo, 6c alia quaedam
incomoda prohibebant) : altero Solis imaginem dU
rede ad oculum opacato vitro muni turn tranfmit-
tente, Eclipfeos prxfertim initium & finem; altero
in ad versa Tabella, ut moris eft, folarem fpeciem
depingente, Phafes intermedias intuebamur. Spem
equidem hujufcemodi obferyationibus vacandi ade-
merant importune nubes, primum oriente Sole
auftralem horizontis plagam, totum deinde Coelum
pene inficientes. At dum denfioribus rariores fuc-
ceftere, etfi primum Planetarum ofculum eripue-
rint, primas Phafes aliquantulum incertas, 2C fpe-
ciem circa Eclipfeos finem veluti denticulatam
exhibuerint ; reliquas tamen obfervationes accurate
definire concedebanr. Excipe ergo V. Cl. totius
obfervationis feriem : & dum Literatorum omnium
*ofa Te de Aftronomia optime merit-urn, ineolu-
mem, fi unquarn alias cupiunt, me ut foies amare
perge.

Komx iv Non. Maii mdccxxxiv.

Ohfer -

'ibferva-

Temp. ver.

tiones .

p.mPDiei z
H. • "

1

zz. 11. 35

11

27c 1

m

3 4- 0

IV

42. 6

V

23. 0. 5 1

VI

3. 16

VII

10. 31

ym

18. 16

IX

45- 11

X

5*- 1

( *9tf )

Quant it as
Obfcurationis
4 Digit .

- - — - Initium aliquantum

0 i pr&ceffijfe trans

1 nubem videbatur.

1 1

z

2 — - - 7^/ paullo plus : &

i max . obfcuratio im~

i . | minens cenfebatur .

o £

o - - - - Finis .

it ervm Obfervat. maxima Obfcuratio
circa h . 23. 5. colli git ur .

FINIS.

ERRATA.

Page 281. Line i. for IV read V. P. 282. L 7. for V. rerd VI.

L O NT> O N:

Printed by W. Innys and R.Manby, Printers
to the Royal Society, at theWeft End of St. ‘Paul’s,.
mdcc xxxvxi.

Numb. 44.3,

PHILOSOPHICAL

TRANSACTIONS

For the Month of October, 1736.

The CONTENTS.

I; The Defcription and Manner ofufing an Inftru-
ment for meafuring the Degrees of the Expanfion
of Metals by Heat . By Mr. John Ellicott.

II. A further Account of the Bones of Animals be-
ing made Red by Aliment only . By John Bel-
chier, F. R. S.

III. The Immerfions and Emerfions of the four Sa-
tellites of Jupiter, for the Tear 1738. computed to *
the Meridian of the Royal Obfervatory at Green-
wich, by James Hodgfon, F. R. S. and Mafter of
the Royal Mathematical School at ChriftY Hol-
pital, London.

IV. The apparent Times of fuch of the Immerfions
and Emerfions of JupiterV Satellites, as are vifible
at London, in the Tear 1738. By the Same.

V. Bart of a Letter from William Burton, M. D*
at Windfor, to C. Mortimer, R. S. Seer, concern-
ing the Viper- catchers, and their Remedy for the
Bite of a Viper.

VI. A Narration of the Experiments made June x,
1734. before fever al Members of the Royal So-
ciety, and others , on a Man, who fujfef d himfelf

to

The CONTENTS.

to be bit by a Viper, or common Adder ; and on
other Animals likewife bitten by the fame , and
other Vipers. "Drawn up by C. Mortimer, M. D*
Seer. R. S. With fome Remarks on the Cure of
the Bite of a mad Dog.

VII. A brief Account by Mr. John Eames, F. R. S.
of a Work entitled , The Method of Fluxions and
Infinite Series, with its Application to the Geo-
metry of Curve Lines, by the Inventor Sir Isaac
Newton, Kt. See. Tranfated from the Au-
thors Latin Original not yet made publick. To
which is fubjoind a perpetual Comment upon the
whole , &c. by John Colfon, M. A. and F. R. S.

VIII. Of an Inguinal Rupture, with a Pin in the
Appendix Coeci, incrufled with Stone $ and fome
Observations on Wounds in the Guts 5 by Clau-
dius Amyand, Efq j Serjeant Surgeon to His Ma-
jesty, and F. R. S.

IX. Hermann 1 Boerhaave, A.L.M. Rhilo -
foph. (dr Med. Dolt. Medicine in Univerfitate
Leidenfi Rrofejf. Colleg. Chirurgic. Rrref. Reg.
Soc, Lond. necnon Reg. Sclent. Acad. Parifienf.
Soc. de Mercurio Experimenta. Pars II.

X. Eclipsis Lun^e partialis die fecundo O&o-
bris, Styl. nov. Anno Mdccxxxv. Vitembergae
Saxonum obfervata d]o. Frider. Weidlero, R. S, S.

Printed for T. Woodward, at the HalfMoonr
between the Two . Temple-Gates in Fleetfreet 5
and C. D av 1 s, the Corner of Rater-nofter-row^
next Warwick-lane . M.Dce.xxxvm.

[ w ]

I. The Defcription and Marnier of ujing an
Inftrument for meafuring the Degrees
of the Expanfion of Metals by Heat .
By Mr. John Ellicott.

See the Fig. prefix'd.

A A is a flat Plate of Brafs, which, for farther
* Strength, is fcrewed down to a thick Piece of Ma-
hogany : Upon this Plate are fcrewed three Pieces of
Brafs, two of which, marked BB, ferve as Supports
for the flat Iron Bar C 5 and which, on account of its
Ufe, I (hall call the Standard Bar. The upper Part
of the third Piece of Brafs is a Circle about three
Inches Diameter, divided into 360 equal Parts or De-
grees : Within this Circle is a moveable Plate, divided
likewife into 360 Parts, and a fmall Steel Index. The
Brafs Circle in the Fig. is marked D, and the moveable
Plate d. Upon the Standard Bar the Bar of Metal is
laid, on which the Experiment is to be made, as E. -
F is a Leaver 2 \ Inches in length, fattened to an
Axis, which turns in two Pieces of Brafs ferew'd to
one of the Supports marked B: To the End of this
Leaver is fattened a Chain, or Silk Line, which, after
being wound round a fmall Cylinder, to which the
Index in the Brafs Circle D is fattened, pafles over a
Pulley, and has a Weight hung to the End of it : Upon
the Axis, to which the Leaver is fixed, is a Pulley, ^ of
an Inch Diameter, to which a Piece of Watch-chain
is fattened ; the other End of this Chain is hook'd
to a ftrong Spring, marked G, which Spring bears
againft one End of the Metal E.

Q,q

H

E *98 3

H is a Leader exattly of the fame Form and Dimen-
sions with the former 5 but the Chain faftened to the
Pulley on its Axis is hook'd to the Standard Bar*,
The Line fatten'd to the End of this Leaver, after being
wound round a Cylinder, to which the moveable Plate

fixed, paffes over a fmall Pulley, and has a Weight
hung to the End of it 5 or rather the fame Line palling
under a Pulley, to which the Weight is hung, has its
other End faftened to the Leaver F : Thus one Weight
lerves for both Leavers, as in the Figure.

From this Defcription it is plain, that whenever the
Bar E is lenghten'd, it gives Liberty to the Weight to
draw the Leaver F upwards by its Aftion on the
Spring G; and the Index will, at the fame time, by
Means of the Silk Line, be carried forward in the
Circle; and as the Bar fhortens, it will return back
again ; the fame Motion will be communicated to the
Standard Bar.

The Lengthening the Bar the of ail Inch, will
carry the Index once round the Brafs Circle, which
is divided into 360 Degrees; therefore, if the Metal
lengthens the 7200th Part of an Inch, the Index will
move one Degree.

To make an Experiment with this Inftrument , lay
a Bar of any kind of Metal, as E, on the Standard
Bar; then heat the Standard Bar to any Degree of
Heat with a Lamp, and mark the Degree of its Expan-
fion as marked by the moveable Plate : Obferve alfo
the Degree of Expanfion of the Metal E, by the Heat

* N. B. The Chain to the former Pulley being fatten'd to a Spring, and
not diredlly to the Metal E, is only for the more eafy Ihifting the
Metals.

com-

C *99 3

communicated to it from the Standard Bar, as mark'd
on the Brafs Circle by the Index: Let the Inftrument
(land, till the whole is thoroughly cold j then removing
the Bar E, lay a Bar of any other Metal in its Place,,
and heat the Standard Bar to the fame Degree of Heat
as before, which is feen by the moveable Plates mark-
ing the fame Degree of Expanfion. Then the Index
will fhew the Degree of Expanfion of the fecond
Metal, as it did of the firft; and, by this Means, the
Degrees of Expanfion of different Metals by the fame
Degree of Heat, may be exa&ly eflimated.

i. . — ,

II. A further Account of the Bones of
Animals being made Red by Aliment
only. By John Belchier, F. R. S.

IN the former Account, which I gave concerning the
Red Bones of the Hogs, (feeNQ442.y>.286.) Imen-
tion'd, That the Colour was occafion d by Bran, (being
mix'd with their common Food) after it had been made
Ufeofto clean printed Callicoes; the Colours of which
were made, fome from Preparations of Iron , which
were the Blacks and Purples ; others from Preparations
of Alum , and Sacc. Saturni , which produces the Red
Colours.; and that Madder Root was made Ufe of

to fix thefe Colours on the Cloth. To which

of thefe Preparations the Colofir was owing, I could
not determine. Some were of Opinion, that it was
intirely occafion d by the Preparations of Iron 5 others,
that it was the whole blended together; And, in or-

Q^q 2 dor

[ 1

der to clear up this Point, I determin’d to make fome
Experiments. The firft I made was upon a Cock,
by mixing fome of the Madder Root with Fig ‘Duft,

on which they feed. The Cock dying within fix-

teen Days after his firft feeding on the Madder , I
difle&ed him, and examin’d the Bones, not in the leaft
Expectation of finding them ting’d in fo fmall a Time;
but, to my great Surprize, found them univerfally of
a Red Colour : So that, from this Experiment, it ap-
pears, that the Madder alone caufes this Alteration
But why the Bones only are affeCted, I fhall confider
of in the Courfe of more Experiments.

HI. The

[ 301 ]

III. The Immerfions and Emerfions of the
four Satellites of Jupiter, for the Tear
1738. computed to the Meridian of the
Royal Obfervatory at Greenwich, by
James Hodgfon, F: R. S. and Majter
of the Royal Mathematical School at
ChriftV Hofpital, London.

Eclipses of the firfi Satellite of Jupiter.

D.

H.

M.

D.

H.

M.

D.

H.

M.

January.

February.

4

March.

Emerfion&

Emerfions.

3

B

16 M

2

7

21 M

On

i the

1 5th of

4

11

45 A

4

1

50 M

March

Jupiter

6

6

13 A

5

8

19 A

and the Sun will

8

0

41 A

7

2

4 .8 A

be in

Conjun-

10,

7

10 M

9

9

17 M

dtion.

12

r

38 M

11

3

4 6 M

13

8

6 A

12

10

15 A

Arril,

15

2

35 A

14

4

44 A

n

9

3 M

16

11

r3 M

Immerfions.

19

3

32 M

18

5

42 M

20

10

G A

19

12

11 A

10

11

38 M

22

4

29 A

21

6

41 A

12

6

7 M

24

10

57 M

23

1

10 A

14

0

36 M

2 6

5

26 M'

25

7

39 M

15

7

5 A

27

11

55 A

27

2

8 M

17

1

34 A

29

6

24 A

19

8

3 M

a*

0

53 A

,21

2

32 M

22

[ ]

Eclipses of the firft Satellite of Jupiter.

D.

H.

M.

D.

H.

M.

D.

H.

M.

22

9

I

A

Tune.

11

O

17

A

24

3

3°

A

r3

6

46

M

26

9

58

M

Immerfions

15

1

14

M

28

4

27

M

i£

7

42

A

*29

10

56

A

2

1

55

A

18

2

ii

A

3

20

24

A

20

8

40

M

May.

6

2

52

M

22

3

8

A

7

9

20

A

2 3

9

37

A

Immerfions.

9

3

48

A 1

25

4

6

A

11

*0

16

M

27

ro

34

M*

1

5

24

A

13

4

44

M

29

5

3

M

3

11

53

M

14

11

13

A

30

ii

32

A

5

6

22

M

16

5

4i

A

7

0

50

M

18

0

9

A

August.

8

7

19

A

20

6

37

M

10

1

47

A

22

1

5

M

Immerfions.

12

8

16

M

23

7

34

A

'*4

2

44

M

25

2

2

A

1

1

A

15

9

13

A

27

8

30

M

3

0

29

A

*7

3

4i

A

29

2

59

M

5

6

58

M

19

10

9

M

30

9

27

A

7

1

27

M

®i

4

38

M

8

7

56 A

22

11

6

A

July.

10

2

8

25

A

24

5

34

A

12

54

M

26

0

3

A

Immerfions.

14

3

2.3

M

*8

6

3i

M

15

9

52

A

30

0

59

M

2

3

55

A

17

4

21

A

31

7

27

A

4

10

24

M

19

IO

50

M

6

4

52

M

21

*9

6

M

>

1

11

20

A

24

6

18

A

9

5

49

A

26

0

47

A.

C 233 ]

Eclipses of the firft Satellite of Jupiter;

D.

H,

M.

D.

H.

M.

D.

H.

M._

28

7

16 M

Emerfions.

*7

7

34 A,

30

I

45 M

l9

3

2 A

3i

8

14 A

8

2

36 M

21

8

30 M

9

9

5 A

23

2

59 M

September.

1 1

3

34 A

24

29

27 A

13

IO

2 M

26

3

55 A

Immerfions.

15

4

31 M

28

IO

23 M.

1 6

11

0 A

30

4

55 M':

1

2

44 A

18

5

29 A

4

9

13 M

20

1 1

58 M

December^

6

3

42 M

22

6

27 M

7

10

11 A

24

0

56 M

Emerfioas.

9

4

40 A

25

7~

24 A

11

11

10 M

27

1

53 A

1

1 1

19 A

*3

5

39 M

29

8

22 M

3

5

47 A

15

0

8 M

31

2

50 M

5

0

15 A

16

6

37 A

7

6

43 M

18

1

7 A

November.

9

1

11 M

20

7

36 M

10

7

39 A

22

2

5 M

Emerfions.

12

2

7 A

23

8

34 A

H

8

35 M'

25

3

3 A

1

9

19 A

16

3

3 M.

27

9

32 M

3

3

47 A

17

9

31 A

29

4

2 M

5

10

16 M

!9

3

59 A

3Q

10

11 A

7

4

44 M

2 1

IO

27 M

8

1 1

13 A

23

4

56 M:

October.

10

5

41 - A

?4

11

23 A

12

0

9 A

26

5

51 A

Immerfions.

14

6

38 M

28

0

19 A

l6:

1

6 M

3°

6

48 M

-2

5

0 A

4

11

29 M

6

5

58 M

Ecu pm*

X>» %&>>%%>>&%»> -

■ J

[ 3°4 ]

Eclipses of the fecond Satellite 0/ Jupiter.

D. H. M.

D. H. M.

April.

January.

Emerfions.

2

O

59 M

5

2

17 A

9

3

3 4 M

12

4

52 A

16

6

9 M

19

7

27 A

23

8

45 M

26

10

4 A

30

11

22 M

February.

Emerfions.

3 o 41 M

6 1 59 A

to 3 18 M

13 4 37 A

18 5 56 M

20 7 14 A

24 8 34 M

27 , 9 54 A

March.

On the 15th of
March Jupiter
and the Sun will
be in Conjun-
ction.,

Immerfions.

11 ix 6 M

is o 23 M

18 1 44 A

22 3 3 M

25 4 21 A

29 5 40 M

May.

Immerfions.

2

6

58 A

6

8

16 M

9

9

34 A

13

10

52 M

17

0

10 M

20

1

27 A

24

2

45 M

27

4

2 A

31

5

20 M

June.

Immerfions.

3

6

37 A

7

7

55 M

10

9

12 A

10

29 M

D. H. M.

17 11 46 A

21 1 4 A

25 2 21 M

28 3 39 A

July.

Immerfions.

1 16 56 A

5 6 14 A

9 7 31 M

12 8 49 A

16 10 7 M

19 11 25 A

23 o 44 A
27 2 2 M

30 3 20 A

August.

Immerfions.

3

4

39 M

6

5

58 A

7

7

16 A

13

8

35 A

17

9

54 M

20

1 1

13 A

24

0

33 A

28

1

52 M -

31

3

11 A

September.

C 1°5 ]

Eclipses of the fecond Satellite of Jupiter.

D. H. M.

September.

Immerlions.

4 4 31 M

7 5 5° A

ii 7 9 M

14 8 29 A

18 9 48 M

21 11 7 A

2.5 o 27 A

29 1 46 M

October.

immerfions.

2 3 5 A

6 4 24 M

D. H. M.

Emerfions.

9 8 17 A

13 9 36 M

16 10 54 A

20 o 13 A

24 1 sr M

31 4 8 M

November.

Emerfions.

2 c 26 A

7 6 43 M

10 8 1 A

14 9 19 M

1 7 10 36 A

D. H. M.

21 11 53 M

26 1 10 A

28 2 27 A

December.

Emerfions,

2 3 44

5 5 1

9 6 18

12 7 35

16 8 52

19 10 9

23 11 26

2 7 o 43

30 2 o

R T

*

Eclipses

Eclipses of the Satellite 0/' Jupiter*

D. H. M.

January.

Immerfions.

8 ii 48 M
15 3 48 A

22 7 49 A

Emerfions,

8 2 39 A

i£ 6 38 A

22 10 38 A

30 2 39 M

February.

Immerfions.

Emerfions,

6 6 41 M

13 10 43 M

20 2 45 A

27 6 48 A

D. H. M.

March.

Immerfions.

March the 1 5th
Jupiter and the
Sun will be in
Conjunction.

Emerfions.

April.

Immerfions.

n 4 27 A

38 8 30 A

2 6 o 33 M

Emerfions.

D. H. M.

May.

Immerfions.

3 4 34 M

10 8 35 M

17 o 36 A
24 4 36 A

31 8 36 A

Emerfions.

3

7

9 M

JO

11

10 M

17

3

9 A

24

7

9 A

31

11

8 A

June.

Immerfions.

8

O

36 M'

15

4

35 M-

22

8

35 M

2.9

0

35 A

Emerfions.

8 3 6 A.

15 7 <M

22 11 4 M

29 3 3 A

C 307 ]

Eclipses of the third Satellite ^Jupiter.

D. H. M.

JULV.

Immerfions.

f 4 35 A

13 8 36 A

21 o 37 M
28 4 38 M

Emerfions,

6 7 3 A

13 it 2 A
21 3 2 M

28 7 3 M

August.

Immerfions.

4 8 40 M

11 o 43 A
18 4 46 A

25 8 49 A

Emerfions.

4 11 5 M

11 3 6 A

18 7 9 A

25 11 11 A

D. H. M.

September.

Immerfions.

2 o *7 M

9 4 57 M

16 9 o M

23 1 4 A

30 5 6 A

Emerfions.

2 3 14 M

October.

Immerfions.

7 9 11 A

Emerfions.

7 11 28 A

15 3 30 M

22 7 32 M

D. H. M.

November*

Immerfions*

5 1 18 A

12 5 18 A

19 9 18 A

27 1 17 M

Emerfions,

5 3 33 A

-12 7 33 A

19 xi 32 A

27 3 31 M

December*

Immerfions,

4

5

16 M

11

9

14 M

18

1

13 A

25

5

12 A

Emerfions.

4

7

29 M

11

11

28 M

18

3

26 A

25

7

24 A

January

>>32: ‘ »&&

[ 3°8 3

January the ijl, at 8 h. 28 m. in the Evening, the fourth
Satellite of Jupiter will Immerge into the Shadow, and at
9 h. 49 m. it will Emerge out of the Shadow.

Again, on the 18 th Day there will be an Immerfion at
2 h. 55 m. in the Afternoon, and at 3 h. 48 m. the Emer-
fion will happen.

Again, on the 4 th of February , at 9h. 31m. in the
Morning, the fourth Satellite will Immerge into the Shadow
of Jupiter , and at 9h. 44 m. the *ftme Morning, it will
Emerge out of the Shadow.

And after this Time, the fourth Satellite will pafs wide of
the Shadow till the 24/A Day of June 1740 *, when the Im-
rneiifion will happen at 8h. 43 m. in the Evenipg, and the
Emerfion at ioh. 15m. the fame Evening.

IT. The

[ B°9 J

IV. The apparent Times of fuch of the
Immerfions and Emerfions of Jupiter Y
Satellites } as are viftble at London, in
the Tear 1738. By the Same .

ID.

H.

M.

D.

H.

M.

January.

June.

I

1

8

29 A

I.

4

16

6

2

52 M

I.

I

2

6

6

13 A

E.

1

17

8

3

6 M

I.

3

3

12

4

52 A

E.

2

18

22

1

6 M

I.

1

4

'13

8

6 A

E.

1

19 25

2

21 M

I.

2

5

15

6

38 A

E.

3

20

29

2

2

ON

UN

I.

1

6,19

7

27 A

E.

2

7

22

I

4

29 A

E.

I

July.

8,

22

7

49 A

E.

3

9 29

6

24 A

E.

1

21

7

11

20 A

I.

1

22

13

11

2 A

I.

3

February.

-

23

15

1

4a M

I.

1

24

19

11

25 A

I.

2

10 13

4

37 A

E.

2

25

21

0

37 M

I.

3

!

II,

21

6

41 A

E.

1

26

21

3

2 M

E.

3

1

12

27

6

48 A

E.

3

27

22

3

8 M 1

I.

1

28

27

2

2 M

I.

2

April.

29

3°

11

32 A

I.

1

1 3

28

4

27 M

I.

1

August.

May.

30

3

4

39 M

I.

2

3i

7

1

27 M

I.

1

14

14

2

44 M

I.

1

32

13

3

35 A

I.

2

45

24

2

55

I.

2

33

14

3

23 M

I.

1

34

15

9

52 A

I.

1

35

20

11

13 A

I.

2:

*

-

36

[ 310 ]

D.

H.

M.

D.

H.

M.

36

22

II

48

A

I.

I

64

9

9

5

A

7

1

37

25

8

49

A

I.

3

65

15

3

3°

M

7

— < 4

3

38

11

I I

A

E.

3

66

1 5

4

3i

M

1

39

28

I

52

M

r.

2

67

16

10

54

A

7

1 1

2

-40

30

I

45

M

1.

1

68

16

11

0

A

7

i-<.

1

4i

31

8

14

A

1.

1

69

18

5

29

A

E.

1

70

22

6

27

M

E.

1

September.

71

24

0

50

M

E.

1

72

24

1

3i

M

E.

2

42

2

0

53

M

1.

3

73

25

7

24

A

E.

1

43

3

14

M

E.

3

74

3i

2

50

M

E.

1

44

4

4

30

M

I.

2

75

3i

4

8

M

E.

2

45

6

3

42

M

I.

1

4 6

7

10

11

A

I.

1

November.

47

9

4

57

M

I.

3

48

13

5

39

M

I.

1

76

1

9

19

A

E,

1

49

14

8

29

A

I.

2

77

3

5

26

A

E.

2

50

i5

0

8

M

I.

1

78

7

4

44

M

E.

1

5i

16

6

37

A

I.

1

79

8

1 1

13

A

E.

1

52

21

1 1

7

A

I.

2

80

10

5

4i

A

E.

1

53

22

2

5

M

I.

1

81

10

8

1

A

E.

2

54

23

8

34

A

I.

1

82

12

5

18

A

I.

3

55

29

1

46

M

I.

2

83

7

33

A

E.

3

5^

29

4

2

M

I.

1

84

16

1

6

A

E.

1

57

30

10

3i

A

I.

1

85

17

7

34

A

E.

1

86

i7

10

36

A

E.

2

October

^ :

87

!9

9

18

A

I.

3

. \

88

1 1

32

A

E.

3

58

6

4

24

M

I.

2

89

24

9

27

A

E.

1

59

6

5

58

M

I.

1

90

26

1

1 1

M

E.

2

60

7

9

I I

A

I.

3

91

27

1

*7.

M

E.

3

61

7

1 1

28

A

E.

3

62

8

2

36

M

E.

1

December.

*3

4

9

8

I?

A

E.

2

1

92

1

1 1

A

E.

1

t ]

D.

H.

M.

D.

H.

M.

93

3

5

47 A

E.

I

IOO

19

IO

9 A

E. 2

94

5

5

1 A

E.

2

IOI

24

1 I

23 A

E. 1

95

9

1

11 M

E.

I

102

25

. 5

12 A

I- 3

96

10

7

39 A

E,

I

103

25

7

24 A

E. 3

97

12

7

35 A

E.

2

IO4

26

5

51 A

E. 1

98

'7

9

31 A

E.

I

IO5

2 7

0

43 M

E. 2

99

59

4

0 A

E.

I

In all

105.

The 2 d, 5tb, Stb and 11th Columns, Ihew the Times when
the Eclipfes will happen •, the 3^ 6th , gtb and nth, the
Kind. Thus, on the ill of January, at 8 h. 29 m. in the
Afternoon or Evening, there will happen an Immerfion
of the fourth Satellite of Jupiter : On the 6th,. at 6h. 13 m..
an Emerfion of the firft, £sf c.

V. Tart, -

[ 3*2 ]

V. Part of a Letter from William Burton,
M . D. at Windfor, to C. Mortimer,
R, S. Seer, concerning the Viper-catch-
ers, an A their Remedy for the Bite of
a Viper.

SIR, Windfor, May 24, 1734.

HE Bearer of this, William Oliver, and his

Wife, called upon me laft Week with their

Vipers, and either of them offered to be bit by any
Viper, and to fuffer their Arm to fwell for fomeTimc ;
and then, by the external Application of a common
cheap Remedy, in a few Hours to remove all the
Symptoms. The Experiment was made laft Wednef
day in our Town-Hall, before Dr. cDerham, F. R. S.
Dr. Waterland, the Phyficians, Apothecaries, and Chi-
rurgeons of this Town, and many other Gentlemen
of this Neighbourhood. He was bit in the upper
Joint of the Thumb, and higher up on the fame Arm,
by two different frefh Vipers: His Thumb, Hand
and Arm foon after fwelled much, and all the ufual
Symptoms of a Viper -bite followed ; he applied the
Remedy \ Sallad-Oil~] before us, with the promifed
Succefs : But all the Contributors engaged not to di-
vulge the Remedy * * *.

Tours, &c.

William Burton.

vr. A

Vf. A Narration of the Experiments made
June i, 1734. before fever al Members
of the Royal Society, and others , on a
Man, who fufferd himfelf to he bit by
a Viper, or common Adder ; and on
other Animals likewife bitten by the
fame , and other Vipers. Drawn up by
Cromwell Mortimer, M. 2). Seer. R. S.
With fome Remarks on the Cure of the
Bite of a Mad Dog.

Illiam Oliver and his Wife, from Bathy who

follow the Bufinefs of catching and felling
Vipersy offered thcmfelves to be bit by any Viper
that fhould be procured, trufting to the Virtue of
a Remedy they had lighted on by chance in trying Va-
riety of Things, when the Woman was once acci-
dentally bitten, and the ufual known Medicines, even
the Oil of ViperSy had no Effeft in affwaging her
Pains, efpeciallv of her Bread of the fame Side as the
Hand in which fhe had received the Wound. This
Remedy, which is only common Oil of Olives,
and, from its Ufe with Sallady is vulgarly known by
the Name of Sallad-Oily recommends itfelf not only
for its Efficacy, but likewife on account of its being
readily to be come at, when Accidents happen, there
being no Town, or even Gentleman’s Houfe in the
Country, where Sallad-OilXs not at hand $ whereas
the Oil of Vipers is never to be had, but at Apothe -

Sf

cartes ,

[ 3*4 1

caries , and not one in an Hundred of them keep it
by them.

On the firft of June 1734, in the Prefence of a
great Number of Perfons, the faid William Oliver
was bit by an old black Viper , or Adder, brought by
one of the Company, upon the Wrift and Joint of
the Thumb of the Right Hand, fo that t)rops of Blood
came out of the Wounds. He faid that he immedi-
ately felt a violent Pain and {hooting from the
Wounds, both to the Top of his Thumb and up his
Arm, even before the Viper was loofen'd from his
Hand 5 foon after he felt % Pain, refembling that of
burning, trickle up his Arm; in a few Minutes his
lyes began to look red and fiery, and to water much :
in lefs than half an Hour, he perceived the Venom
feize his Heart, with a pricking Pain, which was at-
tended with Faintnefs andShortnefsof Breath, where-
upon he fell into violent cold Sweats : In a few Mi*
nutes after this, his Belly began to fwell,* with great
Gripings, and Pains in his Back, which were attended
with violent Vomitings and Purgings. He told me,
that, during the Violence of thefe Symptoms, his
Sight was gone twice for feveral Minutes at a Time,
but that he could hear all the while. He faid, that,
in his former Experiments Re had never deferred,
making ufe of his Remedy longer than when he per-
ceived the Effe&s of the Venom reaching his Heart;:
but this Time, being willing to fatisfy the Company,
thoroughly, and trading to the fpeedy Effe&s of the
Oil l which had never failed him, when ufed in Time*
he forbore to apply any thing, till he found himfelf
exceeding ill, and quite giddy.

About

[ 3*5 1

About an Hour and Quarter after the firft of his be-
ing bit, a Chafing-difh of glowing Charcoal was'
brought in, and his Arm, the Cloaths being ftript off
of it, was held over it as near, as he could bear it,
while his Wife rubb'd in with her Hand the Sallad -
0/7, (which I had procured and kept myfelf in my
Pocket, left they fhould privately add any Thing to
it } I bought it by the Name of Lucca-Oil ) turning
his Arm continually round, as if fhe \tfould have roaft-
ed it over the Coals: He faid that the Pain foon
abated, but the Swelling did not diminifh much $
moft violent Vomitings and Purgings foon enfued,
and his Pulfe became fo low, and fo often interrupted,
that it was thought proper by the Phyficians prefent,
to give him the following Cordial Draughts, at about
a quarter of an Hours Diftance between each.

1. ££, Aq. LaEf. cP*eon. comp. da . giij. Sp. Laven-
dulse 5i. m. pro duobus Haujlibus.

2. ConfeEt. Raleigh . 3fs. Aq . TheriacaL gift,
Sp. C. C. gu- x. m.f. Hauftus.

3. 5^. ConfeEt. Raleigh. Theriac. Andromach . da.
3fs. Sal. C. C. gr. v. Aq. TheriacaL gij. pro
duobus Hauftibus.

He faid he was not fenfible of any great Relief from
thefe Cordials 5 but that a Glafs or two of Olive-Oil
drank down, feemed to give him fome Eafe,

Continuing in this dangerous Condition, he was
put to Bed as foon, as one could be got ready for him,
where his Arm was again bathed with his Remedy
over a Pan of Charcoal fet by the Bed-fide : But con-
tinuing to complain much of his Back and Belly, I

S f 2 advifed

[ 3*6 ]

advifed his Wife to rub them likexvife with Sallad-
Oil, heated in a Ladle over the Charcoal 5 which fhe
did accordingly : whereupon he declared he found im-
mediate Eafe, as tho^ by fome Charm ; and he had
not above two or three Reachings to vomit and Stools
afterwards, but made Water plentifully, which was
not difcolour'd : Then he foon fell into a found Sleep,
only was often interrupted by Perfons coming to fee
and inquire after him, till near Twelve o'Clock,
from which Time he dept continually to Five or Six
next Morning,, when he awaked, and found himfelf
very well : But in the Afternoon, on drinking fome
Rum and ftrong Beer, fo as to be almoft fuddled, the
Swelling returned, with much Pain, and cold Sweats.,
which abated foon, on bathing the Arm as before,
and wrapping it up in. brown Paper foaked with Oil,

Two Tidgeons were bit by the fame Viper imme-
diately after the Man : They foon ficken'd, and feem'd
giddy. Nothing being applied, the one died in about,
an Hours Time, the other half an Hour after. The
Flefh of both was turn'd quite, black, as if mortified 5
the Blood was coagulated, and looked black.

On the 3d of June , the Man's Arm remain'd fwelled,
looked red, marbled- with Spots of Yellow, but felt-
loft 5 and he had the perfeft Ufe of it, and even of
his Fingers, no Pain or Stiffn efs being left. He then
caufed a fmall Spaniel ‘Dog to be bit on the Nofe
by a frefh Viper : Some Oil was immediately applied
hot, and rubbed well in, till all the Hair of his Nofe
was thoroughly wet : The j Dog did not feem very
uneafy ; his Nofe only fwelled a little 3 , he eat foon
after; his Nofe was bathed once more that Evening;
he was found very well next Morning; but, his. Nofe

.was

[ 3*7 ]

was bathed again, to make fure of his Cure He re*
maind perfe&ly well without any Symptoms enftr
ing, and was alive and well a Year after. Another.
Widgeon was like wife bit under the Wing at the fame
Time as the 'Dog > but by a frefh Viper 3 the Oil was
immediately applied hot, and rubbed well in, and
the Feathers of the Wing were thoroughly wetted
with it. This Bird did not feem at all diforderedr
with the Venom, but eat foon after, and was found
well the next Morning, without any remarkable In-
flammation or Swelling about the Part. The hot Oil
was rubbed in again for two or three Days, twice a
Day, and the Bird continued well, fo that the Viper -
catchers carried it with them out of Town in Tri-
umph, having never before experienced the Efficacy
of their Remedy on fo fmall an Animal 5 which, as
it receives the fame Quantity of Venom by a Bite as a
larger one doth, is more liable to die under, it 5 and they
kept it alive above three Months, when they killed it
and eat it. They faid that they had experienced their
Remedy to take Effed on Cows :, Horfes> and 'Dogs ,
ten Hours after, being bit 3 but that for themfelves,
who are frequently bitin the Fields, as they catch the
Viper sy they always carry a Vial of Sallad-Oil
along with them, that,, as foon as they perceive them-
felves wounded, they without any Lofs of Time
bathe the Part with it 3 and if it be the Heel, they
wet the Stocking thoroughly with it 3- if the Finger,
which happens ofteneft, they pour fome of it into
that Finger of their Glove, which they immediately
put on again, and thus never feel any farther Incon-
venience from the Accident, not even fo much as
from the. Sting of a common Bee . Perhaps it may

be.

[ 3*8]

be found of Ufe for the Bite of Rattle- Snakes, and
other venomous Animals j efpecially if we confider,
that in the Fields a Man feldom or never receives
more than one Bite at a Time, which doth not in-
fed him with fo much Venom, as was inftilled into
the Man's Blood, when in thefe voluntary Experi-
ments he differ'd himfelf to be bitten twice together 5
and had likewife been bitten three times but about
a Week or ten Days before 5 fome Remains of which
Venom, it is highly reafonable to imagine, might ftill
infed his Blood at the Time he repeated the Expe-
riments, fo as to make a frelh Quantity of the Ve-
nom operate with greater Violence upon his Body,
than if he had been quite a frefh Man, never in-
feded with the like Poifon before, or at lead at fo
great an Interval of Time, that his Blood might have
been intirely free from all Remains of fuch an acrid
Infedion. From thefe Experiments is it not reafon-
able to imagine, that the Oil by itfelf may be as
efficacious againft the Sting of a Scorpion , as if
Scorpions were infufed in it}

I fhould not have forborn fo long imparting the
Knowledge of fo ufeful a Remedy to the Publick,
had not the poor People injoined every one prefent
at the Experiments not to divulge, what their Re-
medy was, till they fhould give me Leave to make
it publick in thefe Papers, which they have now
done. The Reafon of their keeping it a Secret,
was the Hopes of obtaining an handfome Reward
from generous and charitable People; but now hav-
ing loft all Profped of any conliderable Recompenfe,
they were unwilling that the Means of immediate
Relief to thofe, who fhould have the Misfortune of

beiag

[ 3»9 J

being bit by an Adder , fhoold any longer be with=
held from them j and they are defirous, that this their
Remedy againfl: the Bite of the Viper may be
as pubiickly known as the famous Dampier's
Powder againfl: the Bite of a Mad Dog, firft
publiftied by Sir Hans Sloane , Bart, when Seer. R . $.
in Numb. 237. of thefe TranfaElions, Anno 1698. *
which afterwards, when he was Prefident of the Royal
College of Phyficians London , by his Propofal,
was introduced into the London Tharmacopoeidy
under the Name of Bulvis Ant ily flits , Anno 172a,
The Compofition of which is, Ajh-coloufd Ground
Liver-wort and blackBepper : The Manner of giving
it, not only to Men, but to Dogs and Cattle, being
accurately fet down in the above-mentioned Num-
ber 237. of thefe TranfaElions, in a Letter from
Mr. George D ampler, dated Exmouth , Nov . iQj
1697 • to his Brother Capt. William cDampier , the
famous Sailor, I muft refer fuch as have*Occafion to
give it, to that Paper. Thus I hope, that certain
Cures are difeovered for the only two Sorts of ve-
nomous Bites of Animals, to which the happy Soil
of Great Britain expofes its Inhabitants.

I fhall only beg Leave to add a Propofal of my
own, which I made in my Thef Inaugur, de In -
grejju Humorum in Corpus Humanum , Ludg. Bat .
1724. That theUfe of the hot Bath, for Perfons bit

* The Lichen cinereus terreftris is mentioned as being faid to be ex-
ceedingly efficacious in curing Dogs bitten by Mad Dogs • in a Letter
of Mr. Oldenburgtisy Seer. R. S. Lpnd. July 6 , 1672. See Verham's
Colle&ion of Philofop . Letters between Mr. Ray and his Correjpon -
dentSy p, no. printed at 'London, 1718. 8vo„

t 320 ]

by a Mad Dog , or hot Fomentations, might be of
greater Service than cold Applications: For a cold
Bath {huts the Pores, as a warm one opens them •,
therefore the Blood being allowed to be greatly in-
flamed in this Cafe,, and D ampler % Powder being a
very hot Medicine, it is reafonable to think, that when
a Patient takes it, the fetting him up to the Chin in
hot Water for fome Hours, would help the Opera-
tion of the ‘Powders , by diluting the Blood, and re-
laxing the Pores.

VII. A brief Account by Mr. John Eatnes,
F. R. S. of a Work entitled , The Me-
thod of Fluxions and Infinite Series,
with its Application to the Geometry
of Curve Lines, by the Inventor Sir
Ifaac Newton, Kt. &c. Tranflated from
the Author's Latin Original not yet
made publick. To which is fubjoind a
perpetual Comment upon the whole , See.
by John Colfon, M. A. and F. R. S.

HIS Pofthumous Work of our late excellent

Prefident, a Tranflation of which we have now

received from the Hand of the learned. and ingenious
Mr. Colfon , has been long and impatiently expe&ed
by the curious in thefe Matters 5 and now it appears,
I believe it will fully anfwer, if not exceed, thofe Ex-
pe&ations, as well as confirm the Reputation the Au-

thor

I 321 ]

thor has fo juftly acquired by his other Writings. For
dt is wrote with the fame Genius and Acumen , it
explains the Principles of his Method of Fluxions
with great Clearnefs and Accuracy, and applies
thofe Principles to very general , and fcientifical Spe-
culations in the higher Geometry. And farther to
explain this Work, and to fupply fuch Things, for
the Ufe of common Readers, which the Author, ac-
cording to his ufual Brevity, has often omitted j the
Tranfiator has thought fit to give us a Comment on
a good Part of the Work, and lias promifed. the reft
at a proper Seafon. His Fitnefs for fuch an Under-
taking is well known to the learned World, into
which he was many Years ago introduced by a very
good Judge, as a Perfon who was uconditioris Ana -
lyfeos peritijjimus .

This Text may very well be divided into three
Parts: An Introduction, containing the Method of
Infinite Series j The Method of Fluxions and Fluents $
and laftly, The Application of both to the moft eon-
fiderable Problems of the higher Geometry. The
Comment confifts of very valuable and curious An-
notations, Illuftrations, and Supplements, in order to
make the whole a compleat Inftitution for the Ufe
of Learners. I fhall take a kind of comparative View
of the Text and Comment together.

The great Author, in what is called the Introdudi-
vOn, teaches the Rudiments of his Method of Infinite
Converging Series, which is preparatory to that of
Fluxions. In this he fhews how all Compound Alge-
braical Quantities may be refolvedinto Series of ilmple
Terms, which will converge to thofe compound
Quantities, or rather to their Roots 5 juft as in com-

T t mon

I 322 ]

mon Decimal Arithmetick, any complicate Number
whatever, rational or furd, may be profecuted and
exhibited to what Degree of Accuracy we pleafe, by
decimal Parts continued in infinitum . And this ge-
neral Arithmetick is here applied to the finding of the
Roots of all kinds of Algebraical Equations, whether
pure or affe&ed.

And this Dottrine is carried on ftill farther by Mr.
Colfion in his Comment. He purfues the Author's
Hint, that vulgar Arithmetick and Algebra, decimal
Fra&ions and infinite Series, have the fame common.
Foundation, and compofe together but one Uniform
Science of Computation. For, as in our vulgar Arith-
metick, when rightly explain'd, we exprefs and com-
pute all Numbers by the Root Ten , and its fevcral
Powers and their Reciprocals, together with a Set of
certain known and finall Coefficients $ fo in this more
univerfal Arithmetick of Infinite Series, we do the
fame thing in effect, by means of any Root afiiimed
at Pleafure, its Powers and their Reciprocals, dilpofed
in a regular defcending Order, together with any Co-
efficients, as it may happen. And when thefe Series
duly converge, they will as truly exhibit by their Ag-
gregate the Quantity required, as a Decimal Fra&ion
infinitely continued will approximate to its proper
§lusefitum. This gives him Occafion to expatiate large-
ly upon, the Nature and Conftru&ion of Arithmetical
Scales, particular and general 5 and to inquire into the
Nature and Formation of Infinite Series, and their
Circumftances of Convergence and Divergency. To
explain which he ffiews, that in every Series there is
always a Supplement to be underftood, when it is not
exhibited. This Supplement fums up the Series, and

makes

I 3*3 3

makes it flop at a finite Number of Terms, in Series
that either converge or diverge. Whence in di-
verging Series it muft neceflarily be found and ad-
mitted, orotherwife the Conclusion will not be true 5
but in converging Series, where it can feldom be
known, it may fafely be omitted, becaufe it conti*
nually diminifhes with the Terms of the Series, and
finally becomes lefs than any aflignable Quantity.

The Nature of infinite Series being thus difplay'd,
he applies them to the Refolution of all kinds of Al-
gebraical Equations. He explains in a very general
Manner, the Author's famous Artifice, for finding the
Forms of the Series for the Roots, and their initial
Approximations, by means of a Parallelogram and
Ruler, and (hews its Application in all Cafes. Then
he invents many ways of Analyfis, by which the
Roots are further profecuted, and may be produced
to any Degree of Accuracy required. Alfo many other
Speculations are added, to compleat the Do&rine of
Series > particularly a very general and ufeful Theo-
rem, for the Solution of all affe&ed Equations in
Numbers.

From the Refolution of Equations and the Doc-
trine of Infinite Series, which finifhes the firft Part
of this Work, Sir Ifaac Newton proceeds to lay
down the Principles of his Method of Fluxions, which
is the chief Defign of the prefent Treatife. This Me-
thod he founds upon the abftrad or rational Mecha-
nicks, by fuppofing ail Mathematical Quantities to be
generated, as it were, by local Motion, and there-
fore to have relative Velocities of Increafe orDecreafe,
which Velocities he calls Fluxions . And the Quan-
tities fo generated by a continual Flux he calls Flu-

T t 2 ents

[ 324 ]

ents or flowing Quantities 5 the Relation of which
Fluents is always exprefs'd by fome Algebraical Equa-
tion, either given or required. If this Equation be
given, and the Relation of the Fluxions is required,
it conftitutes the dir eft Method of Fluxions 5 but
when the contrary, 'tis the inverfe Method of
Fluxions .

Sir lfaacy in his firft Problem, which takes in the
direft Method of Fluxions, (hews how to find the
Relation of the Fluxions in a very general Manner,
and by a great Variety of Solutions. This way of
refolving the Problem is peculiar to this Work. He
likewife extends it to Equations involving feveral
Fluents, which accommodates it to thofe Cafes, wherer
in any complex or irrational Quantities may be found,
or Quantities that are geometrically irreducible.
Then he demonftrates the Principles of his Method,
or the Precepts of Solution, from the Nature of
Moments or vanifhing Quantities, and from the ob-
vious Properties of Equations, which involve indeter-
minate Quantities..

The Commentator much inlarges upon this whole
Do&rine ; he enters into theReafon and Ufe of this
Multiplicity of Solutions, and fhews it is a neceffary
Refultfrom the different Forms the fame given Equa-
tion may acquire.- But efpecially he takes the Au-
thor's Demonftration into ftrift Examination, endea-
vours farther to illuftrate and enforce its Evidence, and
to clear it from all the Objections that either have or
may be urged againft it. He even contends, that tho*
the Moments and vanifhing Quantities of the Author,
could be proved to be impoflible, as has been fug-
gefted by fome Mathematicians, yet even, then they

would

[ 3^5 3

would be fufficient for all the purpofes of Fluxions, and
he produces Inftances of a like Nature from other parts
of Mathematicks. And tho' the Author, Sir Ifaac
Newton , in his prefeiit Treatife, does not direftly men-
tion fecond Fluxions, or thofe of higher Orders ; yet the
ingenious Commentator thinks proper to extend his
Inquiries to thefe Orders of Fluxions, demonftrates
their Theory, gives Rules and Examples for deriving
their Equations, proves their relative Nature, and even
exhibits them to View by Geometrical Figures. This
laft he does chiefly in what he calls the Geometrical
and Mechanical Elements of Fluxions 3 and he con-
trives a very general Method, by means of Curve-
lines and their Tangents, to make Fluxions and Flu-
ents the Objeds of Senfe and ocular Infpe&ion 5 and
thereby he illuftrates and verifies- the received Methods
of deriving their Equations in all Cafes.

In the Authors fecond Problem, or the Relation,
of the Fluxions being given to determine the Rela-
tion of the Fluents, which includes the inverfe Me-
thod of Fluxions, he begins with a particular Solu-
tion of it. He calls this Solution particular, becaufe
it extends only to fuch Cafes, wherein the. given
Fluxional Equation either has been, might have
been, derived from fome previous finite Algebraical
Equation. Then he fhews how we may return di-
re&ly to this Equation. But this is feldom the Cafe
of fuch Fluxional Equations, whofe Fluents or Roots
are propofed to be found. For they have commonly
Terms either redundant or deficient, by which they
cannot be brought under, this particular Solution.
Therefore to anfwer this Cafe alfo, he gives us a ge-
neral Solution, in which he extracts the Roots of any

propofed

[ 3*6 1

yropofed Fluxional Equation, by feveral ingenious
Methods of Analyfis. And here it is chiefly, that he
calls his Method of Infinite Series to his Ailiftance 5
for the Fluent, or Root, will here always be exhi-
bited by a Series. And to find the Fluent in finite
Terms, when it can be done, requires particular Ex-
pedients, as we {hall fee afterwards.

Mr. Colfon in his Comment upon this Part of the
Work is very full and explicit. He explains and
applies the Author's particular Solution $ but is much
more copious in explaining the Examples, and clear-
ing up the Difficulties and Anomalies of the general
Solution. This is chiefly perform'd by introducing
feveral new and Ample Methods of Analyfis, or Pro-
cefies of Refolution 5 and by applying the Author's
Artifice of the Ruler and Parallelogram mention'd
before, to thefe Fluxional Equations : By which means
not only the Forms of the Series are determin'd, and
their initial Approximations, as has been obferv'd
above i but likewife all the Series may be found, that
can be derived from the fame Fluxional Equation.
The Commentator concludes by giving us a very ge-
neral Method for refolving all Equations, whether
Algebraical or Fluxional } which Method requires no
foreign Affiftance, oj: no fubfidiary Operations, which
all other Methods do. It is founded upon the Ufe
and Admiffion of the higher Orders of Fluxions, and
is exemplify 'd by the Solution of feveral ufeful Pro-
blems. Here the Comment leaves us, but we will go
on with our Author.

Having thus taught us the Method of Fluxions,
both dired and inverfe, he proceeds to apply this Me-
thod to fome very curious and general Problems,

chiefly

C 1*7 3

chiefly in the Geometry of Curve-lines. As firft, he
determines the maxima and minima of Quantities in
all Cafes, and propofes (ome elegant Problems to il-
luftrate this Do&rine. Then he teaches us to draw
Tangents to Curves, whether Geometrical or Media-
nical, and that after a great Variety of Ways, or how-
ever the Nature of the Curve may be defined. Here
likewife he propofes fome Queftions, to exercife and
improve the Learner : Then is very particular upon
finding the Quantity of Curvature, at any Point of
a given Curve, whether Geometrical or Mechanical,
or in determining the Centre and the Radius of
Curvature : To which feveral other curious Specula-
tions are fub join'd of a like Nature. Here he com-
municates a very elegant and intirely new Problem,
for determining die Quality of the Curvature, at any
Point of a given Curve ; or how the Curvature pro-
ceeds in refped of its greater or lefs Inequability.

Afterwards he goes on to the Quadrature of Curves,,
which chiefly gives occafion to apply the inverfe Me-
thod of Fluxions. And firft he (hews how, by the
direft Method, to find as many Curves as you pleafe,
(or to determine their Equations) the Areas of which;
fhall be capable of an exad Quadrature. Then he
(hews how to find as many Curves as you pleafe,
which, tho' not capable of a juft Quadrature, yet
their Areas may be compared to thofe of the Conic
Se&ions, or of fuch other Curves as (hall be aflignkh.
Laftly, He (hews how to determine in general the
Area of any Curve that fhall be propofed, chiefly by
the Method of Infinite Series 5 where many curious
and ufeful Speculations are occafionally introduced,
and inferted As how to afcertain the Limits of aa

Area,

[ 328 ]

Area, when thus found analytically ; how commodl-
oufly to fquare the Circle, the Ellipfis, or Hyperbola,
and how to apply the Quadrature of this laft to the
computing a Canon of Logarithms; the Construc-
tion of Tables for the ready finding of Quadratures,
or the Comparifon of Areas, and how to apply them
to the folving of other like Problems ; the forming
of Conftructions, and demonftrating Theorems by
Fluxions ; the approximating to Areas mechanically,
and iuch-like.

From finding of Areas he proceeds to the ReElifi -
cation of Curves j and firft he Shews how to find as
many Curves as you pleafe, whofe Curve-lines are
capable of an exa£t Re&ification. Then he teaches
us to find as many Curves as we pleafe, whofe Curve-
lines, thoJ not capable of a juft Rectification, yet may
be compared with the Lengths of any Curve-lines
aflign'd, or with the Areas of any Curve, when re-
duced to the Order of Lines. Laftly, He determines
the Lengths ot any Curve in general, and gives feve-
ral proper Examples of it. All which elegant Specu-
lations are managed with admirable Skill, great Sub-
*tilty, and fine Contrivance.

vin.

C 329 ]

VIII- Of an Inguinal Rupture, with a Pin
in the Appendix Coed, incrujted with
Stone ; and fame Obfervations on
Wounds in the Guts ; by Claudius
Amy and, Efq * Serjeant Surgeon to His
Majesty, andF.R.S.

'/~\Ctober S, 1737. Hanvil Anderfon , a Boy, xi
^ Years of Age, was admitted into St. George’s Ho-
spital near Hyde-Dark Corner, for the Cure of a
Hernia Scrotalis , which he had had from his In-
fancy, and a Fiftula between the Scrotum and Thigh
terminating into it, which for a Month laft paft had
difcharged a great Quantity of an unkindly fort of
Matter. The Rupture was final 1, and not trouble-
fome, and Part of it could be replaced, but as it ap-
peared that the Sinuous Ulcer fprung from that Part
that could not $ fo "twas evident that the Cure of the
Fiftula depended upon the Cure of the Hernia, which
latter could be obtained by no other Operation than
that for the Bubonocele , which was agreed to, and
performed the 6th Day of 'December following.

This Operation proved the moft complicated and
perplexing I ever met with, many unfufpe&ed Oddi-
ties and Events concurring to make it as intricate as
it proved laborious and difficult.

This Tumour, principally compofed of the Omen-
tum, was about the Bignefs of a fmall Pippin ;
In it was found the Appendix Coed perforated by
a Pin incrufted with Stone towards the Head, the
Point of which having perforated that Gut, gave way

U u to

[ 33° 3

to aDifcharge of Faeces through the fiftulous Open-
ing therein, as the Portion of the Pin obturating the
Aperture in it fhifted its Situation. The Abfcefs
formed in the Hernial Bag occafionally, and the Sup-
puration for two Months laft pad from this Place out-
wardly, had knit and confounded, and, as it were,
inbodied together the Gut and Omentum with the
Hernial Bag, and thefe with the Spermatick Veffels
and theTefticule, fo that it was as difficult to diftin-
guiffi them from each other, as it was to feparate
them without wounding them $ this Pin, whofe
Point was fixed in the Omentum, continually fhifting
its Situation, and occafioning a Difcharge of Fasces.
The Pin frequently lying in the way of the Knife,
and ftarting out of the wounded Gut, as a Shot out
of a Gun, the Inundation of Fasces upon this Occa-
fion from a Gut we could not well diftinguifh, were
fo many Difficulties in the way : But the greateft yet
was, what to do with the Gut, which all this while
was unknown, and of which we could not come to
the Knowledge, till the Operation was over 5 for this
Appendix Coed, which was the only Gut found in the
Rupture, was fo contracted, carnous, duplicated, and
changed in its Figure and Subftance, that it was im-
poffible to determine what kind of Gut it was, or
to find out that it was only this Appendix elongated,,
and in Difguife.

We apprehended none of thefe Difficulties, when
we undertook this Operation, in which we proceeded
as ufual : The Omentum lying uppermoft in the Her-
nial Bag was diffe&ed from the Parts it was knit to,
and particularly the Gut it was imbodied with, and
afterwards cut off clofe to the Abdominal Mufcles

without

C n> ]

without any previous Ligature, the V eflels in it being
fmall, and the Subftance of it more like a Sweet-
bread than the Caul.

, Much Time was fpent in this Diffedion; we were
{heightened for Room, and greatly difturbed by the
Difcharge of the Faeces coming out of the Gut, upon
every Motion the Pin lodged in it and the Omentum
fuffered, upon the Separation of thefe from each
other. The Gut forming a double Tube, like a
double- jointed Syphon, continuing in the Curve as it
faffed over the Tefticule and Spermaticks, was feparated
one part from the other and from the adjacent Parts, as
far as the Aperture in the Abdominal Mufcles, where
the unperforated End of it was feparated therefrom, and
thence ftretched out and unfolded, which brought in
View the Aperture made in it by the Pin hitherto con-
cealed, through which that Part of it, which was in-
crufted with Chalk, had juft made its way out upon
an occafional Preffure, as a Cork out of a Bottle. It
was the Opinion of the Phyficians and Surgeons pre-
fent, to amputate this Gut : To which End a circular
Ligature was made about the found Part of it, two
Inches above the Aperture, and this being cut off an
Inch below the Ligature, was replaced in the Abdo-
men, in fuch a Manner that an artificial Anus might
be made there, if the Patient's Cafe fhould require it.
Afterwards fo much of the Hernial Bag as had been
detached from the Skin, the Spermaticks, &c. was
cut off, which, as they appeared in a found State, were
preferved in Situ. The Fiftulous Opening adjoining
to the Thigh, and anfwering to the Aperture in the
Gut, was opened; feme Angles of Skin in the Way
removed ; The Aperture in the Mufcles, which had

U u-2 been

[ 33* ]

been inlarged by Incifion, was (lopped up with a
Tent 5 and the reft of the Dreflingsand the Situation
of the Patient ordered fo, as to remove from the
Wound all fuch Preffure from within as might difturb
the Cure.

"Tis eafy to conceive that this Operation was as
painful to the Patient as laborious to me : It was a
continued Diftection, attended with Danger on Parts
not well diftinguifhed : It lafted near half an Hour,
and the Patient bore it with great Courage, During
it the Patient vomited largely, and had feveral Stools,
but was foon compofed by half an Ounce of. Diacp^
dium, and Emollient Embrocations and Fomentations,
frequently applied warm on. the Belly: He was
blooded, and an. Emollient Carminative oily Clyfter
was ordered to be applied in the Evening; but as he
was eafy, and the Belly notTenfe, that was omitted.
He was confined to a very fparing Diet, and his Body
kept open by Clyfters, injected every 2d Day, when
Stools were wanted, to prevent (training. When
dreffed upon the 4th Day after the Operation, every
thing appeared well, and we had good Reafon to
hope for a Cure, efpecially as the Difcharge by the
Anus was Natural. The Tent put into the Abdominal
Aperture was not removed till the 8th. Upon the 10th
the Ligature round the Appendix Coeci, where it had
been amputated, dropt off, and no Faeces followed it
and as it was then plain they had taken the natural
Courfe, from that Time the Wound was treated like
an ordinary one, faving it was obferved to keep a
ftrong and conftant Preffure over the Abdominal Aper^
ture, as well to fence againft the Intrufion of the Vif-
cera into the Wound, as by a ftrong Incarnation and

Cicatrix,

[ m 1

Cicatrix, effedually to fecure the Patient againft a
Rupture. During the Time of the Cure he was con-
fined to his Bed, always kept to (paring Diet, and or-
dered never to go to Stool but in. a Bed-pan ; by thefe
means the Wound was completely healed up in lels
than a Month, and the Patient foon after, difcharged
with a Trufs, which he was ordered to wear fome
Time, to confirm the Cure.

That the Appendix Coed fhould be the only Gut
found in this Rupture, is a Cafe fingular in Pradice :
This was full of Excrements, and occafionally could
be diftended with an additional Quantity, which up-
on Preffure was returned into the Colon, with that
kind of Noife which Guts replaced generally give.
This had occafioned a Diminution of the Tumour
when eompreffed,. before the Operation was per-
formed;, as the Patient was lying backwards with his
Head downwards, and an Increafe of it as he flood
ered, when the Faeces from the Colon could get into
it again.

The Patient does not remember, when he fw al-
lowed the Pin which had perforated the Gut within
the Rupture. But as this Rupture was from his In-
fancy, fixed and unreducible, fo it is likely the Pirn
had then made its way into the Appendix Coeci pro-
lapfed; and that an Inflammation enfuing thereon,
had occafioned an Adhefion, whereby the Increafe of
the Tumour had been checked, and the Redudion of
the Parts prolap fed thereby, rendered impradicable.

The Surgeons who conftantly drefied the Patient
before the Operation, did obferve then, as they have
fince, that the Humour difcharged formerly at the
Eiftula, had frequently the Appearance, and, as they

thought,

[ 334 1

thought, the Smell of Excrements, fo that there is
no Doubt that the Caufe of it was the Wound made
in the Gut, by the Pin giving way occafionally to fuch
a Difcharge. The Patient alfo perfe&ly remembers,
that the Impoftumation or Gathering preceding the
fiftulous Difcharge was attended with very little Pain,
or much lefs than generally attends Suppuration,
Which fhews that the Extravafation of the Excre-
ments from the Gut into the Hernial Bag, and the
burfting of this Bag, were the Caufe of the fiftulous
Difcharge, and of the continuance of it outwardly.

As to the Pin found in the Rupture at the Time
of the Operation, it is obfervable, that two Thirds
of it, incrufted with a chalky Matter, were confined
and concealed within the Gut 5 the other Third next
the Point, had made its way through it, the Point
of which was fo lodged in the Omentum wherein it was
fixed, as to leave a free Pafiage for the Excrement
from the perforated Gut outwardly, whenever the
Perforation in the Gut, upon fhifting the Pofi-
tion of the inclofed Pin, could open, and afford a
Pafiage for the Difcharge of the Faeces this way,
which was as oft as this conical or pyramidal Pin.
did alter its Place, or did not exa&ly obturate the
Aperture in the Appendix Coeci, it exa&ly fitted. I
have already obferved, that the Aperture made in the
Gut by the Pin, lay concealed, the Point being
lodged in the Omentum, lying parallel with the
Gut, which was here duplicated, where it was
fo fecured, that it feemcd almoft iihpoflible it
could ever make its way out of this Place, and its
other Confinement in the Gut, as the Aperture was
callous, and fo refifting that it was with fome Vio-
lence

[ 335 3

fence it was forced out of its Confinement through
an Aperture fitted for the Point only and fo
ftreight, that the Report upon its coming out was
like that of a Cork out of a Bottle * for though it
appeared the Opening had occafionally been inlarged,
as the incrufted Part of the Pin was preffed forward
into it, yet it is plain Nature's Attempts to get rid of
it had been fruitlefs, and might poffibly have been
fo during all the Patient's Life.

Sir Hans Sloane has furnifhed the Curious with
Xnftances of Bodies incrufted in the Guts with Stone,
and of fome making their way out, when there was
little Probability of it. Daily Experience fhews how
far Nature will ftruggle to free herfelf, fo that it is
always moft eligible to truft them to her Care: This:
may appear from the Difficulties that have attended:
the Cure of this Cafe, which at laft did not prove
fo fuccefsful as it was firft hoped for ; for the Pa-
tient having been remifs in the wearing of his Trufs,
upon fome Effort the Guts found a way into the
Inguen again, fix Months after the healing of the
Wound. This Cafe alfo fhews, that the beft Ope-
ration, and the utmoft Care, is no Security againft
the Relapfe of a Rupture. This is the jd or 4th
Inftance I have met with, of the Infufficiency of this
Operation to effeduate a Cure of Ruptures 5 and yet
it is plain, this is by far more likely to prove effec-
tual, than the Cauftick or any other Method cried
up for the Cure of this Evil. In a growing
Age, a good Spring Trufs is an effedual Remedy ?
and in an Adult, this fhould be the ultimate one,
though it is no more than a Palliative Cure.

N,B;

r 33^ i

N. B- The Omentum and the Gut amputated, with
the Pin perforating it, are in the Repofitory of the
Royal Society.

This Obfervation puts me in Mind of two I made
during the late War in Flanders and of two more
lately in London.

Observation I.

Upon opening the Body of a Soldier who had la-
boured many Years with an Inguinal and Scrotal Rup-
ture, I found in a Segment of the Ilion, an Appendix
like a Coecum, about fix Inches long, arifing from
that Gut, and nearly of the fame Diameter with the
Gut itfelf, the Coats whereof were fomewhat thinner
than thofe of the Ilion this Coecum did arife from,
wdiofe Membranes and Dimenfions were Natural.
This Elongation of a Segment of the Ilion appeared
as if it had been lodged in the Rupture Bag it lay
near to, and into which it had been ftretched along
the Vagina of the Spermatick Vefiels down to the
Tefticule, according to the Expanfion of the Rupture
Bag, which was of the fame Dimenfion : This Pro-
duction of the Ilion, or Appendix Ilii , was full of
Faeces, fomewhat narrower at its Rife or Opening into
the Ilion than elfewhere, but nearly refembling it,
and as found as that Gut it fprung from.

Observation II.

A Soldier having been fhot through the Belly, the
Ball was cut out upon the pofterior part of the Os

Ilium.

C 317 ]

Ilium. Through both Wounds the Fasces' were
chiefly difcharged for feveral Months after, and at
Dreflings a great Number of flat Worms, dead or
alive, were found upon the Plaifter. The Fasces
having by degrees taken their Courfe through the
Anus, in five or fix Months after, the two Wounds
being healed up, the Patient returned to his Duty as
a Soldier, and foon after was made Corporal, and
then Serjeant.

Eight Years after this, I had him again under my
Care at the Hofpital, where he was brought with the
Head of the Os Humeri , together with that of the
Acromion and Clavicule, in the Articulation with the
Scapula , fra&ured by a Cannon-fhot, which thereby
was laid all open. The Limb was immediately cut
off in the Articulation with the Scapula , having firft
premifed a Ligature about the Flelh furrounding the
Veffels, by thrufting clofe to the Bone a Pack-Needle
armed with a ftrong Packthread, there being no room
for the Tourniquet * : He loft very little more Blood
in the Operation, than if a Tourniquet had been ap-
plied 5 but the great Difcharge of Matter funk him,
and he died the 8th Day after.

The Death ot this Patient gave me an Opportunity
of examining how the former Wound in the Gut
had been cured. I had thought the Wound had been
in the Ilium, from the Thinnefsof the Fasces difcharged
through that Wound 5 but, upon DiiTettion, I found

* Mr. Le Dran , in his Chirurgical Obfervations, Vol. II. Obferv.
43. 129* 1731. has defcribed the Manner of performing the Ampu-
tation of the Humerus in the Articulation with the Scapula, to which
the Reader is referred.

Xx

it

1 338 ]

it had been in the Colon in the broadefl: Part of it. This
was very much contracted, and made narrow in that
Part of it that had been fhot through, where it ap-
peared putfed up,, and infeparably knit to the Ilium
Bone. However, the Patient never had complained
of any Inconveniency therefrom, though the Narrow-
nefs of the Gut in this Place was Inch, as feemed to
make the Defcent of the Faeces difficult..

Observation III.

On the 19th of January 1 729, I attended Mifs

aged 14, on account of a fuppurated Tumour on the.
Navel, whofe Situation was under the Mufculi Relit..
This Patient had had, what is truely called, a Starting-
at the Navel in her Infancy * and of late had com-
plained, at Times, of a Swelling there,, and alfo of
Colicks, Gripes, or Vomitings, that ufed to go off,
particularly as that Swelling difappeared. As thefe
^grew more troublefome, fhe lately had taken a Vomit,
from which Time fhe had. been greatly cauftive, and
her Reachings, Vomitings, and Colicks, had proved
more conftant, together with an increaSng Tenfion
and Pain in the Fore-part of the Belly, and aTendernefs
at the Navel, as Matter was gathering there.

Some Days before I was called in, Dr. Campbell
had employed the propereft Remedies to remove thefe
Complaints. Upon a Confutation,, we agreed to<
difeharge by Incifion the Matter collected at the Na-
vel, being about a Spoonful of undigefted Fluid, that
had made its way through the Apmeurofis of the Ab-
dominal Mufcles adjoining to the Navel Cicatrix:
Notwithftanding which, the Tenfion of the Belly,.

C *39 3

theCauftivenefs, the Reachings, and Vomitings, rather
increafing, as in the Miferere Meiy and having thence
aReafonto apprehend a Strangulation and Suppuration
of fome of the Vijbera in the Neighbourhood of the
Navel, Dr. Hollings being called in, it was agreed
to inlarge the Aperture made by the fore-mentioned
Matter in the Line a Albay with a View and Intent to
know the State the Parts were in, to reduce what we
found there, or at lead to procure a more free Dif-
charge to the Matter colleded under the Aponeutofis
of the Mufcles : For a Fortnight and more, every
Thing was done that could internally or externally
eafe the Difcharge, and open the Paflage for the Faeces
downwards, but all in vain. The Patient was a whole
Fortnight without a Stool, all the Symptoms daily
increafing, though towards the latter End (he vomited
rather more feldom : Yet, as fhe was (till taking in, fb
the Dimenfions of her Belly increafed in Proportion,
and the more for that the Air confined and rarefied in
the Faeces pent in, added daily to the Tenfion 3 which
at laft had ftretched the Skin to the utmoft. There
was alfo a Supprellion of Urine, the Fundus of the
Bladder being ftretched towards the Navel, at the fame
Time that the Neck of it was comprefled by the Faeces
bearing down in the Pelvis, and a Tumour fprung up
about the Anus, as if they had been feeking a Paflage
that way. It was propofed to fcoop them out, bpt
the Redum was found empty, and the Obftrudion as
far beyond the Reach of any Chirurgical Operation,
as it had proved againft all the Means hitherto em-
ployed.

The Patient was now reduced to the loweft Ebb.
The Dejedions were Excremcntitious, her Pulfe de-

X x 2 prefled,

[ 340 3

prefled, and extremely weak 5 file had Rigors, clammy
Sweats, and all the Symptoms that denote an approach-
ing Death, from a Mortification in the Guts, when of
a fudden the Faxes burfted the Gut, and forcing their
way through the Incifton at the Navel, a Quantity equal
to two or three Quarts, intermixed with various kinds
of Fruits and Seeds, which fhe had been taking during
her Illnefs, flowed out like a Torrent, with a furprizing
roaring Noife, which gave her immediate Relief. The
Difcharge continued very great all that Day, but the
^perture in the Hernial Bag was not anfwerable to that
in the Gut, fo that the Difcharge there was at Times
checked by Subftances obturating it; this Aperture
therefore was inlarged by Incifion, and thereby the
Patient releafed from the Violence of the Vomiting
and Hickup. From this Time we began to entertain
fome Hopes of a Cure 5 for though the Patient was ex-
tremely reduced, and the Difcharge continued exceed-
ingly great during feveral Days, with a Singultus and
Vomitings; yet fhe was refreflhed with Sleep, and was
able to retain fome Nourishment. The Tenfion of the
Belly fubfifted, though in a leffer degree, until the
Faeces had made their way downwards, and fo did the
Vomitings at Times, fo long as the Inflammation con-
tinued. The Diet was fuch as the Cafe required ;■
Clyfters were frequently applied, as well as Fomenta-
tions, and every Thing elfe that could determine o$
invite the Difcharge through the Anus, and reftore the
diftended Guts to their Tone ; but from the Time the
Fasces burfted the Gut, it was 12 Days before any took,
the natural Courfe y and then we were again brought
to the Brink of Ruin, for they then poured down to.
fall for a Day or two, that the Patient was like to have

& ink

[ 34* 3

funk under them: However, this feverc Evacuation
was timely conquered by Abforbents and Diluents : It
took off the remaining Tenfion of the Belly, and all
Vomitings 5 and as from this Time the Fxces had a free
Difcharge the natural way, and the Difcharge through
the Wound decreafed in proportion, fo the Wound
in the Gut, and the external Wound in the Integuments
were healed up in about three W eeks, in fuch Man-
ner that the Patient has ever fince enjoyed a moft per-
fect Health.

Observation IV.

It happened that I was not a meer Stranger to the
principal Circumftances of this Gafe, as in the Year
1716 I had attended fuch another with the late Mr.

Lafage, Surgeon, viz. Mifs a Girl about four

Years of Age, in whom the fame Caufe had produced
the like E fleets ; for upon a Suppuration of the Omen-
tum ftrangulated in the Navel of this Patient, the
Fxces detained in the neighbouring Gut had in like
Manner forced their way through the Navel : The
Accident previous tothe burfting, and fubfequent up-
on it, having been nearly the fame as in the former
Obfervation ; only the Cure proved fomewhat more
tedious, for the Wound was kept open by Currants-
feeds frequently working their way out at the Navel:
for about 1 2 Months after ; when it was made com-
plete : fo that the Hardlhips the Patient has undergone
fince in Child-bearing, and feveral hazardous Labours,
have not been able to difturb it.

Hence it appears, that the Parts inflamed and in Con-
tact have been coalefced and knit together, fo as ta

prevent

C 342 3

prevent anyExtravafation from the wounded or burfted
Gut into the Cavity of the Abdomen.

That the Cure in the two laft Cafes has been owing
to a free Difcharge of the Faxes through the Wound,
and confequently that when in a Gut-Rupture the Part
prolapfed cannot be reduced, a Cure may be hoped
for by making fuch an Opening in the Guts, before
they are intirely fphacelatcd, as may procure a free Dif-
charge to the Faxes pent in, and thereby fecure the Pa-
tient's Life.

That if this happens to the Colon or Caecum, the
Tube of it will fo far be preferved as to open a free
Difcharge for the Faeces the natural way; and if that
cannot be obtained in a Wound of the fmall Gut, yet
the Difcharge may be fecured by making the Wound
an artificial Anus.

That the readieft way to obtain a Cure of a wound-
ed or burfted Gut, is to keep it in Contact with the
outward Wound, and the Patient in a very low Diet.

That the Deligation of the Veflels of the Omentum
previous to the Amputation of it, being liable to many
Exceptions, it is more eligible to forbear it, faving
When the Veflels are large ; for when reduced loofe
and floating, it is lefs liable to the Inflammations and
Suppurations that attend the Separation of the Ligature.

IX. Her-

C 343 3

IX. Hermanni Boerhaave, A.L.M .
Philofoph. & Med. <DoH. Medici nse in
Univerjitate Leidenfi Profejf. Colleg.
Chirurgic ■ Praf. Reg. Soc. Lond,
necnon Reg. Scient. Acad. Parifienl Soc.
J(?Mercuriq Experimenta.

Bfervationes de Mercurio quafdam anno prse-

terito confcripfi, quibus conftitit argentum vi-

vum, quamvis continuo fe in alia corpora mutare vi-
deatur, propriarn, per quam Immutabile eft, faculta-
tem miro modo retinere. Hafce Literate,, qux in
Anglia fub Britannici Regis floret aufpiciis* Societati
obtuli O bfervationes 5 et ultra fpem meam dignas
judicatae funt, qax inter Afta illuftriflimi Sodalitii
publicarentur. Unicum in ifto Scripto mihi fuit pro-
pofitum, operationes a me de Mercurio inftitutas, et
quae ex iifdem producebantur, fide & accurate
narrare $ quo Le&ores a labore & fumptu ad eafdem
repetendas neceffariis liberarem. Idem jam quoque
mihi eft Confilium, ut Academic maximis Regis Chri-
ftianillimi beneficiis ornatae experimenta, qux deeadem
re perfect, ofFerrem. Ambas Differtationes confe-
rendo, de fide & accurata antiquorum verorumque

* Vide Part. I. PhiloC Tranfad. N°4]o. p. 145, &feq. Partent
hanc II. in Ad. R. Scient. Acad. Parif. 1734. Gallice ediram^latine
vertit C,M. R. S.Sect.

Pars II. *

At

C 344 1

Alchemiftarum fubtilitate in his,qux de Mercuriodixe-
rint, judicium facerc poterimus, videbimufque limul
diligentiam magnam prudentiamque neceflarias efle
ad icn fa eorum explicanda, vei ad cenfuram de iis jufte
ferendam. Spero etiam Chemix ftudiofos cautos red-
dere, ne facile decipiantur per dodrinam iftam vagam
Alchemiftarum hodiernorum, qui nihil boni vel folidi
rede fapiunt, & qui artem non poffident aliam, quam
qua aurum ipfiffimum per fallacias fuas extorqueant
ab iis, quos adducunt ut credant fe pofle veram auri
conficiendi methodum ipfos docere. Quod de ar-
genti vivi immutabilitate, fimplicitate & proprietatibus
ft ngu lari bus antea demonftravi i denique confirmaturus
fum. Dodo, uti eft, Veftro, Sodales, extui convenit
dijudicare de ufu & veritate hujus feripti; cui exami-
nando ut momenta aliquot otiofa impendatis, et ne-
gotia paulilper remitt'atis, vos rogo. Scio equidem
vobis raro vacate; et brevis efle, quantum potero,
conabor. Rem aggredior.

I:

Argentum vivum purum, quale venale plerumqut
reperitur penes Mercatores Societatis Amftelxdamenlis,
diu digeftum fuper ignem, non mutatur in metallum.

Operatio.

Hydrargyrus hicce diftillatus nullam reliquit fxcem.
Deinde admiftus aceto diftillato, & fali marino, & per
diutinum tempus agitatus, purus remanfit. Premebam
per Alutam ; libramque ejufdem altx mundx infun-
debam phialx, cujus os obturabam cono chartaceo, alia
chatta ad collum phialx bene ligata iterum cooperto, quo

nuilus

'

[ 345 1

nullas pulvis Intrare poffet, Aer veto libere ingrede-
retur vel exiret : imponebam Furno ad calorem conti-
nuum, qui ad Thermometrum D. Fahrenheyt fupra
gradum centeiimum a i f Novembris 1718. ufque ad
23 Maii 1734. fovebatur. Repeiiebam tunc Mer~
curium hunc in hac phiala fluidum cum pauxiliulo pul-
veris nigri in fuperficie j pulvis hicce in mortario tritus
in mercurium revivifcebat. Totum hocce Argentum
vivum immittebam in Retorta vitrea munda diftillan-
dum, augendo ignem verfus finem, donee Retorta fere
Candida fieret. Nihil omnino remanfit in Retorta,
Alercurius enim exiverat fine ulla fenfibili mutatione*

COROLLARIA.

1. Ignis ad gradum & per tempus fupradi&a nihil
mutat de fluiditate, volatilitate, nec de natura Hy-
drargyri in vas, ubi aer libere accedit, immifti : neque
ulla fa&a eft feparatio puri ab impuro.

2. Nec fa&a eft ulla metalli minima quantitate fenfi-
bilis Generatio.

3. Multo minus Argenti vel AurL

4. Nihil de Mercurio perhanc operationem fixatum
eft Annos if & i continuatam 5 nec minimum appa-
ruit initium fixationis metallic#, ne plumbi quidem j
quod tamen, ut aiunt qui fe hoc optime feire glori-
antur, metallum debet ab hac operatione primum
formari.

f . Operatio hxcce nullatenus favet opinioni affir-
mantium, quod ex Argento vivo uti materia, & ex
igne uti fulphure figente, per digeftionem unitis,
formentur metalla.

6 . Vi-

Yy

[ 34^ ]

6. Videtur omnino probabile omnes fimiles cum
argcnto vivo fincero vulgari inftitutas Operationes nul-
iatenus his, quae deiis pollicentur Au&ores, refpondere,
cum pauxillum iftud pulveris nigri, de quo locutus
fum, iit levius Mer curio, cujus fuperficiei fupernatat,
8c facillime itcrum in Mercurium rcdeat : videte,
quae de fimili pulvere nigro e Mercurio per mo-
turn folum edufto in Adt. Philofophic. Regalis Soci-
etatis Londinenfis, N° 430. dixi.

7. Non conftat vivum in fodinis Argentum poffe
in rem quamcunque Metallicam mutari per a&ionenv
folam caloris fubterranei per diutinum tempus agentis,
& in loco, quo Aer libere accedit. Nam Calor in
locis, ubi venx metallic# reperiuntur, raro fupcratgra-
dum 70™. Inquiunt quidem opus effe mille Annis ad
hunc effe&um producendumj quomodo autem ho-
mines, xviadeo brevis, hoc certo fcire potuiffent ?

8. Quoad Sulphur, quod unum effe de principiis
metaliorum crediderunt Alchemiftae, 8c de quo dicunt,
quod argenti vivi elementa confociet, quo corpus foli-
dum fiat fixumque ad ignis gradum, qui illud fundat,
8c malleabile reddat 5 hocce, inquam, fulphur videtur
omnino differre a materia ifta luminis feu ignis, quam-
vis ignis folus fit unicum miram hanc inter fulphur &
Mercurium unionem producendi inftrumentum.

Nihilominus in hac operatione libere ad Mercurium
adrnittebatur Aer, 8c diceretur forfan, hoc ipfum effe,
quod ignis a&ionem impediat, eo magis quod afferant
Alchemiftae, aera crudum impedire cd&ionem fophi?
cam 5 hoc me ad fequens experimentum, quod red-
taturus fum, faciendum induxit.

II. Ar-

£ 347 ]

II.

Argentum vivum per tempus infra memqratum,
digeftioni in vafis probe occlufis com mi flum? non
^roducit ullum Metalium.

Operatio,

Hydrargyrum purum vafi immittebam vitreo conico
fundi plani, quali ad argenti 6c auri feparationem utuntur
Docimaftx, eumqueexponebamcalori ioograduum a 6
Decembris 1732. ufque ad 8 Julii 1733. ^emPer

obturato, Mercurius null am notabilem paffus eft muta-
ticnem; accipiebam hujus uncias 6, quas vafi prxce-
dentis fimili indebam, inque os ejus inferebam collum
phialx fubverfx 5 va$s non fimul lutatis, eum per 4
-dies igni arenx ade6 fcrvido, ut afccndere inciperet
Mercurius, exponebam, quo fcilicet expellerem to-
tarn, quam continere potuit, humiditatem. Cum nc
vel minimum fupeirefie mihi videretur humiditatis fig-
num, lutabam exade locum, ubi ambo vafa coapta-
bantur. Mercurium exponebam igni arenx violento
fatis, qui eum leniter afcendere defcehdereque coge-
ret s hunc caloris gr&dum ufque ad 29 Januarii 1734
continuabam: in fundo vafis nil inveniebam prxter
Mercurium fluidum pulvere nigro levi 6c fubtili mo-
dice coopertum, nihil fixi, nihil prxcipitati, licet aqux
ebullienti proximior eflet caloris gradus. Deindc
huncce Mercurium transfundebam per mundum fic-
ciffimum chartaceum infundibulum, cujusorificium in-
ferius xgerrime crinem tranfmitteret. Mercurius fin-
ceriffimus tranfiit per foramen iftud parvWum 5 6c in
parietibus dc circum foramen infundibuli rnanfit pau-

Y y 2 xillum

[ 34^ ]

xillum nigri, quod, in Mortario tritum, in Mer-
curium rediit. Mer curium ilium fic depuratum:

in Retorta v.itrea munda diftillandum impone-
bam igni arenas, 6c juxta finem igni fuppreflionis ;
nihil omninb fixi in fundo Retortx remanfit $ aliquan-
tulo fluidius quam antea apparuit Argentum vivum,
fed alias nullo modo mutatum.

Gorollarium.

Hinc eadem, qux de prxcedenti experimento, con-
cludenda funt 5 6c fi illis, qux de eadem re in Tranfad.
Nc. 430. fcripfij conjungantur, apparebit dare Argen-
tum vivum natura fua per motus mechanicos, per
Diftillationes Digeftionefque defcriptas immutabile
efle. Ex hifce omnibus infero, quod Chemiftx
abftinere poflint ab inutili harum operationum r.epe-
tendarum labore, quo Mercuriumfixare, vel in corpus
aliud quodlibet mutarenituntur; iifque infuper confulo,
ut diffidant ignaris, multa hujufmodi inepta pollici-
tantibus, inter quos minus peccant, qui alienis im-
penfis exgerimenta periclitari conantur.

Experiihentorum aliorum, qux de metallis inftitui,
haud minus quam prxcedentia, laborioforum feque-
lam declaraturus film. Diu laboravi, ut certo fciam,
an verum fit pofle metalla per artem refolvi in Ar-
gentum, vivum, 6c in aliud principium $ plurimi Au-
dores adto diftinde 6c tot in lods hoc affirmant, ut
de re ipfa dubitandi nulla mihi videretur caufa : Rem
credebam fidei iftorum Audorum $ fed ut oculis pro-
priis convincerer, tentamentum plumbi feci. ClariflS-
mus van Helmont (poteft. Medicam.

§. 40.) ait 5 Senfi, inquam^cruditatem Saturni, pin-

“ gucdinc

[ 349 1

* guedine fixorum falium fblubilem, folo quandoque
“ igne carptim delebilem, ficque dividi compofiti
“ partes, crudumque Argentum vivum currere per-
“ mitti. ” Filius ejus Francifcus Mercurius van HeU
mont dicit, “ Quando plumbum folvitur ab Alcalibus
“ & Salibus, vel Oleis, quae Sulphur ad fe trahunt,
“ & id a corpore feparant, plumbum hifce modis
“ mutatur in Mercurium volatilem* fluidum, qui
“ ignem haud amplius pati poteft uti antea, fed fri-
iC gidus eft Scfluidus inftar aquae, exuta forma metallica..
cc [Vide:, The Paradoxical Difcourfes of F. M. vanHeh
€e mont, London, in8V0* PartIL §,22. p. iii/'*)
Joachimus Becherus idem affirmat, fpondetque fuc-
ceflum plurimis, quae ad hanc rem defcribit, experi-
ments (vide Collett anea Quingentorum Experimen-
torum, a p. 310. ad 333). Ecce clare & breviter quae
de hac re, adhibito taediofo maxime & diuturniflimo Lar
lore, didici.

Operatic*

Solvebam tantum Ceruflae purae, quantum diflolvi
potuit, in fpiritu nitri ab aqua fextupli ponderis di-
lute , filtrabam hanc folutionem, quae clara admodum
inventa eft. Ex hoc liquore vafi mundo vitreo in-
dito, ad calorem lenem infpiffatoy deinde in loco
frigido ad quietem repofito, formatae funt Cryftalli,
quarum fumebam uncias quatuordecim, quas inmor-

* When Lead is diflolved by Alkalies, and Salts or Oil, which take
in the Sulphur, and feparate it from the Body, the Lead by this Means
becomes changed into a volatile running Mercury, which can no more
endure the Fire, as before, but is cold and running like Water, and
without a metalline Form,

tario

[ 35° 3

tario vitreo cum piftillo vitreo in pulvcrcm redigebam,
Huncce pulverem in Aqua pluviali purillima folve-
bam, folutionemque diluebam triplici Aquae pluvi-
alis quantitate j deinde Solutionem aliam filtratam
6c clarifllmam ex Sale Ammoniaco in Aqua pluviali
fadam lente 6c caute affundebam : Miftura fit inftar
Ladis Candida, 6c plumbum ftatim praecipitatur, uti
accidit Argento in Aqua Forti foluto, fimul ac admi-
fceatur Sal Ammoniacus. Pulvis in fundo prxcipitatus,
qui albus fuitNivis inftar, plurima aqua lotus, deinde
ficcatus, valde infipidus extitit, unciafque 18 cum \
pependit. Uncias 6 pulveris hujus albi ficcique Uri-
nal i vitreo mundiflimo indebam, infundebamque ad
altitudinem duorum digitorum fupra liunc pulverem
lixivium fortiflimum e calce viva cineribulque clavel-
latis confedum, quod in phiala bene claufa plures An-
nos confervaveram : deinde urinale charta bibula circa
ipfius collum bene ligata tegebam, ponebamque in
furno putrefadionis ad calorem graduum 96. 6c ibi re-
linquebam a dto.Februarii I732.ufque ad 13m. Augufti
ejufdem Anni tentaturus, an haec miftura Aeri expo-
fita putrefadionis calore mutaretur; nihil inveniebam
praeter maflam albam, qua: falem fapuit redada in pul-
verem 5 quern Retorta* vitrea: luto ex Argilla Arenaque
compofito loricat# indebam : hanc urgebam igne nudo,
donee candefceret, eundemque calorem tres horas
continuabam : Afcendit in Retorts collum alb# fuli-
ginis pauxillum, nihil autem omnino Mercurii, 6c in
fundo remanfit Materies fragilis femivitrificata colore
cinereo 5 hanc redigebam iterum in pulverem ejufdem
colons, quern in Mortario cum Salis alcalini fixi calcif-
que viv# lixivio diu conterebam, ficcabamque iterum
igni lento 5 novum Alcali affundebam, calorique 96

graduum

[ 35 1 1

graduum d i8mo* Augufti 1732. ufque ad ifOdobris
1733. exponebam, terendo quotidie in mortario vb
treo, in quo continebatur, quod charta folummodo
tedum Aerea liberum admittcbat. Erat tunc albus
ficcus 6c acer pulvis 5 qui poft idem Lixivium denuo
affufum, trims in paftam redigebatur 5 putrefadioni ob-
jiciebam, uti fupra, faepius terendo, a die fupra memo-
rato ufque ad 2im- Februarii 1734. Tunc erat mafia
falina, alba, marinique falis fapori proximior. Poftquam
ttita efiet, 6c Aqua probe lota lentiffimeque ficcata,,
pulverem inveni album infipidiffimum ; Retortae im-
mittebam, quam retinebam per plures horas in igne
maximo, quern pati potuit vitrum lutatum : 2omo-
Maii 1734. nullus exivit Mercurius; collum retortas
tindum eft diverlis coloribus; mafia, quae in fundo
manfit friabilis,.exhibuit etiam colores diverfos lami-
natim difpolitos, 6c uncias f cum drachmis 6 6c ~ pe-
pendit s pulvis, in quern fuit redada, tritus ruforum,
cinerum colorem praebuit.

S c_.H-OL.ru M;

Plumbum erat primo in hac operatione Cerufla, pe~
netratum nempe 6c vapore aceti folutum, in ealeem
albam 6c dein in pulverem fubtilem redadum. Solti-
turn erat in Spiritu nitri diluto, ficque fadum eft plum-
bum Liquor clariffimus abfque colore, guftu dulci,
in quo redadum divifumque eft in partes minutifll-
mas. Tertio Sal Ammoniacus folutus, qui affunde-
batur, expellendo Spiritum Nitri, in ejus locum fubfti-
tuit Spiritum Salis marini, 6c fe intime uniendo parti
plumbi metallic# difpofuit earn, quantum poffibile, ad
feparationem Mercurii a parte metallica expediendam,

feeundum

C 35* ]

fecundum corum, quos optime fcripiifle de his rebuts
credimus, opinionerru; feparandi enim Mercurii a Me-
tallis proprietatem fali Ammoniaco imprimis 6c ma*
rino attribuunt. Quarto, Calcem fie praeparatam, 6c
cum Alcali violentilTimo per feptem menfes in di-
geftione retentam debere Mercurium manifeftum red-
dere vifum eft, abforbendo Sulphur Saturninum : Ni-
hilominus, quamvis ignis admotus fuerit magnus, nc
minimum quidem dedit Mercurii. Quinto, Mafia haec
diu 6c fortiter trita, dein admifta novo fortiflimoque
Alcali, 6c per quatuordecem menfes digefta, haud prx-
buit ullum Mercurii veftigium. Sexto, Trita erat denuo
cum novo Alcali, 6c per quinque menfes digefta, adeo
ut poft omnes hafce Operationes, expofita fuerit fatis
Alcalici Salis aftioni, ut tempus habuerit feparandi par-
tem plumbi fulphuream, 6c ut Mercurius hoc fulphure
liberates e mafia hac per ignis vim exprimi potuerit. Ni-
hilominus, poft omnem hunc laborem, nullum Mer-
curium eduxit ignis maximus.

Liquet igitur, quod de facilitate extrahendi Mercu-
rium e plumbo auda&er pronunciaverint Au&ores, ex-
perientia haiid confirmari. Plumbum nempe, aiunt
Au&ores ifti, metallum eft plurimum Mercurii con-
tinens, quod per fales refufcitantes fe in Mercurium
facillime refolvit. Res igitur difficilior eft in aliis
Metallis. Pollicentur tamen Au&ores hoc fatis fa-
cile fieri pofie, methodofque praefcribunt parum diver-
fas ab hac, quam jam declaravi, 5c quae poft tot la-
bores me docuit, nullatenus mihi profpere fuccelfifie,
quod promiferant. An iftorum Au&orum de hac re
aflertiones Obfervationibus fatis nitantur, admodum
dubito. Adducor potius ut credam, eos de hac re opi-
nion! propria magis cefiifie, quam experientiam. con-

fuluifle.

[ 355 1

fuluifle. Quidquid jam declaravi, ad Le&orem
labore & fumptibus harum obfervationum repeten-
darum liberandum ad mininum inferviet, eumque
impediet, ne fimulata fcienti# metallic# principia fa-
cile admittat. Optandum effet quammaxime Che-
miftas hofce ingeniofos 6c laboriofos fuccellum expe-
rimentorum, qua: fpem eorum fruftraverant, fide no-
bis dedifle, 6c operationes, priufquam eas ip ft inftitu-
iflent, nunquam nobis praefcripfifte : quod noftro peper-
ciflet tempori, fumptui, 6c labori, & inter Scientias
fuam Chemia fedem brevi obtinuiflet : alioquin, nifi
valde fallor, ad veritatem, qu# unica Inquifitionum
noftrarum eft meta, nunquam pervenietur,

III.

Ifaacus Hollandus fcripfit, Argentum vivum pofle
e Sale plumbi per acetum diftillatum confefto facile
extrahi : cupiens tentamen ex optimo Lithargyro 6c
aceto vini diftillato inftituere, fuccum concretum, qui
fuccus Saturni appellatur, parabam 5 uncias 2 calcina-
bam in vafe vitreo aperto ad ignem lenem a 6C0- Junii
1734. ufque ad ipm Julii proximi continuatum. Al-
bus, qui exinde provenit, pulvis vitreo piftillo fubti-
liflime in mortario vitreo trims erat. Triturabatur ve-
lociffime 6c diu, fubinde affundendo lixivium Sale
fixo Alcalico violentiffimo, quantum Aqua diffolvere
potuerit, faturatum. I11 eodem mortario charta te&o,
ad calorem a 2imo- Julii ufque ad 27 Novembris con-
tinuatum, retinebam. Hie quamprimum ficcatus eft
pulvis, ut per totum illud tempus trituraretur, curabam
novo affufo lixivio. Siccando, humedtando, 6c tritu-
rando alternatim per totum illud tempus, ad calo-
rem 90 graduum retinebam charta tedium. Ultimo
die materiam hanc ficcam 6c albam in pulverem non
palpandum contundebam; quern retort# vitre# lutat#
immiffum, igni per gradus caute audio, donee can-

Z z defeeret

C 354 1

defceret Retorta, per 4 horas exponebam. Haud ap-
paruit vel minimus Mercurii globulus, nec in Exci-
pulo, neque in collo Retorts, in cujus fundo reperta
eft Mafia aterrima, levis, fpecie pulveris, guftu acerrimi
Alcali. Die Novembris 28.°- fupra fcutellam vitream
in cella reponebam, ubi ftatim madefcebat > ibique
ufquead 8m<Januarii 1735. relinquebam. Tunc vero
erat hujus material volumen audum, tota parte falina
per Aeris humidi opem in liquorem fponte mutata,
parteque metallica in fundo fub forma pulveris nigri
manente. Totum limul ficcabatur, tarn id, quod li-
quefadum fuit, quam id, quod non fuit in liquorem
mutatum 5 & miftura hxc reperta eft aterrima. Re-
torts iterum immittebam vitrei, 5c finem verfus igne
urgebam, qui totum per 4 horas candefecit. Nec hac
vice plufquam altera apparuit vel minima Mercurii
nota, nec in Excipulo nec in Retorta, in cujus
fundo manfit Materies colore cinericio, fapore ar-
denti ignis inftar, qu& Aeri expofita ftatim in Liquo-
rem verfa eft.

In hac operatione plumbum aceto puro folutum &
relaxatum, 5c tali modo difpofitum, ut a fale intime
penetrari pofiet 5 miftum 5c trituratum cum Alcali
fixo, cauftico, liquido*- digeftioni expofitum, putre-
fadioni objedum 5 igni violento admotum 5 humidi-
tate Aeris per menfem Philofophicum difiolutum 5
denuo tritum, ftccatum, vehemenfe igne adadum, hi-
hil omnino Mercurii praebuit,

Quidnam igitur cogitandum eft de hac re, 5c de hoc,
quod circa earn adeo audader pronuntiant homines
creduli, ignavi,. vel foli fpecuiationi dediti > Operi-
bus inutilibus, fumptibufque immodicis implicant
illos, qui diligent^ in labore plus, quam Sciential
poflident, unde exofam reddunt artium pulcherrimam.

Pro-

C 355 1

Proficiant alii laboribtis 6c fumptibus meis, & utalimt^
ut propriis parcant.

IV.

Poftquam ex propria experientia certus efiem, quod
ex plumbo Mereurium extrahere Sales refofcitantes ap-
pellati modo defcripto non poffent 5 Quid ipfum ar-
gentum vivum producere hoc in cafo potuerit, tentarc
volui 5 prxfertim cum Chemiftx hoc fluidum vocent
Aquam metallorum, in qua, aiunt, ilia moriuntur*
renafcuntur, 6c pulchriora, quam antea fuerant, eva-
dunt. Fundebam igitur in cochleari ferreo mundo
unciam plumbi; calefaciebam eodem tempore in
cochleari fimili uncias tres argenti vivi puri. AfFun-
debam deinde Mereurium calefadum plumbo lique-
fadto i commixta font illico fimul, 6c maflam confti-
tuerunt folidam coloris Argentei. Conterebam, 6c
poftquam earn mollem iterum reddidifiem, phialx in-
ditam parvx calefaciebam, 6c obturata dein fobere
phiala, ponebam in furno digeftionis ad calorem Tem-
per xquabilem 84 gradium ab 11 Februarii 1732. uf-
que ad 10 Januarii 17 3^: Amalgama fuit molle, pi-
ftillo butyri inftar cedens, nigrefeens illico, cum agf*
taretur, uncias quatuor pendens. Eodem die in re-
torta vitrea munda igni arenas exponebam, 6c tandem
igni foppreflionis adeo vehementi, ut per 4 horas arena
tota candefieret, tranfiverunt in Excipulum Mercurii
uneix dux cum 6 Drachmas 6c femiffi. Ruber, quem
in Retortx fundo et collo inter diftillandum Mercu-
rius formavit, pulvis, et quicquid vivi argenti pauxil- \
lum collo adxfit, quique nonnulli plumbi omnind
puri globuli pulveris fpecie adfuerunt, granary 2 una
pependerunt. Denique in fundo fuit folida plumbi
Mafia unam, granis y dedu&is, unciam pendens, qux
pondus fopplebant Globulorum iftorum parvulorum
plumbi fob pulveris fpecie jam jam memoratorum j

Z z 2 unde

[ 35<S 1

unde compertum eft, quod plumbum totum reman-
ferit, Sc quod grana Mercurii 43 diffipata fuerint.
Qui aliquam in his rebus fcientiam poflident, caufam
hujus Difiipationis in rationibus fupra memoratis fa-
cile inventuri funt, prxfertim cum reputaverint par-
tem hujus Mercurii inter diftillandum fuperficiei per-
ampli magni Excipuli adhaerere; alteramque par-
tem, nubecularum forma, Aquae, quam femper ne-
eefle eft in Excipulum infundere, fuperficiei fuper-
natare.

Hac operatione didici, Mercurium ex plumbo, per
digeftionem Mercurii cum plumbo tres Annos conti-
nuatam. Sc per diftillationem violentiffimam, nullum
poffe extrahi, neque Argentum vivum per hunc mo-
dum fixari in plumbum : in diftillatione enim Mercurii,
parva ejus quantitas femper rnutata eft in rubrum puL-
verem, qui fixus eft ad ignem hie applicatum 3 pondus
vero plurnbi femper idem remanfit.

V.

Eandem mftitueham Operationem cum Amalga-
mate e 3 unciis Argenti vivi & unica uncia boni ftanni
fa&o i eidem caloris gradui exponebam per idem tern-
pus. Deinde eodem modo ex Retorta vitrea diftilla-
bam ad eundern ignem : En qualis fuit Eventus ! Ex
Excipulo uncias 2 cum Drachmis 4 Mercurii recepi 3
in fundo Retort# fuit pulvis, cujus pars altera fuit
tenuis. Sc e pauxillo Mercurii fixati compoftta j altera
fuit crallior, nigra, compolita e minimis particulis,
quales funt Stanne#. Imo collo Retort# adh#fit adhuc
paululum Mercurii : quod totum pependit Drachmas
2 cum granis f. In fundo fuit mafia folida ftannea
pendens unciam unam cum drachma unica Sc granis
9 : fuit 46 granomm ja&ura; cujus rationes jam red-
didit

Pater

C 357 ]

Patet hac operatione Mercurium haud extrahi pofle
ex Stanno $ fed Drachma 3 cum 14 granis, hoc eflv
plus feptima Mercurii parte, cum Stanno uniebantur,
& tarn bene fixabantur, ut ab illo feparari non potu-
erint continuato 4 horas igne, qui arenam candefaceret.
“ Non autem te lateat magnam efle correfponden-
u tiam inter Saturnum & Lunam, quorum in medio
ic Sol conftitutus eft, ficuti inter Jovem & Mercu -
“ rium> in quorum medio Sol etiam confiftit : " lege
in Nov. Lumin. Chem. tradat. ix.

VI.

Mercurii uncias 10, poftquam probe calefecerim,
affundebam 2 unciis optimi in cochleari ferreo mundo
liquefadi Stanni. Triturabam totum in Amalgama
uniforme, quod valde calidum & probe ficcum inde-
bam lagenae vitreae mundae & calidae, quam poftea bene
obturabam 5 capfula lignea includebam, quam caudici
tundenti [pi’lae] molcndinae fufloniae contfnuo agitataeaf-
figebam, cui annexa motum a 30 mo* Novembris 173 2.
ufquead Januarii 1735'. nodu diuque paflaeft fere
perpetuum. Auferebam tunc lagenam, quae integra
fuit, in cujus fundo repertus eft Mercurius fluens* &
poft quietem aliquorum dierum, in fuperna parte in-
ventum eft amalgama duriufculum 5 totum pependit
omnino uncias 12. Diftillabam in Retorta vitrea lu-
tata uncias 11. & 7 drachmas hujus amalgamate, &
hoc igne nudo finem verfus uique audo, dum retortam
penitus candefaceret per 2 horas. Non exivit major,
quam quae immifla fuit, copia Mercurii, qui fluidif-
fimus erat, & remanfit in fundo mafla ftannea vitro
affixa cum pauxillo materiei luteae, quae erat quafi fo-
liata. Mafla haec fufibilis inftar ftanni erat ad ignem
mediocrem; & tunc fuperficies aeri expofita pinge-
batur diverfis coloribus. Mafla ftannea pependit unci-
am unam cum 6 \ drachmis, & affuit adhuc parva mate-

[ 358 ]

riei iuteae jam memoratas quantitas. Certain eft itaque,
quod, ope motus per tarn longum tempus continual
Mercurius non pollit Stannum diffblvere eo mo-
do, quo pollit extrahi Mercurius per diftillationem
linn mo igne faclam.

Scholium.

Res egregia, quam in hifce tribus Operationibus
ultimis obfervavi, eft, quod Mercurius diftillando fepa-
ratus a plumbo vel a ftanno eflet quam liquidiflimus,
& quod agitatus in poculo fi&ili vitreato albido mundo,
fuperficiem poculi brevi temporis Ipatio inquinaret,
ibique relinqueret maculam nigram admodum adhae-
rentem. Simul ac maculam hanc charta pura & probe
ficca detergendo purgaveram, formata eft alia, &illico
pluribus iteratis vicibus alias. Hoc me induxit, ut co-
gitarem, id efle attribuendum parti [metalli pingui,
quae inter diftillandum tranfivit cum Mercurio, et ab
ejus fuperficie, cui adhaefit, tunc feparata fuit. Ut de
hoc fa&o certiorem me redderem, Mercurium hunc
fupra chartam albam puriffimam ficcillimamque ex-
pand!, cui reliquit ille tramitem levem nigrum, qua-
cunque pertranfivit ; fuperficies alioquin hujus Mer-
curii Temper fuit te&a pellicula tenuilhma, quae pin-
guedini fimilis videbatun Ergo, quamvis per Mer-
curii diftillationes faepe iteratas potuerint cum Mer-
curio uniri aliorum Metallorum particular quad am,
non inde fequetur, quod ullar particular in Mercu-
rium verfar fuerint. Idem Experimentum aggrefliis
fum, cum pliimbo quod per idem tempus eodem motu
agitatum fuit : quando autem volui a pila molendinar
amovere, per infortunium fra&a eft lagena 5 & perdita
materia, non potui ad finem perducere operationem.

Experimenta hare natural Argenti vivi afferre pot
funt plus luminis. Plura alia inftitui de Mercurio &

Me-

[ 359 1

Metallis, omnino ab hiice diverfa, qux mihi labore
mult 6 majore conftiterunt s ea, cum otium fuerit, com-
municaturus fum.

X. E g l i p s i s L u n m partialis die fe cun do
Odtobrisj Styl. nov. Anno Mdccxxxv.
Vitimbergae Saxonum obfervata a Jo,
Frider. Weidlero, R. S. S.

Hor. Min. Sec. Temp-europ. ante Mer. *D. II. OElob.

0 44 30 Penumbra prope Schikardum.

5P o Initium eclipfis.

r 1 30 Umbra appellit ad Schikardum. Margo

illius afper eft et inxqualis. Paulo
poft lunam nubes occultant.

1 if o Tycho totus obumbratur. Mox ite-

rum lunam nubes fubeunt.

1 if 30 Portio lunx obfcurata nigrefcit, nec
maculx per umbram telefcopio ix
pedum difcerni poftunt.

I 30 o Umbra appellit ad Grimaldum. Jam
trans umbram maculx confpicium
tur.

1 44 30 Umbra totumtegit Grimaldum.- Jam

rubet portio obumbrata, Mox luna
iterum nubibus conditur.

2 If 30 UmbrarecedensattingitLansbergium,.

Adhuc e]us margo afperitatem ha^
bet.

2: 44 o Umbra appellit ad Gaflendum.

3 11 o Emergere incipit Tycho.

3 36 o Finis fupra Snellium, fereno circa to
nam coelo.

C 36° 1

Addend, to the Note at p. 319.

I thought it proper to add the following Paffage taken out of the
Journal-Book of the Royal Society , fuppofing it to be what Mr. Olden -
burgh hints at in his Letter.

cc Nov. 1 6, 1671. [Sir Robert Moray ] exhibited a certain Plant,
<c (which was by Mr. Wray called Lichen ter re (bit cinereus) faid by
cc Sir Robert Moray to be very good to cure Dogs bitten by wad Dogs :
cc His Royal Highnefs having caufed it to be given to a whole Kennel
cc of Dogs, bitten by a mad one, which were all cured, except one of
cc them5 to whom none of it was given. ”

The Specimen was kept in the Repofitory.

The -fame Virtue is likewife afcribed to this Plant, in the Third Part
of Morifons Plantar. Hiftor. Oxon. publifhed at Oxford Anno 1699.
in Folio, p. 6}2. where the Author, fpeaking of the Lichen terreftris
cinereus , Rail Hifi. Synopf. fays, Adverfus morfum canis rabidi
egregium eft Medic amentum.

Dampier , and the College ofPhyftcians , in their Pulv. Antilyjfus , pre-
fcribe equal Quantities of the Lichen and Pepper : But Dr. Mead , in a
Angle Quarto Leaf publifhed by him Anno 1735. hath alter’d the Pro-
portions of the Compofition, prefcribing double the Quantity of Lichen
to that of the Pepper. This difference in the Proportions muft be left
to the Judgment of Practitioners ; but upon the Authority of another
Minute in the Society’s Journal-Books, it may not be improper to make
an Addition to the above-mention’d Dampier’ s Powder.

cc March 7, 1671-2. Sir Robert Moray mention’d, that a whole Ken-
cc nel of Dogs, belonging to his Royal Highnefs, were bitten by a
u mad Dog, and had been lately cured by a certain Herb called Stel-

laria , or Star of the Earth. ”

This Plant is the Lychnis vifcofa , flore mufcofo Cafp. Bauhin. in
Englifh, Spanifh Catch- fly. See thek Tranfaffions, N° 187. where is
a Receipt to cure mad Dogs , &c. wherein this Plant is a principal In-
gredient ; which Receipt, communicated by Sir Robert Gourdon , was
there publifhed by his M a j e s t y ’s \_fpecial ] Command , Anno 1687.

Wherefore, fuppofe the Compofition were to be thus :

Take Afh-colour’d Ground-Liver-wort, black Pepper, and the
Herb Spanifh Catch-fly, all finely powder'd, of each two
Drachms , for four Doles, to be taken as Dampier prefcribes
in his Letter in thefe TranfaCtions, N° 237.

ERRATUM.

7u/(i/t’//A fymMMcSrjV'>4J4 .

Zn/Ar ^4 (Z/y/vZ/rr/-

Numb. 444.

PHILOSOPHICAL

TRANSACTIONS

For the Months of November and ‘December, 1736.

The CONTENTS.

I. An Account of a Shock of an Earthquake felt in
Suflex on the 2 jth of O&ober, Anno 1734. com-
municated to the Royal Society by his Grace
Charles Duke of Richmond and Lenox, &c.
F. R. S. And of another in Northamptonfhire,
in October, Anno 1731. by the Rev. Mr. Wafle.

II. Hermanni Boerhaave, A. L. M. Bhilofoph.
& Med. Doll. Medicine in Univerjitate Lei-
denfi Rrofejf. Colleg. Chirurgic. Braf Reg. Soc.
Lond. necnon Reg. Scient. Acad. Parifienf. Socii,
de Mercurio Experimenta.

III. A Letter to the Rev. John Theoph. Defagu-
liers, LL. D. F. R. S. from Mr. Martin Trie-
wald, F.R.S. Captain of Mechanicks, and Mili-
tary Architect to his Swedifh Majesty, concern-
ing an Improvement of the Diving Bell.

IV. A Letter from Samuel Dale, M. L. to Sir Hans
Sloane, Bart. B ref dent of the Royal Society, con-
taining the Defcriptions of the Moofe-Deer of
New-England, and a fort of Stag in Virginia;
with fome Remarks relating to Mr. Ray’r De-
feription of the flying Squirrel of America.

V. An Attempt to explain the Phenomenon of the
horizontal Moon appearing bigger , than when ele-
vated

The CONTENTS.

vated many "Degrees above the Horizon : Sup -
ported by an Experiment. By the Rev. J. T. De-
faguliers, LL. D. F. R. S. Communicated Jan.

3°’ J734"f*

VI. An Explication of the Experiment made in May
173 7, as a farther Confirmation of what was
fatd in a Paper given in January 30, 1734-7. to
account for the Appearance of the horizontal
Moon feeming larger than when higher . By the
Same .

VII. A Letter from Jofeph Atwell, D. D. F.R.S.
and Principal of Exeter College, Oxford, to Dr.
Mortimer, R. S. Seer, containing fome Obferva -
tions, on a Man and Woman bit by Vipers.

VIII. An Account of fome Eleftrical Experiments in -
tended to be communicated to the Royal Society
by Mr. Stephen Gray, F. R. S. taken from his
Mouth by Cromwell Mortimer, M.D. R. S. Seer,
on Feb. 14, 1737-6. being the Day before he died .

IX. Some Thoughts concerning the Sun and Moon,
when near the Horizon appearing larger , than
when nearer the Zenith ; being Part of a Letter
from James Logan, Efq 3 to Sir Hans Sloane, Bart .
Prefident of the Royal Society, &c.

Printed for T. Woodward, at the Half Moon ^
between the Two Temple-Gates in Fleetfireet 5
and C. Davis, the Corner of Rater-nofter-row>
next Warwick-lane 5 Printers to the Royae
Society* M.dcc.xxxviii.

C 3*1 3

I. An Account of a Shock of an Earth-
quake felt in Suilex on the ijth of October,
Anno 1 734. communicated to the Royal So-
ciety by his Grace Charles Duke of
Richmond and Lenox, &c. F. R. S.
uind of another in Northamptonlhire, in
O&ober, Anno 1731, by the Revd- Mr.
Waffe.

1. A Letter from his Grace the Duke of Richmond
to Sir Hans Sloane, Bart. R ref dent of the
Royal Society.

London, Thurfday 061. 31, 1734.

SIR,

BEing juft arrived from Su/fex, where I heard a
very extraordinary Account of an Earthquake
that happened there on Friday the 25-th Inftant, be-
tween Three and Four in the Morning, I take this
firft Opportunity of laying before you and the Royal
Society, what Accounts I was able to colled during
my Stay there. I know molt of the People that have
ligned the inclofed Papers, to be Perfons of Vera-
city : And what confirms me in my Opinion that
there really was an Earthquake, is, that almoft every
body agree in the fame Defcription, as to the Senfa-
tion, the Hour of its happening, and the perfed Calm
that was at that Time. I obferve the Shock was vaft-

A a a ly

ly more felt towards the Sea- fide, as at Shorehamy
Tarring , Goreing , Arundel , and Havant . At my
Houfe of Goodwood , which is near three Miles North
of Chicheftery and about Seven from the Sea, it was
not fo perceivable as at Chichejlery and where it was
(till lefs fo than by the Sea-fide. I do not hear as yet
that there was the lead; Touch of it in any Parts of the
Vale on the North Side of the Downs, which for the
moft part run Eaft and Weft. I think, what Dr.
Bayley of Havant fays of the different Motions of
the Beds, according to the different Situations they
were in, is very well worth obferving. This Gentle-
man is a Do&or of Phyfick, and a very curious Man.
I could have got above fifty more Accounts from the
feveral Places I have mentioned j but as they all tend
to the fame Purport, I thought what I had already
collected fufficient. I am. Sir,

Tour obedient ,

Humble Servant ,

Richmond and Lenox.

i. A Narrative of the fame Earthquake by.
Edward Bayley, M. CD.

Havant , Octob. if, 1734.

BE tween three and four o’Clock in the Morning,
an Earthquake was felt here : The Shock was
fo confiderable as to be obferved by one or other in
moft Houfes of the Towm I happened to be awake
at that Time, and perceived the Bed fliake under me

with

V .

r. ?«s ]

‘with a quick tremulous Motion, which continued
about two or three Seconds, then ceafed 5 and after a
very fhort Intermillion was repeated in the fame Man-
ner, and lafted about the fame Space of Time, as near
as I could guefs. I was at firft much furprized at fuch
an unufual Phenomenon; but upon a little Recol-
lection, concluded it muft be occafioned by an Earth-
quake, and was foon confirmed in my Conjecture by the
concurrent Obfervations of my Neighbours, and after-
wards by Accounts of the fame from many other Places;
in fome of which it feems to have been more violent
than here. Several Perfons in this Place fay they not only
perceived the {baking of their Beds, but alfo the rock-
ing of their Houfes, together with a rumbling Noife of
Drawers and the like moveable Goods in their Cham-
bers and other Rooms. A learned and ingenious Gen-
tleman in this Town informs me, that the Motion
of his Bed appeared to him like the tolling of a Vef-
fel when it erodes over a Wave, the Head and Feet
thereof riling and falling alternately feveral times $
whereas mine feemed rather to rock from Side to
Side : But thefe contrary Motions of the two Beds are
eafily accounted for, by confidering the different Po-
rtions of them, my Friend's Handing dire&ly Eaft and
Weft, and mine North and South : For fuppofing the
undulatory Motion which the Earth might have at that
Time was propagated from Eaft to Weft, the fame
kind of Motion which caufed his Bed to rife up and
down longways, muft make mine rock from Side to
Side 5 as may be obferved in two Veffels failing in con-
trary Directions on the fame Waves of the Sea, that
which croffes the Waves at Right Angles being toffed
up and down endways, while the other moving in a

A a a 2 Line

t ]

Line parallel with the Waves, will be rocked from
Side to Side. What makes me the more inclined to
think the progreffive Motion of this Earthquake to have
been from Eaft to W eft, is, becaufe it appears from
the beft Accounts I have yet had of it, that it was
obferved fooner Eaft than Weftward, and likewife
extended further from Eaft to Weft than North and
South.

It may not be amifs to take Notice of fome remark-
able Phenomena which happened before and after, as
well as fome other Circumftances which immediately
attended this Earthquake, mod of them agreeing with
thofe Signs which have been obferved by the learned
to precede or accompany former Earthquakes in thefe
and other parts of the World. It is obfervable, that we
have had of late more Rain and W ind for feveral Months
fucceffively, than for many Years paft 5 efpecially from
the Beginning to the Middle of this Month, about
which Time it cleared up, and the Weather became
fuddenly very cold with frofty Mornings, the Wind
blowing generally pretty hard from N. W„ On Wed -
nefday the 23d, the Cold abated conliderably 5 it was
cloudy, but we had no Rain that Day. The 24th was
very calm all Day ; it rained moft part of the After-
noon, though the Mercury ftood at 30^. It con-
tinued very calm all Night, and rained hard for fome
time before and after the Earthquake happened 5 but
it foon cleared up, and we had a ftrong Gale of
Wind, which rofe within half an Hour, or, as fome
fay, within a Quarter, afterwards : It continued blow-
ing hard all the Forenoon. At four o'clock in the
Morning I obferved the Mercury continued at 30

Inches

C 3*5 ]

Inches*^, the Spirit of Wine at ff having rifen
about five Degrees fince the late cold Weather.

N. B . My Barometer and Thermometer are both in
one Frame, made by Mr. Hawksbee.

OStob. 29, 1734,.

Edward Bayley.

The Circumftances related by his Grace, and by
Dr. Bay ley, are backed by the united Teftimonies of
feveral 5 many of whom are known to his Grace to
be Perfons of Veracity, and whom he procured to
fign Certificates of what they obferved concerning
this Accident at Chichefter and other Places. It is un-
neceffary to trouble the Reader with each Certificate.;
the mentioning the Names of thofe who have fub-
fcribed them may fuffice.

John Fletcher , Andrew and Sarah Adaire , Jane
Johnfon , Martha Freeland , Owen Apps, Sarah
Bryers .

Sarah Tutte , and her Children Eleanor , Jane and
Sarah .

John Coftellow , John Freeland , Matthew Fathers.

John and Sarah Bryers , John Long.

Thomas Turgis , Richard Silver lock: All of the
City of Chichefter .

Philip Boifdaune, Efqj of the Parifh of Funting-
ton in the County of Sujftex.

This laft-mentioned Gentleman, and the aforefaid
Perfons, dwelling in" the City of Chichefter, all agree
that there was a manifeft Shock of an Earthquake felt
on October if, about a Quarter before Four in the
Morning, which lafted by fits fome few Seconds,
about a quarter of a Minute, or while one might

tell.

[ ,6<S ]

tell Twenty, with a Motion fenfibly flow : For moll
of the Accounts concur in this Particular, that the
Chairs, Wainfcot, Doors, Chefts of Drawers, and
other Moveables, were heard rattling 5 and one, that
a Bell rung of itfelf juft before they felt the heaving
of their Beds 5 and that there was no Wind ftirring
at that Time, but that it rained, and the Wind role
foon after.

TheRev<* Mr. Richard Green, Prebendary of Chi-
chejler , and Re&or of Merjlon , in the County of
Suffex , had Informations of the fame Tremblings,
attended with the fame Circumftances, being felt at
Shoreham , Goreing , Tarring , Findon , Arundel Cajfle,
and Merjlon .

John Shaw , Thomas ‘Dagly, and John Towner ,
all Servants to the Duke of Richmond , at his Seat
called Goodwood , felt the fame.

Mr. John Jenkins , Riding Officer of the Cuftoms,
in the Parifh of WeJl-Wittering , near Braglejham-
Bay , in the County of Sujfex, defcribed the Shock
after the fame Manner: And he adds further, that
within half a quarter of a Mile of his Houfe, a young
Man, of ^bout 18 or 20 Years old, having been at
the fame Time to fetch up a Team of Horfes from
Grafs, the Horfes were fo fenfible of fomething more
than ordinary, that they trampled, and feemed very
much affrighted, as they were coming home.

B

[ 3 <sr 3

j. Of a Shock of an Earthquake felt in
Northamptonshire,, in Odober 1731.

T O the foregoing Accounts of an Earthquake
felt in Sujfex, it is thought not improper to
fubjoin, from the Regifters of the Royal Society , the
following Intimation from the Rev<* Mr. Jof Wajfe,
Re&or of Aynho in Northamptonjhire , of “ a Shock
“ of an Earthquake felt there on Stmday , OH. io,
“ about four o'Clock in the Morning, Anno 1731.
“ This Gentleman faith, that his Windows rattled, as
<c if fomebody had been dancing over-head. The
“ Concuffion lafted about a Minute > others thought
u it lafted about two Minutes. It alarmed the neigh-
“ bouring Villages, Bloxham , four Miles South- Weft
“ from Any ho 5 Bar ford, five ; Banbury , four Weft y
“ Adderbury , a Mile Weft ; Crowton , a Mile to the
u Eaftj and Charlton, as much to the North.. There
“ was no Notice of its Progrefs South or South-Eaft,
“ About a Minute after, fome of the Town of Ayn~
“ ho faw a great Flafh of Lightening. In the Morn-
“ ing the Sky looked of a Land-colour. It was faid
“ that there was a former Shock felt upon OH. 8.
“ about Three in the Morning 5 and that the latter
“ was preceded by aNoife like diftant Thunder.”

It is remarkable, that this Shock was perceived to
extend more from Eaft to Weft, than from North to
South 5 which Particular was likewife obferved in the
laft Shock felt in Sujfex 1734.

IV. Her*

[ ,48 ]

II. Hermanni Boerhaave, A.L.M.
‘Philofoph. & Med. ^Do£t. Medicine in
Univerjitate Leidenfi cProfeJf Colieg. Chi -
iruygic. cPtaf. Reg. Soc. Lond. necnon Reg.
Scient. Acad. Parifienf. Soc. de Mercu-
rio Experimenta.

Pars III. *

Biennium, & ultra, eft, a quo obfervationes de
argento vivo obtuli confeftiii Philofophorum in.
Britannia ; atque, anno dein fequenti, fuper eadem re
alia quaedam confcripii ad Academiam Scientiis pro-
movendis dicatam a Sereniflimo Galliarum Rege. Ex
utrifque conftitit mutata nunquam hydrargyri natura,
licet variata mire fpecie, in novas crebro formas mu-
tatus appareret. Alias juvat jam operationes recitare,
unde major longe ejufdem conftantia probatur, fimul-
que & aliorum metalloruin indoles exponetur. Al-
chemiftarum antiquillimi, quos & optimos jure quis
dixerit, uno ubique ore palam aiunt, mercurium efle
metallum vivum. Sed & clamant iidem, hunc, quan-
do habetur fincerus, omnifque alieni contagii purus,
adeo tunc fimplicem deprehendi, ut fit quacunque
parte fui prorfus idem, impatiens penitus dividi in
partes varii ingenii. Dicunt porro, ea quoque gratia
immutabilem omni caufe, et adeo quidem penetra-
bilem fimul, ut alia quoque diflolvere queat, ipfe in-

* Viie Parti. TranfaB. Nu 430. p. 14.5. & fey. Part II. N5 443.

Pi 343. .

terim

C 3*9 ]

tcrim nihil quidquam, vel inde quoque, mutatus*
Atque uti in hifce quidem inter ipfos quam apertif-
fime convenit, ita quoque confentiunt omnes, nun-
quam de venis duci fuis immaculatum, femper vero
inquinatum hauriri labe aliena, qux prima ab originc
illi concreta, hinc mire inolefcens, in time etiam im-
mifta fit. Dolent fane, vitium iilud quam moleftif-
fimo inde labore auferri tantum pofle : quia in pri-
mxva feminis foetura principiis nafcendi ipfis fe infi-
nuavit, Sc indiffociabili fere vinculo innexuit. Vo-
cabant iilud Sulphur, quod puro Mercurii fe immif-
cet. Hujus refpeftu folum, invenerunt, Argentum vi~
vum mutabile efie 5 hoc unicum, accufant, impedire
acrem ejus penetrabilitatem, obtundendo, atque he-
betando, propriam Mcrcurio acienij hinc Sc fimpli-
cem puri caftitaterfi degenerare in copulam, Sc con-
nubium, cum peregrinis, folo lenocinio advenx pa-
rarii. Si vero arcana quadam via purificaret fortuna-
tus fimul. Sc fapiens,^ artifex hunc Mercurium ab omni
hac congenita in natalibus fpurcitie, turn effe ilium
ultra haud mutabilem ; accepiffe autem vim fubtili-
tatis, qua per omnia alia fe penetret 5 fpernere connu-
bia cum aliis, dedignari thalamos, nec dari in natura
rerum corpus, cui fe dedat, coelibatus caftiffimi per-
tinaciffime tenax. Sed quam admirabiie ingenium
tremuli laticis ! quo redimendum labore, quo pretio !
Cruda coquit, perfkit vilia, metalla, alia quxlibet cor-
pora prompte attenuat, refolvit, in humidum conver-
tit radicale; fic, ad arcana medicinx, ad fecreta her-
meticx artis, princeps inftrumentum jure laudatur,
quo quid, fummo. Sane Myftx artis, atque Epoptx,
narrant nobis, eife igni fimilem, qui omnia non mu-
tandus unquam mutat, qui dividens quxlibet, qui

B b b omnia

C 370 ]

omnia affocians, ipfe inta&us, nufquam vin&us, rc-
cedit.

Illecebr# tantorum promifforyim excitavere Herme-
licos, u t omni ope niterentur modum difcere, quo
infeftum Hydrargyro vitium poflent eluere, ut pura
nitentem fimplicitate fibi pr&fto haberent. Et quidem
igne folo maculam exurendam cenfebant horum fapi-
entiflimi : quia ignis purgator metallorum unicus,.
Nata hiucMercurii in vitris emaculatis, undique clau-
fis, in ampullas vitreas puras, per igneni elevatio;
Hanc vero geminabant toties, donee in rubrum, mi-
cantem, pulverem, totum convertiflent. Sed polli-
nem hunc igne fummo dum urgent in vitris mundif-
fimis, en refufeitant inde priftinum Hydrargyrum. Ex-
fultantes pro defoecato exceperunt, falfo tamen : quippe
hie ipfe, refurgens. fuis de cineribus combufti, phoenix,
nova tali ignis a&ione patitur, fe denuo fimilem in
pulverem rutilum, fulgentemque, cogi. Atqui pa-
lam negamt fummi magiftri, Argentum vivum, arte
vera purgatum, rite adeo defoecatum, unquam cogi
poffe ab igne in pulverem, nc quidem continuata in
fempiternum attione,. Super qua quidem re legi me-
rentur forte ea, quse faper his commentabar, dum
enarrabam dxi. ejufdem Mercufii in vafis vitreis deftil-
lationes vi ignis fa&as, in A&is Collegii Philofopho-
rum in Britanniis, anni mdccxxxiii. menfe. Novem--
bri & DecembrL.

An igitur tali modo dabitur adeo quanta depuratio?
Vix credibile. Sed alia forte fuit operandi ratio, qua,
prxeipitur ilia peragenda. Quin et artis principesr
aperte distant diverfam : aiunt enim, defoecationem
obtineri fperatam, dum Mercurii indagatus nucleus,
detinetur a corporibus purilfimis; ex amicitia confan-

guinitatis.

[ 37i ]

guinitatis ar&e cum, & ftabili conjugio, jungentibus
nbimet. Atqui Aurum, Argentumque, pura, fixa, ip«
fique Mercurio fincero metalla quam fimillima 5 five
originem fpe&averis, five materiem. Sequi ex hrs fta-
tuunt, fi permifcetur perfefto Mercurius metallo,
atque iterum igne inde expellitur intta bene claufa vafa
vitrea, partem metalli puri in fe trafturam Mercurium,
iimulque fordidum Mercurii fecreturam puro. Ani-
mo meo volupe fuit, experiundo difcere, quid hac in
fententia veri foret. Si non faftiditis, paucis horx mo-
mentis difcere eventa laboris improbi, dabo, qux mihi
placere confiteor : quoniam vana me dedocuerunt
multa, qux alte menti infita alebam ; 6c didici quoquc
pauca bona, errand falutaria. Frui poffunt ftudiofi
rerum naturalium xrumnofi operis fru&ibus $ neque
neceffe erit carum tempus, atque fumtus fatis profufos,
fimilibus impend ere. Id fi obtinget, mihi habebo
fummum pretium, quod ambio.

Auri puriflimi, quod arte docimaftica parari poteft,
duas cum dimidiata uncias redemi ex officina publica
argentarix Amftelxdamenfis} redegi in mafiiilas, qux
fingulx pendebant femiunciam. Quinque has indidi
in vitrum mundum, quod chemici retortum appellant;
affudi fuper his integris Argenti vivi, puri, femel prius
deftillare coadli, uncias xxv. Igne coegi exfcendere
Mercurium ad dimidias ab Auro, quod in fundo fubfi-
debat fub Mercurio. Pera&a fic operatione, exierant
Mercurii uncix xm. in excipulum 5 in fundo vafis erat
Aurum penitus jam diffolutum in Mercurio, fpecie
mifti perfe&i, candidi, quod amalgama dicunt : unde
patet, Aurum folo xftu ebullientis Mercurii diffolvi ;
ifque videtur optimus modus mifcendi hxc bina, quod
artis vocabulo dicunt amalgamare. Argentum vivum

B b b 2 quod

[ 572 ]

quod exfcenderat, bene ficcatum reddidi refiduo in re-
tortaj iterum exprefli igne sequalem inde Mercurii co-
piam, quam denuo ficcatam afFudi ad refiduum.
Hocque ea lege repetivi quinquagefies. Ultima vice
exiverat purus Mercurius. Amalgama in fundo retorts
fuperftes, nigrefcens, trivi in mortario vitreo, vitreo
piftilloj turbabatur lutulenta aqua, quam effudi. Lavi
cum pura affufa, quam terendo rurfus lutulentam ef-
fudi. Id tredecim diebus fieri curavi, quando non
fordefcebat amplius trim aqua, fed fplendide fulgens
reftabat amalgama, pura manebat aqua. Pulvis tritu,.
& lotu, paratus, colore fufcus, fapore tetrico metal-
lico horridus, bene ficcatus, pependit grana lxxxiii.
Mercurius dc Aurum pendebant 5xxvi. 3VI1* Perdita
grana vii. drachmae tres cum femilfe, quinquaginta
operationibus. Id contingit partim difflatu volatilis,
partim adhaefu Mercurii ad chartam bibulam, qua fie-
catur ab aqua, in quam deftillando fuerat exceptus.

Puriffimum hoc amalgama iterum, eodem modo'
tra&avi quinquaginta aliis vicibus. Exiverat jam vice
quinquagefima purus Mercurius : in fundo vafis man-
ferat amalgama fufeum. Id denuo tritum, lotumque,
cum aqua, ut fupra retuli, poft tredecim dies operi
impenfos, dedit pulveris abluti, fufei, ficcati 3i gr,
xliv. Amalgama turn puriflimum cum Mercurio
edu&o, pendebant 5xxvr. 3iv. perdidi his l operatio-
nibus 31. gr. xvi.

Rurfus depuratum hoc amalgama, plane eadem ra-
tione quinquagefies feci deftillare. Exierat purus Mer-
curius : in fundo retort# amalgama fubrufum. Id aqua
tritum, lotumque, ut prius,, quatuordecim dies, dedit
pulveris fufei 31. gr. 11. Amalgamati puro addidi
Mercurium egrelfum, pendebant fimul Sxxiv. 3v. gr.

XXlVo

C 373 1

xxiv. Sed in fundo retortae, dum amalgama effunde-
bam, aliquid amalgamate remanferat vitro adhserefcens :
lit perdkum fupputare nequiverim.

Depuratum amalgama quinquagefies itcrum fic trafta-
tum, deftillando, terendo, lavando, per quatuorde-
cim dies, dedit puiverem fufcura pondere 3ife gran-
xv. amalgama fplendentiffimum fimul cum egreflo
puroMercurio miftum, pendebat Jxxv. 31*- gr. xlvi.
poft ducentas deftillationes.

Et hoc amalgama quinquagefies urfi, ut prius 5 dein
denuo trivi cum aqua, fedecim dierum ipatio 5 naftus
fum pulverisfufci3ii.3i.gr. iv. amalgama fplendide
candidum cum Mercurio pendebat jam fimul 5xxv,
3i. gr. xl vi.

Hoc labore perfunftus vidi ducentis & quinqua-
ginta deftillationibus Mercurii ab Auro, fic inftitutis,,
Aurum & Mercurium dedifle pulveris defcripti unci-
am, & grana quinque. Reftitifle Auri & Mercurii
?xxv> 3i- gr. xlvi. Periifie de materie, ratione enar-
rata, §1. 3ii. gr. ix.

Quae, dum intentus contemplabar, efficiebant, ut
laetabundus fufpicari inciperem, me videre defidera-
tam adeo methodum luftrandi Hydrargyri. Cogita-
bam, in eo abfcondi forte culpatam Mercurii laberm
Quandoque putabam, totum hunc pollinem merum
efte foetidum fpurcumque Sulphur, quod immacu-
latam Argenti vivi virginitatjem contaminaverat, Du-
bitabam/fi non ipfe jam purum a balneo ignis
aquae, fpedarem, nudumque Deorum nuncium 1 Tern-
perabat impetum recordatio fimilis faepe, fed praecocis,
gaudii, in fumos inanes toties dilapfi. Ambiguus de-
crevi, non requiefcere, donee certa fides doceret ve-
lum. Igitur §xxv. 3i. gran, xlvi, puriflimi illius ul-

timi

[ 374 1

tirni amalgamates iterum deftillare coegi praeterea, aliis
fexcentis viginti & Teptem vicibus, dimidium Mer-
curii Temper educendo, affundendo Temper : nec volui
plus lavare aqua, Ted cernere, quid fieret. Solebat
hoc opere nigreTcere materies, ut tandem colore Tece
atro foedaretur. Obduxi turn vitrum, in quo erat,
lorica ignem fercnte apertum; ficque atrum amal-
gams, non ablutum ultra, egi igne fummo ita,
ut retorta Tpatio trihorii prorTus ab igne canderet.
Exiit Mercurius puriffimus ad ?xx. In Tundo vafts
deinde frafti reperi uncias lift Auri fulgentiffimi, fine
ulla omnino foece reli&a. En exitum rei! nec dolui
aegrimonia triftium laborum: Tane eventum, haud
praevifiim, jam certo cognitum, hac mercede dignum
habui. Neque olei, nec operae, poenitebit unquam.

Sumebam deinde pollinem, quern collegeram ccl.
deftillationibus, ejuTque 3vii. grana lvii. urfi igne
fummo, aperto, ex retorta loricata, ut diu hxc can-
deret. Exiit de hoc pulvere Mercurius puriffimus,
reTuTcitatus, ad 3-vn. gr. xlvi. In fundo retort# re-
ftiterant, ut deprehendi, grana Tex pulveris fuTci.

Argentum vivum, quod jam dccclxxvii. repetitis
vicibus ita urTeram, ponderavi arte, induftria, & ftatera
hydroftatica, amici cariflimi, celeberrimi proTefforis,
'sGravefande. Habuit Te ad aquam puram, ut xmft
ad i : ut molimine tanto denfitatem haud mutaverit
Mercurius, neque ulla parte Tui leviore fuerit libera-
tes. Id jam addo: quia intellexi quid de TuTpicione
nata, haud Tatis accuratam TuifTe rationem, quam ad-
hibui ad exploranda pondera, quae memoravi in pri-
mis, quae Societati dedi, de Mercurio commentariis.
Fas mihi efto, pauca jam ex defcriptis colligere, pro
veris habenda.

i. Aurum

C 375 ]

1. Aurum a Mercurio folutum, cum eo tories co
&um, tritum, nihil de natura iua priftina mutavit,
amifit de pondere proprio nihil, quod his experimentis
notari queat, nihil acquifivit.

2. Argentum vivum Auro commiitum, ab eo per
ignem rurfus expulfum, partem fui convertit in pul-
verem fufcum, fubtilem, faporis tetrici, metallici, pe~
nitus diverfi ingenii a prior e fua natura, idque fit Tem-
per, ufque ad dccclxxvii. vices. Qui tamen, folo
igne fortiore, iterum redit in Argentum vivum idem-,
quod antea fuerat, omni dote per artem obfervabili.

3 . Igi'tur ignis & aurum, hoc modo, non feparant
ab Argento vivo partes diverTas, fulphur, foeces, aliud.
Sed tantum id mutant fpecie externa, iterum reducen-
da in formam prlftinam, omni ratione eandem ita,
ut ne quidem pqndus ejus proprium ullo modomuta-
turn fit.

4. Argentum vivum & Aurum vi ignis mutant fia*-
tim argenteum fplendorem fui amalgamatis in colorem
fufcum, tandemque nigrum: fed folo igne fortiore
nitor Mercurio argenteus, & fulvus Auro fulgor, red-
ditus docet, hunc colorem non demonftrare metallo-
rum corruptionem, vel mutationem in fua natura.

f. Si tamen auro & igne purgari poteft Mercurius
nativus, ex fententia veterum, oportet alia id opera-
tione efficere.

6. Cadit fpes mercurium fixandi cum Auro aftio im
ignis : quum tanto molimine,. tempore tanto, nihil
quidquam vel inchoatum fit * ultima deftillatio seque
facile, ac prima, peragebatur.

7. Non firmatur hinc opinio, qux narrat, ignem
mctallis, vel Mercurio, concrefcere pofie in augment

tum^

[ 376 ]

turn, vel generational!, alicujusmetallici ; aut in mu-
tationem ipfius metalli ftabilem.

8. Quse conftantia, c\ux fimplicitas, Argenti vivi.
Sc Auri ! Si in origine prima aurum fuit Argentum
vivum : nonne tunc vere dicitur, Mercurium, vel to
turn avolare ab igne, vel fixum in eo mancre totum ?

9. Magna promiffa, de Auro tritu folvendo, five
cum aqua, five fine ilia, qux duo magni in arte viri
fecere, non folvuntur hifce noftris laboribus. Sed vana
fpes : fugerunt laborem improbum, praecipites fcftina-
runt ad otiofas conclufiones.

Unicum fupererat inquifitu dignum 5 An Mcrcurius,
jam toties deftillans ab Auro per vim ignis, haud dcpo~
fuiffet earn proprietatem, qua per deftillationem ver-
titur in pulverem ilium, qui appellatur praecipita-
tus per fe? Igitur uncias illas viginti Argenti vivi
dccclxxvii. vicibus deftillati ab Auro deftillare coegi
ex retorta munda vitrea, tarn magna vi ignis, ut nihil
prorfus Mercurii remaneret in vitro poft fingulas de-
ftillationes $ id repetivi odies : in fundo retort# ob-
tinui grana duodecim rutili, fcintillantis, ponderofi,
fapore tetrico metallico praediti, praecipitati Mercuri-
alis. Certus ergo, ne hanc quoque dotem ablatam
mercurio per magnum hunc laborem.

III. A

L %77 3

III. A Letter to the Reverend John Theoph.
Defaguiliers, L. L. T>. F. R. $. from Mr.
Martin Triewald, F. R. S. Captain Of Me-
chanics, an d Military Architect to his
Swedifli Majesty, concerning an Improve*
ment of the Diving Bell.

Stockholm , Nov. i. 1732*

Reverend SIR ,

HA V I N G the foie Privilege for diving on all the
Coafts in the Baltic belonging to his Swedijh
Majefty, no Opportunity has been wanting to make
fufficient Trials with the Diving Bell and Air Barrels
in feveral Depths, according to the ingenious Im-
provement of that worthy Gentleman Dr. Edmund
Halley , made in the Year 1716, but with fomefmali
Additions.

Experience has likewife convinc'd me, that no In-
vention built upon any other Principles than thofe of
th z Camp ana Urinatoria , can be of Ufe in any con-
liderable Depths; or that the Diver, in any other In-
vention whatever, can be a lingle Moment fafe. I
will not, for Brevity- fake, mention the many Impe-
diments that attend other Inventions, only that-t>f a
Water Armour, in which the Man is drowned in an
Inftant, when fuch a Machine receives the leaft Leak :
Whereas Experience has fhewn, that when fuch an
Accident has happen'd to the Diving Bell, as to my
Knowledge it did once, when the Diver was 1 2 Fa-

Ccc thorn

C 378 ]

thorn under Water, and a pretty large Hole happen’d
to be ftruck in the Bell, by a Boult of the Wreck he
went upon, at which Time the Air rufh’d out of the
fame with fuch Violence as aftonifh'd the Beholders
by the excellive boiling on the Surface of the Water,
fearing, not without Realon, that the Man in the Bell
was drowned ; but he clapped his Hand to the Hole
or Leak, and gave a Sign to be haul'd up, which was
done with all the Eafe and Safety as if no Accident
had happen'd to him, the Water having only rifen
about half a Foot into the Bell by this Leak.

The very fame Diver that was then in the Bell is 63
Years of Age, and has ufed the Bulinefs of Diving ever
fince he was 20, in a common Diving Bell, till of late,
and is as yet a pretty ftrong and healthy Man : He declares
that never a worfe Accident happen'd to him in his
Bufmefs but once, when the Bell he was in rufh’d
down at once about a Fathom or more, by the Care-
leffhefs of thofe that work'd the Bell 5 at which Time
the Blood came out of his Nofe and Ears, feeling be-
fides an intolerable Preffure on his whole Body;
which {hews, that when a Man in a Diving Bell is
flowly ana gradually let down, he at fuch a Time and
by Degrees refpiring comprefs'd Air, which by the
Lungs is forc'd into the Blood, cannot feel
the external Preffure, tho' of highly comprefs'd Air, ,
furrounding him, and that of the Water reaching
fome Parts of his Body, which Convenience no other
Invention can yield or afford, where the Diver is to-
draw his Breath from Air in its natural State.

I have often with a great deal of Pleafure obferved,
that when I have caus'd the Bell to flop, being lower'd
down five Fathom, and the Diver taking in the Air

' contain'd

[ 37p ]

contain'd in an Air Barrel, lower'd down a Fathom
deeper than the. Bell, without opening the Cock for
difcharging the hot Air ; the Water would, by the
Accefs of the Air out of the Barrel, be quite, or to a
very fmall Matter, expell'd out of the Bell * and when
the fame was again lower'd down five Fathom more,
the fame Operation with another Air Barrel repeated,
and the Bell afterwards haul'd up, it was no fmall
matter of Delight to fee, that every Fathom the Bell
came up, it would difcharge itfelf of the fuper-
fluous and large Quantity of Air, which came up from
the Bottom of the Bell in very large Bubbles, as big
as Eggs of an OJirich ; which Difcharge of Air and
Phenomenon continued, till the Equilibrium of the
Air in the Bell, and Preffure of the Water, was re-
ftor'd, and till the Bell came above the Surface of the
Water.

At other Times I have obferved, when no Air was
by the way taken into the Bell, but the fame lower'd
down the common Way, and haul'd up again after
fome Time, that the very Inftant when the Bell fhould
part with the Surface of the Water, the Strength of
two Men more was required at the Capfton at that
Time, than before and after the Bell hung freely in
the Air 5 from whence I prefume it plainly appears,
that the Air which palfcs thro' the Lungs of a living
Creature, lofes its Elafticity, and that the Lungs of a
Man make a kind of a Vacuum in the Bell 5 for which
Reafon the Diver feels at the very Inftant, when the
Bell parts with the Water, a very fmart Prelfure in his
Ears.

Tho' Experience thus has taught me, that no In-
vention is more fafe and ufeful than the Campana,
C c c 2 Urinatoriav

C ;8° :

Urinatoria , with the ingenious Improvements of Dr.
Halley ; yet I have likewife found, that this Inven-
tion is not to be made ufe of without confiderable
Charge, requiring a large Velfel, and Number of
Hands, to the working and managing of fuch a large
Diving Bell, and the Air Barrels with their refpe&ive
Weights for finking 5 which Charges, however, ac-
cording to the Depth of Water, and the Value of
what is to be fetch'd up from the Bottom of the Sea,
may not be regarded : But fince it more frequently
happens in thefe Parts, that Cargoes of a far lefs Value
than the Loadings of Spanijh Galleons, &c. are to be
dived for 5 then next to the Goodnefs of the Inven-
tion, I have found myfelf neceflltated to think how
the Expences might be leffen'd, and that the Diving
Bell neverthelefs might anfwer all Intents and Pur-
pofes of Dr. Halley’s 5 which Improvement I take
herewith the Liberty to communicate to you, which,
is as follows :

The Diving Bell, A B. {fee Fig. I.) I have caus'd
to be made of Copper, and reduc'd the fame to a very
little Compafs in regard to that of Dr. Halley’s , as
you'll fee by the Scale under the Draught, by which
means it is eafily managed by two Hands : Yet I pre-
fume that a Diver may not only live in the fame for
as long a Time, and with as much Eafe, at a very con*
fiderable Depth of Water, as in a Bell of twice its Ca-
pacity, for this Reafon, tho' a Man in a large Bell has
undoubtedly more Air than in a lefs, and confer
quently fhould be able to fubfift a great while longer
on a large Quantity of Air than on a fmall Parcel ; yet
becaufe his Head for the moft part is kept in the upper
Part of the Bell, where the hot Air takes up its Place

and

1

[ 5«i ]

and Reftdenee, he receives very little or no Benefit of
the Air under his Chin or Bread, tho' never fo fit for
Refpiration ; which Air neverthelefs in the lower parts
of the Bell will remain cool a long time after he has
been in the Bell, and with Difficulty drawn his Breath ;
which cannot be denied, and is very obvious to any
body who has been in a German Bagnio, and fuch as
are made ufe of in this Country, where in a Angle
Room all the Degrees of Heat are to be felt, by means
of a Contrivance like Stairs to the very Top of the
Ceiling, a Man when he places himfelf on the upper-
mod Step will feel an exceffive Heat, fo that any
body not very much ufed to it cannot endure the fame,
nor draw his Breath, but will faint away 5 whereas on
the firfly.fecond and third Steps from the Floor, the
Heat is very moderate 5 nay, fometimes the Air near
the Floor pretty cool, when at the fame time near
the Ceiling the Heat of the fame is intolerable. I
will not mention many other Indances I could pro-
duce.

To encounter this Inconvenience I have caufed a
fpiral Tube of Copper, b, c. to be placed clofe to the
Infide of the Bell, fo fixed that the fame may be
taken out and cleanfed at Pleafure, and with Eafe$
and at the fame time not to incumber the Diver
when he is in the Bell; at the upper end of this
Tube b, a flexible Leather Tube is join'd two Foot
long, at the End of which is a turn'd Ivory Mouths
piece, which the Diver (as foon as he perceives the
Air to grow hot in the Top of the Bell) keeps com
ftantly in his Mouth, which he is able to do by means
of the flexible Tube in whatever Pofture he is in*
ftanding, fitting, bowing his Head;$r. And all the.

while

C J»* I

while he draws his Breath thro' the aforementioned
Tube, and the Air from c; by which Contrivance
he not only draws continually cool and frcfh Air as
long as any is in the Bell, but occafions at the fame
time a Circulation, which is fo neceffary to the very
Being of Air, (efpecially in a comprefs'd State) and
its Prefervation for the ufe of Animals, which I have
found to be of great Confequence; and fo much
the more neceffary, as any body who has been in a
Diving Bell for a long Time, without any new Sup-
plies of Air, and has been reduc'd to the laft Ex-
tremity of breathing in the lame, will agree with
me, that when at fuch a Time the Bell begins to be
haul'd up, and by that means the comprefs'd Air al-
low'd to expand and be put into Motion never fo little,
the Man receives, as it were, a new Life, and incre^
dible Comfort and Eafe.

Again, when, in Coal-pits, Levels are drove in the
Coal or thro' Dykes, the Air of the Level or Adits
growing hot by the Breath and Sweat of the Hewers
and Workmen for want of a Circulation of the Air;
I have found it to be an excellent Remedy, to place
along the fide of the Drift or Adit, a fquare wooden
Box, open at both Ends, laid from the Place where
the Air is cool and good, reaching as far, by joining
one Box clofe to another, as where the Work is car-
ried on. Thus, by this fimple Contrivance, a Circu-
lation of Air is obtain'd, and fometimes to that De-
gree, that when a Candle is held at the End of the
Box where the cool Air enters, the Flame is driven
out by the Current of cold Air entring and circulating
thro' the Box.

By which Experiment I am apt to think, that tho'
the Diver fhould not keep the End of the flexible Tube

r~ "" in

C 38; 3

in his Mouth, which he may do with all the Eafe in
the World, yet that the Air would circulate thro' the
Copper Tube, and he receive no fmall Benefit by it.
DDDD are the Weights for finking the Bell, fo
contriv'd as with great Eafe to be hook'd on the fame
hanging on the Cable. The Iron Plate E, fixed to the
Chains F F F, ferves the Diver to (land upon, when
he is at work.

The Bell is extremely well tinn'd within all over j
and as in all Rivers, and the Coafts of the Baltic Sea ,
the Water is extremely clear and bright, becaufe of no
Ebb and Flood, I have plac'd three ftrong convex
Lenfes G G G. By thefe means the Diver can not only
fee what is under him, but likewife on all fides at a
good Diftance.

Thefe Gaffes have ftrong Copper Lids like Snuff-
boxes, HHH> which Lids are fhut, when there is no
Occafion to difcover any Obje&s on the Bottom of the
Sea, and ferve to preferve the Gaffes from being
broken.

I hope you'll pardon the Liberty I have taken to
trouble you with a long Letter, which I might have
inlarg'd with an Account of other Inventions, which,,
if you approve of this, fhall in a little time follow $
in the interim I beg you'll grant me leave to remain
with much Refpeft, Mojl Reverend SIR ,

M. Triewald,

F R* S, Berl and Swed

humble Servant .

IV, A

[ 384 ]

IV. A Letter from Samuel Dale, M. L . to
Sir Hans Sloane, Bart. Brefident of the
Royal Society, containing the Defcnpt'ions
of the Moofe-Deer of New-England, and
a fort of Stag in Virginia $ with fome Re-
marks relating to Adr. Ray's Defcriptiolt
of the flying Squirrel of America.

Worthy SIR,

THE Prefent which I herewith make you, is the
Head, or rather the Attire (as it is called in
Heraldry) of the Moofe-Beer, fent me fome Years
fince from New-England by the Honourable Samuel
Shute, Efq; then Governor of that Colony. This
Animal hath been mention'd by feveral Authors, but
their Accounts have generally been fo very imperfed,
that little Satisfadion hath thereby been given to the
curious Inquirers after Natural Hiftory. The firft Men-
tion that I find of this Moofe "Beer is by Mr. JoJfelyn,
in a little Trad called New-England Rarities , where,
Page the ipth, that Author writes, That if s a goodly
Creature , fome of which being 1 2 Foot high , their
Horns exceeding fair, with broad F alms, fome be-
ing two Fathoms from the Tip of one Horn to the
other. Much to the fame purpofe is the Account he
gives of this Animal in another Book of his called
Two Voyages to New-England, p. 88. in which he
faith, that The Moofe, or Elke, is a Creature or rather
a Monfler of Superfluity , when full grown, being
many times bigger than an Englifh Ox. What Neal

in

. . T ? 85 3

in his Hiftory of New England, Vol. II. p. 573. hath
of this Animal, called by him the Mofe , is copied
from the aforefaid JoJfelyn . The beft and fulleft Ac-
count of this Animal was lent by the Honourable Raul
Dudley, Efq; Fellow of the Royal Society : This is
publifhed in the Rhilofophical TranfaBions of the
Royal Society , 368. p. i6y. where he makes

them to be of two Sorts, viz. The common light-
grey Moofe, called by the Indians, IVampoofe ; and
the large or black Moofe, which is the Bead: whofe
Horns 1 herewith prefent *. As to the grey Moofe,
I take it to be no other than what Mr. John Clayton ,
in his Account of the Virginian fhiadrupedes, pub-
lifhed in the aforefaid TranfaBions, N° 210. p. 122.
calls the Elke-*, which Beaft by the Rarifians, in their
Memoirs for a Natural Hiftory of Animals, Eng-
lifhed by Mr. R it field, Page 167. is ^called by the
Name of the Stag of Canada, of which I have feen
a ftngle Horn, fent by Mr. Mark Cates by from Vir-
ginia, by the Name of an Elks-horn, and was in all
refpefts like thofe of our red "Deer or Stags, only
larger, weighing about 12 Pounds Haverdupoiz ,
and from the Burr to the Tip, meafured by a String,
about fix Foot high. Mr. "Dudley writes, that his grey

The Dimenfions of thefe Horns, fee Fig. 2. arenas follow.

Inches

D d a

Inches.

A

B

56

a b

11

C

A

34

a cb

20

C

E

31

a d

12 £

c

D

34

d f

12 i

D

H

30

d e

11

F

G

9 i

g h

2§

F

I

14

K

L

7

Moofe

[ 38* 3

Moofe is moffi like to the ordinary Deer 5 that they
fpring like them, and herd together fometimes to 30
in a Company : But whether he means by that Term
the Red , the Virginian , or the Fallow-Deer ^ is un-
certain, he having faid nothing of their Horns , which
was needful to diftinguifh them. The black Moofe is
(by all that have hitherto writ of it) accounted a very
large Creature. Mr. Jojfelyn (as I before mentioned)
makes it many times bigger than an Ox s and Mr.

1 Dudley writes, that the Hunters have found a Buck
or Stag- Moofe 14 Spans in Height from the Withers,
which at nine Inches to the Span, is ten Feet and a
half; and that a Doe or Hind of the fourth Year,
killed by a Gentleman near Bofton , wanted but one
Inch of feven Feet in Height. The Stag , Buck9 or
Male of this kind hath a palmed Horn , not like that
of our common or Fallow-Deer , but the Palm is
much longer, and more like to that of the German
Elke> from which it differs, in that the Moofe hath a
branched Brow-Antler between the Burr and the
Palm, which the German Elke hath not.

Nor doth the Horn of this New-England black
Moofe agree in Figure with either of thofe mentioned
in the Fhilofophical TranfaBions , NQ 227. p. 485?.
and N° 394. p. 123. to be found FoJJU in Ireland
the laft of which, Mr. Kelly , writes, that for want of
another Name they called them Elks- Horns . I fu-
fped that thofe Horns which the late Reverend and
Learned Mr. Ray mentions in his Synopfis Methodica
Animalium Quadrupeditm to have feen with one Mr.
Holney , an Apothecary of Lewis in Sujfex , as like-
wife in divers Mufeums , were not the Horns of this
black or American Moofe , but of the German Elke7

' becaufe

[ 387 ]

becaufe that inquifitive Gentleman takes no Notice of
any Brow- Antlers that they had ; which, I think, was
too notorious to have efcaped his Obfervation, had
had there been any fuch.

Concerning the Number of young-ones, or Calves?
which the Moofe brings forth at a time, Authors vary ;
for Mr. Dudley faith, that they bring forth but two $
but Joffelyn in his Two Voyages , p. 89. and from
him Neal , that they are three, and that they do not
go fo long pregnant as our Hinds by two Months.
What thefe two laft-mentioned Authors write con-
cerning their calling their Calves a Mile diftant from
each other, doth not feem to me probable. Nor do I
find that Neal , in his Defcription of this Beaft, makes
any mention of their having a long Tail, tho' fo
charged to do by Mr. "Dudley , who likewife omits
the Brow- Antlers in his Defcription of their Horns,

There is another Beaft of the Deer-kind , which,
tho’ very common in Virginia , and without Doubt in
other of the Northern Provinces of America , yet I
think it is not deferibed by any Author 5 (but it is ex-
pected that it will not efcape being taken Notice of
by Mr. Catesby in his Natural Hiftory of Florida,
&ci) Mr. Beverly , in his Brefent State of Virginia,
mentions both Elke and Deer in that Country, but
doth not deferibe either : But by what I have received
from Mr. Catesby , the firft fhould be the Canada-
Stag, and the other the Deer I have here mentioned*
Mr. Clayton likewife mentions the Elke , which he
faith are beyond the inhabited Parts, and are the fame
with Mr. Beverly’s 5 as alfo the Deer , of which he
faith there are Abundance, yet doth not deferibe
them, but calls them Red-Deer , tho' they are not the

D d d 2 fame

C ;S8 1

fame as we here call by that Name, but of thofe
which follow. Mr. Neal iikewife mentions *Deer
in New-England , but gives only the Name, which
being general,, nothing can be inferred from it.

That which I take for the undefcribed ^eer, is a Bead
of the Stag-kind , having round Horns like them, not
fpreading out as in the Stag or RedFDeer, but meeting
nearer together at their Tips, and bending forward over
the Face of the Animal ; the Brow- Antlers Iikewife
are not crooked and (landing forward, but (trait
and upright { fee Fig. 3.). The Skin of this *Deer
is of an arenaceous or fandy Colour, with fome
black Hairs intermix'd, and fpotted all over, while
young, with white Spots, like fome forts of our
Fallow-Eieer, being alfo about the Bignefs of them
when fully grown. The cDama Virginians Rail
Synop . Animal . Quad. p. 86. which was formerly in
St. James s-Bark, feems to be different from this, if
Mr. Willoughby was not led into a Miftake in taking
it to be of the ‘Palmate-kind , by only feeing it when
the Horns were fned. Perhaps this lad of Mr. Ray
may be the Mauroufe of Joffelyris Voyages , p. 91.
which, he faith, is like the Moofe , but his Horns
are but fmall, and the Bead about the Size of a
Stagy but his Defcription is too (hort to be fatif-
faftory.

There are other forts of Beer mention'd by Mr.
Joffelyn in his lad-quoted. Book, p. 87; as- Inhabi-
tants of that Country, as the Buck , Stags, and Rain -
Beer y but whether they are the fame with thofe
called by the fame Names in Europe , I cannot de-
termine, the Defcriptions of them being omitted.
He mentions Iikewife, for another fort of American -

Beer>

[ 58P 1

‘Deer , an Animal called a Maccarib , Cartbo or To-
hano 5 but by the Account he gives, it feems to be
a Fidion, no fuch Animal being, I believe, in Re-
rum natura.

I find that Mr. Ray in his Synop. Qiiad. p*
2.1 f. rather refers the Sciitrus Americanus vo-
lans , to the Moufe than, to the Squirrel-kind s be-
caufe their Tails are broad and plain, and not turn'd
over their Backs when they fit 5 which Miftake may
perhaps arife from only feeing the Skin of one dead,
when the Hair of the Tail had been eaten off by
Mites- y for in one that I did fee alive, which was
brought over from Virginia by Madam Cock , Sifter
to Mr. Catesby , the Tail was hairy, as in others of
the Squirrel-kind, tho' rather more thin, and did
turn over the Back as other Squirrels, do.

N. B. The fame Species of flying Squirrels hath:
been found’ in Tolandh a Description of which,
with an accurate Figure, is given by the Learned Mr..
Klein , F. R. S. in N9 427. of thefe Tranfaffions.

As to the large Horns- found FoJJil m Ireland, I
have taken particular Notice, (in feveral I have feen)
befide the main Horns being palmated, that the Brow-
Antlers are likewife palmated 5 which is a Circum-
ftance peculiar to the Rein-Deer Species , being of
great Service to them in removing the Snow, in order*
to get at the Grafs or Mofs underneath, which is their
chief Subfiftance in Lapland . C. M.

% An>

C 59° 1

Y* *dn sfytempt to explain the Phenomenon
of the horizontal Moon appearing bigger ,
than when elevated many ‘Degrees above
the Horizon : Supported by an Experiment.
By the Rev. J. T. Defaguiliers, LL. 2).
F.R.S. Communicated Pan. 30, 1734-5.

HIS apparent Increafeof the Moon's Diameter

(which a Telefcope with a Micrometer fhews
to be only apparent) is owing to the following early
Prejudice, which we have imbib'd from Children.

When we look at the Sky towards the Zenith, we
imagine it to be much nearer to us, than when wc
look at it towards the Horizon ; fo that it does not
appear Spherical, according to the vertical Seftion
EFGHI, (Fig. 4.) but Elliptical, according to the
Seftion eFghi. For this I appeal to every body's
Senfe of feeing 3 but not to their Reafon, which is
apt to take off the Prejudice in Perfons that have fome
Knowledge of Aftronomy. Whereas any other Per-
fon looking up very high towards the Sky, and then
forwards near the Horizon, will (when asked) fay
that the Sky over his Head appears much nearer. The
Sky thus feen, ftrikes the Eye in the fame Manner as
the long arch'd Roof of the lie of a Cathedral Church,
or the Cieling of a long Room.

This being premifed, let us confider the Eye at C,
upon the Surface of the Earth, and imagine C at the
Surface to coincide with K at the Centre j to avoid
taking into Consideration that the Moon is really far-

ther

C 39' ]

ther from the Eye when in the Horizon, than when it
is fome Degrees high. Now when the Moon is at G,
we confider it as at g, not much farther than G 5 but
when it is at H, we imagine it to be at h, almoft as far
again. Therefore, while it fubtends the fame Angle
as it did before (nearly), we imagine it to be fo much
bigger as the Diftance feems to us to be encreafed.

I have contriv'd the following Experiment to illuf-
trate this : Fig. y.

I took two Candles of equal Height and Bignefs
A B, CD, and having plac'd A B at the Diftance of
fix or eight Feet from the Eye, I placed CD at double
that Diftance j then caufing any unprejudic'd Perfon to
look at the Candles, I ask'd which was biggeft l and
the Spectator faid they were both of a Bignefs 5 and that
they appear'd fo, becapfe he allow'd for the greater
Diftance of C D 5 and this alfo appear'd to him, when
he look'd thro' a fmall Hole. Then defiring him to
(hut his Eyes for a Time, I took away the Candle CD,
and plac'd the Candle E F clofe by the Candle A B,and
tho' it was as fhort again as the others, and as little
again in Diameter, the Spectator, when he open'd his
Eyes, thought he faw the fame Candles as before.,
Whence it is to be concluded, that when an Ob-
ject is thought to be twice as far from the Eye as
it was before, we think it to be twice as big, tho3
it fubtends but the fame Angle.- — -And this is the
Cafe of the Moon, which appears to us as big again*
when we fuppofe it as far again, tho' it fubtends but
the fame Angle.

The Difference of Diftance of the Moon in Pa-
ngeo and Apogeo, will account for the different

BigneJ&

[ 1

Bignefs of the Horizontal Moon at different Times,
adding alfo the Confideration of the Faintnefs which
Vapours fometimes throw on the Appearance.

VI. An Explication of the Experiment made
in May 1735, as a farther Confirmation
of what was faid in a Baper given in
January 30, 1734-5, to account for the
Appearance of the horizontal Moon feem-
ing larger than when higher . By the Same .

HAVING made an Experiment with three Ivory
Balls for Confirmation of what I had advanced,
namely, that the Deception arifes from our judging
the horizontal Moon to be much farther than it is 5
fome Gentlemen of the Society were convinced by
the Experiment, but others were not; which obliges
me to give this further Account of it, that People may
judge of the Thing in Writing, which could not be
fo well attended to in the Hurry of feveral Perfons
viewing the Experiment in Hade.

1. Two equal Ivory Balls were fet one beyond an-
other in refped of the Eye at E, namely, A B at 2.0
Feet Diftance from the Eye, and CD at 40.

2. It is certain, by the Rules of Optics, that the
Eye at E or F will fee the Ball C D under an Angle
but half as big as it fees the Ball A B 5 that is, that the
Ball C D muft appear no bigger than the Ball o p placed
by the Side of AB,

3. But

[39* ]

3. Bat when looking at the two Balls (Fig. 6.) with
the naked Eye in an open Room, we conftder that C D
is as far again from the Eye as AB, we judge it to be
as big as AB, (as it really is) notwithftanding it fub-
tends an Angle but of half the Bignefs.

4. Now if, unknown to the Spedator, (or while
"he turns his Back) the Ball CD be taken away, and
another Ball op of half the Diameter be placed in
the fame Line, but as near again, at the Side of AB,
the Spedator thinking this laft Ball to be at the Place
of CD, muft judge it to be as big as CD, becaufe it
fubtends the very fame Angle as CD did before.

It follows therefore That if a Ball be imagin'd

to be as far again as it really is, we make fuch an Al-
lowance for that imagin'd Diftance, that we judge it
to be as big again as it is, notwithftanding that the
Angle under which we'fee it, is no greater, than when
we look at it, knowing its real Diftance.

For this Reafon the Moon looks bigger in the Hori-
zon, and near it, than at a confiderable Height, or at
the Zenith : Becaufe it being a common Prejudice to
imagine that Part of the Sky much nearer to us which
is at the Zenith, than that Part towards the Horizon ;
when we fee the Moon at the Horizon, we fuppofe it
much farther; therefore as it fubtends the fame Angle
(or nearly the fame Angle) as when at the Zenith, we
imagine it fo much bigger as we fuppofe its Diftance
greater.

The Reafon why this Experiment is hard to make,
is becaufe the Light from the Ball 0 p is too ftrongly
refleded on account of its Nearnefs; but if we could
give it fo little Light as to look no brighter than the
Ball C D, it would deceive every body. I have made

E e e the

[ m ]

the Experiment fo as to deceive fuch as were not very
long-lighted s but Imuft confefs I have found it very
hard to deceive thofe who fee at a great Diftance i
tho’ they would all be deceiv’d, if the Diftances were
of 300 or 600 Foot. Now in the Cafe of the Moon,
the Deceit is help’d, becaufe the Vapours, thro’ which
we fee it when low, take away of its Brightnefs, and
therefore have the fame Effcd as would (or does) hap-
pen in the Experiment, when the Light of the Ball op
(trikes the Eye no (Longer than the Light of the Ball
CD.

VII. A Letter from Jofeph Atwell, 2). D.
F. R. S. and ^Principal of Exeter College,
Oxford, to Dr. Mortimer, R. S. Seer, con-
taining fome Obfervations on a Man and
Woman bit by Vipers.

Exeter College , Oxford, July 24, 1734.

SIR,

T H E Man who was lately bitten by a Viper in the
Prefence of yourfelf and feveral Members of
the Royal Society, having been recommended to fome
in this Place by Dr. Oliver of the Bath, I imagin'd
that Sir Hans Shane and you will be pleafed with an
Account of fuch Experiments as have been made here. ,
July 3d, the Man was bit in the Prefence of feveral
befides myfelf, in the public Hall of this College. He
received two Punctures in the Wrift, a little above the
Thumb : The Blood iflued, and more Venom lay up-

v _

I 395 ]

on the Orifices, than could be immediately imbibed.
The Man complain’d in about half an Hour’s Time, that
thePoifonwas got up to his Shoulder, and entering his
Body ; butnotwithftanding this, we did not fuffer him
to apply his Medicine \_Sallad-oil ] till an Hour and io
Minutes after he was bitten : by which Time he began
to be flufh’d and in a Sweat, his Hand fwoln and dis-
colour’d. Upon an Application of his Medicine, he
found fome Abatement of his Pain ; but the Swelling
appear’d more vifible, and fpread itfelf farther into
his Arm. In about a quarter of an Hour the Man
funk under the Table, and complain’d of violent Pains
in his Back and Bowels, nor could he bear to be
moved. At laft, his Pulfe failing, his Jaw being fallen,
his Countenance changed, and Eyes fix’d, we ftretch’d
him upon the Table, and applied the Medicine to his
Belly and Stomach. Soon after which, recovering a
little, he began to vomit, and brought up more than a
Quart of Phlegm and Bile. In this Condition he lay
for more than an Hour ; and then was remov’d into
my Lodgings ; where he was feized again with a Fit of
vomiting, and likewife purging, and continued fo till
Midnight. I kept him in my own Houfe above an
Hour, in Hopes of his growing better; but his Dif-
order ftill continuing, and the Man being too weak
-and feeble even to Band, I fent him in a Chair home
to his own Lodgings ; where he was put into Bed, and
after Midnight fell afleep, and awaked the next Morn-
ing perfectly well ; excepting that his Arm was ftill
fwoln, and the Flefh pitted, as if it had been dropfical.
His Arm was bound up in Papers, dipt in his own
Medicine ; and this was all, as far as I could obferve
or learn, that was applied to it. The fame Day we

E e e i caufed

i

C 19* 3

caufed two young Chickens to be bit 5 one died in
two Hours, and the other in four Hours Time. A
Third was bit three times, and then had the Medi-
cine applied ; but it died at the End of ten Hours. The
Flefh of this laft was grown very black, and there was
much extravafated Lymph between it and the Skin,
which flunk infufferably 5 but I could not perceive,,
that theVifcera were at all difcolour'd.

July 4th, W e had another Fowl, half grown, bit.
in two Places, and the Medicine was applied: Half
an Hour after which, the Fowl eat Meat, and feem'd
much recover'd, but was dead in fourteen Hours
Time. July 6th, We caufed two half-grown Cocks
to be bit; the firft was bit but once, yet violently,
and turned black immediately ; it had the Medicine
applied, eat Meat afterwards, and feem'd pretty well;
yet died in twenty Hours. The other was bit two or
three times, but hardly wounded, and not half fo
much difcolour'd as the former : We bathed the
W ound with Viper-oil , but the Fowl died in a little
more than two Hours. July 8th, We caufed two
young Pidgeons to be bit ; the one had Viper-oil ap-
plied immediately, but ficken'd- and died in four
Hours: The other, had Olive-oil applied, and re-
cover'd perfe&ly ; the Flefh beginning to return to its
natural Colour in about an Hour's Time.

July 17th, The Woman was bit in the publick;
Hall of Brazen- Nofe-College, in Prefence of Dr.
Frampton , Dr. Frewiny and feveral other Phyficians,
myfelf, and many others. It had been fufpeded, that
they play'd fome Tricks with their Vipers , and made
them fpend their Rage and Venom beforehand : To
obviate which, a Phyfieian of the Company had pro-
vided

C \97 ]

vided fome freftv Vipers , which he had caught him--
felf a Day or two before, and kept in his own Cuftody
till that Time. The Woman was bit twice by one of
thefe, and received three Wounds, one in the Thumb
and two in the Fore-finger. Her Hand was foon fwoln
and fpotted, and her Finger turn'd black. After three
and twenty Minutes, fhe applied the Medicine to her
Hand, but not farther than the Swelling went; in
which, 1 think, fhe was to be blamed, and I fufped
the following Illnefs was in feme Meafure occafion'd
by it. She walk'd home very well in Appearance :
But about three Hours after the Bite was received, fhe
grew very fick, and in great Pain 3 was feiz'd with
Vomiting, Purging, and Fainting-fits, which continued
upon her all Night, infomuch that the People of the
Houfe defpair'd of her Life : Nor had fhe any Sleep
till Noon the Day following. I faw her about Six
that Evening, when fhe awak'd, and found her. very
well in Spirits, but complaining of molt acute Pains
in her Finger. Her Arm, Shoulder, Back, and Breaft,
on that Side, were much fyvoln and inflam'd: All
thofe Parts thus affected were hound up in Papers
foak'd in the Medicine. After this there appear'd up-
on her Finger two large Bladders, full of a black cor-
rupt Matter 3 and this not only upon the Wound, but
one of them was upon a diftant Part of the Finger,
from it. She could not be perfuaded to open them, ,
which I believe would have eafed her. confiderably. ,
July 2 oth, The Swelling was confiderably abated,,
and almoft reduced , intirely into her Hand, which be-
gun to pit: But fhe complain'd ftill of her Finger,
and could hardly endure to have it drefs'd with freCh i
Papers, She continued in Bed till the 22d, for the

fakec

[ 39s ]

fake of keeping her Hand in a more eafy Pofture 5 and
then came abroad. The fame Day that the Woman
was bit, we caufed a Fowl to be bit 5 but the Wound
was not deep, and little more than a Scratch. No-
thing was applied to it, and it died in twenty Hours.
A large Puppy was bit the fame Day three times in the
Head, had the Medicine applied, but died in about an
an Hour. It was known that thefe People kept them-
felves fading thofe Days when the Experiment was to
be tried upon them : This occafton'd a Sufpicion that
they might take fome Antidote to prepare their Bo-
dies : For which Reafon, I order'd the Man to bring
me fome Vipers after Dinner, iaft Monday , under Pre-
tence of making fome farther Experiments upon Dogs.
We had provided at-thefame Time fome frefh Vipers
without his Knowledge, and then propofedto him to
be bit by one of them, and apply his Medicine imme-
diately. His Hand was befmear'd with the Medicine
in applying it to a young Dog, upon which we had
juft made an Experiment. Two Vipers were tried
upon the Man, but neither would bite him : One of
them attempted it feveral times, and fpilt his Venom,
but always caught back his Head again, as if there had
been fomething in the Hand offenfive. Upon this,
fufpe&ing that the Smell of the Medicine might occa-
fton it, we made him wafh his Hand, after which an-
other Viper bit him immediately : But whether our
Conje&ure was right or not, muft depend upon far-
ther Trial. The Man received the Bite upon the Joint
of the Thumb, and the Blood iftued at the two Ori-
fices. He applied the Medicine inftantly : The Thumb
.appear'd black foon, the Hand was fwoln, and the
Tiefti pitted inftantly. He drank a Mug of Ale after

it

[ 199 3

it, and then went home to Bed. Yefterday Morning,,
his whole Arm was fwoln, but the Man was fo well
that he went fix Miles out of Town, and came home
again in the Evening. I have feen him again this
Morning 5 the Swelling is aimoft gone above the El-
bow, but the Flelh pits below: The Wound has bli-
fter'd, but the Bladders were filled with a Water, and
not any Thing of that black Matter which appear'd
upon the Woman's Finger. We caufed a young Dog
(mention'd before) to be bit the fame Day, and ap-
plied the Medicine : Another Dog was bit three times
in the Nofe, and nothing applied : Both are much
fwoln, but very likely to live- We like wife thruft the.
Teeth of a Viper's Head cut off twenty-four Hours be-
fore, into the Flefh of a Eowl, which turn'd black im-
mediately, but the Fowl is perfedly recover'd without :
any Application.

I leave you. Sir, to make your own Refkdions up-
on thefe Experiments i and fhall only add, that I
would by no means encourage the Man to go on
with them j fince they muft at leaf! occafion him much ,
Pain and Mifery, more than the Gams are worthy
and perhaps injure his Conftitution likewife. It is,
rather to be wifhed, that he could obtain fome Re-
ward, and make the Medicine public ; in which cafe
there would probably be unfortunate Perfons enough
in the Country, who would have Occafion to try it5 ,
without torturing themfelves defignedly. I a m?i

SIR,

Tour very humble Servant >

Jo. Atwell..

Yin. An

[ 4°o ]

VIII. An Account of fome Ele&rical Experi-
ments intended to be communicated to the
Royal Society by Mr. Stephen Gray, F.R.S.
taken from his Mouth by Cromwell Mor-
timer, M. D. R. S. Seer, on Feb. 1 4,
1735-6. being the T> ay before he died.

AKE a fmall Iron Globe of an Inch or Inch

and half Diameter, which fet on the Middle of

a Cake of Rofin of about feven or eight Inches Dia-
meter, having firft excited the Cake by gently rub-
bing it, clapping it three or four times with the Hands,
or warming it a little before the Fire 5 then fallen a
light Body, as a fmall Piece of Cork, or Pith of El-
der, to an exceeding fine Thread, five or fix Inches
long, which hold between your Finger and Thumb,
exa&ly over the Globe, at fuch an Height, that the Cork,
or other light Body, may hang down about the Middle
of the Globe : This light Body will of itfelf begin
to move round the Iron Globe, and that conftantly
from Weft to Eaft, being the fame Dire&ion which
the Planets 'have in their Orbits round the Sun. If the
Cake of Rofin be circular, and the Iron Globe placed
exaftly in the Centre of it, then the light Body will
deferibe an Orbit round the Iron Globe, which will be
a Circle 5 but if the Iron Globe be placed at any Dif-
tance from the Centre of the circular Cake, then the
light Body will deferibe an [Elliptical] Orbit, which

Experiment I.

will

[ 4oi ]

will have the fame Excentricity as the Diftance of the
Globe from the Centre of the Cake.

If the Cake of Rofin be of an Elliptic Form, and
the Iron Globe be placed in the Centre of it, the light
Body will aeferibe an Elliptical Orbit of the fame Ex-
centricity as the Form of the Cake.

If the Iron Globe be placed in or near one of the
Focus’s of the Elliptic Cake, the light Body will move
much fwlfter in the Apogee Part of the Orbit, than in
the Perigee Part, contrary to what is obferved of the
Planets.

Experiment II.

Take the fame or fuch another Iron Globe, and
having fatten'd it on an Iron Pedeftal about one Inch
high, fet it on a Table, then fet round it a Glafs Hoop
or Portion of an hollow Glafs Cylinder of feven or
eight Inches Diameter, and two or three Inches high :
This Hoop muft be firft excited by warming and gently
rubbing it, then hold the light Body fufpended as in
the firft Experiment, and it will of itfelf move round
the Iron Globe from Weft to Eaft in a circular Orbit,
if the Hoop be circular and the Globe ftand over the
Centre of it, but in an Elliptic Orbit with the fame
Excentricity, if the Globe does not ftand in the Centre
of the Hoop, as in the firft Experiment, when the
Globe does not ftand on the Centre of the Cake.

[What will happen if the Hoop be Elliptic, he did
not mention 5 I fuppofe, he had not an oval Glafs
Hoop by him.]

Experiment III.

This fame Iron Globe being fet on the bare Table,
without either the Cake of Rofin or Glafs Hoop, the

Tff ^ Email

t 4®* 1

fnrall light Body being fufpended as in Experiments I, II.
will make Revolutions round it, but (lower and nearer
to it than when it is placed on a Cake of Rofin, or
within a Glafs-hoop.

Remarks.

He had not yet found that thefe Experiments would
fiicceed, if the Thread, by which the light Body was
fufpended, was fupported by any other Thing than an
Human Hand; but he imagin'd it might happen the
fame, if the Thread fhould be fupported or fatten'd to
any animal Subftance whatever j and he intended to
have tried the Foot of a Chicken, a Piece of raw Flefh,
or the like.

He imagin'd to explain the foregoing Particular, by
the following odd Phenomenon, of which, he allur'd
me, he was very certain, having often obferv'd it,
viz. If a Man retting his Elbows on his Knees, places
his Hands at fome fmall Diftance from each other,
they will gradually accede to each other, without any
Will or Intention of the Man to bring them together;,
and they will again recede of themfelves. In the like
manner, the Hand will be attraded by the Body ; or
the Face of a Man, if he (land near a Wall, will be
attracted to the W all, and be again repelled by it.

He told me, he had thought of thefe Experiments
only a very fhort Time before his falling fick, that he
had not yet tried them with variety of Bodies, but
that from what he had already feen of them, which
flruck him with new Surprize every Time he repeated
them, he hoped, if God would (pare his Life but a
little longer, he fhould, from what thefe Phenomena
joint out, bring his Ele&rical Experiments to the

greatest

[ 4°* 1

greateft Perfection; and he did not doubt but in a
fhort Time to be able to aftonifh the World with a
new Sort of Planetarium never before thought of,
and that from thefe Experiments might be eftablifhed
a certain Theory for accounting for the Motions of the
Grand Planetarium of the Univerfe.

In trying thefe Experiments fince his Death, I have
found that the fmall light Body will make Revolu-
tions round a Body of various Shapes and Subftances,
as well as round the Iron Globe, if fet on the Cake of
Rolin 5 thus I tried with a Globe of black Marble, a
Silver Sand-difh, a fmall Chip- box, and a large Cork.
I obferved that the Cake, if nothing flood upon it,
would in any Part ftrongly attract the light Body, as
held fufpended by the Thread 5 but when the Globe,
or other Body, was fet upon it, the Edges of the Cake
attracted the ftrongeft, and fo gradually the Attraction
Teem'd as it approached the Centre to grow lefs, till
at a certain Diftance it was changed into a Repulfion,
which proceeded from the Globe, or other Body
placed upon the Cake, which very ftrongly repels the
light Body, unlefs it be held very near it, and then it
attrads it ftrongly. While the light Body is fufpended,
as in the foregoing Experiments, if you approach the
Finger of the other Hand near it, it will fly from the
Finger, or be rebelled by it with great Vigour.

Ff f z

IX. Some

[ 4°4 3

IX, Some Thoughts co cerning the Sun and
Moon, when near the Horizon, appearing
larger than when near the Zenith 3 being
*Part of a Letter from James Logan,
Lfq, 3 to Sir Hans Sloane, Bart. Brejident
of the Royal Society, <&c.

* * * Philadelphia , Sept . 20. 173 5^.

IT may, perhaps, be needlefs now to add any thing
in Confirmation of Dr. Wallis's Solution ( fee thefe
TranfaElions , N° 1S7.) of the San and Moons ap-
pearing fo much larger at riling or fetting, than
when in a greater Altitude 5 tho* fome have very
abfurdly fti'll gone on to account for it from Va-
pours, which I remember was given me in, my YoUth
for the true Caufe of it. "Tis true, indeed, that "tis
thefe Vapours, or the Atmofphere, alone, that make
thole Bodies, when very near to the Horizon , ap-
pear in a fpheroidal Form, by refracting, and there-
by raifing (to Sight), the lower Limb more than the
upper, yet thefe can be no Caufe of the other. The
Sun and Moon , each fubtending about half a De-
gree, appear in the Meridian of the Breadth of eight
or ten Inches, to fome Eyes more, and to others
lefsj and in the Horizon to be two or three Foot,
more or lefs, according to the Extent of Ground
they are feen over : But if one can have an Oppor-
tunity, as I have here frequently had, of feeing the
Sun rife or fet over a fmall Eminence at the Dif-
tance of a Mile or two with tall Trees on it (land-
ing

[ 405 ]

ing pretty clofe, as is tifual in Woods without Un-
derwood, his Body wiii then appear to be ten or
twelve Foot in Breadth, according to the Diftance
and CircuiTiftances of the Trees he is feen through ;
and where there has been fome thin Underwood, or
a few Saplings, I have obferved that the Sun fetting
red, has appeared through them like a large extenfive
Flame, as if fome Houfe were on Fire beyond them.
Now the Reafon of this is obvious, viz. that being
well acquainted with Trees, the Ideas of the Space
they take up are in a Manner fix'd, and as one of
thofe Trees fubtends an Angle at the Eye, perhaps
not exceeding two or three Seconds, and would fcarce
be diftinguifhable, were it not for the ftrong Light
behind them, the Sun’s Diameter of above, thirty Mi-
nutes takes in feveral of them, and therefore will
naturally be judged vaftly larger. Hence 'tis evident,
that thofe Bodies appear greater or lefs, according to
the Objefts interpofed or taken in by the. Eye on
viewing them. And to this only is that Pheno-
menon to be imputed.

I am fenfible this Method of arguing is not new,,
yet the Obfervations here given may probably tend
to illuftrate the Cafe beyond what had been ad-
vanced on the Subject. $ * *

FINIS*

ERRATA which efeaped Notice In the particular Num-
bers of this Thirty-ninth Volume of Philofopbical Tranf
aUionu

NUMB. 440. p. 194. 1. ulc. after the Word Tlantmfat (as
p. 195. 1. I. for that r. from which.
ibid. 1. 3. after Mu Jim infert a) to clofe the Parenthefis.

N°. 441. p. 211. 1.6. for P.R. r. Pr.
p. 234. 1. 8. r. dilatabatur .

JST°. 444. p. 385. I.25. before ab. ii Inches , infert Tig. 3.
p. 390. 1. 26. after the Word E/e, infert Fig. 4.

A N

INDEX

To the Thirty-ninth Volume of
the Philofophical 'Franfaflions.

Por the Years 1735 and 173d.

AD

der, fee Viper, n. 441, p. 251. #.443, 7^3 13,'

Air Inflammable, Experiments concerning it, n. 442^
p. 282.

— a Machine for changing it in a Room, 437, p. 41^
► its Velocity calculated in the centrifugal Bellows^

a. 437, p. 44.

Amy and ( Claudius) a Cafe of the Foramen Ovale being open .
in an Adult, n . 439, p. 172.

- of an Inguinal Rupture with a Pin in the

Appendix Coeci 3 and Obfervations on Wounds in the
Guts, a. 443, p . 329, and of Navel Ruptures, ibid*.
^.338 and 341.

Anderfon ( Hanvil ) his Cafe, an Inguinal Rupture with a Pin
in it, n. 443, p. 329.

Arabian Figures, when firft ufed in England , na 439, p . 120*

f Argentum vivum, vide Mercurium , 443, 343, Csfc.

Arithmetical Machine, by Mr. Gerften , 438, 71. 79,

Armour, Water*, its Dangeroufnefs, n. 44.4, p. 377,
Attraction, one*s Hands, if held near one another, will mu-
tually attract each other, n+ 444 rp. 402, ,

Atwell

INDEX.

Atwell (J of.) Obfervations on a Man and Woman bit by
Vipers , n. 444, P- 394-

Aurorce Boreales Vitembergae Obf 1733, n. 441, ^.239.
77. 442, p. 266.

— — i . — -Obferved in England 1735, n. 441,

p. 241.

. — — * — proper to determine the Longitude of Places

by, n. 441, p. 244.

Aurum , £ quo Argentum vivum 777 vicibus diflillatum fuit%
fulgentijfimum remanfit , 72. 444, p. 374.

B.

(Roger) the Figures in his Calendar, n. 439, p. 127.

Bahama Iflands, Natural Hiftory of them, #.4.38, p. 112.
77.441,^.251.

Bailey (Edward) of an Earthquake in SuJJex, Obf. 25. 1734,
n. 444. P- 362-

Barker (Robert) a Catoptric Microfcope, nc 443, p. 259.

Barlow (William) Account of Births and Burials at Stoke-
Damerelly n. 4 9, p. 171.

Bath , an hot ; for Perfons bit by Mad Dogs, 77. 44 3^. 319.

Becherus (Joachimus) Mercurium pojfe ex plumbo elici, n. 443,

P • 349-

Belchier (John) of Bones of Animals turn’d red by Aliment
only, .77. 442, 287. n. 443, p. 299,.

Bellows centrifugal, by Dr. Defaguiliers. , 77. 437, p. 44.
Births and Burials at Stoke-Damerell , 77. 439, p . 171.
Boerhaave (Hermannus) de Mer curio experiment a. Pars II.

77. 443. p. 343. Pars III. 77. 444, p. 368.

Boethius's Apices , or Notes for Numbers, 77. 439, y>. 124.
of Animals turn’d red by Aliment only, 77. 442, y>. 287.
77. 443, p. 299.

Bony Subftance in the Wombof a Woman, 77. 440, p. 189.
Braccio de Mercanti , 7 1 v/r r ^

_ deTeffitoriderela'i Meafures’ ** ++2’ ** 2(53-
Braikenridge (William) a general Method of defcribing
Curves, 77. 436, p. 25.

Memifphere , The 5 77. 440, p.210*

Bullard

I N D E X,

Bullard (Ann) a Cataleptic Woman, n. 437, p. 49.

Burning , a Senfation of, excited by Electricity, 7/. 436,
p. 19. 0. 439» 168. .

Burton (William) concerning the Viper-catchers , 0. 443,
312*

C.

Campana JJrinatoria , 0. 444, p. 377,

Cancri terreftres, n. 438, p . 114.

Canna of the Architects, 7 r

& Mercanti, f *• 442. 7>- 263.

Caribo, a Sort of Deer, 0. 444, p. 389.

Carolina , Natural Hiftory of it, 0, 438, p, 112. 0. 441,
p. 251.

CaJJena , a Leaf ufed as a Sort of Tea, 0. 441, p. 257.

Cataleptic Woman , The Cafe of a j by Richard Reynell ,
#• 437^ ^ 49*

Catch-fly , Spanifh ; fee S tell aria and Lychnis vifcoja , &c.
»• 443 > 36°-

Catesbfs ( Mark) Natural Hiftory of Carolina and the ifo-
Iflands , 0. 438, p . 1 12. 0. 441, p. 251.

Celflus ( Andrew) Obfervations of Aurorce Boreales in England
1735 > #• 44L jp. 241.

— (Andreas) Qbfl Eclipfl Telluris , Romes y Mail 3. 1734.
0. 442, p. 294.

Chickens bit by a n. 444, p. 395.

Chirograph , Obfervations on an ancient one by Gtffc,
0. 441, p. 211.

Cineraria , 77. 441, p. 212.

Coal-pit s9 a Method of conveying frefti Air, 0. 444, p, 3820

Cod:, his Bones turn’d red by eating Madder, 0. 443, p. 300.

Gm, Appendix ; a Pin lodged in it, 0, 443, p. 333.

Colchefter , an ancient Date there, 77. 439 , p. 121.

Colfon (John) of the Conftru&ion andUfe of Spherical Maps,
77. 440, p. 204.

— Tranflation of Sir Ifaac Newton’s Fluxions and

Infinite Series, n . 443, p. 320.

Conveyance of Part of a Sepulchre, a Romany 0, 441? p. 2 1 x.

G g g Cookfon

1 N D E X.

Gookfon (Dr.) An Account of Magnetifm produced by
Lightning, 0. 43 7> 74> 75-

Cope (John) on the Antiquity and Ufe of the Indian Cha-
radters or Figures, n. 439, p. 131.

- a Letter concerning an ancient Date at Widysl-

hall , n. 439, p, 1 19.

Crab, Land , n. 438, p: 114. Hermit-crab, ibid. Soldier-
crab, ibid. p. 1 1 5.

Curves , a general Method of defcribing them, by Mr.
Braikenridge , #.436, p. 25.

Curve Lines , their Defcription, by Mr. Mzr Laurin , 0. 439.

J43-

— Fluxions,, and Infinite Series, applied to the

Geometry of them, by Sir ijfozc Newton , 0. 443,7?. 320.

Cutaneus Affeffius fingularis Obf. ab Abr . Vatero, n. 440.
^ *99*

D.

Bale (Samuel) of the Moofe-Deer of New- England, a Sort of
Stag* of Virginia, and the flying Squirrel of America , 0. 444,
P- 384-

Bam a Virginiana Radi, 0. 444, p. 388.

Darner ell , SM*- ; Births and Burials there, 0. 439, p. 171,

Dampier (George ) his Powder againft the Bite of a mad Dog,
n. 443^ ?• 3J9> 36°-

Damps in Mines, caufed by burning Candles in them, 0. 442,
p . 281.

Darts of Lightning, why appear crooked and angular, 0. 44 1,.
p. 240.

Bate , an ancient oner 0. 439, p. 1 19, 132.

P^r, Virginia , 0. 444, p. 388.

Berham (William) Experiments of the Vibrations of Pen-
dulums, 0. 440, p. 201.

Befaguliers (John Theoph.) Machine for changing the Air of
a Room, 0.. 437, p. 41. and its Ufes, p. 47.

— — — centrifugal Bellows, 0. 43 iy

f..4^

~~ — . of Damps in Mines being caufed

by burning of Candles in them, 0, 442, p. 281.

Befa -

INDEX.

Defaulters (John tfheoph.) why the Horizontal Moon feema
bigger than when more elevated, n . 444, p . 390, 392.
Diving-Bell , an Improvement of it, n. 444, p. 377, 381.
Dog, bit by a Viper ^ n. 443, p . 316.

— — mad* *, a Cure for his Bite, n. 443, p , 319, 360.
Dudley (Paul) feveral Earthquakes in New- England , 77. 437,

£• 63-

— of the Moofe-Deer , 72. 444, p . 384.

E.

Eames (John) Account of Sir Newtotfs Book of Flu-
xions and Infinite Series, with its Application to the Geo-
metry of Curve Lines s tranflated by John Colfon , n. 443,
p. 320.

Earth , its Diurnal Motion contributes to produce the Trade-
Winds, ft. 437, p. 58.

• its Figure, by James Stirling , 72. 438, 98.

Earthquakes , a Caufe of them, 72. 442, 284.

— four Species of them, 72. 437, p . 67.

— the Shock obferved to extend more from Eaft

to Weft, than from North to South, 72. 444, p. 367.

in New- England , feveral, efpecially 0#. 29*

^ 1727. 72. 437, p. 63.

r in 1 $ujfex, 051. 25. 1734. n. 444, 361.

— in Northamptonfhire, 051. 10. 1731. n. 444,

367.

Eclipfes of Jupiter’s Satellites, computed by James Hodgfon,
for the Year 173 6, 72. 436, p. 5. for 1737, 72. 440,
-£• 177. for 1738, 72. 443, p. 301.

obferved by M. de Uljle *

1731 and 1732, at Peter slurgh^ n . 441, 227.

»- — , . ■ obferved by G. £77272, 72. 440,

p . 196.

• £2/72^, 05. 2. 1735. iVl S. Vitembergce , 72. 443,

.£•359*

• fellur'is , .R07720, A&ii 3. 1734. AT. 5. 72. 442,^. 294*

Ele5lricity> Experiments and Obfervations of, by Stephen

Gray, p . 16. 72.439, ^ x66, 72,444, jp. 400.

Ggg 2 EWrkify*

INDEX.

Eleffricity, continues longer upon Silk than Yarn, 439,
p , 169.

Eleutheria Cortex, «. 441, p. 255.

Ellicott (John) an Inftrument for meafuring the Expanfion of
Metals by Heat, n. 443, p. 297.

Elton (John) his Quadrant, n. 442, p. 280.

F.

Figures Arabian or Indian , when firft ufed in England for
Numbers, n. 439, p. 119, 120, 126.

~ — - — their Antiquity and Ufe, n. 439, p. 13 1.

* their Rife, n. 439, p. 124, 126.

— what ufed by the Greeks and Romans , n . 439, 124,

*35-

K//n, Lapidis Mexicani Examination &c. ». 438, p. 106.

Fiflula Lacrymalis, fome Thoughts on it, by Dr. Hunauld>
*\437> I- 54-

Fluxions , Sir If aac Newton of them, 443, p . 320.

(Martin) of the Standard Meafures in the Capitol at
Rome, n . 442, p. 262.

Foot , the Gra£ an & Roman, n. 442, yr. 263.

Foramen Ovale , open in an Adult, 439, p . 172.

Forth (Henry) concerning the Storm on 8. 173 4-5.

442, 285.

G.

Obfervatioris on an ancient Roman Chiro-
graph, or Conveyance of Part of a Sepulchre, n* 4.4. i,
jP. 212.

Geoffrey ( Claud. Jof ) of Mr. Seignette’s $0/ Polychreftus Ru -
pellenfis , &c. zz. 436, 37.

Gerjlen ( Chriftian-Ludov. ) his Arithmetical Machine^ and
its Ufe, w. 438, p. 79.

Gourdon (Sir Robert) a Receipt to cure mad Dogs, 443,
^ 360.

Gravity. % its Variation on the Surface of the Earth, n. 438,
p. 98,

Gray (Stephen) Experiments relating to Electricity, n. 4 36,
p, 16, 439, p, 1 66, ^444,^,400,

6^47

INDEX.

Gray ( Stephen ) of Light produced by communicating Elec-
trical Attraction to Animal or Inanimate Bodies, n. 436,
p. 16. 0. 439, p. 1 66.

— — of the Revolutions of pendulous Bodies, by

Ele&ricity, n . 441, p. 220.

Gulfton ( Francis ) an ancient Date' at his Houfe, n . 439,

p. 120.

Guts, Obfervations of Wounds in them, n. 443, p. 33 6.

H.

Hadley ( George ) concerning the Caufe of the general Trade-
Winds, n. 437, p. 58.

*— — — (John) a Propofition relating to the Combination of
Tmnfparent Lens’s with Reflecting Planes , 0. 440, p. 185*

. his Quadrant, 0. 442, p. 280.

Halo dbf Romas, Aug . 11. 1732, 0. 438, p. 118.

Heat, greater near the Top than the Floor of the Room,
n. 444, p. 38 r.

Helmdon, an ancient Date there, 0. 439, p . 120.

Van Helmont (Franc. Mercur.) Mer curium poffe ex Plumbo
extrahi, n. 443, p. 349.

-(Job. Bqptifta) Argentum vivum ex Plumbo ex-
trahi, n. 443, p. 348.

Herennius (Marcus) Chirogrnphum , 0. 441, p. 211.

Hermit-crab , 0.438, 114.

Hodgfon (James) a Catalogue of the Eclipfes of Jupiter’s
Satellites for the Year 1736, 0. 436. 5. for 1737,

0. 440. p. 177. for 1738, 0. 443, p. 30 1.

Body (Edward) of a bony Subftance found in the Womb of
a Woman, 0. 440, p. 189.

/%’s Bones turned red by eating Madder , 0. 442, p. 2 88*
0.443,^.299.

Hollandus (Ifaacus) Argentum vivum poffe e Sale Plumin' ex-
trahi, n. 443, />. 353.

H000J of a large Sort of Deer Foflil in Ireland , 0, 444,
?• 386> 389.

Houfionus (Guil.) Experiment a de Perforatione Thoracis , ejufque
in Refpiratione EffeClibus , 0, 441, y>, 231,

Hudfonr

INDEX.

Hudfon's-Bay, Obfervations made in a Voyage thither, v. 442,
p. 270.

Hunauld ( Francis-Jofeph \ ) fome Thoughts on the Opera-
tion of the Fiftula Lacrymalis , ft. 437, p. 54.

Hydrargyrus. Vide Mer curium , ft. 443, p. 343, &c.

Hydrophobia cured with Mercury, or Turpeth Mineral , ft. 441,
P- 245.

I.

James ( Robert ) Experiments made on mad Dogs with
Mercury, n. 441, p. 244.

Ignis non potefi concrefcere Metallis vel Mercurio in Aug?nen -
turn, n. 444, />. 375-

Fathera Bark, n. 441, 7). 255.

Impregnation of the Seeds of Plants, n. 440, p. 192.

Incruftations of Bodies lodged in the Guts, n . 443, p. 33 5*

Indian Figures, when firft ufed in England , ft. 439, p . 119*

Infinite Series , Sir Ifaac Newton of them, ft. 443, p . 320.

Inflammable Air, Experiments concerning it, ft. 442, p. 282,

Infirument for meafuring the Expanfion of Metals by Heat,
»• 443> P- 297*

(Thomas) of the high Tide in the Thames , Feb . i6«
i735-69 »• 440, 198.

JoJfelyn (Mr.) of the Moofe-Beer , 0. 444, p. 384.

Jhw Rods, lengthen’d by Heat, and ihorten’d by Cold,
ft. 440, p. 202.

Jupiter9 s Satellites, a Catalogue of their Edipfes, by
Hodgfon , for the Year 1736, ft. 436, p . 5. for 1737,
*• 440, jp. 177. for 1738, ft. 443, p. 301.

— — the apparent Time of their Immerfions

and Emerfions vifible at London in vthe Year 1736. by the
Same, ft. 436, p . 13. in 1737, ft. 440, p. 184. in 1738,
*•44 3>P*3°9'

— — — fome Obfervations of the Eclipfes of the

Firft, compared with the Tables, by the Same, ft. 436,
JM5-

— ■ ■" eclipfed, Obfervations by M. deVIjle ,

3731, and 1732, at Petersburg b, ft. 441, 227.

Jupiter's

INDEX.

Jupiter's Satellites , Obfervations of their Eclipfes, by George*
Lynn , n. 440, p. 196.

K.

Kali, Salt of it, #..436, p. 38.

Kelly (Mr.) of Foflil Horns in Ireland , n. 444, p . 386.
Knives and Forks render’d magnetic by Lightning, 437,

t- 74> 75*

L*

Latitude , Obfervations of it, in a Voyage to Hudfon't-Bay, ;
442, p. 2 jo.

Leibnitz (Mr.) his Arithmetical Machine, 438, p . 80.
Z<f/2j’s Lranfparent , combined with Refle&ing Planes,.#. 440,
P- 185.

Libripens , #. 441, p. 215.

Lichen cinereus terreftris, good for the Bite of a mad Dog,,
»• 443* !>• 3I9-

Light., produced by communicating Eledrical Attra&ion to^
Animal or Inanimate Bodies, #.436, p. 16, 20, 21.
439>

Lightnings of the crooked and angular Appearance of the
Streaks or Darts of it, n. 441, 240.

— produced Magnetifm, n, 437, p. 74, 75.

Liquor, white *, inftead of Serum in Blood, n. 4.4.2, p, 2 89,
L'JJle, (Jof. Nicholas de) of a Quickfilver Thermometer,.

and Obfervations on the Eclipfes of Jupiter's Satellites,
1731 and 1732, 8.441, p . 22!, 227.

Liver-wort , Aflh-colour’d Ground, and black Pepper, a
Cure for the Bite of a Mad Dog, n. 443, ^. 319.

(James) Experiments concerning the Impregnation
of the Seeds of Plants,, n. .440, p. 192. of the Sun and
Moon appearing larger near the Horizon, n. 444, p. 404*.

— of the crooked and angular Appearance of

the Streaks of Lightning, ». 441, p. 240.

Longitude of Places to be fettled by Obfervations of the Ait*
rorce Bore ales, n. 441, p. 244.

Lowther (Sir James ) Air inflammable in a Coal-pit of his,
tu 442, p , 282,

Luce (hoik)

I N D E X.

Lucca-oil , cures the Bite of Vipers, n. 443, p. 315.

Limes EcltpftSy 051. 2. 1735. iV. S. Vitemberge, n. 443,
P- 359*

Luna and Venus in Conjunction, n. 442, p. 2 67.

Avrcra, , At & A urtrco^K, n. 44 1, p. 249.

Lychnis vifcofa , flore mufcofo, C. B. an Herb good to cure
mad Dogs. See Stellaria , 0. 443, p. 360.

Zy/z/z f George ) Obfervations of Eclipfes of Jupiter's Satellites,
7z. 440, 196..

M.

Maccarih , a Sort of Deer, n . 444, p. 389.

Machine , Arithmetical, by Mr . Gerjlen, n . 438, p. 79.

— — • for changing the Air of a Room, by Dr. Defa-

guliers , ?*. 437, p. 41. its Ufes, iWrf. />. 47.

A Laurin , ( Colin ) the Defcription of Curve Lines, 0. 439,
A 143-

Mzi Dog, a Cure for his Bite, 0. 443, 319, 360.

— — — an hot Bath good for Perfons bit by one, n . 443,

P- 3i9-

Madden , (Dr.) Account of what was obferved upon open-
ing the Corpfe of one who had taken crude Mercury inter-
nally : And of a Plum-ftone lodged in the Rectum,
n . 442, p« 291.

Madder-root , eaten by Animals, turns their Bones red, 0. 442,
Z* 288. n . 443, p. 299.

- — and Fig-duft, eaten by a Cock, turn’d his Bones

red, 0. 443, p. 300.

Madnefs , as in Dogs, known to the Ancients, 0. 441, 249.

Magnetic Variation obferved, n. 442, p, 270.

Magnetifm produced by Lightning, 0. 437, p . 74, 75.

Ato bitten by a 0. 443, p. 313.

Maps, Spherical ; of their Conduction and Ufe, n . 440,
p. 204.

Maud (John) a Chemical Experiment illuftrating the Phe-
nomenon of inflammable Air, n. 442, p. 282.

Mauroufe, a Sort of Deer , 0. 444, z* 388.

Mead

INDEX.

Mead (Richard) his Cure for the Bite of a Mad Dog, n . 44.3,
p- 36°-

Meafures , Standard, in the Capitol, n. 442, p. 262.
Mercury , its Expanfion by Heat, 441, p. 221.

■ — given to mad Dogs, n. 441, p. 244.

. crude, taken internally, its Effeds, n. 442, p. 29 k

Z)<? Mercurio experimenta Herm. Boerhaave. Pars II. //. 443,
p. 343. Pars III. ».444, p. 368.

— digeftus fuper Ignem non mutatur in Metal -

tf. 443 > P • 344, 347-

- non facile extrahitur e Plumbo , #. 443, p. 352 .

■ diu digeftus cum Plumbo , dfei/z dijlillatus , nec fixatur

nec augetur , 443, p . 356.

— extrahitur ex S t anno y fed 4 a/ 7# fixatur,

^.44 3> P- 357-

- diftillatus a Phmbo vel Stanno eft quam liquidifimus ,

443 » P- 358.

— Auro diftillatus 250 vicibus , £2? lotus dat

Pulverem fufcum, n. 444, p. 373.

- — ; diftillatus 627 vicibus fine Lotione Materies

nigrefcebat, n. 444, p. 374.

• * majore igne aftus exiit purijfmus ,

— — — — 777 vicibus ab Auro diftillatus ponder ab at adaquam
pur am ut 13 ~ <2^ 1, iWrf.

• — r/wz fixandi nulla ftpes, n. 444, p. 375.

• —-777 vicibus ab Auro diftillatus poteft adhuc verti in

Pr’secipitatum per fe, 444, p. 376.

Metals , an Inftrument to meafure their Expanfion by Heat,
*• 443, 297.

Meteorologicce Obftfadke Vitembergse 1733, 441? p. 238,

and 1734, #. 441, p. 266.

Microfcope , a Catoptric, 0. 442, p. 259.

Middleton ( Chriftopher ) Obfervations of the Latitude, Vari-
ation of the Magnetic Needle and Weather, in a Voyage
to Hudfon's-Bay 1 735, 442, p. 270.

Mines, of Damps in them, 77. 442, p. 281.

Hhh

Mm

I N D E X.

Mines (or Goal-pits) a Method of conveying frefh Air,

n. 44 4> t- 3$2- . • ' '

Moon horizontal , why it leems bigger, than when more

elevated, n, 444, p- 390, 392, 404.

— — Eclipfes, See Luna , n. 443, p. 359.

Moray (Sir Robert ) of a Plant to cure Dogs bitten by mad
Dogs. (See Lichen cinereus ter refir is) n. 443, 360.
Morland (Sir Samuel) his Arithmetical Machine, n . 438,

p. 79-

Mortality, Bills of, at Stoke -Darner ell, n. 439, p. 171.
Mortimer (Cromwell) Account of Catesbf s Natural Hiftory
of Carolina and the Bahama Iflands , 438, p. 112.

441, p- 25 1..

Narration of the Experiments made

on a Man, and on other Animals bitten by Vipers % with
a Cure for the Bite of the Viper , and for the Bite of a mad
Dog, 0.1 443, A- 3*3-

- _ the hot Bath good for Perfons bit by

mad Dogs, n. 443, y>. 319.

_ of the foflil Deers Horns found in Ire-

land, n. 444, p- 389.

N.

Navel-Rupture , how cured, n. 443, p. 338, 341.
New-Englandi Earthquake there, n, 437, p. 63.

— • — — of the Moofe-Deer there, n. 444, p. 384.

Newton (Sir Ifaac) of Fluxions and Infinite Series, apply’d

to the Geometry of Curve Lines, n. 443, p. 320.

Noife, produced by Ele&ricity, n. 439, p . 169.

O.

Oil of Olives , cures the Bite of Vipers , n. 443, p. 313.

— — — — — of Rattle\ fnakes? n. 443, p. 318.

• -- Sting of Scorpions , n. 443, 318.

—of Vipers, See Viper, n. 444, p. 396.

Oliver ( William ) his Cure for the Bite of Vipers , 443, ,

P- 3*3-

Ollaria , 44 1 , jp. 2 1 2*

Omentum > -

1 N D E 'X

■ Omentum , better not to tie its Veffels, except they be very
large, when any Part of it is to be amputated, n . 443,
P- 342.

* Oundle, Obfervations of Eclipfes of Jupiter’s Satellites made
near there, n. 440, p. 196.

P.

Palm of the Architects, n. 442, p. 263*

Paraguay T ea, n, 441, p. 258.

Pafchal ( Charles ) his Arithmetical Machine, ». 438, p. 8o«

Patrick (John) his Thermofcope, n. 442, p. 280.

Pendulous Bodies by Electricity making Revolutions from
Weft to Eaft, n. 441, p . 220. 0. 444, p . 400.

Pendulums , Experiments on their Vibrations, ». 440, p. 20 i.

Pepper , black, and Ground Liverwort , good for the Bite pf
a mad Dog, 0. 443, p. 319.

-Pidgeon , bit by ?l Viper, n. 443, p. 216.

P*0 in an Inguinal Rupture, 0. 443, p. 329.

Planes , reflecting, combined with transparent Lens’s^ n. 440,
p. 185.

Planetarium (Mr. Gra/s new Electrical) 0. 444, p. 403.

Plants, a Catalogue of 50, for the Year 1733, by

0. 436, p. 1. for the Year 1734., by the Same,
0. 440, p. 173.

— - — of the Impregnation of their Seeds, 0. 440, p. 192.

Planudes (Max.) his Numerical Figures, 0. 439, p. 127.

Plum-fione lodged in the Coats of the Rectum, n . 442 ,p. 291,

Pohano, a Sort of Deer, 0. 444, p. 389.

Polarity , alter’d by Lightning, 0. 437,^. 78.

Poleni (Job. Marchio) his Arithmetical Machine, 0. 438,
p. 80.

Potato's , Virginian, n. 441 , p. 258.

Powder for the Bite of a mad Dog, Dumpier’ s, 0. 443,
p. 319. Mead’s, ibid. p. $60. Mortimer’s, ibid. Sloane’s ,
iKrf. p. 319.

Pulvis Antilyjjus, n. 443, p. 319, 360.

Hhh 2 Pulvis

I N D E X.

Pulvis fufcus e Mer carlo ab Auro difiillato , lotione eduftus, vi
ignis revivifcit , n. 444, p. 374.

Pyrometer . See John Ellicott , 0. 443, p. 297.

.

Quadrants , by Hadley , Smith, Elton , 0. 442, 280.

R.

Rabies canina known to the Ancients, 0. 441, p. 249.

Rand (Ifaac) a Catalogue of 50 Plants for the Year 1733, .

0. 436, p. 1. for the Year 1734, ft. 440, />. 173.
Rattlesnake defcribed, 0. 441, 252.

. —Olive- oil, probably a Cure for its Bite, n. 443,

P- 3 >»• . .

Reftum, a Plum-ftone lodged in its Coats, 0. 442, p . 291.

Remora , not able to flop a Ship, 0.438, p. 113.

Refpiratione {in) effeftus perforationis Thoracis , 0. 441, p. 231. .
Revillas ( Didacus de) Obf. Eclipfi Tellur is, Romce , 3. .

1734, iV. S. 0. 442, p. 294.

U— Halo obf. Romce , 11. 1732,

. 0. 438, y?. 118.

Revolutions from Weft to Eaft, made by pendulous Bodies, .

by means of Eledlricity, 0. 441, 220. 0. 444, p. 40Q. .

Reynell (Richard) the Cafe of a Cataleptic, Woman, 0.437,.
p. 49.

Richmond* (Charles Duke of) of an Earthquake in Suffix,
Oft. 25. 1 734, 0* 444, A 3^-.

Rupture , Inguinal, with a Pin in it* 0. 443, p. 329.

Navel, how cured,. 0. 443, p. 338, 341.

S.

Bofco (Job. de) his Numerical Figures, 0. 439,.
p. 127.

Polychrejlus Rupellenfis , 0. 436, ^. 37.

■ — Sedativum , its Preparation', 0. 436, p. 39.

Refufcitantes Mer curium ex Plumbo extrahere nequeunt ,
0. 443? 355-

Sallad-oil , cures the Bite of Vipers, 0. 443, p. 313.

W/ of JEi/i, 436, 38.

Seiurus

r n d e x;

Sciurus Americanns volans, n. 444 , p. 389.

Scorpions , their Sting cured by Olive-Oil , ». 443, p. 31^
Smfr of Plants, of their Impregnation, n. 440, p. 192.
Seignette (Mr.) his Sal Polychreftus Rupellenfisy n. 43d, ,

P- 37-

Seneca's Notes, for Numbers, ». 439, ^.124.

SmVi Infinite , Sir Newton of them, 0. 443, p. 320;
Serum in Blood, a white Liquor in its Head, n. 442 yp. 289*,
£&*//, I’ortoife-, n. 438, p, 117.

Sloane (Six Hans) his Cure for the Bite of a mad Dojg,
n- 443 > f3!9*

(Caleb) his Quadrant, n. 442, p . 280.

Snake and the Difference, 441, 251.

Soldier-crab , 438, 1 1 5.

Solis Eclipfis, Romae, Mzzi 3. 1734, iV. S. n . 442, p. 294.
Southwick , Obfervations of Eclipfes of Jupiter's Satellites at, ,
440, 196.

Spherical Maps. See Maps, ». 440, p. 204.

Squirrel , flying, #.444, y>. 389.

Staiolo , a Meafure, /z. 442, p . 263.

Star of the Earth , See Stdlaria y zz. 443, 360c

St ell aria 1 an Herb good to cure mad Dogs, ffeW.

Sterling (James) of the Figure of the Earth, and the Vari-
ation of Gravity on the Surface, zz. 438, p , 98.
Stoke-Damerell , Births and Burials there, ».• 439, p. 171.
Stam on 8, 1734-5. Obfervations on it, zz. 4429
p. 285.

S7w/ (Alexander) of a white Liquor, like Milk, in the
Room of Serum, after Blood had flood fome time, n * 442,
p. 289.

Sucking- fijh. See Remora, n. 438, />. 113.

S#zz, its Adtion the original Caufe of the Trade- winds, ,
n- 437- P- 58.

»■ -—and Moon, why they appear larger, when near the
Horizon, n. 444, p . 404.

L” 'Eclipfed, See Solis, n . 442 , 2^4.,

I N D E X.

T.

mars, how they pafs through the PurSa Lacrymalia, n. 437,
P- 66-

Tellur is Eclipfis , n. 442, p. 294. vide Solis Eclipfis .

Tefludo marina, n. 438, p . 116.

Thames River, an high Tide in it, n. 440, p . 198.

! thermometer , ? u <v 7 n , • 7 0

Thermofcopel j b? J^n Patnck, n. 442, 280.

Thermometer , Quickfilver, by M. deL'Jfle , «. 441, p.22\<
Thoracis Perforatio , 72,441, p. 231.

Thunder and Lightning , analogous to the Ele&ric Fire,.
436, p. 24.

fry?, an high one, Feb. 16. 1735-6. 72. 440, />. 198.
Tortoife , £?#-, 77. 438, p. 116.

Tortoife-Jhell , what, 72.. 438, p. 1 17.

Trade-winds , theCaufeof them, 72. 437, p. 58.

STriewald ( Martin ) an Improvement of the Diving-Bell,

^ 444? P- 377*.

Turpeth Mineral given to mad Dogs, 72. 441, p . 246.
Turtle. Set Sea -Tortoife, n. 438, p. 116.
fZjyrtf’j Notes, for Numbers, 72. 439, p. 124,

V.

(Abrahamus) Examinatio Fdtri Lapidis Mexicanis
n. 438, p. 106.

— — * — — — —Affeflus cutaneus fingularis, n. 440,
p. 1 99.

Variation of the Needle, obferved in a Voyage to Hud fort s-
ifoy, 72. 442, p. 270.

, < Venomous Bites, Cures for them, 72. 443, p . 319.

■■Venus and £22/2# in Conjunction, 72. 442, y?. 267.

.Viper and Snake, the Difference, 72. 441, p. 251.

► the Effects of its Bite on a Man and other Animals,

443* P- 3J3-

——a Remedy for its Bite, 72. 443, p. 313, 315.

~ will not bite one’s Hand when fmeered with Oil*

444? p- 398'

Viper-oik

I N D E X.

Viper its Effects againft the Bite of a Viper, n. 444*
p. 396.

Virginia , a Sort of Beer there, n. 444, p. 387.

Fit ember gee Jaffa Obf. Aftronom. Meteorolog. & Phyjic . 1733.
n. 441, p. 238. and 1734* n. 442, 266.

VulcamPs , aCaufeof them, /z. 442, p. 284*

W.

Wallis (Dr.) of an ancient Date, 0. 439, p. 120. miftaken,
zWJ. p . 129.

Wampam , Indian Money, zz. 441, p> 258.

Wampoofe , a Sort of Moofe-Oeer , zz. 444, p. 385. .

Ward {John) Remarks upon an ancient Date found at
Widgell-hall , zz. 439, p. 119. and of another at Worcefter,
ibid . 136.

— ■ (William) his Quadrant, zz. 442, p. 280.

(Jofeph) of an Earthquake in Northamptonshire, Off.
10, 1731, #.444, p. s6y.

Water-Armour , its Dangeroufnefs, zz. 444, _/>. 377.

— an Ebullition and Eight produced in it by Electricity, ,

»• 43 6, P- 24* 439? />• i68-

Weather , Obfervations of it, in a Voyage to Hudfon's-Bay,
n . 442, p. 270.

Weeping , after the Fiftula Lacrymalis, how caufed, and how
prevented, 0.437, jp. 55, 57*

Weidler (Joh.Frid.) Obf. Aftronomtece, Phyficce ■& Meteoro-
logies Vitemberg tq faffs, 1733, ». 441, 238. and

1734, 442, />. 266.

• Obf Eclipfeos Luna, Off. 2, 17355 ,

Vitembergae, zz. 443, p. 359.

Wheel, A, for changing the Air in a Room, zz. 437, p. 41,
(John) his Cafe, of Milk inftead of Serum, n. 442, .
p. 289.

Widgell-Hall , an ancient Date there, *2.439, P* 119.

Winds, Trade, their Caufe, n. 437, p. 58,]

Woman bit by z Viper, n . 444, p. 396.

Womb

INDEX.

Wombolz Woman, a bony Subftance found in it, ». 440,

p. 189.

Worcester y an ancient Date there, n. 439, p . 132, 136.
Wounds in the Guts, Obfervations of them, n% 443, 336.

Y#

Tapon> a Sort of Tea, «. 441, p, 258.

PHILOSOPHICAL

TRANSACTIONS.

giving some

O F T H E

Prefent Under takings. Studies , and Labour s,

OF THE

INGENIOUS,

IN MANY

Confiderable Parts of the WORLD.

VOL. XL. For the Years 1737, 1738.

With a Supplement, being the Croonean Lectures
on Mufcular Motion, for the Year 1738.

L O N T> O N:

PrintedforT. Woodward, at the Half- Moon, between the
Temple-Gates in Fleetjireet s and C. Davis in Tater-
nojter-row i Printers to the Royal Society.
M.dcc.xli.